diff --git a/src/CXml/Serializer.php b/src/CXml/Serializer.php
index c0fcf64..9bc279e 100644
--- a/src/CXml/Serializer.php
+++ b/src/CXml/Serializer.php
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@
 
 readonly class Serializer
 {
+    public const DOC_TYPE_VERSION = '1.2.063';
+
     private function __construct(private SerializerInterface $jmsSerializer)
     {
     }
@@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ public function deserialize(string $xml): CXml
         return $this->jmsSerializer->deserialize($xml, CXml::class, 'xml');
     }
 
-    public function serialize(CXml $cxml, string $docTypeVersion = '1.2.054'): string
+    public function serialize(CXml $cxml, string $docTypeVersion = self::DOC_TYPE_VERSION): string
     {
         $xml = $this->jmsSerializer->serialize($cxml, 'xml');
 
diff --git a/tests/CXmlTest/Validation/MessageValidatorTest.php b/tests/CXmlTest/Validation/MessageValidatorTest.php
index 83ab82f..4d47e1c 100644
--- a/tests/CXmlTest/Validation/MessageValidatorTest.php
+++ b/tests/CXmlTest/Validation/MessageValidatorTest.php
@@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ final class MessageValidatorTest extends TestCase
 
     protected function setUp(): void
     {
-        $this->dtdValidator = new DtdValidator(__DIR__ . '/../../metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.050');
+        $this->dtdValidator = new DtdValidator(__DIR__ . '/../../metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063');
     }
 
-    public function testValidateSuccess(): void
+    public function testValidateProfileRequestSuccess(): void
     {
         $this->expectNotToPerformAssertions();
 
-        $xml = file_get_contents('tests/metadata/cxml/samples/simple-profile-request.xml');
+        $xml = file_get_contents(__DIR__ . '/../../metadata/cxml/samples/simple-profile-request.xml');
         $this->dtdValidator->validateAgainstDtd($xml);
     }
 
diff --git a/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Fulfill.dtd b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Fulfill.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667d411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Fulfill.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10654 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Common.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    A few character entities the XML recommendation says should be defined
+    "for interoperability" with existing SGML parsers.  By default, these
+    are not included to avoid warnings (about entity redefinition) from
+    many XML parsers.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % SGML-help "IGNORE">
+<![%SGML-help;[
+<!ENTITY lt     "&#38;#60;">
+<!ENTITY gt     "&#62;">
+<!ENTITY amp    "&#38;#38;">
+<!ENTITY apos   "&#39;">
+<!ENTITY quot   "&#34;">
+]]>
+
+<!--
+    Common types used throughout the cXML definition.
+
+    The types try to follow the XML DATA definition submitted to the W3C. See
+    the following for more information,
+
+        http://msdn.microsoft.com/xml/reference/schema/datatypes.asp
+        http://www.w3c.org/TR/1998/NOTE-XML-data-0105/
+
+-->
+
+<!-- Atomic-level Types -->
+<!ENTITY % bin.base64 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % bin.hex "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % boolean "(0 | 1)">    <!-- 0 is false, 1 is true -->
+<!ENTITY % char "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % date "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % datetime.tz "CDATA">  <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % fixed.14.4 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % i8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % int "%i8;">
+<!ENTITY % r8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % number "CDATA">       <!-- No limit on number of digits, unlike
+                                      %r8; -->
+<!ENTITY % string "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % time.tz "CDATA">      <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % duration "CDATA">      <!--ISO8601 duration http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#duration  -->
+<!ENTITY % ui8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uint "%ui8;">         <!-- Unique to this specification -->
+<!ENTITY % uri "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uuid "CDATA">
+
+<!-- Higher-level Types -->
+<!--
+    NOTE: The following is a temporary *hack* to allow empty values for
+    some attributes with these types.  The nmtoken entity should resolve to
+    NMTOKEN.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % nmtoken "CDATA">      <!-- Any combination of XML name chars. -->
+<!ENTITY % isoLangCode "%nmtoken;">         <!-- ISO 639 Language Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCountryCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166 Country Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoStateCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166-2:2013 Country Subdivision (State) Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCurrencyCode "%nmtoken;">     <!-- ISO 4217 Currency Code -->
+<!ENTITY % xmlLangCode "%nmtoken;"> <!-- Language code as defined by XML
+                                         recommendation: Language and
+					 country. -->
+<!ENTITY % URL "%uri;">
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Base.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    This file defines the basic elements used to build higher level
+    constructs in cXML.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic Name/Data Elements -->
+<!--
+    Name is used to provide an identifier for other elements.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Name (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the name is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Name
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An Extrinsic is an element which can be used to extend the data
+    associated with known elements.
+
+    Since this Element is of type ANY, it could contain any arbitrary XML
+    document within itself, or a binary ![CDATA[]] document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extrinsic ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name used to identify this extrinsic. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Extrinsic
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Description is a string which describes something.
+    Though text may be interspersed with ShortName elements in this content
+    model, placing the ShortName at the beginning or end of the element is
+    much preferred. At most one ShortName element is allowed per
+    Description. The intended content model would be more like
+    (( ShortName, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | ShortName? )) if DTD syntax
+    supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Description ( #PCDATA | ShortName )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                      ShortName -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the description is written.
+
+    @attr type The qualifier of the description. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Description
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+    type  %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A short string which describes something in fewer characters than the
+    entire Description. This should be used when limited space is available.
+    For example, a table of elements might show the ShortName's of each. A
+    linked "details" view would show the entire Description (including the
+    ShortName). Without a ShortName, the user interface must default to a
+    truncation of the Description.
+	
+    This element does not require an xml:lang attribute since it appears only
+    within a Description element. The language of the ShortName must match
+    that of the surrounding Description.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShortName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- Telephone Number Elements -->
+<!--
+    International ITU dial code for the country code in question.  This
+    code would be entered after any escape code necessary to begin
+    International dialing. That is, the escape code does not appear in the
+    content of this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CountryCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the dial code in question.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CountryCode
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The area code or city code within a CountryCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AreaOrCityCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    The local number part of a telephone number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Number (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    An extension within relative to the Number element. This element has no
+    meaning without an associated Number element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extension (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    TelephoneNumber represents international telephone numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TelephoneNumber (CountryCode, AreaOrCityCode, Number, Extension?)>
+
+<!--
+     Phone is a "named" TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Phone (TelephoneNumber)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Specifies an identifier which indicates the type of phone number. US examples would include 
+		"work","home", and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Phone
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Fax number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fax (TelephoneNumber | URL | Email)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the fax number. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fax
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Addressing Elements -->
+<!--
+    A string that represents a URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT URL (#PCDATA)> <!-- URL -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the URL. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST URL
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An email address. Address must conform to RFC 821 (SMTP Standard).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Email (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the email address.
+
+    @attr preferredLang Optional language that the email owner prefers to receive emails in. Refer to the definition 
+		of the xmlLangCode entity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Email
+    name          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    preferredLang %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contact represents an entity at a location. The nature of this
+    element is that it represents a communication "end point" for a
+    location.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+       a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) 
+	   pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contact (Name, PostalAddress*, Email*, Phone*, Fax*, URL*, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr role Position this person or group plays in the procurement process.
+        Likely values include endUser, administrator, purchasingAgent,
+        technicalSupport, customerService, sales, supplierCorporate, supplierMasterAccount, 
+		supplierAccount, buyerCorporate, buyerMasterAccount, buyerAccount, buyer,
+        subsequentBuyer. Other values may be allowed in some cases.
+        The from and to roles are reserved for future use.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for relationships that require id references. Example: plantID
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain The qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. Examples are DUNS, ILN, and buyerLocationID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Contact
+    role             NMTOKEN           #IMPLIED
+    addressID        %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The DeliverTo part of an Address. This would be internal to the actual
+    address know to the outside world. Similar to what an extension is to a
+    TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliverTo (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Street is a single line of an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Street (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    City is the name of the city in an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT City (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr cityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a city region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST City
+    cityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    State is an optional state identifier in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT State (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoStateCode The ISO 3166-2:2013 country subdivision (state) code for this country.
+        Universally applicable code for the representation of the names of
+        principal administrative divisions of countries and territories included
+        in ISO 3166-1. It is intended to be used in conjunction with ISO 3166-1. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST State
+    isoStateCode  %isoStateCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A series of letters or digits or both, sometimes including spaces or punctuation, included 
+	in a postal address for the purpose of sorting mail. In the United States, postal code 
+	is called "ZIP code."
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Country is the name of the country in an Address's location. The
+    content of this element is a string which may (for example) be printed
+    directly to a shipping label. The content is the human-readable
+    equivalent of the isoCountryCode used by applications.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Country (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for this country. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Country
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Municipality specifies the name of the municipality in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Municipality (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr municipalityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a municipality region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Municipality
+    municipalityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    PostalAddress is a real-world location for a business or person.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalAddress (DeliverTo*, Street+, City, Municipality?, State?,
+                         PostalCode?, Country, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the postal address. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PostalAddress
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Address is the association of a Contact and a Location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Address (Name, PostalAddress?, Email?, Phone?, Fax?, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the country containing this location.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for
+        relationships that require id references. An example would be a shipping code.
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain It is the qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. 
+		Examples are DUNS and ILN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Address
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #IMPLIED
+    addressID       %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the parties involved in a document (for example, service entry sheet), including 
+	fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	Contact: Specifies contact information for the document partners. Allowed 
+		contact roles include fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	IdReference: Partner reference ID, supplier tax ID, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartnerContact (Contact, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the information of the issuer who is associated to the customs info document.
+	
+	Address: Defines the real-world location of the issuer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Issuer ( Address )>
+
+<!-- Financial Elements -->
+
+<!--
+	Money is the representation of the object used to pay for items.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Money (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr currency Specifies the currency in which amount is stated, must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes.
+
+	@attr alternateAmount The amount of money in the alternateCurrency. Optional and used to support dual-currency requirements such as the Euro.
+
+	@attr alternateCurrency Specifies the currency in which the alternateAmount is stated. Must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Money
+    currency           %isoCurrencyCode;  #REQUIRED
+    alternateAmount    %number;           #IMPLIED
+    alternateCurrency  %isoCurrencyCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Optional textual child for communicating arbitrary comments or description along with the parent.
+
+	Text may be interspersed with Attachment elements in this content model, grouping the Attachment 
+	list at the begging or end of the element is much preferred. The intended content model would 
+	be more like 
+	%
+	(( Attachment+, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | Attachment* ))
+	%
+	if the DTD syntax supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Comments ( #PCDATA | Attachment )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                    opt. Attachment list -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the Comments are written. This attribute will be required in 
+		a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+
+	@attr type An optional type of the comments. Type can be used to make the comments structured with 
+		respect to what they describe. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Comments
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+    type      %string;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Optional child of Comments element referencing a part in a multipart MIME
+    transmission.
+
+    The contained URL must use the scheme "cid:". This is the identifier for
+    the referenced attachment within the larger transmission. Must match the
+    Content-ID header of one (and only one) part of the MIME transmission
+    containing this cXML document. May also be used to retrieve the
+    attachment file separately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Attachment (URL)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr visibility Optional attribute that gives a hint as to how an attachment should be interpreted. 
+		If the value is "internal”, it will give a hint to the consumer of the attachment, that the attachment 
+		is meant for internal purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Attachment
+    visibility (internal)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a remote attachment.
+
+    AttachmentReference is used inside Extrinsic elements that have a
+    predefined name of "Attachments".
+
+    In the context of AttachmentReference, the domain attribute of
+    InternalID is currently optional. However, as a way to prevent
+    circular request paths, the sending application may use a
+    predefined value of "local" to indicate that the attachment
+    requested is local to the other application.
+
+    This optional URL element should link to a referenced source on the buyer’s
+    system. The URL scheme must conform to RFC 1738 (Uniform Resource Locators).
+    Both https and http transmission protocols are supported, however due to
+    security reasons we highly recommend to use https with the latest TLS set
+    only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AttachmentReference (Name, Description, InternalID, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr length Length of the attachment in bytes.
+        
+    @attr version Specifies the version of the external source. Examples: 1.0, beta, V-2. 
+-->           
+<!ATTLIST AttachmentReference
+    length  %uint;  #IMPLIED
+    version     %string; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition cost term .
+
+    Cost term can be of money or percentage type                
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT CostTermValue (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition type.
+
+    This represents the pricing condition type. ConditionType can have default 
+    cost term value, which will be used in cases where scales are not specified. 
+    If the scale is specified, the cost term value provided in the scale will be used.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT ConditionType (CostTermValue?,Scales?)>
+<!--
+     @attr name Name of the condition type. Example: Price, Surcharge.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConditionType
+    name  %string; #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    This represents the volume scale and there can be more than one 
+    cost term per scale. The scale type is specified in the Scales element.
+
+    The value which is specified for a scale is always in the context of a scale type which is selected. 
+ 
+    The attributes for a scale depends on the scale type. If the scale type is selected as "From", then
+    the scale should have "from" value. If the scale type is "To" scale, then the scale should have the 
+	value for "to" attribute.
+
+    If the scale is of type "Graduated", then both the "from" and "to" values should be provided.
+
+    Example 1: From scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0'> 
+	<Scale from='1000'>
+	<Scale from='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: From 0, From 1000, and From 5000. 
+    
+    Example 2: To scale
+	%
+	<Scale to='100'> 
+	<Scale to='1000'>
+	<Scale to='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: To 100, To 1000, and To 5000. 
+
+    Example 3: Graduated scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0' to='100'>
+	<Scale from='101' to='200'>
+    %
+	In the above example, there are two scales: From 0 To 100 and From 101 To 200.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scale (CostTermValue+)>
+<!--
+    @attr from This represents the lower bound value for the scale.
+    @attr to   This represents the upper bound value for the scale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scale
+    from   %number; #IMPLIED 
+    to     %number; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition scales vector.
+
+    This represents the volume scales list for a given validity period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scales (Scale+)>
+<!--
+    @attr scaleType This represents the scale type for the validity period. The value for this attribute can be
+        "From", "To", or "Graduated". Please refer to the examples provided in scale element for more information.
+
+    @attr scaleBasis This represents the scale basis.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scales
+    scaleType  (From|To|Graduated) #REQUIRED
+    scaleBasis %string; #FIXED 'quantity'
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a condition types list.               
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConditionTypes (ConditionType+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition validity period.
+
+    This represents the validity period of the price condition with start date and end date.
+    The validity period can have list of condition types.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriod (ConditionTypes)>
+<!--
+    @attr from Start date of the validity period.
+
+    @attr to End date of the validity period.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ValidityPeriod
+    from      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    to        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to list of validity periods. The list should have 
+    at least one validity period. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriods (ValidityPeriod+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to pricing condition object for a given line item.
+    The cost elements are added to pricing conditions per validity period
+    and scale. If any cost term like Discount, Surcharge is added to 
+    pricing condition, then it will not be part of modifications.     
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PricingConditions (ValidityPeriods)>
+
+<!--
+    Price per unit of item.
+
+    Money: Contains the final amount after applying Modifications.
+
+	Modifications: Contains details of the allowances and charges applicable 
+	at the line-item level.
+    
+	PricingConditions: Pricing condition that represents the cost elements with
+		validity period and optional scales.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitPrice (Money, Modifications?, PricingConditions?)>
+
+<!--
+    Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). In a
+    StatusUpdateRequest, this element identifies the purchase order to be
+    updated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr payloadID A unique identifier for the document. Copied directly from the
+        cXML element of the original document. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentReference
+    payloadID       %string;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains a unique internal ID for a document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InternalID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr domain A string indicating the type of internal ID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InternalID
+    domain   %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Common to most variants of the PunchOut transaction set. Defined here
+    to be easily shared between multiple DTD files without requiring
+    inclusion of Transaction.mod in all of them.
+
+    All of the PunchOut transaction sets include an originating Request
+    (ProviderSetupRequest for example), relatively simple Response
+    (PunchOutSetupResponse for example) and final Message
+    (ProviderDoneMessage or PunchOutOrderMessage). The Request and
+    Response comprise a back-end transaction between two cooperating
+    applications that wish to extend an interactive session from one to the
+    other. The Request provides the destination application with
+    authentication, identification and other setup information. The
+    Response provides the originating application with a unique starting
+    location for the interactive (HTML) session at the destination system.
+
+    After receiving a Response of this type, the originating application
+    redirects the user's browser to the provided location. (For some
+    non-HTML applications, opening a new browser window at that location
+    may be more appropriate.) The destination system eventually provides
+    an HTML form to the user's browser. This form submits the final
+    Message to close the remote session, return that user to the
+    originating application and carry any required information back to the
+    originating application.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a specific PunchOut session. Used in both originating 
+	Request and later Message that returns user to originating application.
+
+    Note: The BuyerCookie element used in a 'regular' PunchOut transaction
+    (defined in Transaction.mod) is of type ANY. That does not seem
+    useful. The string required below better matches the needs for this
+    element. Future transactions similar to the PunchOut transaction will
+    use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginatorCookie (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must submit the final Message. 
+	This location (carried in the originating Request) does not need to 
+	be specific to a PunchOut session since the OriginatorCookie is 
+	returned in the Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BrowserFormPost (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a service offered by this provider and requested in 
+	this transaction. Used only in the originating Request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedService (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must be redirected to
+    begin the interactive portion of the session at the remote site. The
+    destination system returns this information in the Response document.
+    This location must be specific to a particular session. It is
+    effectively a one time key, providing authenticated entry into the
+    destination system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StartPage (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Any information the originator must know about the completed operation 
+	at the provider site. The ReturnValue is for applications; the Name is 
+	for human consumption (direct presentation in the User Interface of the 
+	application). Where appropriate for the possible services, this element 
+	may appear in the final Message for a PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnData (ReturnValue, Name)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name An identifier for the data returned. Provides a meaning for the
+        contents of a ReturnData element. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnData
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	A value that is used by the originating application. This value depends on 
+	what service the provider supplies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnValue (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a time range. The start and end can be unbounded.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeRange EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the time range.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the range. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeRange
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a period in time.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Period EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the period.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the period. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Period
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Describes how the product is packaged or shipped. It must conform with UN/CEFACT 
+	(Recommendation 20) Unit of Measure Common Codes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitOfMeasure (#PCDATA)> <!-- nmtoken -->
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the quantity as quoted in the UnitPrice.
+	
+	UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure for the quote.
+	
+    Description: The textual description of the quote.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceBasisQuantity (UnitOfMeasure, Description?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr quantity The quantity basis for the quote.
+
+    @attr conversionFactor The conversion ratio from the unit of measure of the order to 
+		the unit of measure of the PriceBasisQuantity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PriceBasisQuantity
+    quantity         %r8;    #REQUIRED
+    conversionFactor %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to a term which is defined in another document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr termName The name of the ID attribute containing the term.
+
+    @attr term The value of that attribute (that is, the term itself). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermReference
+	termName %string; #REQUIRED
+	term %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an optionally named monetary rate at which goods or services are
+    charged or paid.
+	
+    Money: The amount of Money per UnitOfMeasure to be charged or paid.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure.
+
+    PriceBasisQuantity: The quantity the price is quoted on
+
+    TermReference: Identifies the definition of this UnitRate (found, for example, 
+		in contracts, master agreements, and other documents which may or may not be cXML 
+		documents).	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitRate (
+    Money,
+    UnitOfMeasure,
+    PriceBasisQuantity?,
+    TermReference?
+)>
+
+<!--
+    The rate information used to define the rate of a purchase. For
+    example, this could be the total room rate for 4 nights of stay
+    at a hotel.
+	
+    Total: The total amount for the rate. The total amount must equal
+		to quantity x UnitRate.
+
+    UnitRate: The single unit rate.
+
+    Description: Textual description for the rate. For example, hotel nightly rate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Rate (Total, UnitRate, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity The quantity associated with the rate. For example, a 4-night stay at a hotel will
+		have quantity set to 4 with UnitofMesure in UnitRate set to Day. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Rate
+    quantity    %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The total for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Total (Money, Modifications?)>
+
+<!--
+    Tolerances for price, quantity, and delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tolerances (QuantityTolerance?, PriceTolerance?, TimeTolerance?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityTolerance (Percentage | Value)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the price tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceTolerance (Percentage | Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a certain amount of days used to check if a concrete
+    delivery date is within the tolerance regarding the requested
+    delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeTolerance EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr limit Amount of time in 'type' relative to the requested delivery date is it allowed to deliver.
+
+    @attr type Specifies how the limit should be interpreted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeTolerance
+    limit %int; #REQUIRED
+    type  (minutes | hours | days | weeks) "days"
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Upper tolerances define an upper limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Upper (Tolerances)>
+<!-- 
+	Lower tolerances define a lower limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Lower (Tolerances)>
+<!--
+	The amount of tax.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+	The amount that is taxable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxableAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the location of tax,
+    for example, London, Canada, California, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxLocation (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the location of tax is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxLocation
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference indicates the relevant law as
+    titled for the local jurisdiction in the scenario of a triangular
+    transaction, for example, Triangulation, article 28c,E paragraph 3 
+	of the 6th EU VAT Directive.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TriangularTransactionLawReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the law reference is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TriangularTransactionLawReference
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    If you claim an exemption from taxes, some tax authorities, such as 
+	Portugal SAF-T, require you to specify an exemption code and exemption reason.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxExemption (ExemptReason?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr exemptCode Specifies the code against which the tax is exempted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxExemption
+    exemptCode    %string;      #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Specifies the exemption reason for zero tax.
+		
+	This would have no relation with the existing "exemptDetail" attribute. Existing attribute 
+	"exemptDetail" will not be ignored and this will also will be kept along with the new 
+	element "ExemptReason".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  ExemptReason  (#PCDATA) >
+<!-- 
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the exemption reason is written. 
+-->				
+<!ATTLIST  ExemptReason
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines details of one type of tax.
+	
+    TaxableAmount: The taxable amount.
+
+    TaxAmount: The tax amount.
+
+    TaxLocation: The tax location.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: This is the adjustment amount for the tax for the specific tax 
+		line (tax for a specific category and location) or in other words the adjustment
+        amount corresponding to tax represented by this TaxDetail element and
+        is optional. Currently it is ONLY supported for the PPR(PaymentProosalRequest)
+        document and also ONLY applicable for the PPR document.
+		
+        Note: Also this is to be used instead of TaxAdjustmentDetail(now deprecated)
+        element in the PPR document.
+
+    Description: The textual description of the current type of tax.
+
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference: The law reference for transactions where isTriangularTransaction 
+		is True.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxDetail (TaxableAmount?, TaxAmount, TaxLocation?, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description?,
+                     TriangularTransactionLawReference?, TaxRegime?, TaxExemption?,
+					 Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr taxedElement An ID reference that uniquely identifies the item being taxed???
+
+    @attr purpose The purpose of the tax, for example, tax (tax), custom duty, shippingTax,
+       specialHandlingTax, and so on.
+
+    @attr category The tax category, Sales tax (sales), Use tax (usage), VAT (vat),
+       GST (gst) are defined categories. Other values are permitted.
+
+    @attr percentageRate The tax rate in number of percentage.
+
+    @attr isVatRecoverable Set to "yes" if the entire invoice is VAT (Value Added Tax)-recoverable. Default is false.
+
+    @attr taxPointDate Refers to the date on which VAT becomes due.
+
+    @attr paymentDate Indicates the date when payment must be made.
+
+    @attr isTriangularTransaction Set to "yes" to indicate that the transaction occurred between 
+		three parties in three different countries, but the movement of goods did not follow the 
+		invoicing route. Add a Contract element with role="subsequentBuyer" to identify the 
+		subsequent buying organization in triangular transactions.
+
+    @attr exemptDetail If the TaxAmount is zero, VAT or other regulations may require
+		a reason why. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>zeroRated - The tax rate is zero.</li>
+		<li>exempt - The item or items are exempt from taxation.</li>
+		</ul>
+	   
+	@attr isWithholdingTax Set to "yes" if the tax is a withholding tax. 
+	   
+    @attr taxRateType Specify the tax rate type code (a string) that corresponds to a specific tax type. 
+ 	   For example, in Germany the tax rate of 19\% for value-added tax (VAT) corresponds to the "Standard" tax rate type. 
+ 	   In different EU member states, different VAT rates are allowed.
+	   
+ 	   The tax rate type makes it easy for the back-end system to handle different rates that result from changes in tax law.
+
+    @attr basePercentageRate The base tax rate in number of percentage. For some Tax categories (for example, ICMS for 
+		Brazil) TaxAmount is calculated considering the basePercentageRate along with percentageRate.
+		%
+		TaxAmount = TaxableAmount * percentageRate * basePercentageRate
+		$
+		Used only in the Quote Messages.
+
+    @attr isIncludedInPrice Set to "yes" (true) if the TaxAmount is included in the price. The default is "no" (false). 
+		Used only in Quote messages.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxDetail
+    taxedElement            IDREF          #IMPLIED
+	purpose                 %string;       #IMPLIED
+    category                %string;       #REQUIRED
+    percentageRate          %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isVatRecoverable        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    taxPointDate            %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    paymentDate             %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isTriangularTransaction (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    exemptDetail            (zeroRated | exempt)  #IMPLIED
+	isWithholdingTax        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	taxRateType				%string;	   #IMPLIED
+    basePercentageRate      %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isIncludedInPrice       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    TaxRegime is related to the type of supplier activities and the
+	commodities in the invoice. Companies pay taxes based on the tax regime
+	they are enrolled. Sample tax regimes: Assimilated Regime wages, Regime
+	of Small Taxpayers (REPECO), Regimen of business and professional activities,
+	etc. Multiple tax regimes can be associated with a single invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxRegime (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Tax item. This represents what a Tax element should
+    be in the classic notion of a line on a PO or Invoice. It can also
+    represent a per-line-item tax element depending on where it appears
+    (inside of a item ELEMENT or inside of a something like a supplierOrder
+    ELEMENT).
+
+    Represents a tax item in the shopping basket. There could be one of these
+    for the entire order, or one per line item.
+
+    The total amount of taxes for the line item or order should be reflected
+    in the Money element. The breakdown of taxes, for example, tax on shipping
+    or tax on goods should be represented in separate TaxDetail elements.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: The adjustment amount for the total tax for the document 
+		or in other words the adjustment amount corresponding to tax represented 
+		by this Tax element and is optional (this is supposedly the sum of the 
+		amounts in TaxAdjustmentAmount elements under the TaxDetail children of 
+		this Tax element). Currently, this element is ONLY supported for the 
+		PaymentProposalRequest document. It is used instead of the TaxAdjustment 
+		element (now deprecated).
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tax (Money, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description, TaxDetail*, Distribution*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Modifications element which provides the original unit
+    price or shipping price and then describes a set of 1 or more
+    modifications to that price. There can one per Shipping element.
+    The optional method attribute defines how multiple Modification elements
+    are combined.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the original price or shipping price and optionally provides a type.    
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalPrice (Money)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Type of price. Examples include MSRP, ListPrice, Actual, AverageSellingPrice,
+      CalculationGross, BaseCharge, AverageWholesalePrice, ExportPrice, AlternatePrice,
+      ContractPrice, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalPrice
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Stores any modification to the original price or shipping price of the item. Provides 
+	an optional level attribute for cascading modifications. 
+	
+	AdditionalDeduction: Used only when allowances are involved.
+
+    AdditionalCost: Used when additional charges are involved.
+	
+    OriginalPrice: Represents the price on which the discount or charges apply.
+	
+    Tax: Represents the tax on the Modification.
+	
+	ModificationDetail: The details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or 
+		AdditionalCost element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modification (OriginalPrice?, (AdditionalDeduction | AdditionalCost), Tax?, ModificationDetail?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr level Represents the level of modification, used in cascading modifications.
+	   Example:
+	   Charge 1 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 2 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 3 (Level 2): Original Price 8$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 4 (Level 3): Original Price 7$ Charge: 1$ ...
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Modification
+    level            %uint;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains details of the deductions available for the item. Used only when allowances are applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalDeduction (DeductionAmount | DeductionPercent | DeductedPrice)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of deduction (for example, discount). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AdditionalDeduction
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or AdditionalCost element. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ModificationDetail (Description?, IdReference?, ParentID?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr name The name of the modification, for example, "Allowance".
+    
+    @attr startDate The start date of the modification.
+
+    @attr endDate The end date of the modification.
+
+    @attr code The service code for the modification.
+
+    @attr scope The scope for the modification, for example, ‘UnitPrice’, ‘LineItem’.
+
+    @attr calculationType The calculationType for the modification, for example, ‘fixedAmount’, ‘quantity’, ‘percentage’.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ModificationDetail
+    name             %string;  #REQUIRED
+    code             %string;  #IMPLIED
+    startDate        %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    endDate          %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    scope            %string;  #IMPLIED
+    calculationType  %string;  #IMPLIED
+ >
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Value EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr value Quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Value
+	value            %number;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the percentage value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Percentage EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr percent Percentage for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Percentage
+ 	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	The Money element is the final cost amount for this Additional Cost or Charge
+ 	DO NOT USE THIS ELEMENT FOR SHIPPING, SPECIAL HANDLING, FREIGHT, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalCost (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines discount applied.
+
+	DiscountAmount: The discount expressed as a flat amount with currency.
+
+    DiscountPercent: The discount rate expressed as a percentage.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Discount (DiscountPercent | DiscountAmount)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the Basis for the Discount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountBasis (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the details of adjustments given over category and region.
+    
+	Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under TaxDetail element instead.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentDetail (Money)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr category String describing the tax adjustment category.
+	
+    @attr region String describing the region where the tax adjustment occurred. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxAdjustmentDetail
+    category    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    region      %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines TaxAdjustment given on the Total Tax, currently to be used with
+    PPR(PaymentProposalRqeuest) document to specify the total adjustments given
+    on the Tax for the payable.
+	
+    Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under Tax element instead.
+
+    Money: Describes the Total Tax Adjustment given on the payable.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentDetail: Describes the list of all the Adjustments given on the 
+		payable on the basis of tax category and region.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustment (Money, TaxAdjustmentDetail*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the tax adjustment either on the total tax or for a specific tax
+    category and region, currently to be used with PPR(PaymentProposalRequest)
+    document to specify the adjustments on tax for the payable.
+    If it is included under the Tax element then it is used to specify the
+    adjustment for total tax in the PPR(PaymentProposalRequest) document.
+    If it is included under the TaxDetail element then it specifies the adjustment
+    for tax for a specific tax category and region. 
+
+    Money: Describes the adjustment for the tax(either for Tax or TaxDetail) 
+		given on the payable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the discount rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The discount rate expressed as a percentage. A negative discount percent 
+		represents a penalty. 
+--> 
+<!ATTLIST DiscountPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the deduction rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The deduction rate expressed as a percentage. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DeductionPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to the line item in a Consignment Movement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductMovementItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr movementLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from movement document.
+
+    @attr movementID The id of a consignment movement entry known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr movementDate The date and time the product was moved from consignment inventory to the buyer inventory. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductMovementItemIDInfo
+    movementLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    movementID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    movementDate              %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a clear reference to the line item in a InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr invoiceLineNumber The line number of a line item, copied from InvoiceDetailRequest.
+
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+	@attr invoiceDate The invoice date. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceItemIDInfo
+    invoiceLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    invoiceID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate              %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quantity of an item that was returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity Quantity returned. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnQuantity
+    quantity        %r8; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with Contract/Catalog items. If this limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all Contract items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxContractAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with ad hoc items. If this is limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all ad hoc (non-Contract) items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAdhocAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Version.mod#4 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     Another top-level entity used in Transport.mod. Defined here to allow
+     easy updates to the release version of cXML without opening
+     Transport.mod. This should also provide an easy file to search for
+     the current release version string.
+-->
+
+<!-- cxml.version
+    Current default string for the cXML@version attribute. Corresponds to
+    the final directory of the SYSTEM identifier used in all up-to-date
+    cXML documents.
+    For easy parsing of this file, do not remove whitespace surrounding the
+    actual version string.
+-->
+<!ENTITY cxml.version "1.2.063" >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+	$Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/Industry.mod#1$
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Allow this module to be built separately from any other DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Characteristic contains detailed information about an item that can be used across different industries.
+    Can also be used to send material characteristics to support configurable material process. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Characteristic EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Type of Characteristic. Examples: size, sizeCode, color, colorCode , quality, qualityCode, grade, gradeCode.
+
+    @attr value Value for the domain.
+
+	@attr code Code associated with a characteristic, such as a currency code or unit of measure. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Characteristic
+	domain	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	value  	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;   #IMPLIED >
+	
+<!-- 
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+
+	Use IdReference and proper domain within ItemID instead.
+
+    Number assigned to a manufacturer's product according to the International Article Numbering Association 
+	or UPC(Universal Product Code) for an article.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EANID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	European Waste Catalogue is a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste Catalogue (EWC). 
+	It requires special handling. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EuropeanWasteCatalogID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+	planning/ordering process (and the related pricing). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionDealID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	The item number is a promotional variant number. Used when only one or some variants of an 
+	article are promoted.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionVariantID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Total retail value of all products. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalRetailAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Gross monetary amount paid or to be paid at intervals. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossProgressPaymentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Deposit amount charged for returnable items (boxes, containers, pallets, and so on).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Total amount of goods and services excluding deposits for returnable goods.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GoodsAndServiceAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specific exact amount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExactAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Groups all the additional amounts. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalAmounts (TotalRetailAmount?, InformationalAmount?, GrossProgressPaymentAmount?, 
+					TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount?, GoodsAndServiceAmount?,  ExactAmount? )>
+
+<!--
+	Price value per unit (gross price).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitGrossPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!--
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding  only taxes. The price stated is for information purposes 
+	only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPriceExclTax (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The Net value of a single unit that has to be corrected (new price). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitNetPriceCorrection (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines all the item related additional prices. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalPrices (UnitGrossPrice?, InformationalPrice?,  InformationalPriceExclTax?, UnitNetPriceCorrection?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines product/item related indicators. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIndicator EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Specifies the type of the Indicator. Suggested values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>InvoiceUnitIndicator - Indicator specifies the unit as basis for invoicing ("price per unit").</li>
+		<li>ConsumerUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used from the consumer/consumption 
+			process (for instance "gallons" or "liters").</li>
+		<li>ReturnableContainerIndicator - Indicator will be set if the packaging/container shall be returned to the 
+			sender and will be re-used.</li>
+		<li>TradeUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used to describe the trading unit (for 
+			instance "barrel" for oil).</li>
+		<li>DutyIndicator - Specifies that the current line item has a special fee.</li>
+		<li>CommisionIndicator - Marks the actual position/line item has a provision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	 @attr value Value of the indicator. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIndicator
+    domain  %string;   #REQUIRED
+    value  %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Supplier.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Supplier of goods and services. Includes a list of SupplierIDs which
+    identify the Supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supplier (Name, Comments?, SupplierID+, SupplierLocation*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr corporateURL URL to web site about the supplier.
+
+    @attr storeFrontURL URL to web site where a user can shop or browse. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Supplier
+    corporateURL   %URL;  #IMPLIED
+    storeFrontURL  %URL;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    One of the locations for a supplier. Supplier location is
+    generally a physical location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierLocation (Address, OrderMethods)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethods is the list of methods by which one can order
+    from a supplier. The contact element is the technical contact
+    who should be able to assist with order processing issues.
+    The list is to be ordered by supplier preference, the first
+    element having the highest degree of preference.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethods (OrderMethod+, Contact?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethod is a method for ordering. It is comprised of a
+    target address for the order and the protocol expected by
+    the address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethod (OrderTarget, OrderProtocol?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderTarget represents an address to which orders can be
+    sent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderTarget (Phone | Email | Fax | URL | OtherOrderTarget)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderProtocol is the communication method to be used when
+    communicating an order to a supplier. An example would be "cXML".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderProtocol (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    OtherOrderTarget represents an address which is not enumerated by
+    default in the OrderTarget Element. This may contain address targets
+    beyond the ability of this document to describe.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OtherOrderTarget ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Optional name for target. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OtherOrderTarget
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a supplier ID. A supplier ID is a (domain, value)
+    pair so that suppliers have the flexibility to define their ID's
+    according to an arbitrary convention (for example, (DUNS, 12345),
+    (TaxID, 88888888)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain The domain of the ID. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierID
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+   Defines a List of Suppliers that might be associated with a quote Item. Used in
+   ItemOut. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierList (Supplier+)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Item.mod#19 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Type of a line item.
+
+    lean: This line type indicates no child line is expected for line.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % lineItemType '(composite | item | lean)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a composite line item. 
+-->
+<!ENTITY % compositeItemType '(groupLevel | itemLevel)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a service line item.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceItemType '(material | service)'>
+
+<!--
+    Choice of type of a service line item. This entity represents the type of the service line. The following are the different 
+	types of service lines. 
+	
+	standard: This is the standard line type, and is the system default.
+	
+	blanket: You do not specify a quantity for blanket lines. The system defines the default quantity one to service lines 
+		with this line type. It is settled as a lump sum.
+	
+	contingency: This line type describes a service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order. This service 
+		is only used when required.
+	
+	openquantity: If the sold-to party requires that the bidder offers the quantity for a specific partial service,
+		the service line can be indicated by Line with open quantity. You can only use this line type in the following 
+		documents:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Purchase requisitions and RFQs in Purchasing (MM Services)</li>
+		<li>Inquiries with BOS in Sales</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	information: This line type does not describe a service. It is purely documentary in nature.
+		You select this line type if you want to use the service line to store additional text.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceLineType '(standard|blanket|contingency|openquantity|information)'>
+
+
+<!--
+	Choice of alternativeTypes.
+
+	No Alternative: This line type describes a service that cannot be performed in alternative ways.
+
+	Basic Line: This line type describes a service that can be performed in alternative ways. 
+		There are one or more alternative lines for each basic line. The value of a basic line is 
+		included in the total value of the service specifications.
+
+	Alternate Line: An alternative line describes a different way of performing a service or doing work 
+		than that set out in the associated basic line.
+
+		The value of an alternative line is not included in the total value of the service 
+		specifications.
+		
+		Example:
+		If flooring is to be renewed, you may want to enter one service line for parquetry 
+		flooring and an alternative line for ceramic tiles.    
+-->
+<!ENTITY % alternativeType '(noAlternative | basicLine | alternativeLine)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type with which a service line item can be identified to its alternative item. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Alternative EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr alternativeType This represents the alternative type of a service line item. 
+
+	@attr basicLineNumber When an alternative type is set as Alternate Line, the line number of the 
+		Service Line which whose alternative type set as Basic Line will be set here. This enables 
+		this service line item to identify for which service line item this is alternative to. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Alternative
+	alternativeType  %alternativeType;  #REQUIRED
+	basicLineNumber  %string;  #IMPLIED
+> 
+
+<!--
+    ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Name of the item's manufacturer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the ManufacturerName is written. This attribute will be 
+		required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.) 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ManufacturerName
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Classification is used to group items into similar categories.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Classification (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr domain Name of classification. Groups items into similar categories. Typically lists the UNSPSC 
+		(United Nations Standard Products and Services Code) commodity code for each selected item. 
+		These codes are used by backend systems within buyer and supplier organizations for accounting 
+		and report generation. For the list of UNSPSC codes, see www.unspsc.org. The domain attribute 
+		can also be used to specify product hierarchy and commodity information used by a backend system.
+		Domain can also be "MaterialGroup", which refers to a grouping of materials and services according 
+		to their characteristics in SAP.
+
+	@attr code Identifies the commodity by its designated code. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Classification
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+     Specifies the amount of time in days required to
+     receive the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LeadTime (#PCDATA)>   <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    SupplierBatch is the batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item quantity level
+    to identify  the batch in which the item or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in traceability.
+
+    Batch numbers (also call "lot number", "variant") are used in several industries to uniquely identify  items produced together.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    How the supplier identifies an item they sell.
+
+    If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item,
+    then the supplier should generate a key which identifies the part
+    uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. The
+    key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+
+    An example is where a Supplier would use the same PartID for an
+    item but have a different price for units of "EA" versus "BOX".
+    In this case, the ItemIDs should be:
+	%
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>EA</SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <foo>well formed XML here</foo>
+        </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+	%
+    In this case, the "foo" element must be defined in an internal subset
+    sent with the cXML document. Otherwise, parsers will not be able to
+    validate that document.
+
+    In a preferred approach, the sending application may escape the contained
+    XML using CDATA sections. This would appear as:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <![CDATA[<foo>well formed XML here</foo>]]>
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+    Finally, the angle brackets could be escaped using XML character
+    entities. This might be a bit harder for humans to read. For example:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           &lt;foo&gt;well formed XML here&lt;/foo&gt;
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr revisionID Also known as Material Revision Level. "Revision" is the most widely-used
+       term for referring to that attribute which distinguishes one closely-related design 
+	   iteration from another. A revision represents a change to an object, or a modification 
+	   to a part such that the part remains interchangeable with its previous iteration.
+       As part of engineering change management the supplier uses the revision level to uniquely 
+	   identify the version of a product, of an article or of a part. 
+-->     
+<!ATTLIST SupplierPartID
+	revisionID	%string;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	If SupplierPartID does not uniquely identify the item, the supplier should use SupplierPartAuxiliaryID to specify an "auxiliary" 
+	key that identifies the part uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. For example, a supplier might use 
+	the same SupplierPartID for an item, but have a different price for units of "EA" and "BOX". In this case, a reasonable 
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID for the two items might be "EA" and "BOX."
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID could also be used as a supplier cookie, enabling the supplier to refer to complex configuration or 
+	part data. It could contain all the data necessary for the supplier to reconstruct what the item in question is in their 
+	computer system (a basket or cookie of data that makes sense only to the supplier).
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID can help a remote website transport complex configuration or bill-of-goods information to re-identify 
+	the item when it is presented to the remote website in the future.
+	
+	If SupplierPartAuxiliaryID contains special characters (for example, if it contains additional XML elements not defined in the 
+	cXML protocol), they must be escaped properly. Due to the necessity to pass SupplierPartAuxiliaryID information through 
+	applications and back to the originating supplier, an internal subset containing any additional XML elements is insufficient.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartAuxiliaryID ANY>
+
+<!--
+   BuyerPartID represents an item in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerPartID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    A unique identification of an item. SupplierID is not required since
+    ItemIDs never travel alone.
+
+    ItemIDs used to define a Supplier/Commodity level Blanket Order Item should
+    use Empty SupplierPartID tag. These type of items do not have specific part numbers
+    at the time of placing the Blanket Order. There will be subsequent release orders
+    or invoices that will define the SupplierID.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+		certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemID (SupplierPartID, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetail contains detailed information about an item. All the data that
+    a user would want to see about an item instead of the bare essentials
+    that are represented in the ItemID.
+	
+	LeadTime: Time in days to receive the item.
+    
+	Dimension: Item dimensions.
+    
+	ItemDetailIndustry: Industry specific item detail information.
+
+	OverallLimit: Holds the maximum value that the total of all unplanned services 
+		(or the value of the material) covered by this item may not exceed. This limit, 
+		which represents a budget for unplanned services, must not be exceeded. 
+		This limit can be used in service lines and the items of blanket purchase orders.
+		At service item level (top level service item), this field captures limit for the 
+		total of all unplanned services (or the value of the material). At service 
+		outline level, it captures the sub-limits (the budget for that item). 
+
+	ExpectedLimit: ExpectedLimit is value that the unplanned services (or the material) 
+		covered by this item are not expected to exceed. It is a figure buyer assumes to be 
+		the final amount payable. It is entered only for top level service item. Whereas 
+		the overall limit field (at top level) captures the maximum allowed value (max 
+		amount that can be spent), the expected limit is used to capture the planned/expected 
+		value and is mainly used for analysis purposes and determining total value of item.
+    
+	PlannedAcceptanceDays: Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods 
+		after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetail (UnitPrice, Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, UnitOfMeasure, PriceBasisQuantity?, Classification+, ManufacturerPartID?,ManufacturerName?, URL?, LeadTime?, Dimension*, ItemDetailIndustry?, AttachmentReference*, PlannedAcceptanceDays?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	Item details specific for items that describe blanket purchase order items. 
+	This element should only be used for items in a purchase order of 
+	type "blanket"	or "regular".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BlanketItemDetail (Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+                             MaxContractAmount?, MaxAdhocAmount?, MaxQuantity?, MinQuantity?,
+			                 UnitPrice?, UnitOfMeasure?, PriceBasisQuantity?,
+			                 Classification*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a specific industry.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailIndustry (ItemDetailRetail? )>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isConfigurableMaterial A value of yes indicates that this item is defined as a configurable 
+		purchase and has material characteristics associated with it.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemDetailIndustry
+    isConfigurableMaterial	 (yes)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a retail industry. 
+    
+    EANID: Deprecated. Use '<IdReference domain="EAN-13">' within 'ItemID' instead.
+	
+	EuropeanWasteCatalogID: Specifies a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste 
+		Catalog (EWC) if it requires special handling.
+		
+	Characteristic: Specifies detailed information about an item that can be used across 
+		several different industries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailRetail (EANID?, EuropeanWasteCatalogID?, Characteristic* )>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product id, supplier 
+	product id, standard product id, internal product id, and so on).
+	
+	SupplierPartID: It represents a product in supplier system. This identifier is specified by the supplier.
+
+    SupplierPartAuxiliaryID: If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item, then the 
+		supplier should generate a key which identifies the product uniquely when combined with the SupplierID 
+		and SupplierPartID. The key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+    BuyerPartID: It represents a product in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, standard id for a product), 
+		the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Product (SupplierPartID?, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    A sequential number that is assigned when changes are made to component.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductRevisionID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element carrying batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    BuyerBatchID: An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    SupplierBatchID: An identifier from supplier to identify the material/goods produced in a single 
+		manufacturing run.
+
+    PropertyValuation: Consists of the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Batch (BuyerBatchID?, SupplierBatchID?, PropertyValuation*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr productionDate Date on which when a batch of material or goods is produced.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods becomes expired.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods will be inspected.
+
+    @attr shelfLife Duration that a product is expected to remain within its approved product specification 
+		after production date. This attribute is used for information purposes only.
+
+    @attr originCountryCode Country of origin for a batch of material or goods.
+
+    @attr batchQuantity Quantity for a batch of material or goods.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Batch
+    productionDate      %datetime.tz;    	#IMPLIED
+    expirationDate   	%datetime.tz;      	#IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate      %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+    shelfLife           %duration;          #IMPLIED
+    originCountryCode 	%isoCountryCode; 	#IMPLIED
+    batchQuantity       %r8;                #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+	
+	PropertyReference: The property being valuated.
+
+    ValueGroup: Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValuation (PropertyReference?, ValueGroup*)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property being valuated.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyReference (IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+	
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+
+    ParentID: For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+
+    PropertyValue: Values for valuating property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValueGroup (IdReference?,  ParentID?, PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--
+	For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ParentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains values for valuating a property.
+	
+    Examples:
+	<ul>
+	<li>QuantitySpecification - valuating properties whose data types are in units, for example, 5 pieces, 7 kg.</li>
+    <li>IntegerSpecification - valuating non-dimensional, integer properties, for example, codes, indexes, and sequential numbers.</li>
+	<li>DateTimeSpecification - valuating date time properties, for example requirement date, production date, and expiration date.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	Characteristic: Contains detailed information about a value that can be used for valuation of property
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValue (Characteristic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name of PropertyValue.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PropertyValue
+	name          %string;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	ControlKeys are used to override default business rules as configured in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ControlKeys (OCInstruction?, ASNInstruction?, InvoiceInstruction?, SESInstruction?)>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OCInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Order confirmation is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Order confirmation is not allowed.</li>
+		<li>requiredBeforeASN - Order confirmation is required before a ship notice.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OCInstruction
+	value     ( allowed | notAllowed | requiredBeforeASN )     #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a ship notice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the 
+	default business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ASNInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a ship notice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Ship notice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Ship notice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ASNInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an invoice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default 
+	business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	TemporaryPrice: Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. It can be set at the 
+		order header or item level. It has a required value attribute, which can be set to "yes" or 
+		"no". If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary 
+		and the supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, 
+		pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot 
+		invoice against any item on the order.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceInstruction (TemporaryPrice?, Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an invoice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>isERS - The order or line item is flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement, indicating that the 
+			system will post an invoice for it automatically based on goods receipts.</li>
+		<li>isNotERS - The order or line item is not flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement.</li>
+		<li>allowed - Invoice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Invoice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr verificationType The only supported value is "goodsReceipt", which indicates that invoice verification 
+		for this item is based on the goods receipt. The invoice item can then be matched up uniquely with the 
+		goods receipt item. Goods-receipt-based invoice verification makes sense when you expect a delivery to 
+		be made and posted in several parts.
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit price while 
+		creating an invoice. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules 
+		present in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceInstruction
+    value       (isERS | isNotERS | allowed | notAllowed)  #IMPLIED
+    verificationType (goodsReceipt)                        #IMPLIED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no) 			   #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. If set to true at the order item level, pricing for the 
+	item is considered temporary and the supplier cannot invoice the line item.
+	
+	If set to true at the order header level, pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and 
+	the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TemporaryPrice EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr value If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary and the 
+		supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, pricing is considered 
+		temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TemporaryPrice value (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a service sheet is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SESInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a service sheet is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Service sheet is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Service sheet is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit 
+		price while creating a service sheet. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules present 
+		in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SESInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no)  	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Either or both a textual description and codes about a hazard inherent
+    in an item or for the overall order or shipment. The overall hazards
+    may be due either to identical hazards for all items or hazards
+    inherent in shipping various products together.
+
+    The contained Description element list (if provided) should include
+    detailed handling requirements. Elements in this list may appear in
+    any order. A description locale (Description&#064;xml:lang attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Hazard element. When more than one
+    Description element is present, all must contain translations of a
+    common description.
+
+    Classification elements may appear in any order. A classification
+    domain (Classification&#064;domain attribute value) must not appear more
+    than once in a Hazard element.
+
+    All listed Classification elements and the Description (if provided)
+    must relate to a single hazard. Additional hazards must use separate
+    Hazard elements.
+
+    The following Classification domains are expected in this context:
+	<ul>
+	<li>UNDG - United Nations Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>IMDG - International Marine Organization Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>NAHG - North American Hazardous Goods</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Hazard ((Description+, Classification*) | Classification+)>
+
+<!--
+	Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PlannedAcceptanceDays  (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more authorization labels for the document.
+    
+    A authorization label identifies a document as part of a certain, user-defined, classification
+    but doesn't by itself grant or deny access to a user. Instead, it's up to the application
+    to decide if a user should or shouldn't have access based on this info.
+    
+    Each IdReference means a different domain. No duplicate domains are allowed. Multiple
+    values within the same domain must appear as comma-separated values in the same element.
+    
+    Examples of valid domains are:
+    <li>sip<li>
+    <li>program</li>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AuthorizationLabels (IdReference+)>
+
+<!--
+    Indicates that the order is DPAS-rated. This requires a special handling
+    to comply with the applicable law.
+
+    This element is only applicable in the US.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DPAS EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr rating    The DPAS rating, such as DO or DX. Even more specific ratings
+        can be put here.
+    @attr contract  The contract number related with this DPAS-rated order.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+    @attr quantity  The allocation quantity, for line-level or lower information.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DPAS
+    rating      %string;    #REQUIRED
+    contract    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    quantity    %r8;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures travel information. It could be one of four
+    types: air, car rental, hotel, or rail.
+	
+	AirDetail: Air travel detail.
+
+    CarRentalDetail: Car rental detail.
+
+    HotelDetail: Hotel detail.
+
+    RailDetail: Rail detail.
+
+    PolicyViolation: List of policy violations (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+
+    Comments: Top level comments for this travel line item (if any). This
+        is not the policy violation comment but a top level comment
+        given by the user for this travel line item while in Travel
+        Booking Provider's web site.
+
+    TermsAndConditions: List of Terms and conditions (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TravelDetail ((AirDetail | CarRentalDetail | HotelDetail | RailDetail),
+                          PolicyViolation*,
+                          Comments?,
+                          TermsAndConditions?)>
+<!--
+	@attr confirmationNumber A unique confirmation number that is useful to both the traveler 
+		and the vendor who is providing the service for this travel line item. For example, 
+		hotel reservation number or e-ticket number from the airline.
+
+	@attr pnrLocator Passenger Name Record (PNR) Locator that is useful to the Travel Booking 
+		Provider.
+
+	@attr quoteExpirationTime Date and time that this quote will expire. This value is normally 
+		supplied in the PunchoutOrderMessage. If no value is supplied, it is assumed that there 
+		is no expiration time or date for this quote.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TravelDetail
+    confirmationNumber  %string;        #REQUIRED
+    pnrLocator          %string;        #IMPLIED
+    quoteExpirationTime %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Air -->
+
+<!--
+    Air detail information for the air trip.
+	
+	TripType: Round Trip, One Way, or Multi Leg
+
+    AirLeg: Different air leg that makes up this air detail.
+        For example a round trip from SFO -> TPE with no stops
+        will have two air legs. One air leg from SFO -> TPE
+        and another from TPE -> SFO.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available airfare prices that the user did not pick.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty amount (if any). This is normally due to changes or
+        cancellation of the ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirDetail (TripType,
+                     AirLeg+,
+                     AvailablePrice*,
+                     Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Define a single leg in the air travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Airline vendor name and information.
+
+    AirLegOrigin: Originating airport for this air leg.
+
+    AirLegDestination: Destination airport for this air leg.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Airline booking class code. This is the de-facto
+        airline standard. For example,
+
+        F, FN, P, R, A      - first class
+        C, CN, D, J, I, Z   - business class.
+        Y, YN, B, BN, M, H, V, VN, O, Q, QN, S, K, KN, L, U, T, W - coach class.
+
+    Rate: Rate for this particular air leg. If specify, the total
+        of all the rate for the different air legs must add up
+        to the total the line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal information for this air leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLeg (Vendor,
+                  AirLegOrigin,
+                  AirLegDestination,
+                  BookingClassCode?,
+                  Rate?,
+                  Meal*)>
+<!--
+    @attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+    @attr departureTime Departure date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr arrivalTime Arrival date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr flightNumber Flight number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatNumber Seat number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatType Seat type.
+
+    @attr upgrade Set to "yes" to indicate the ticket is an upgrade.
+
+    @attr stops The number of stop for this air leg. 0 if it is a direct flight. If no information is supplied, it is defaulted to 0.
+
+    @attr equipment The plane equipment information for this air leg.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AirLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    flightNumber    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    seatType        (window | aisle | middle) #IMPLIED
+    upgrade         (yes)           #IMPLIED
+    stops           %r8;            #IMPLIED
+    equipment       %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Originating airport for this Air Leg.
+
+    Airport: Originating airport.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegOrigin (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Destination airport for this Air Leg.
+	
+	Airport: Destination airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegDestination (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Airport information that includes the three-letter IATA airport code.
+	
+    Address: Physical address of the airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Airport (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr airportCode The three-letter IATA airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Airport airportCode %string; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!---
+    Meal information used by air, hotel and rail.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Code for the meal. For example, airlines use
+		<ul>
+		<li>B - Breakfast</li>
+        <li>C - Complimentary liquor</li>
+        <li>D - Dinner</li>
+        <li>F - Food for purchase</li>
+        <li>G - Food and beverage for purchase</li>
+        <li>H - Hot meal</li>
+        <li>K - Continental breakfast</li>
+        <li>L - Lunch</li>
+        <li>M - Meal</li>
+        <li>N - No meal service</li> 
+        <li>O - Cold meal</li>
+        <li>P - Liquor for purchase</li>
+        <li>R - Refreshments</li>
+        <li>S - Snack or brunch</li>
+        <li>V - Refreshments for purchase</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    Description: Textual description of the meal, including any special needs
+        such as vegetarian or dairy-free.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Meal (BookingClassCode?, Description?)>
+
+<!-- Car Rental -->
+
+<!--
+    Car rental information.
+
+    Vendor: Car rental vendor information.
+
+    CarRentalPickup: Pickup location for the rental car.
+
+    CarRentalDropoff: Drop off location for the rental car.
+	
+    BookingClassCode: Four-letter code for car.
+		<ul>
+		<li>1st Letter - M (Mini), E (Economy), C (Compact), S (Standard),
+			I (Intermediate), F (Full size), P (Premium), L (Luxury)
+            V (MiniVan), X (Special)</li>
+        <li>2nd Letter - B (2 door), C (2/4 door), D (4 door), T (Convertible),
+			F (Four wheel drive), V (Van), W (Wagon), S (Sport)
+            X (Special)</li>
+        <li>3rd Letter - A (Automatic), M (Manual)</li>
+        <li>4th Letter - R (A/c), N (No A/C)</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    CarRentalFee: Multiple car rental fee can be specified to capture the
+        break down of different fees. The total of these fees must
+        add up to the total at the line item level.
+
+    LimitedMileage: Mileage limit information.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices for car rental that the user did not pick.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDetail (Vendor,
+                           CarRentalPickup,
+                           CarRentalDropoff,
+                           BookingClassCode?,
+                           CarRentalFee+,
+                           LimitedMileage?,
+                           AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is 
+		specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr pickupTime The intended pickup date and time.
+
+	@attr dropoffTime The intended drop off date and time. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalDetail
+    travelSegment %string;          #REQUIRED
+    pickupTime    %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+    dropoffTime   %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be picked up. This
+    is either an Airport or off airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalPickup (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be dropped off.
+    This is either an Airport or off-airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDropoff (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    This specifies the quantity and the unit of measure of the mileage
+    limit.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure either miles or kilometers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LimitedMileage (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity The mileage limit amount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LimitedMileage
+    quantity   %r8;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Car rental fee information. CarRentalFee captures the actual
+    charges and fee that applies to this rental. Conditional charges
+    such as extra mileages that are over the mileage limit should not
+    be specified here but rather in the TermsAndConditions text.
+	
+    Total: Total amount for this car rental fee. All the total for the rates
+        must add up to this amount.
+
+    Rate: The individual broken-down fee information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalFee (Total, Rate*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of rate. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>baseRate - Base rental rate.</li>
+		<li>additionalDriver - Additional driver fee.</li>
+		<li>airportAccessFee - Airport Access fee.</li>
+		<li>dropOffCharge - Drop off charge.</li>
+		<li>vehicleLicensingFee - Vehicle licensing fee.</li>
+		<li>touristTax - Tourist tax.</li>
+		<li>prepaidGasoline - Prepaid gasoline charge.</li>
+		<li>navigationSystem - Navigation system.</li>
+		<li>childSeat - Child seat charge.</li>
+		<li>luggageRack - Luggage rack charge.</li>
+		<li>collisionDamageInsurance - Collision damage insurance.</li>
+		<li>liabilityInsurance - Liability insurance.</li>
+		<li>mobilePhone - Mobile phone base charge.</li>
+		<li>other - Other charges.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalFee
+    type (baseRate | additionalDriver | airportAccessFee | dropOffCharge |
+          vehicleLicensingFee | touristTax | prepaidGasoline |
+          navigationSystem | childSeat | luggageRack | collisionDamageInsurance |
+          liabilityInsurance | mobilePhone | other) "baseRate"
+>
+
+<!-- Hotel -->
+
+<!--
+    Hotel detail information.
+	
+    Vendor: Hotel vendor information.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the hotel. This is might be different
+        from the address specified in the Vendor field as the vendor
+        address might be the head quarter address.
+
+    RoomType: The type of room reserved.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Hotel booking class code.
+
+    Meal: Any complementary meals that are included with the room. For
+        example, complementary continental breakfast.
+
+    Rate: Hotel rate information. Multiple rates can be specified. For
+        example, the night rate, valet parking rate, and other rates.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that user did not pick. Available
+        prices can be from the same vendor or different vendor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT HotelDetail (Vendor,
+                       Address,
+                       RoomType,
+                       BookingClassCode?,
+                       Meal*,
+                       Rate*,
+                       AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel vendor 
+		for the arrival time.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure from the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel 
+		vendor for the departure time.
+
+	@attr checkinTime The official checkin time. For example, most hotel checkin time is 3:00 PM.
+
+	@attr checkoutTime The official checkout time. For example, most hotel checkout time is 12:00 PM (noon).
+
+	@attr earlyCheckinAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that early checkout is allowed.
+
+	@attr lateCheckoutAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that late checkout is allowed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST HotelDetail
+    travelSegment   %string;         #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    checkinTime     %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    checkoutTime    %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    earlyCheckinAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+    lateCheckoutAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the hotel room.
+
+    Amenities: List of amenities for this hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RoomType (Description?, Amenities*)>
+<!--
+	@attr smoking Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether it is a smoking a non-smoking room.
+
+	@attr numberOfBed The number of beds in this room.
+
+	@attr bedType The bed type in this room.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RoomType
+    smoking        (yes | no)   #REQUIRED
+    numberOfBed    %r8;         #IMPLIED
+    bedType        (king | queen | full | double | single | other)    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual description of the amenities for the hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Text description of this amenities. For example,
+        DSL connection, two telephone lines, and other information
+        about a hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Amenities (Description)>
+
+<!-- Rail -->
+
+<!--
+    Rail detail information. A rail detail can have multiple legs.
+	
+    TripType: Trip type for this rail.
+
+    RailLeg: The different rail legs that make up this rail detail.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that the user did not pick for for this
+        rail trip.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty (if any) associated with this rail trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailDetail (TripType,
+                      RailLeg+,
+                      AvailablePrice*,
+                      Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Rail leg is used to express information regarding a single leg for
+    a rail travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Rail vendor information.
+
+    RailLegOrigin: Rail originating location.
+
+    RailLegDestination: Rail Destination location.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Rail booking class code.
+
+    Rate: Rate information (if any) for this rail leg. If specified,
+        all the rates in all rail legs must add up to the total at the
+        travel line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal served for this leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLeg (Vendor,
+                   RailLegOrigin,
+                   RailLegDestination,
+                   BookingClassCode?,
+                   Rate?,
+                   Meal*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure at the originating location.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the destination location.
+
+	@attr trainNumber Train number for this rail leg.
+
+	@attr seatNumber Seat number.
+
+	@attr carType Type of the rail car.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RailLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    trainNumber     %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    carType        (sleeper | seat) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The origin of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport or a
+    physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegOrigin (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    The destination of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport
+    or a physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegDestination (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!-- Travel/Expense common definitions -->
+
+<!--
+    The type of the trip. This is used by Air and Rail to indicate
+    round trip, one way or multi-leg trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TripType EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of trip (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>round - A round trip.</li>
+		<li>oneWay - A one way trip.</li>
+		<li>multiLeg - A multi leg or open jaw trip.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TripType
+    type    (round | oneWay | multiLeg) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a vendor that is providing this service.
+	
+    Address: The physical address of the vendor. This address normally is
+        the business or head quarter address of the vendor.
+
+    SupplierID: Supplier ID for this vendor. This is just a (domain, value)
+        pair so that Travel Booking Providers have the flexibility to
+        define their id's according to an arbitrary convention (for example,
+        (DUNS, 12345), (TaxID, 88888888)).
+
+        Note: Multiple SupplierID elements can be specified. This is so
+        that Travel Booking Provider can have a single implementation
+        that works with different Buyer implementations that use
+        a different SupplierID domain.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT Vendor (Address, SupplierID*)>
+<!--
+	@attr preferred Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether this vendor is a preferred vendor.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Vendor
+    preferred (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual terms and conditions associated with an air fare, car
+    rental, hotel, or rail. For example, a car rental terms and
+    conditions normally include boundary limit, additional mileage
+    charges, gasoline charge and other restriction information.
+
+    Multiple terms and conditions can be attached to a single travel
+		line item.
+	
+	Description: Textual terms and conditions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsAndConditions (Description+)>
+
+<!--
+    Policy violation (if any) that results from the user picking this
+    particular travel. Policy violations are associated with an
+    individual line item of travel and not associated at the header
+    level. This allows for clear identification of the violation with
+    the individual line item.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of this violation.
+
+    PolicyViolationJustification: Justification for this violation given by user 
+		normally picked from a standard list of justifications at the Travel Booking
+		Provider web site.
+
+    Comments: Additional comments to further clarify the justification given
+        by user.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolation (Description,
+                           PolicyViolationJustification,
+                           Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level Violation level. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>warning - a non serious violation.</li>
+		<li>violation - a serious violation of company policy.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PolicyViolation
+	level (warning | violation) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Justification given by the user why they violate the company
+    travel policy. This justification value is normally picked from a
+    pick list at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+	
+    Description: The justification of the violation picked from a standard list
+        at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolationJustification (Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Penalty (if any) for this travel segment.
+	
+    Money: The penalty amount.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the cause of the penalty. For example,
+        change fee associated with air ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Penalty (Money, Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Other avaible price. AvailablePrice is used to express what other
+    prices are available that the traveler did not pick.
+    AvailablePrice is can be used to capture the lowest price, the
+    highest price, the lowest compliant price, and the hight compliant
+    price.
+	
+    Money: The amount of the other available price.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the available price. It explain
+        how this price was derived at. For example, a non direct flight
+        exists with the flight number can be put here.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AvailablePrice (Money, Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of available price (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>lowest - The lowest price possible regardless of the traveling policies.</li>
+		<li>lowestCompliant - The lowest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highestCompliant - The highest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highest - The highest price possible regardless of the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>other - Other, specify in the description.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AvailablePrice
+    type (lowest | lowestCompliant | highestCompliant | highest | other) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Booking class code used by airfare, car rental, hotel, and rail to
+    indicate the class.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BookingClassCode (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain The domain for this code, for example, IATA.
+
+	@attr code An industry standard code, or per agreement of buyer-travel booking provider pair.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BookingClassCode
+    domain  %string;    #REQUIRED
+    code    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Define a physical location and its address. This can be used to 
+    describe places such as airport, bus station, ferry dock, railway
+    station and so on.
+	
+    Address: Indicates the address of the place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Place (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Qualifier or domain for the code. For example, airport code is IATA standard, the domain 
+		value would be "IATA"; however bus station code may be local specific.
+		
+	@attr code Indicates the code the may represent the place. For example, airport can have an airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Place
+    code           %string;     #IMPLIED
+    domain         %string;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway where trip or leg originated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegOrigin (Place)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway code where trip or leg ended.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegDestination (Place)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transaction.mod#2 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+<!-- 
+	Detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	 
+    Extrinsic: Additional per-unit asset information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AssetInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr isReferencedAsset Indicates whether the asset info is for a referenced asset associated with the item in the document.
+	
+	@attr tagNumber Asset tag number for the unit.
+
+	@attr serialNumber Manufacturer's serial number for the unit.
+
+	@attr location Location of the unit.
+	
+	@attr equipmentId Equipment ID of the unit.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AssetInfo
+    isReferencedAsset  (no)  #IMPLIED
+	tagNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	serialNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	location %string; #IMPLIED
+	equipmentId %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Basic transactional elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in posted currency.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInPostedCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in billing currency. If specified, customer
+    needs to pay this amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInBillingCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	The bill to for an item.
+   
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BillTo (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    The ship to for a item.
+	
+	Address: To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the element IdReference should 
+		be set to "buyerLocationID", the identifier to the plantID. The addressIDDomain should be set to 
+		"buyerLocationID" and the addressID to the plantID. Use the name for the description.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipTo (Address, CarrierIdentifier*, TransportInformation*, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+The BusinessPartner for an item.
+
+Address: Provides a description of the business party. Follow these instructions for each role:
+	<ul>
+	<li>soldTo: The domain attribute of the element IdReference should be set to "buyerAccountID", the identifier 
+		to the sold to party ID. The addressIDDomain should be set to "buyerAccountID". The addressID should be 
+		set to the sold to party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>shipFrom: The addressIDDomain should be set to "shipFromAddressID". The addressID should be set to the 
+		ship from party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>orderingAddress: The addressIDDomain should be set to "supplierCorporate". The addressID should be set 
+		to the ordering address party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	</ul>
+
+IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer and
+         supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BusinessPartner (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr type Identifies the type of business partner. Only possible value is organization.
+    @attr role Indicates the role the partner plays in the procurement process.
+          Possible values are soldTo, shipFrom, orderingAddress, or logistics.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BusinessPartner
+type             (organization)                         			#REQUIRED
+role             (soldTo | shipFrom | orderingAddress | logistics)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Shipping item. Represents a shipping cost in the
+    shopping basket (PunchOutOrderMessage) or an order to the supplier
+    (OrderRequest). There could be one of these for the entire order, or one
+    per line item.
+
+    The Modifications element (if present) represents any changes to
+    the shipping cost.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Shipping (Money, Description, Modifications?)>
+<!--
+	@attr trackingDomain Represents the logistics supplier, for example, "FedEx", "UPS", and so on.
+
+	@attr trackingId An optional element value that represents the logistics supplier tracking number.
+
+	@attr tracking Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Shipping
+    trackingDomain  %string;  #IMPLIED
+    trackingId      %string;  #IMPLIED
+    tracking        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the payment terms in a PaymentProposalRequest document.
+	
+    Description: A general description on payment terms.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment terms.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerms (PaymentTerm*, Description?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr paymentTermCode This is the payment term code defined by buyers in ERP.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerms
+    paymentTermCode        %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a payment term in an invoice or order. This deprecates the
+	InvoiceDetailPaymentTerm previously defined. Payment term can be the 
+	net term (without discount) or discount term (with discount).
+		
+    Discount: The percentage or amount of the discount term. This element should be omitted
+	 	if the payment term is a net term.
+ 
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment term.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerm (Discount?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr payInNumberOfDays The number of days after invoice effective date for the invoice to be paid.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerm
+    payInNumberOfDays        %uint;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PCard">
+
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PaymentToken">
+
+
+<!--
+	Describes the payment instrument used to pay for the items requested. The Payment element 
+	contains a PCard element, which encodes a standard purchasing card into the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Payment (%cxml.payment;)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. Segment is an older, deprecated way to
+    transport this information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Segment EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr type The accounting type of this segment.
+
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+
+	@attr description Textual description of the Segment. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Segment
+    type         %string;  #REQUIRED
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+    description  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. AccountingSegment is the newer, better
+    way to transport this information. Name corresponds to the type
+    attribute of Segment; Description corresponds to description. Both add
+    required locale attributes to the strings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AccountingSegment ( Name, Description )>
+<!--
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AccountingSegment
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Accounting entity.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.accounting  "( Segment+ | AccountingSegment+ )">
+<!--
+    An accounting object. Use of the Segment element here is deprecated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Accounting (%cxml.accounting;)>
+<!--
+	@attr name The name of the object containing the specified accounting segments.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Accounting
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A charge against an Accounting element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Charge (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The combination of a Charge against an Accounting Element. A distribution
+    represents the breakdown of one overall amount into sub-amounts.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Distribution (Accounting, Charge)>
+
+
+
+<!-- Item Elements -->
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier. The item can refer to a MasterAgreement in itself.
+	
+    ScheduleLine: Schedule Line(s) listed for the specific line item.
+    
+    ItemOutIndustry: Industry specific item information.
+	
+    Packaging: Specify the packaging information for a line item. 
+	
+    Batch: Batch information of goods or material produced in a single manufacturing run. 
+		The information includes ID, characteristic, date, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOut (ItemID, Path?, (ItemDetail|BlanketItemDetail)?, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*, Contact*, TermsOfDelivery?, Comments*, Indicator*, Tolerances?, ControlKeys?,
+				   ScheduleLine*,(MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?,  ItemOutIndustry?, Packaging*, ReleaseInfo?,  Batch?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired. Supplier and Commodity level items in an order of type "blanket" will use a 
+		default value of "1". The quantity in this case will not be used to compute 	the sub total. The MaxAmount in the 
+		BlanketItemDetail will be used to indicate any line level amounts.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items in 
+		create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this line item. It might be the same as orderID, and it might 
+	not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in the OrderRequestHeader.
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+
+	@attr isAdHoc Indicates the item does not exist in the reference document or contract master agreement.
+
+	@attr agreementItemNumber The corresponding Item Number of the Item in the Master Agreement if this is a "release" order item.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber lineNumber of the parent line item in the order.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requiresServiceEntry This is a flag to indicate if a service entry request is required for this item.
+
+	@attr confirmationDueDate Specifies the date by which the supplier has to respond with a Confirmation to the Purchase Order.
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory It is for defining how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier is withheld 
+			until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr subcontractingType The buyer's ERP system determines the subcontracting type based on the material provision indicator 
+		determined to support the regular subcontracting, Refurbishments or Replacements. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>regular - Standard subcontracting scenario.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithoutchange - For refurbishment without unchanged material.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithChange - For refurbishment with changed material.</li>
+		<li>replacement - For replacement of the materials.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+     @attr stockTransferType The buyer's ERP system sends the following stock transfer types based on the stock transport order or stock transport release.
+	    Possible values:
+		<ul>
+        <li>intra - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant with in the same Company code.</li>
+        <li>inter - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant  in different company codes.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the item
+
+	@attr isReturn A value of yes indicates that this item is for return process. Return Items are subject to Order confirmation 
+		optionally and also do not support the supplier ASN’s and Goods receipts from Buyers. Return Items is not included in the 
+		total of the PO amount of the PO as they are excluded in the case of Mixed line items in single PO.
+
+	@attr returnAuthorizationNumber Return Authorization Number information for a line item.
+
+	@attr isDeliveryCompleted A value of yes indicates that this item is considered closed, it means that no more deliveries are 
+		expected for this item. This flag is set by the buyer for informative purposes.
+	
+	@attr unlimitedDelivery Set to yes to indicate if the line item supports unlimited quantity deliveries. 
+	    Corresponding unlimited delivery tolerance is flagged on the ERP.
+		
+	@attr isItemChanged Indicate if item has changed.
+
+	@attr isKanban The Kanban Indicator indicates the source of the purchase order item, which is, in case if the Kanban Indicator
+        is flagged in the purchase order, the Kanban process. If this is the case the buying company wants to indicate the supplier
+        that the Kanban related POs require an in time and 100 % delivery quality.
+        
+    @attr stoDelivery The delivery options possible for stock transport order item.
+        <ul>
+        <li>full (default) - Only full delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        <li>partial - Partial delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        </ul>
+
+    @attr stoOrderCombination When the attribute itemCategory has value "stockTransfer" and the attribute stoOrderCombination is set to "yes", 
+		then it is possible to combine items from different stock transport orders with the flag set during ship notice creation. 
+		A corresponding flag for order combination is set in the buyer's ERP. This setting is relevant for 
+		stock transport orders or stock transport releases.
+
+    @attr stoFinalDelivery When the attribute itemCategory has value 'stockTransfer' and the attribute stoFinalDelivery is set to 'yes',
+	    then further ship notice creation is not possible. This setting is relevant for stock transport orders or stock transport releases. 
+
+	@attr operation Defines the action associated with the line item. There is only one possible value:
+	<ul>
+		<li>delete - Removes the line item.</li>
+		<li>block - Blocks the line item.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOut
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementItemNumber	   %string;       #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %date;         #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType               %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    requiresServiceEntry    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    confirmationDueDate    %date;         #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+	itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+    subcontractingType (regular | refurbWithoutChange | refurbWithChange | replacement) #IMPLIED
+	stockTransferType      (intra | inter)  #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isReturn               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    returnAuthorizationNumber %string;    #IMPLIED
+    isDeliveryCompleted    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	unlimitedDelivery      (yes)          #IMPLIED   
+	isItemChanged          (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	isKanban               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoDelivery        	   (full | partial) #IMPLIED
+    stoOrderCombination    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoFinalDelivery       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    operation              (delete | block) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+   Contains information about the indicator of a line item and if it is a warning or an error.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Indicator (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Name given to indicator. 
+
+    @attr level Defines if the indicator is a warning or error message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Indicator
+    type    %string;         #IMPLIED
+    level   (warning | error)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the release information of a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure, ShipNoticeReleaseInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr releaseType A string value to identify the type of release. Possible values are "jit" (Just-In-Time)
+		or "forecast".
+
+	@attr cumulativeReceivedQuantity A number value to identify the cumulative quantity of all goods 
+		receipts against the scheduling agreement over a period up to a certain date
+
+	@attr releaseNumber A string value to identify the release.
+
+	@attr productionGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the production go-ahead period
+
+	@attr materialGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the material go-ahead period (go-ahead for 
+		purchase of input materials)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReleaseInfo
+    releaseType                 (forecast | jit)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeReceivedQuantity  %r8;              #REQUIRED
+    releaseNumber               %string;          #IMPLIED
+    productionGoAheadEndDate    %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    materialGoAheadEndDate      %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReleaseInfo will be used to reference a ship notice created from a scheduling agreement release. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReleaseInfo ((ShipNoticeReference|ShipNoticeIDInfo), UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr receivedQuantity Quantity received by the buyer for the referenced ship notice.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReleaseInfo
+    receivedQuantity            %r8;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    buyer.
+    Period: The period during which the service item can be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIn (ItemID, Path?, ItemDetail, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?,
+                  ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*,
+                  Contact*, Comments?, ScheduleLine*, BillTo?, Batch?, Period?,
+                  DateInfo*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired.
+
+	@attr openQuantity The quantity pending to be fulfilled by the seller to ship to the buyer. Example: for an Order 
+		Quantity of 100, if 50 was delivered, the open quantity is set to 50. The quantity is recorded as undelivered 
+		quantity by the buyer.
+
+	@attr promisedQuantity The quantity that has been promised by the selling party. The promised quantity, also 
+		called confirmed quantity, will be computed in the seller’s ERP based on ATP functionality. ATP is a function 
+		that enables customers’ orders to be confirmed based on available inventory or based on incoming commitments 
+		from the suppliers. This quantity will be used to indicate if the Order has been confirmed by the ERP system.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items 
+		in create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position of the parent line item. Used to create a nesting structure for line items.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are 
+		material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory Defines how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the 
+			finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier 
+			is withheld until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIn
+    quantity         %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    openQuantity     %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    promisedQuantity %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    lineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType         %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines SubcontractingComponent information.
+	
+	ComponentID: An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+
+	Description: Description of subcontracting component
+
+	Product: It contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product ID, supplier product ID, 
+		standard product ID, internal product ID, and so on)
+
+	ProductRevisionID: An identifier that is assigned when changes are made to component
+
+	Batch: An element carrying a batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run 
+		(such as buyer/supplier batch ID, production date, property valuation, and so on.)
+
+	SubcontractingComponentIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponent (ComponentID, UnitOfMeasure, Description?, Product?, ProductRevisionID?, Batch?, SubcontractingComponentIndustry?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of the subcontracting component required to produce the finished goods in a unit of measurement.
+
+	@attr requirementDate Specifies the date on which the requested quantity of subcontracting component is required.
+
+	@attr materialProvisionIndicator The material provision indicator (MPI) is used to identify the subcontracting 
+		type of a part for the components.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubcontractingComponent
+	quantity          	%r8;           		#REQUIRED
+	requirementDate  	%datetime.tz;  		#IMPLIED
+	materialProvisionIndicator (reworkTo | reworkFrom | regular) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines Schedule Line information.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of Measure for specified quantity.
+		
+	deliveryWindow: Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+    SubcontractingComponent: Contains detailed information about a subcontracting component which is used to manufacture 
+		the finished goods
+
+    ScheduleLineIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for the schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLine (UnitOfMeasure, ScheduleLineReleaseInfo?, SubcontractingComponent*, ShipTo?, ScheduleLineIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of items to be shipped for this schedule line. 
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+
+	@attr lineNumber Line identifier for a specific schedule line.
+
+	@attr deliveryWindow Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the schedule line
+
+	@attr originalRequestedDeliveryDate The Original Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+		This Date is not subject to changes
+	
+	@attr type Defines the schedule line type when the OrderRequest is a Schedule Agreement Release. Informative only. Possible values:
+	<ul>
+	<li>backlog - means that the schedule line has a delivery date that lies in the past.</li>
+	<li>immediate - means that the schedule line has the delivery date 'today'.</li>
+	<li>forecast - means that the schedule line has a delivery date in the future.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLine
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+	lineNumber  		   %uint;  		  #IMPLIED
+	deliveryWindow         %duration;     #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	originalRequestedDeliveryDate    %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	type                   (backlog | immediate | forecast) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    Schedule line industry-specific information. 
+    
+    ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense: schedule line-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineIndustry (ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this schedule line in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this schedule line
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines release information on schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr commitmentCode String value to identify the type of the delivery. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>firm - Go ahead for production. Vendor can ship against the schedule line and customer is responsible 
+			for cost of production as well as cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>tradeoff - Go ahead for material procurement. Vendor can ship against the schedule line if rule is enabled. 
+			Buyer is responsible for cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>forecast - Informational. Customer can change the schedule line without incurring any liabilities with the 
+			vendor.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr cumulativeScheduledQuantity Total quantity to be shipped for a particular line item up through the schedule line.
+
+	@attr receivedQuantity Received Quantity is the Quantity Received against the Schedule line of the PO or Scheduling 
+		Agreement line item based on the Goods Receipt posted in ERP. The quantity is informational and will be only used 
+		as visibility for suppliers and will not be validated for Invoice or Shipment processing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineReleaseInfo
+    commitmentCode              (firm | tradeoff | forecast)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeScheduledQuantity %r8;                          #REQUIRED
+    receivedQuantity %r8;                                     #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    StatusUpdate for Confirmation (type=RequestToPay) request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentStatus (PCard, Total, Shipping?, Tax?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID Identifies the referenced order. It is copied from the ConfirmationRequest or the OrderRequest.
+
+	@attr transactionTimestamp Time when the XMLPay transaction was submitted.
+
+	@attr type Specifies the type of PCard transaction (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Authorization - Authorizes the PCard. No charge is made. There is one authorization per order.</li>
+		<li>Settlement - Transfers the funds secured by a previous authorization transaction.</li>
+		<li>Sale - Initiates a charge to the PCard.</li>
+		<li>Credit - Initiates a credit against the original charge. Compensates for an order that did not meet 
+			buyer expectations, to make adjustments to an account that was overcharged, or to credit an 
+			account for items returned by a buyer.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr transactionID An identifier assigned to the transaction by the payment processing gateway.
+
+	@attr authorizationID The authorization code for the transaction provided by the bank.
+
+	@attr isFailed Set to "yes" to indicate a failed transaction.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentStatus
+    orderID    %string;    #REQUIRED
+    transactionTimestamp    %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    type    (Authorization| Settlement| Sale| Credit)    #REQUIRED
+    isFailed   (yes)    #IMPLIED
+    transactionID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    authorizationID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Partial amount paid against an InvoiceDetail request. Used in InvoiceStatus.
+	If this element exists in an InvoiceStatus element, it should mean that the buyer
+	does not pay the full amount as the InvoiceDetail request specified. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartialAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	StatusUpdate for InvoiceDetail request.
+	
+	InvoiceIDInfo: ID of an invoice known to the supplier system. This attribute is used to reference an 
+		invoice in StatusUpdateRequest when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+	PartialAmount: The partial amount paid against the InvoiceDetail document. This attribute is
+		only relevant when the status type is "paid".
+
+	Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceStatus (InvoiceIDInfo?, PartialAmount?, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of the invoice status (enumeration). Possible values: 
+		<ul>
+		<li>processing - The invoice is received and being processed.</li>
+		<li>canceled - The invoice has been canceled.</li>
+		<li>reconciled - The invoice is reconciled.</li> 
+		<li>rejected - The invoice is rejected.</li>
+		<li>paying - The invoice is being paid.</li> 
+		<li>paid - The InvoiceDetail request is paid.</li>
+		</ul>
+	@attr paymentNetDueDate The Date after which the invoice has to be paid without any discount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceStatus
+	type	(processing | canceled | reconciled | rejected | paying | paid) #REQUIRED
+	paymentNetDueDate  		  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+	
+<!-- OrderRequest* Elements -->
+<!--  
+	Specifies the earliest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods or when the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments, 
+	and  the latest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods OR until the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliveryPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. The new
+    world order equivalent of a PO.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequest (OrderRequestHeader, ItemOut+)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. Money
+    represents the total amount of this order.
+	
+    Total: If the Order is of type "blanket", the Total element is not used to compute
+		the sum of the item level subtotals. The total is used to indicate the maximum
+		commitment with the supplier. The total will not add up to the individual item
+		level sub total or MaxAmounts. The item level MaxAmounts should not exceed the
+		header level total. If the item level MaxAmount is not specified it is assumed
+		that the Item level maximum amount is the same as the Total.
+    
+	LegalEntity and OrganizationalUnit: Intended to include
+		the company code and purchasing organization, respectively.
+	
+    DeliveryPeriod: Start and end date for the delivery.
+     	
+    IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+		a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair 
+		should be unique.
+ 
+	OrderRequestHeaderIndustry: Industry specific header information.
+
+    DocumentReference: Only needed when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, 
+		the DocumentReference would reference the most recent OrderRequest document
+		for the order. For example when an order is created, updated and then
+		deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+		referring to the OrderRequest with type="update". That document would,
+		in turn, refer to the original (type="new") OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeader (Total, ShipTo?, BillTo, BusinessPartner*, LegalEntity?,
+                              OrganizationalUnit*, Shipping?, Tax?,
+                              Payment?, PaymentTerm*, Contact*, Comments*, Followup?, ControlKeys?,
+                              DocumentReference?, SupplierOrderInfo?,  TermsOfDelivery?,
+                              DeliveryPeriod?, IdReference*, OrderRequestHeaderIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. This is an internal Buyer unique number.
+
+	@attr orderVersion The buyer system order version number for this request. Relevant when the OrderRequest 
+		represents a change order request. The version number for the original document should be 1 and should 
+		be incremented by 1 for each subsequent version (2,3,4...).
+
+	@attr isInternalVersion A value of yes indicates that this OrderRequest is a version whose changes from the 
+		previous version are deemed internal to the buyer system. Relevant when the version being sent to the supplier 
+		is not the first version.
+
+	@attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created.
+
+	@attr type The type of the order request. Defaults to "new".
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this entire order. It might be the same as orderID, 
+		and it might not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in any ItemOut elements.
+
+	@attr shipComplete Optional preference for "hold until complete" processing. Defaults to shipping when available 
+		if not specified. Future versions of the protocol may extend the datatype of this attribute to include additional 
+		possible values (such as "unlessGreatlyBackOrdered"?).
+
+	@attr orderType A "release" order type indicates that this is a Release Order from an existing Master Agreement/Contract. 
+		Default is regular. Type "blanket" indicate that this order is a Blanket Order. Type "stockTransport" indicates
+		that this order is a stock transport order. Type "stockTransportRelease" indicates that this order is a stock transport 
+		schedule agreement release (SAR).
+
+	@attr releaseRequired Set to "yes" if the blanket order allows released. Currently used only if orderType is "blanket".
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the order is available for ordering. If orderType is "blanket", effectiveDate is required. 
+		Otherwise, it is optional. Currently only used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the order is no longer available. If not defined, end date is open ended. Currently only 
+		used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr agreementID Identifies associated agreement corresponding to the Release Order. At an implementation level it 
+		has to be validated that if the orderType is "release" then the appropriate agreementID is also provided.
+
+	@attr agreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementID Used only in the context of a Order of type "blanket". This identifies the parent blanket 
+		order if the current order is part of an hierarchy.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr pickUpDate Specifies the date when the goods can be/will be provided for picking up and delivery
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The requested delivery date reflects the time when the buyer is willing to receive the goods.
+    
+    @attr isSTOOutbound Set to "yes" to indicate that this OrderRequest is used to send the stock to the supplier. 
+		The goods are sent from the buyer plant to the supplier plant. This is currently relevant only for the stock transport order scenario.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeader
+    orderID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    orderDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    orderType  (release| regular | blanket | stockTransport | stockTransportRelease) "regular"
+    releaseRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+    type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+    orderVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+    isInternalVersion  (yes)   #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    agreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID   %string;   #IMPLIED
+    shipComplete    (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    pickUpDate    %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate     %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    isSTOOutbound  	(yes)      #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    Definition of a Master Agreement. This is the electronic document representing the 
+    Master Agreement that was created and agreed upon in the Buying organizations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementRequest (MasterAgreementRequestHeader, AgreementItemOut*)>
+
+<!--
+   Header of an Agreement. This is the header level information in the Agreement.
+
+   Note: Use "Contact" element to supply any additional Address or Location information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  MasterAgreementRequestHeader (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+					 MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, 
+					 Contact*,Comments?, DocumentReference?,  Extrinsic*)> 
+<!--
+	@attr agreementID The buyer system agreementID for this request. the Master Agreement Number in Buyer.
+
+	@attr agreementDate The date and time the agreement request was created. This is different from the 
+		effective and expiry date of the agreement.
+
+	@attr type Identifies the type of agreement (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>value (default) - Value-based agreement.</li>
+		<li>quantity - Quantity-based agreement.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the Master Agreement is available for ordering/releases.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the Master Agreement is no longer available.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID PayloadID for the corresponding parent document that this agreement is derived from.
+
+	@attr operation Type of operation to perform (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>delete - Cancels an existing Master Agreement, the assumption here is that the 
+			delete request will be an exact replica of the original request.</li>
+		<li>new - Identifies a new MasterAgreement transaction.</li>
+		<li>update - Identifies an update to an existing transaction. The DocumentReference 
+			attribute should be used to indicate the Original Document information.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementRequestHeader
+    agreementID    %string;		   #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    type	   (value | quantity)	   "value"
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string;      #IMPLIED
+    operation      (new | update | delete) "new"
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a  agreement line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier.
+
+    Notes:
+		<ul>
+		<li>The #lineNumber attribute in the ItemOut will be used to specify the corresponding 
+			lineNumber on the Master Agreement in the Procurement Application.
+			At an implementation, level checks should be made to validate this.</li>
+		<li>The quantity attribute in the ItemOut tag should be set to one and ignored at 
+			the Master Agreement implementation processing stage.</li>
+		<li>The MaxReleaseAmount/Quantity and MinReleaseAmount/Quantity at an item level 
+			indicate the ItemLevel amounts and quantities per release.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AgreementItemOut (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, ItemOut)>
+<!--
+    @attr maxQuantity Maximum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minQuantity Minimum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr maxReleaseQuantity Maximum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minReleaseQuantity Minimum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AgreementItemOut
+   maxQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   maxReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The minimum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum amount per Release of this Master Agreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+ The contractual minimum amount per Release of this Master Agreement
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The Overall Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OverallLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+     The Expected Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpectedLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The minimum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual minimum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!-- 
+	Location to which future StatusUpdateRequest documents should be
+    posted. In general, this is the input location for any later
+    documents which reference the current OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Followup (URL)>
+
+<!-- PunchOut* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Setup Request. This is the data that is sent
+    to the external system that the procurement application is going to
+    extract catalog data from.
+
+    The BrowserFormPost element contains the URL we would like the browser
+    re-directed to when the PunchOut shopping experience is finished (where
+    the PunchOutOrder message should be returned).
+-->
+<!-- PurchaseRequisitionRequest* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a purchase requisition. This is the data that is sent from the buyer
+    to another buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionRequest (PurchaseRequisition)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of a purchase requisition.
+	
+	PurchaseRequistionHeader: Header element for the purchase requisition.
+	
+	ItemIn: Represents an item added from a shopping basket to a requisition 
+		in the procurement application.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisition (PurchaseRequisitionHeader, ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a purchase requisition. 
+       
+    The contained DocumentReference element would appear in a document only
+    when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, the
+    DocumentReference would reference the most recent PurchaseRequisitionRequest document
+    for the order. For example when an requisition is created, updated and then
+    deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+    referring to the PurchaseRequisitionRequest with type="update". That document would,
+    in turn, refer to the original (type="new") PurchaseRequisitionRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionHeader (Shipping?, Tax?, Total?, ShipTo?, BillTo?, Contact*, Comments?,
+                                     DocumentReference?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requisitionID The buyer system requisitionID for this request. This is an internal
+        Buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr requisitionDate The date and time the Requisition request was created.
+
+    @attr type The type of the requisition request (enumeration). Defaults to "new".
+
+    @attr requisitionVersion The buyer system requisition version number for this request. Relevant when
+        the PurchaseRequisitionRequest represents a change Requisition request. The version 
+        number for the original document should be 1 and should be incremented by 1 for
+        each subsequent version (2,3,4, and so on).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PurchaseRequisitionHeader
+   requisitionID %string;        #IMPLIED
+   requisitionDate %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+   type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+   requisitionVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	To initiate a PunchOut session, the user selects the supplier's PunchOut item. The procurement application generates a
+	PunchOutSetupRequest document and sends it to a network hub, which forwards it to the supplier's PunchOut website.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupRequest (BuyerCookie, Extrinsic*, BrowserFormPost?,
+                                Contact*, SupplierSetup?, ShipTo?,
+                                SelectedItem?, ItemOut*)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Specifies the type of session the buyer initiates (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>create - Generate new shopping carts, which correspond to new purchase requisitions.</li>
+		<li>inspect - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for viewing only. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. However, after 
+			re-instantiating the shopping cart, the PunchOut website does not allow modification 
+			of its contents.</li>
+		<li>edit - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for modification. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. The PunchOut website 
+			can use this data to re-instantiate the shopping cart created during the original session.</li>
+		<li>source - Generate a RFQ for a sourcing application.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutSetupRequest
+    operation  (create | inspect | edit | source)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Transmits information that is opaque to the remote website, but it must be returned to the originator for all subsequent 
+	PunchOut operations. This element allows the procurement application to match multiple outstanding PunchOut requests. 
+	BuyerCookie is unique per PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerCookie ANY> <!-- any valid XML data -->
+
+<!--
+	Allows suppliers to specify PunchOut for an entire store or any subset of product offerings. Suppliers can create their 
+	catalogs so that SelectedItem leads to store-, aisle-, or product-level PunchOut. Procurement applications can include 
+	the SelectedItem element in PunchOutSetupRequest documents, and PunchOut sites can use it to determine which products to 
+	display to users. The more specific the item is in the catalog, the less searching users have to do at the supplier's 
+	website. If there is no SelectedItem, suppliers should present their entire (store-level) product offerings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedItem (ItemID)>
+
+<!--
+	Specifies the URL to which to post the PunchOutSetupRequest. This element is not needed if the network hub 
+	knows the supplier’s PunchOut URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierSetup (URL)>
+
+<!--
+	After receiving a PunchOutSetupRequest, the supplier’s website sends a PunchOutSetupResponse. The PunchOutSetupResponse 
+	document serves two functions:
+	<ul>
+	<li>It indicates that the PunchOutSetupRequest was successful.</li>
+	<li>It provides the procurement application with a redirect URL to the supplier’s Start Page.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupResponse (StartPage)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Order Message. This is the data that is sent
+    back to the procurement application from the external system that the
+    PunchOut Request was targeted at.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessage (BuyerCookie, PunchOutOrderMessageHeader,
+                                ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+     Header of a PunchOut Order Request. This is the data that is sent from
+     the supplier to transfer the supplier acquired shopping basket back to
+     the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessageHeader (SourcingStatus?, Total, ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SupplierOrderInfo?)>
+<!--
+     @attr operationAllowed Highest operation allowed on the PunchOut shopping basket.
+          "create" allows only later OrderRequest operations on these items.
+          "inspect" adds a PunchOutSetupRequest with operation="inspect".
+          And, "edit" allows operation="edit" in that later Setup request.
+
+     @attr quoteStatus "pending"  - Identifies that the transaction is still pending
+	  "final" - Identifies that the transaction is complete
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutOrderMessageHeader
+    operationAllowed  (create | inspect | edit)  #REQUIRED
+    quoteStatus (pending|final) "final"
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Other small Request elements.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    cXML statuses
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.statuses  "(PaymentStatus |
+			    SourcingStatus | InvoiceStatus | DocumentStatus | IntegrationStatus)">
+
+<!--
+    Request to update the status of an earlier transaction.
+
+    DocumentReference: A reference by payloadID to a cXML document to be updated. This 
+		element can be omitted only when InvoiceStatus is specified and
+		the InvoiceStatus contains InvoiceIDInfo.
+	
+	Status: Status of the Response or Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StatusUpdateRequest  (DocumentReference?, Status, (%cxml.statuses;)?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Status update for document status.
+
+    DocumentInfo: ID of a document entry known to the system. This attribute is used to reference a document in StatusUpdateRequest 
+	when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentStatus (DocumentInfo?, ItemStatus*, Comments*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of the document status. The possible values depend on the network hub and the type of document being updated.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentStatus
+        type              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+  When a StatusUpdateRequest is send with a DocumentStatus, then you could send more detailed information about the original item.
+
+  ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of referenced document.
+		
+  Comments: May be used to have a more user readable description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemStatus (ReferenceDocumentInfo, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Specifies which kind of status that item should have. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>rejected - The item was not accepted.</li>
+		<li>accepted - Original ConfirmationItem is accepted as it was sent.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+  @attr code Optional code from the backend ERP system.
+  
+  @attr parentLineNumber Represents the line number of its parent line number to identify this 
+		item's hierarchical parent item in a response message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemStatus
+	type        %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a document known to the system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr documentID The id of a document known to the system.
+
+    @attr documentType The document type.
+
+    @attr documentDate The document date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentInfo
+        documentID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentType            %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    A hint to the way to follow up on a QuoteMessage or ContractRequest. The type and category could be set to anything.
+    But, they should be well known strings that can be understood by the ERP system.
+	
+    For example, the type could be set to "Contract" and the category could be set to "WK" or "value".
+    This would give a hint to the ERP system that the next step should be to create a WK Contract.
+    Furthermore, this element can also be specified in the header section. This allows the UI of Sourcing 
+	to be set appropriately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FollowUpDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr type Follow up type such as "Contract", "Scheduling Agreement", and so on.
+
+    @attr category Follow up category such as "WK", "value", and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FollowUpDocument
+    type          %string;  #IMPLIED
+    category      %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A reference to an attachment containing cXML document. 
+
+    Attachment: A reference to the attachment containing a cXML document. The 
+		attachment must be either a single, complete cXML document or another 
+		MIME envelope containing a single, complete cXML document with 
+		attachments.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLAttachment (Attachment)>
+
+<!--
+    Request to forward a cXML document to another party. This Request
+    occurs in multiple DTD files and is used depending on where (in which
+    DTD) the forwarded message resides.
+
+    cXMLAttachment: A reference to the attachment containing the cXML document being 
+		forwarded. Refer to cXMLAttachment for more details.
+
+    cXML: Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CopyRequest (cXMLAttachment | cXML)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr processingMode Specifies whether the cXML document is meant for processing, 
+		information only, or copy:
+	<ul>
+    <li>info - The cXML document is for information only.</li>
+    <li>process - The recipient of the cXML document should process the document.</li>
+    <li>copy - The cXML document is a copy as a result of Path element with copy type 
+		in the source document.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CopyRequest
+    processingMode (info | process | copy)  #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Status for a pre-existing sourcing transaction. The textual content indicates
+    the display information. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SourcingStatus (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr action Defines the context of this message based on the value. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>approve - Approve the pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>deny - Deny pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>cancel - Cancel any preexisting transaction.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The locale used for all free text sent within this document. The receiver 
+		should reply or display information in the same or a similar locale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SourcingStatus
+	action    (approve | cancel | deny )  #IMPLIED
+	xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationStatus is used to allow external parties to provide document status visibility
+	after the document is processed and delivered by AN.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationStatus (IntegrationMessage?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentStatus Indicates document status (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>deliverySuccessful - The document was successfully delivered to the customer (but 
+			no processing confirmation has been issued yet).</li>
+		<li>deliveryDelayed - The document is experiencing delays while trying to reach the 
+			customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryFailed - The document could not be sent to the customer due to a failure 
+			between the gateway and the customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryReady - When sending to the buyer, the document has been queued and is 
+			ready for pick-up.</li>
+		<li>customerConfirmed - The customer has confirmed that the document has been processed 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerReceived - The customer has confirmed that the document has been received 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerFailed - The customer has received the document and is reporting a failure 
+			in the content.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationStatus
+	documentStatus     (deliverySuccessful | deliveryDelayed | deliveryFailed | deliveryReady
+	| customerConfirmed | customerReceived | customerFailed)        #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationMessage indicates the type/result of the message used by
+	external parties.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationMessage (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr isSuccessful Indicates whether the message result is successful or not.
+	
+	@attr type Indicates the message type, for example, 997/824/MDN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationMessage
+	isSuccessful	(yes | no)	#REQUIRED
+	type	%string;	#REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+    How the shipment will travel on this segment. Each carrier within a
+    segment controlled by a third party logistics provider provides
+    tracking information to that provider externally. The
+    ShipNoticeRequest includes tracking information at the ShipControl
+    level only.
+
+    One Route element may describe only a single mode of travel. If
+    described at all, each mode of a multi-modal route must be described by
+    a separate Route element. It is not necessary to describe every leg of
+    the journey to the buyer's ShipTo location.
+
+    The only Contact roles likely to be sensible in this element are
+    "carrierCorporate" (details the contact information the supplier has
+    about the carrier organization), "shipFrom" and "shipTo". The
+    "carrierCorporate" role would be relevant at this level only when a
+    third party is providing tracking information across multiple carriers.
+    A Contact element with role "shipFrom" must appear in all Route
+    elements after the first. Route elements are not required to describe
+    the entire travel under a specific carrier's control. They may
+    describe a discontinuous stream of events, starting and ending at
+    different times and locations.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact&#064;role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    Route element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Route (#PCDATA | Contact)* >
+<!--
+    @attr method Qualifier identifying the transportation type code:
+		<ul>
+		<li>ship - transportation by boat (ocean).</li>
+		<li>rail - transportation by rail</li>
+		<li>motor - transportation by land motor craft (common carrier)</li>
+		<li>air - transportation by flight</li>
+		<li>mail - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite the
+			fact that mail is not a genuine mode of transport. In many
+			countries, the value of merchandise exported and imported
+			by mail is considerable, but the exporter or importer concerned
+			would be unable to state by which mode postal items had passed
+			the national border</li>
+		<li>multimodal - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite
+			the fact that multimodal transport is not a genuine mode of
+			transport. It can be used when goods are carried by at least
+			two different modes from a place at which the goods are taken
+			in charge by a transport operator to a place designated for
+			delivery, on the basis of one transport contract. (Operations
+			of pick-up and delivery of goods carried out in the performance
+			of a unimodal transport, as defined in such a contract, shall
+			not be considered as multimodal transport.)</li>
+		<li>fixedTransport - This code applies to installations for continuous
+			transport such as pipelines, ropeways and electric power lines.</li>
+		<li>inlandWater - This code is used only in such cases where the
+			application of waterborne transport is reported separately
+			than maritime transport.</li>
+		<li>unknown - This code can be used when the mode is not known or when
+			information on it is not available at the time of issuing the
+			document concerned.</li>
+		<li>custom - This code can be used whenever a custom code is used for
+			the method. You can put the actual custom code as a text child
+			this element.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr means Particular vessel, vehicle or other device used for transport of goods.
+		The value of means depends on the value of method. Examples include:
+		
+		When the value of method is "ship", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>cargoVessel - Vessel designed to carry general cargo.</li>
+		<li>unitCarrier - Vessel designed to carry unit loads.</li>
+		<li>bulkCarrier - Vessel designed to carry bulk cargo.</li>
+		<li>tanker - Vessel solely equipped with tanks to carry cargo.</li>
+		<li>liquefiedGasTanker - Tanker designed to carry liquefied gas.</li>
+		<li>otherSpecialTanker - Tanker designed to carry other special liquids.</li>
+		<li>cargoAndPassengerVessel - Vessel designed to carry cargo and passengers.</li>
+		<li>otherVessel - Sea-going vessel, not otherwise specified.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>floatingStructure - Any floating structure.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "rail", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>train - One or more rail wagons pulled or pushed by one or more
+				locomotive units, or self-propelled, that move over rail tracks.</li>
+		<li>freightTrain - Train for carrying freight.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "motor", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>truck - Automotive vehicle designed for hauling loads.</li>
+		<li>tractor - Automotive vehicle with an engine designed for pulling.</li>
+		<li>van - Closed automotive vehicle designed for carrying freight.</li>
+		<li>carCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying motorcars.</li>
+		<li>shovelLoader - Automotive vehicle designed for shoveling sand and other bulk material.</li>
+		<li>straddleCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for lifting and transporting containers.</li>
+		<li>mobileCrane - Automotive vehicle with cargo crane.</li>
+		<li>bus - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying more than 8 passengers including the
+				driver.</li>
+		<li>car - Automotive vehicle designed to carry a small number of passengers.</li>
+		<li>taxi - Automotive vehicle licensed to ply for hire.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "air, the values for means are specified in the
+		IATA (International Air Transport Association) publication Standard Schedules
+		Information Manual (SSIM) under the section "ATA/IATA Aircraft Types". The
+		referenced codes cover all aircraft that are flown, or are soon to be flown,
+		for commercial scheduled or chartered services only, or have been announced
+		by the manufacturer and for which airline orders have been placed.
+
+		When the value of method is "multimodal": as this includes multiple segments,
+		each of which may have different mode and means, the only possible value
+		for means is "unknown".
+		
+		When the value of method is "fixedTransport", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknown - Fixed transport installation of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>pipeline - A line of one or more pipes for continuous transport of
+				liquid or gas commodity.</li>
+		<li>powerline - A line of one or more cables or wires for continuous
+				transport of electricity.</li>
+		</ul>
+				
+		When the value of method is "inlandWater", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknownVessel - Vessel of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>motorFreighter - Motorized vessel designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>motorTanker - Motorized vessel designed for carrying liquid cargo.</li>
+		<li>containerVessel - Vessel designed for carrying containers.</li>
+		<li>gasTanker - Vessel with tanks designed for carrying gas</li>
+		<li>tug - Vessel designed to push or pull another vessel.</li>
+		<li>barge - Lighter designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>pushTow - Vessel designed for pushing/towing, facilitating the movement
+				of one or more cargo barges.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>bunkerShip - Vessel designed for carrying and delivering bunkers.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		When the value of method is either "mail" or "unknown", there are no
+		specific values of means defined.
+		
+    @attr startDate The date and time this shipment started this part of the trip.
+        Required in all Route elements after the first.
+
+    @attr endDate The date and time this shipment ended this part of the trip. Must
+        be after startDate. If any Route elements follow, the startDate of
+        that element must not precede this value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Route
+    method         (air | motor | rail | ship | mail | multimodal |
+					fixedTransport | inlandWater | unknown | custom) 
+											   #REQUIRED
+	means				 NMTOKEN			   #IMPLIED
+    startDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate              %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Additional information for transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    Description: Free text description of shipment instructions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingInstructions (Description?)>
+
+<!--
+    The shipping contract number specified for the transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    #PCDATA: The contract number specified by the buyer or seller for the transport. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContractNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller
+    the title, risk and insurance cost will pass to.
+    
+    #PCDATA:  Free text description of means of transportation. The text desription must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportTerms (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The terms of transportation. Typically this may be "Free-Carrier", "CostAndFreight", "DeliveredAtFrontier", 
+		and so on, or an option to specify a free text. If the value of this attribute is specified as "other", specifying
+        a description is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportTerms
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The transport information for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. This information comes from the order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. This information
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    Route: The method or type of transportation of the shipment.
+
+    ShippingContractNumber: Contract number for the transport specified by the buyer or seller.
+
+    ShippingInstructions: Optional instructions for the shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportInformation (Route?, ShippingContractNumber?, ShippingInstructions?)>
+
+<!--
+    The mode of payment for order items shipped. This element is required for 
+    specifying terms of delivery.
+
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of shipping payment method. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingPaymentMethod (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The shipping payment method used for the order. Possible values:
+        Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShippingPaymentMethod
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element specifies the terms of delivery code. The free text description is optional
+    for an order or a ship notice except for the case when "Other" is specified for value.
+    
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of terms of delivery code. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDeliveryCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The value of the code that specifies terms of delivery. 
+        Indicates whether the terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, 
+        transport conditions, or a combination of these, or any other.
+        If the value of this attribute is specified as other, specifying
+        a description is required. Possible values include the following -
+        PriceCondition, DespatchCondition, PriceandDespatchCondition, CollectedByCustomer, 
+        TransportCondition, DeliveryCondition, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermsOfDeliveryCode
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+ 
+<!--
+    The terms of delivery for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. These terms come from the Purchase Order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. These terms
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    TermsOfDeliveryCode: The code that specifies terms of delivery. Indicates whether the 
+		terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, transport conditions, or a 
+		combination of these, or any other. One must specify description for this if "Other" 
+		is specified as the value.
+
+    ShippingPaymentMethod: The mode of payment for order items shipped. Specifying a mode of 
+		payment is a must. Examples include: Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, and so on.
+
+    TransportTerms: This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller the title, risk 
+		and insurance cost will pass to.
+
+    Address: Location and city specified with the terms.
+
+    Comments: Optional structured comments can be specified here for multiple types:
+		<ul>
+        <li>Type "Transport" - Additional description of the transport. Examples include:
+            "Delivered To Site / Stores", "OVERNIGHT FIRST CLASS", "To Be Collected by Courier",
+			and so on.</li>
+		<li>Type "TermsOfDelivery" - Additional delivery instructions can be provided along with
+            the other terms.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDelivery (TermsOfDeliveryCode, ShippingPaymentMethod, TransportTerms?, Address?, Comments*)>
+
+<!--
+	A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different versions and 
+	technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or the responsible party. 
+	The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other cargo property along the route.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealID (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	The company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner of the goods or the 
+	freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealingPartyCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is or will be marked with unique 
+	codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding can be temporarily or permanent 
+	(with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EquipmentIdentificationCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. 
+
+	SealID: A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different 
+		versions and technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or 
+		the responsible party. The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other 
+		cargo property along the route.
+	
+	SealingPartyCode: Is the company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner 
+		of the goods or the freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+	
+	EquipmentIdentificationCode: Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is 
+		or will be marked with unique codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding 
+		can be temporarily or permanent (with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing 
+		scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfTransport (SealID?, SealingPartyCode?, EquipmentIdentificationCode?, TransportTerms?, Dimension*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	For information of referenced document.
+
+	DocumentInfo: The element provides info (such id, type and date) about a document. Following are the 
+		possible document types:
+		<ul>
+		<li>salesOrder - Refers to sales order triggering the PO.</li>
+		<li>customerOrder - Refers to the customer order maintained in sales order.</li>
+		<li>freightOrder - Refers to order for transportation.</li>
+		<li>productionOrder - Refers to order that specifies  which material is to be produced, where it is 
+			to be produced, which operations are required to do this  and on which date production is to 
+			take place. It also defines how the order costs are to be settled.</li>
+		<li>purchaseOrder - Refers to Orders used to replenish based on Supplier Managed Inventory process.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). 
+
+	DateInfo: Information of date associated with the document/item. Following are the possible dates:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectecDeliveryDate - Refers to the expected delivery date for the material to be received at the 
+			partner location.
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - Refers to the expected ship date for the material is used to determine when 
+			the supplier is expected to ship the material from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - Refers to the production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - Refers to the production finish date.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Contact: It is used for contact information for the referenced document
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReferenceDocumentInfo ((DocumentInfo | DocumentReference)?, DateInfo*, Contact*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber Line number of an item in the referenced document.
+
+    @attr scheduleLineNumber Schedule line number of a schedule item in the referenced lineNumber, if this 
+		attribute has a value, the lineNumber attribute is required. 
+
+	@attr status Status used to refer to the referenced document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReferenceDocumentInfo
+	lineNumber          %uint;      #IMPLIED
+    scheduleLineNumber  %uint;      #IMPLIED
+	status (created | released | open | completed | closed | cancelled )     #IMPLIED                       
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains date information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DateInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Date type. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - The expected ship date for the material is
+			used to determine when the supplier is expected to ship the material
+			from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - The production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - The production finish date.</li>
+		<li>requestedPickUpDate - The pick up date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedPickUpDate - The date when the logistic provider expects to
+			pick up the materials.</li>
+		<li>actualPickUpDate - The actual pick up date, as it has occurred.</li>		
+		<li>requestedDeliveryDate - The delivery date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedDeliveryDate - The expected delivery date for the material
+			to be received at the partner location.</li>
+		<li>actualDeliveryDate - The actual delivery date of the goods..</li>
+		<li>confirmedDeliveryDate - The delivery date that has been confirmed
+			to be delivered by the seller.</li>
+		<li>confirmedShipmentDate - The shipment date that has been confirmed by
+			to be shipped by seller.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr date Date value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DateInfo
+	type	(expectedShipmentDate | productionStartDate | productionFinishDate |
+				requestedPickUpDate | expectedPickUpDate | actualPickUpDate | 
+				requestedDeliveryDate | expectedDeliveryDate | actualDeliveryDate |
+				confirmedShipmentDate | confirmedDeliveryDate)	#REQUIRED
+	date	%datetime.tz;				#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Priority indicator, used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers.
+		Example:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Level 1 is Very High Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 2 is High Priority</li> 
+		<li>Level 3 is Medium Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 4 is Medium Low Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 5 is Low Priority</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Description: Description for priority (such as very high, high, medium, medium low, low).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Priority (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level There are 5 levels (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Level 1 has the highest priority. Level 5 has the lowest priority.
+	 
+	@attr sequence An unique secondary order number for prioritizing items with the same priority level. 
+		Two items with the same priority level are not allowed to have the same sequence number.
+	
+	@attr inventory_level Inventory level shows the \% inventory (buffer) level with respect to target. 
+		Possible values: 0.0\% - 100.0\%.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Priority
+  level           ( 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5  )  #REQUIRED
+  sequence        %ui8;                   #IMPLIED
+  inventory_level %r8;                    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains information about a document managed in an external system, such as an ERP. It can be sent with an 
+	order to distinguish different business transactions uniquely.
+
+    For example,
+	%
+    <ExternalDocumentType documentType="ZNB">
+        <Description xml:lang="en">Standard Purchase Order</Description>
+    </ExternalDocumentType>
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExternalDocumentType (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentType Specifies the document type from the external system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExternalDocumentType        
+	documentType    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Industry specific header information  
+
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Details of referenced document 
+
+	Priority: Priority indicator, it is used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information for the entire OrderRequest.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	
+	LifeSciences: Provides life sciences industry specific detail.
+	
+	DPAS: Header-level DPAS-rating info for this order, if applicable.
+	
+	AuthorizationLabels: ABAC labels for configuring access to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeaderIndustry (ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, ExternalDocumentType?, QualityInfo?, AssetInfo*, LifeSciences?, DPAS?, AuthorizationLabels?)>
+<!--  
+    @attr industryType is used to identify the industry for which the document is being sent.
+    <ul>
+    	<li>lifeSciences</li>
+    	<li>aerospaceAndDefense</li>
+    </ul>	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeaderIndustry
+    industryType	 (lifeSciences | aerospaceAndDefense)	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+
+	Life sciences industry header information.
+
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT LifeSciences EMPTY >
+
+<!--
+	@attr orderCategory To specify different order categories for clinical trials. Following are possible order categories:
+	<ul>
+		<li>clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder – Order for clinical finished goods</li>
+		<li>labelPrintingOrder – Order for label printing</li>
+		<li>reworkOrder – Order for rework</li>
+		<li>shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder – Order for shelf-life extension relabeling</li>
+		<li>additionalLabelPrintingOrder – Order for printing additional labels</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+
+<!ATTLIST LifeSciences
+
+orderCategory ( clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder | labelPrintingOrder | reworkOrder | shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder | additionalLabelPrintingOrder ) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--   
+	Industry specific item information. 
+	
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains the details of referenced document
+
+	Priority: Priority Indicator used to drive the priority of the item ordered by the buyer.
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+    
+    SerialNumberInfo: The representation of the required serial number information of a line item.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+    
+    PackagingDistribution: Provides packaging distribution information between stores.
+    
+    ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense: Item-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutIndustry (ItemOutRetail?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, QualityInfo?, SerialNumberInfo?, BatchInfo?, 
+AssetInfo*, PackagingDistribution*, ItemOutLifeSciences?, ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+<!--
+	@attr planningType To specify different production planning strategies. Following are possible strategies:
+	<ul>
+	<li>MTO - Make to Order</li>
+	<li>MTS - Make to Stock</li>
+	<li>ATO - Assemble to Order</li>
+	<li>CTO - Configure to Order</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	@attr requiresRealTimeConsumption Set to "yes" to indicate that a real time consumption is required for this item. 
+    
+    @attr isHUMandatory Set to "yes" to indicate that a handling unit is required for this item. A handling unit is 
+		a physical unit consisting of packaging materials (load carriers/packing material) and the goods contained 
+		on or in it.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutIndustry
+    planningType	 ( MTO | MTS | ATO | CTO )	#IMPLIED
+    requiresRealTimeConsumption   (yes)         #IMPLIED
+    isHUMandatory                 (yes)		    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this line item in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this line item.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this item
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--  
+	Retail industry item information.
+	
+	PromotionVariantID: Used when only one or some variants of an article are promoted.
+
+	PromotionDealID: Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+		planning/ordering process (and the related pricing).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutRetail (PromotionVariantID?, PromotionDealID?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Details about the packaging of this line item.
+
+    Zero or more PackagingCode elements may appear in the Packaging
+    element. Each PackagingCode must contain a single string corresponding
+    to the packaging for this item. When multiple PackagingCode elements
+    appear, all must describe the same packaging in different languages or
+    locales. (No two PackagingCode elements may have the same xml:lang
+    attribute.) Elements in such a list may appear in any order.
+
+    The dimensions mentioned in the Dimension element list may appear in
+    any order. A particular dimension (Dimension&#064;type attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Packaging element.
+    
+    Description: The Package description.
+
+	PackagingLevelCode: Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages.
+	
+	PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode: Unique ID of packaging material. This helps receiving side for 
+		unloading and storage.
+	
+	ShippingContainerSerialCode: Serial number of a package that helps to identify package during 
+		transportation and inventory.
+    
+    ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference: Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping 
+		code of the next higher package level. It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+	
+	PackageID: Package related IDs.
+	
+	ShippingMark: Information about packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy.
+	
+	OrderedQuantity: The quantity ordered in purchase order.
+	
+	DispatchQuantity: The dispatch quantity in package.
+	
+	FreeGoodsQuantity: Quantities delivered but not charged. 
+	
+	QuantityVarianceNote: Quantity Variance Note gives detailed information about partial delivery.
+	
+	BestBeforeDate: Gives the best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals 
+		and others.
+	
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the packaging.
+
+	PackagingIndustry: An element for industry relevant information.
+    
+    StoreCode: The code of the store assigned for this packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Packaging (((PackagingCode+, Dimension*) | Dimension+), Description?, 
+				PackagingLevelCode?, PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode?, ShippingContainerSerialCode?, 
+                ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference?,
+				PackageID?, ShippingMark*, OrderedQuantity?, DispatchQuantity?, 
+				FreeGoodsQuantity?, QuantityVarianceNote?, BestBeforeDate?, AssetInfo*, PackagingIndustry?, StoreCode?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific code for the packaging of this item. Values such
+    as "pallet", "skid" and "truck load" may be appropriate (for an
+    English-based locale).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingCode (#PCDATA)>             <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the PackagingCode content (the
+        value of the code) is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingCode
+    xml:lang             %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A single dimension for the packaging. It also can be used to define item dimensions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Dimension (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Size in this dimension. Expressed in the units given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+
+    @attr type Type of dimension. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>length - The length of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>width - The width of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>height - The height of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>weight - The weight  or net weight of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>volume - The volume or net volume of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>stackHeight - The stack height of packaging. This indicates total height of the stacked packages.</li> 
+        <li>grossWeight - The gross weight is the total weight including packaging.</li>
+        <li>grossVolume - The gross volume is the total volume including packaging. </li>
+        <li>unitGrossWeight - The unit gross weight of the item.</li>
+        <li>unitNetWeight - The unit net weight of the item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Dimension
+    quantity             %r8;                        #REQUIRED
+    type (length | width | height | weight | volume | stackHeight | grossWeight | grossVolume | unitGrossWeight | unitNetWeight ) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages. It is used in logistics for loading 
+	and unloading information. This information qualifies the packing level within the packing hierarchy. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLevelCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a unique ID of packaging materials like box, container, pallet and rack. This helps 
+	receiving side for unloading and storage. This also defines the maximum load or weight of articles. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Identifies a package during transport and in inventory. Serial number of a packaging unit like 
+	container, box, and rack.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping code of the next higher package level. 
+	It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Unique ID for a package. GIAI, numbering scheme of GS1 specifying the ownership of an asset.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GlobalIndividualAssetID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	The ID that helps supplier with handling of any returned package.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnablePackageID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The information to track packages based on an internal numbering scheme of the supplier. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTrackingID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Packaging related IDs.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageID (GlobalIndividualAssetID?,ReturnablePackageID?,PackageTrackingID?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains codes for packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy. Also can contain marking 
+	for containers/packages that need special signing or handling (hazardous goods, 
+	explosives and maximum stack size)
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingMark (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the number of items/products for a given line item in a purchase order. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderedQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?) >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items ordered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderedQuantity
+    quantity	%r8;	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the delivered quantity (compared to the ordered quantity). This is useful in 
+	determining the correctness of any shipment. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DispatchQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items delivered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DispatchQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--  
+	Specifies the quantity that will be delivered without any cost to the buyer. For example, 
+	samples, redemptions, promotions, fill-ups, and so on. These do not appear on the commercial 
+	invoice or marked with value 0.00.  
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FreeGoodsQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of free items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FreeGoodsQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Detailed information about partial delivery. Used for different measurements (1 lot = 500 pieces) 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityVarianceNote (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The best before date helps with in FDA-related deliveries for go/no-go criteria. This can be 
+	used to indicate best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BestBeforeDate EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr date Best before date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BestBeforeDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+      
+<!-- 
+	The expiry date  can be used to indicate expiry date for all goods related to food, drugs, 
+	chemicals, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpiryDate EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr date Expiration date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExpiryDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	References a specific item and its relationship with a PO, Invoice and Ship Notice.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemInfo (ItemID?, Description?, Classification*,
+						(ManufacturerPartID, ManufacturerName)?,
+						Country?, SupplierBatchID?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*,
+						UnitOfMeasure, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+ 	@attr quantity The quantity included in the document. For example, in TransportRequest, this is the 
+		quantity contained of this item in a package.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemInfo
+	quantity		%r8;		#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType".
+ 
+    CertificateInfo: Use this element to send a certificate information, here you can declare a certificate as 
+		optional or required. Each element supports one certificate. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInfo (IdReference* | CertificateInfo*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresQualityProcess A value of yes indicates that this item requires quality process.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInfo
+	requiresQualityProcess         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Control whether the batch information is required or not for an item when Supplier
+	creates an order response.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BatchInfo EMPTY >
+<!--
+    @attr requiresBatch A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires Batch number to be provided by 
+		the supplier in Batch element in ShipNoticeItem/ConfirmationStatus element of the corresponding 
+		ShipNoticeRequest/ConfirmationRequest documents.     
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BatchInfo
+	requiresBatch        (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a certificate information.
+    
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType". 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CertificateInfo (IdReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr isRequired A value of "yes" indicates that this certificate is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CertificateInfo
+	isRequired         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeLineItemReference element provides a clear 
+    reference to the line item  in a prior ShipNoticeRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeLineItemReference EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr shipNoticeLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from ShipNoticeRequest. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeLineItemReference
+    shipNoticeLineNumber      %uint;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the serial number information of a line item.
+
+    SerialNumber: List of serial numbers, this is required when SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "list".
+
+    PropertyValue: When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+        limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+
+        When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "profile" a serial number format should be
+        provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "profile" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the format.
+        Characteristic&#064;domain supports "type", "minLength" and "maxLength" as domains to 
+		provide these values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "type", Characteristic&#064;value supports "numeric", 
+		"text" and "numericAndText" to provide the serial number format.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "minLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		minimum acceptable length of the serial number.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "maxLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		maximum acceptable length of the serial number.       
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumberInfo (SerialNumber*, PropertyValue*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresSerialNumber A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires serial number to be provided 
+		by the supplier in AssetInfo tags in ShipNoticeItem element of the corresponding Advanced Ship Notice.
+    
+	@attr type Specifies the required serial number. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>list - A list of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+        <li>range - A range of acceptable serial numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+		<li>profile - A format of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SerialNumberInfo
+	requiresSerialNumber    (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+    type                    (list | profile | range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more serial numbers for accountable items that are
+    being invoiced.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Code for the Store, used on the shipping process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StoreCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--   
+	Packaging distribution information. 
+	
+	StoreCode: Code for the store of this packaging distribution information.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingDistribution (StoreCode, UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this packaging distribution information. Expressed in the units
+        given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingDistribution
+    quantity             %r8;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production facilities and their production 
+    facility roles.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityAssociation: Each ProductionFacilityAssociation element defines a 
+        relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+        A production facility is a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing 
+        process. A production facility role is the stage of a manufacturing process 
+        for which a production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierProductionFacilityRelations (ProductionFacilityAssociation+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+	
+    ProductionFacility: A supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    OrganizationalUnit: Purchasing organization of the buyer.
+	
+    ShipTo: Optional Ship-To addressing information for the buyer's plant.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityAssociation (ProductionFacility, OrganizationalUnit, ShipTo?)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values are:
+        <ul>
+        <li><code>new</code> - Represents a new production facility association sent to the external system.</li>
+        <li><code>update</code> - Represents an update to an existing production facility association.</li>
+        <li><code>delete</code> - Represents an instruction to delete this production facility association in the external system.</li>
+        </ul>
+        <p>The <code>operation</code> attribute does not create or delete objects such as <code>ProductionFacility</code>, 
+            <code>ProductionFacilityRole</code>, <code>OrganizationalUnit</code>, or <code>ShipTo</code>. It is used only
+            to define relationships between existing production facilities and production facility roles.</p>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityAssociation 
+    operation    (new | update | delete)   "new" >
+
+<!--
+    Defines a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityRole: The stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacility (IdReference, ProductionFacilityRole)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityName Name of the production facility.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacility 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+    For example, an apparel manufacturing process could have separate production facility 
+    roles for cutting, sewing, pressing and folding, finishing and detailing, dyeing, and washing.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility role.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityRole (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityRole Name of the production facility role.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityRole 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Unique identifier used to identify group of studies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PoolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!--  
+    Life sciences industry item information.
+ 	
+    Study: Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    KitType: Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+		keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements.
+
+    ProtocolD: Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+
+    PackageControlNumber: Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an 
+		active drug and a placebo.
+
+    PoolID: Contains an alternative to StudyID when several clinical studies are pooled or grouped together. This value 
+		is passed only when several clinical studies are pooled.
+
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a range of medication numbers.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to the ItemOutLifeSciences element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutLifeSciences (Study, KitType?, ProtocolID, PackageControlNumber?, PoolID?,  MedicationListInfo*, Extrinsic*)> 
+
+<!--
+    @attr isCFGPooled Identifies whether clinical finished goods are pooled, that is, used in a pool of studies. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutLifeSciences
+    isCFGPooled         (yes)              #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    StudyID: Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study. 
+
+    Description: Description identifying a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Study (StudyID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StudyID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--  
+    Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+	keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements. 
+
+    KitTypeID: Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+
+    Description: Description identifying a kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitType (KitTypeID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitTypeID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProtocolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--   
+    Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an active drug and a placebo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageControlNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    @attr packageControlNumberExpiryDate Expiration date of the PackageControlNumber. 
+    @attr isPackageControlNumberReleased Set to "yes" when the PackageControlNumber is released. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackageControlNumber
+    packageControlNumberExpiryDate         %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    isPackageControlNumberReleased         (yes)               #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+	
+    PropertyValue: When MedictionListInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+		limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+		should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MedicationListInfo (PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--  
+    @attr type Specifies the available medication sequence numbers. Possible value:
+    <ul>
+    <li>range - A range of sequence numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+    </ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MedicationListInfo
+    type                    (range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    LabelID: Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences (LabelID?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    BatchInfo provides information on whether a batch number is required while reporting component consumption.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentIndustry (SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences?, BatchInfo?)>
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LabelID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for packaging.
+    PackagingLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingIndustry (PackagingLifeSciences?)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLifeSciences (MedicationListInfo*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic financial elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+	The amount of deposit or prepayment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the subtotal amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubtotalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the special handling amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpecialHandlingAmount (Money, Description?, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the shipping amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingAmount (Money, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the gross amount, before discounts and adjustments have been applied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the net amount, the amount remaining after discounts and adjustments have 
+	been applied to the gross amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NetAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the total amount due.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DueAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the discount amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the fixed amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FixedAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines gross amount of the fee associated with a purchase in original currency.
+    
+	Money: The fee amount.
+	
+    Fee: Different types of individual fees, for example, service provider fee.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeAmount (Money, Fee*)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines different types of individual fees.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fee (Money)>
+<!--
+    @attr type The type of fee.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fee
+    type     %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the deduction amount available for an item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the final price of the item. This price overrides the price of the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductedPrice (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Purchasing Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PCard (PostalAddress?)>
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr name Name of the Purchasing Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PCard
+    number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+    expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+    name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Virtual Payment Token Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentToken EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr name Name of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr token Token of the Virtual Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentToken
+	number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+	expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+	name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	token	%string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the charges  applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalCharges (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the allowances applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAllowances (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the sum of the SubTotal, Charges (including special handling 
+    charges and shipping charges), and Allowances (including discounts). This 
+	does not include taxes. This can appear at the line item and summary in 
+	an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountWithoutTax (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures spend detail information. SpendDetail can
+    be used in the ItemIn and ItemOut and for the following types of
+    messages:
+
+        <ul>
+		<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+        <li>PunchOutOrderMessage</li>
+        <li>OrderRequest</li>
+        <li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+		<p>But not for:</p>
+		<ul>
+		<li>MasterAgreementRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    TravelDetail: Travel details for the current travel line item.
+
+    LaborDetail: Labor details for the current temporary labor line item.
+
+    FeeDetail: Fee details for the current fee line item.
+        
+    Extrinsic: Detail information for the any undefined spend category. The name
+    	attribute of the Extrinsic element should specify the type of the
+    	spend category (for example, (PrintDetail, ProjectLaborDetail)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpendDetail (TravelDetail | FeeDetail | LaborDetail | Extrinsic)>
+
+<!--
+    FeeDetail contains additional information about a line item for a fee, 
+    which may or may not be recurring.
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the fee is charged, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeDetail (UnitRate+, Period?) >
+<!--
+    @attr isRecurring Indicates that the fee is recurring (charged more than once).
+
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FeeDetail
+	isRecurring (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    LaborDetail contains information about an item for a temporary
+    labor engagement. 
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the service occurs.
+
+    Contractor: Identifies the contractor being engaged
+
+    JobDescription: Description of the job or work to be performed.
+
+    Supervisor: The person who is expected to supervise the contractor.
+
+    WorkLocation: Place where the work is expected to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LaborDetail (UnitRate+, Period, Contractor?, JobDescription?, Supervisor?, WorkLocation?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr supplierReferenceCode The supplier's quote or proposal id, for cross-reference.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LaborDetail
+	supplierReferenceCode %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--    
+	Text description of a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT JobDescription (Description)>
+
+<!--    
+	Contact information for the person supervising a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supervisor (Contact)>
+
+<!--  
+	Address of the location where a service is to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT WorkLocation (Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a Contractor used in the context of temp labor. 
+	The contractor is uniquely identified by a contractor identifier. 
+	The piece of identification for a contractor is exchanged between 
+	the buyer and the supplier prior to sending out order/timecards.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contractor (ContractorIdentifier, Contact)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a ContractorIdentifier. Uniquely identifies a contractor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractorIdentifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Domain in which the identity is represented. This is for the
+		end systems to know who assigned the id. buyerReferenceID 
+		implies that it is something generated by the buyer system 
+		and supplierReferenceID implies that it is something generated 
+		by the supplier system/entered by the supplier.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractorIdentifier
+        domain     	(supplierReferenceID|buyerReferenceID) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Reference.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    The OrderReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    OrderRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    OrderReference may allow the ConfirmationRequest and ShipNoticeRequest
+    to be viewed independently.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. Basically, what the PO
+        number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced OrderRequest document's OrderRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced OrderRequest document's
+        OrderRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderReference
+    orderID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The id of an order known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the PO number is today.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderIDInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to an order.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the order being paid.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order id of the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderInfo (OrderReference | OrderIDInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    The InvoiceReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The supplier system invoiceID for this request. Basically, what
+        the Invoice number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+		referenced InvoiceDetailRequest document's InvoiceDetailRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceReference
+    invoiceID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceIDInfo
+    invoiceID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the supplier and buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentProposalIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr paymentProposalID The ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the buyer and supplier system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentProposalIDInfo
+    paymentProposalID      %string;               #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a master agreement known to the buyer system.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for MasterAgreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementIDInfo
+    agreementID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementReference
+    agreementID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines a reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+
+	DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+	@attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportReference
+	requestID	%string;		#IMPLIED
+	requestDate	%datetime.tz;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a transport request known to the system of the party
+    that created the TransportRequest.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for TransportRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+    @attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportIDInfo
+    requestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    requestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the carrier who will transport a shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarrierIdentifier (#PCDATA)>         <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    domain
+        Domain in which this value has meaning. Recognized domains
+        include:
+        <ul>
+		<li>companyName - The legal name for this company. In some cases, this
+            could also be provided in a Contact element with role
+            "carrierCorporate". That option should be reserved for cases
+            in which additional detail about the carrier appears in this
+            element.</li>
+		<li>SCAC - Standard Carrier Alpha Code (see
+            http://users.erols.com/nmfta/Codes.htm).</li>
+        <li>IATA - International Air Transport Association (see
+            http://www.iata.org).</li>
+        <li>AAR - Association of American Railroads (see http://www.aar.org/).</li>
+        <li>UIC - International Union of Railways (see
+            http://www.uic.asso.fr/).</li>
+        <li>EAN - European Article Numbering (see http://www.ean-ucc.org/).</li>
+        <li>DUNS - D&B's Data Universal Numbering System (see
+            http://www.dnb.com/dnbhome.htm).</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarrierIdentifier
+    domain               %string;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifier that appears on a shipment and through which additional
+    detail about the shipment may be retrieved. Defined by the carrier.
+    Has meaning in the domain described by the CarrierIdentifier values.
+    Therefore, CarrierIdentifier and ShipmentIdentifier should normally
+    be used together.
+
+    Conceptually, this is a tracking number. Different carriers have
+    different names for shipment identifiers. Some call it a way bill
+    number, others call it a pro number, and still others call it a bill of
+    lading. They all represent tracking numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipmentIdentifier (#PCDATA)>        <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr domain Specifies more precisely what kind of identifier this is.
+        Likely values include trackingNumber, billOfLading.
+
+    @attr trackingNumberDate The date when the logistics provider intimates the tracking number
+        for this shipment. This date is used to find out the efficiency of the
+        supply chain process.
+
+    @attr trackingURL Carrier URL that can be used to track the shipment in conjunction
+		with the tracking number
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipmentIdentifier
+    domain                %string;              #IMPLIED
+    trackingNumberDate    %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    trackingURL           %URL;                 #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the creator of an IdReference,
+    for example, IRS, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Creator (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the name of the creator is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Creator
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+    a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair
+    should be unique.
+
+    Creator: The creator of this IdReference, for example, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the IdReference. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IdReference (Creator?, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr identifier The unique identifier of the IdReference within the domain.
+
+    @attr domain The domain of the IdReference. Supported values depend on your procurement application. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>1099ID</li>
+		<li>abaRoutingNumber</li>
+		<li>accountID</li>
+		<li>accountPayableID</li>
+		<li>accountReceivableID</li>
+		<li>bankAccountID</li>
+		<li>bankBranchID</li>
+		<li>bankNationalID</li>
+		<li>bankRoutingID</li>
+		<li>buyerLocationID</li>
+		<li>companyRegistrationNumber</li>
+		<li>courtRegisterID</li>
+		<li>creditorRefID</li>
+		<li>documentName</li>
+		<li>federalTaxID</li>
+		<li>governmentNumber</li>
+		<li>gstID</li>
+		<li>ibanID</li>
+		<li>isoBicID</li>
+		<li>iso6523</li>
+		<li>provincialTaxID</li>
+		<li>stateTaxID</li>
+		<li>storageLocationID</li>
+		<li>supplierReference</li>
+		<li>swiftID</li>
+		<li>taxExemptionID</li>
+		<li>unloadingPointID</li>
+		<li>vatID</li>
+        <li>ID</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		Note: supplierTaxID is deprecated and will be treated as federalTaxID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IdReference
+    identifier      %string;                         #REQUIRED
+    domain          %string;                         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines supplier sales order information related to an order.
+
+    This is also used in PunchOutOrderMessage to indicate that the
+    supplier has created an order associated with the punchout order message.
+    The buyer can later cancel the sales order by sending an OrderRequest
+    of type "delete" that refers to the sales order by including the
+    SupplierOrderInfo element in the OrderRequestHeader
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierOrderInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID Supplier sales order id of this order.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the sales order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierOrderInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate          %datetime.tz;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ShipNoticeRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    ShipNoticeReference may allow the ReceiptRequest to be viewed independently.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReference
+	shipNoticeID %string; #IMPLIED
+	shipNoticeDate %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines ID of a Ship Notice known to the Buyer system.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for shipment related IDs, for example,
+		DispatchAdviceID, ReceivingAdviceID, DeliveryNoteId, ProofOfDeliveryID.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeIDInfo
+    shipNoticeID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    shipNoticeDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to a prior OrderStatusRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The buyer system orderStatusRequestID for this request. If present, must be copied
+        directly from the referenced OrderStatusRequest document's
+        OrderStatusRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestReference
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The id of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestIDInfo
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ReceiptReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ReceiptRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptReference (DocumentReference) >
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The buyer system receiptID for this request.
+        If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced ReceiptRequest document's ReceiptRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the receipt request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced ReceiptRequest document's
+        RequestRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptReference
+    receiptID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a receipt known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The id of an receipt known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptIDInfo
+    receiptID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection request document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection request document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection request document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionRequestReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection result document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection result document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection result document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionResultReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies legal entity in the external system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegalEntity (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies Purchase Unit or Purchase Group in the external system.
+
+    IdReference: Contains a unique identification reference for the Purchase
+		Unit or Purchase Group.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationalUnit (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the correspondent routing destination.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT Routing EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+    @attr destination Name of the destination. Possible values are peppol or fieldglass
+ -->
+
+<!ATTLIST Routing
+    destination      (peppol | fieldglass)    #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+    
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Fulfill.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Allow this module to be built separately from any other DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.requests "(ConfirmationRequest |
+                           ShipNoticeRequest |
+                           ServiceEntryRequest |
+                           CopyRequest |
+                           SalesOrderRequest |
+			   TimeCardInfoRequest |
+			   ReceiptRequest |
+               OrderStatusRequest |
+                           TimeCardRequest |
+                           ComponentConsumptionRequest)"
+>
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.responses "">
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.messages ",(ProductReplenishmentMessage)">
+
+<!-- ====
+    Common to both of the documents listed below.
+==== -->
+
+
+<!-- ====
+    Confirmation* transaction forwards confirmation data in the Request.
+    No specific Response document is required for this transaction.
+    Servers must respond to a ConfirmationRequest with a generic Response
+    document.
+==== -->
+
+<!-- OrderStatusRequest Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of an order status request. This is the data that is sent to the supplier to ask 
+    for information regarding a previously sent PO such as the status of the order, delivery date 
+    or current location of a shipped product.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequest (OrderStatusRequestHeader, OrderStatusRequestItem*)>
+    
+<!-- OrderStatusRequestHeader Elements -->
+<!--
+    Header of an order status request. It contains the reference to the orderStatusRequest 
+    (OrderStatusRequestID, OrderStatusRequestDate) from the buyer side.
+	
+	OrderReference | OrderIDInfo: The reference to the purchase order. You can specify either 
+		the OrderReference or OrderIDInfo information.
+		
+	Contact: The contact information of the buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestHeader ((OrderReference | OrderIDInfo),Contact+, Comments?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The buyer system ID for this status request. This is an internal 
+		buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate Date and time when the order status request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestHeader
+    orderStatusRequestID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    orderStatusRequestDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!-- OrderStatusRequestItem* Elements -->
+
+<!--
+	Represents an item on the Order Status Request. 
+	
+	ItemReference: Defines all references related to a line item.
+	
+	Comments: Contains any additional comments associated with this line item.
+
+	Priority: Priority indicator, used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers.
+		The Priority of the Order is to indicate the current Build priority associated to the PO line item. It 
+		is not meant to update the priority in the PO.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestItem (ItemReference, Comments?, Priority?)>
+<!--
+	@attr rescheduleRequest Reschedule request information is derived by MRP to suggest possible changes to 
+		the Delivery Date. The proposed changes could be result in the status Reschedule In, Reschedule Out, 
+		or Cancellation request for the Order.
+		<ul>
+		<li>in - MRP proposal to reschedule the Delivery date prior to the current delivery date.</li>
+		<li>out - MRP proposal to reschedule the Delivery date post the current delivery date.</li>
+		<li>cancel - MRP proposal to cancel the PO line item.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr rescheduleDate The MRP proposed rescheduled date is captured in the date field. The reschedule date 
+		is with reference to the delivery date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestItem
+    rescheduleRequest (in|out|cancel) #IMPLIED
+    rescheduleDate    %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines all references related to an schedule line in the confirmation.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineReference (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity The quantity as informed in the ScheduleLine element of the OrderRequest document
+		which the current document is referring to.
+
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate The requested delivery date as informed in the ScheduleLine element of the
+		OrderRequest document which the current document is referring to. 
+		
+	@attr lineNumber The line number identifier as informed in the ScheduleLine element of the
+      OrderRequest document which the current document is referring to.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineReference 
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Request to add confirmation information to the data known about an
+    order at the receiving server.
+
+    While multiple confirmations may be sent for one order, each
+    confirmation must mention a line item once. And, a line item must not
+    be mentioned in more than one confirmation. Multiple confirmations are
+    allowed (and sensible) only when each has type="allDetail" or
+    type="detail". Only one (original) confirmation per order of
+    type="accept", type="except" or type="reject" is allowed. When a
+    confirmation with one of these types arrives, the receiving system must
+    discard any and all previous confirmations for the order.
+
+    OrderStatusRequestReference or OrderStatusRequestIDInfo can be optionally added to
+    explicitly reference to the Order Status Request that originated the confirmation.
+
+    ConfirmationItem elements may appear in any order within the
+    ConfirmationRequest. Of course, an easily-readable order such as by
+    increasing lineNumber value is preferred. Again, no line item
+    (Confirmation@lineNumber attribute value) may appear more than once
+    within a ConfirmationRequest element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConfirmationRequest
+    (ConfirmationHeader, OrderReference, (OrderStatusRequestReference | OrderStatusRequestIDInfo)*, ConfirmationItem*)>
+
+<!--
+    Information about this confirmation that's common to all contained
+    items.
+
+    The contained DocumentReference element may appear in a document only
+    when the operation is "update". In that case, the DocumentReference is
+    required and it must reference the most recent ConfirmationRequest
+    document for this particular confirmation (usually also indicated by a
+    common confirmID). For example when a confirmation is created, updated
+    and then updated again, the final document must contain a
+    DocumentReference referring to the previous ConfirmationRequest with
+    operation="update". That document must, in turn, refer to the original
+    (operation="new") ConfirmationRequest document.
+
+    Tax and Shipping amounts may be updated (included in the confirmation
+    with new values) without corresponding line item information
+    (additional information in the ConfirmationItem list). Total should
+    not be included with a different value from the OrderRequest document
+    unless a ConfirmationItem describes a new UnitPrice or quantity. It is
+    not necessary to copy this information from the OrderRequest document:
+    Total, Tax and Shipping should not be included if they match those
+    amounts in the original order.
+
+    Contact roles may usefully include: technicalSupport, customerService,
+    sales, shipFrom (starting point for shipments related to this order),
+    shipTo (echoing the ShipTo element from the OrderRequest document),
+    payTo (where payment for this order should be sent), billTo (echoing
+    the BillTo element from the OrderRequest document), buyerCorporate
+    (details the supplier has about the buying organization) and
+    supplierCorporate. It is not necessary to copy this information from
+    the OrderRequest document. The Contact element should be used primarily
+    to add information to that known about an order or to describe the
+    sender of this particular confirmation.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact@role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    ConfirmationHeader element.
+
+    Elements in the Hazard list may appear in any order. The same hazard
+    should not be listed more than once in a ConfirmationHeader. Each
+    hazard listed at this level (in a ConfirmationHeader element) should
+    apply to the entire order or all items mentioned in this confirmation.
+    A ConfirmationRequest which updates the status of a single line item
+    should not include Hazard elements in the ConfirmationItem element.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    status of the overall order (or the portion described in this
+    confirmation) such as payment terms, additional detail on shipping
+    terms and clarifications of the status. For the last type of
+    information, terms such as "backordered", "shipped" and "invalid" may
+    be sensible. All such data must be intended for human use. The text
+    in this list should describe this particular confirmation and not
+    repeat Comments appearing in the OrderRequest.
+
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about the order for application consumption. These
+    elements may include pre-defined keywords and values affecting workflow
+    in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a ConfirmationHeader element. A type may not be mentioned both
+    in this list and in a particular ConfirmationStatus element. (The
+    ConfirmationHeader must not contain a default extrinsic value
+    overridden at the lower level.)
+
+    IdReference: Internal Reference Number/Supplier Reference Number can be one of the 
+		following:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Internal supplier number - This is the most common scenario; it represents the document number 
+			created by the internal supplier ERP system.</li>
+		<li>Contract - The contract number can be used to identify that a specific outbound document is 
+			related to a specific contract.</li>
+		<li>Internal criteria - Sometimes the supplier can enter a customized value in the field Supplier 
+			Reference Number. Example: It can be the name of the person in charge of the follow-up of the 
+			transaction.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConfirmationHeader (DocumentReference?, Total?, Shipping?,
+                              Tax?, Contact*, Hazard*, Comments*,
+                              IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr confirmID An (optional) identifier for this particular confirmation assigned
+        by the supplier. A user-visible and secondary (to the payloadID
+        attribute of the cXML element) identifier for this document. This
+        value does not vary as a particular confirmation is updated. That
+        is, operation="update" documents describing the status of the same
+        items in the same order would share a confirmID with the original
+        operation="new" ConfirmationRequest.
+
+        When the confirmID does not appear in an operation="new"
+        ConfirmationRequest, it must not appear in a corresponding
+        operation="update" document. Links between these documents must be
+        deduced using the DocumentReference element contained in the
+        update's ConfirmationHeader and the payloadID attribute of the
+        original or previous update.
+		
+	@attr operation The (optional) operational mode of the confirmation document.
+        Defaults to "new".
+
+        An "update" confirmation allows a supplier to correct an error in a
+        confirmation or to add additional information learned later. In
+        either case, an "update" document must be complete: All data from
+        the original confirmation or a previous update should be discarded
+        by the recipient. A ConfirmationRequest document does not provide
+        default data for a subsequent operation="update" document. (This
+        applies in particular to Hazard and Extrinsic elements, which
+        should appear at either the header or item levels but not both.)
+
+        The "completeness" requirement allows the information contained in
+        a ConfirmationRequest to expand. No restrictions are placed on
+        including additional items that have not yet been referenced in a
+        ConfirmationRequest in an operation="update" ConfirmationRequest.
+        However, added items must not have been mentioned in another
+        ConfirmationRequest. This protocol supports neither splitting 
+		confirmations (sending an operation="update" ConfirmationRequest 
+		document describing a subset of the items in an earlier version) 
+		nor any kind of consolidations of confirmations.
+
+        An operation="update" ConfirmationRequest must contain the same
+        confirmID (if any) as the previous version of the confirmation.
+        When included, this attribute provides an unambiguous and direct
+        connection between all versions of the confirmation.
+
+        An operation="update" ConfirmationRequest must also include a
+        DocumentReference element in the ConfirmationHeader. (See above
+        for more information on this element.)  This effectively sequences
+        multiple versions of a confirmation and may provide the only link
+        between those versions. (See above under confirmID for more on the
+        implications of leaving out that attribute.)  Other confirmations
+        discarded through consolidations as described above are not
+        explicitly referenced by the new, larger ConfirmationRequest
+        document.
+
+        A confirmation may not be deleted; the protocol does not include an
+        operation="delete" option for this request. Suppliers must replace
+        incorrect or invalid confirmations with correct information. A
+        type="unknown" ConfirmationStatus will reset such information to
+        its original state. This covers the case of an error in accepting
+        or rejecting an item that has not been researched.
+		
+    @attr type The type of confirmation. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>accept - The entire order is accepted as described in the referenced
+            OrderRequest document. A document of this type may contain 
+			ConfirmationItem elements. If ConfirmationItem elements are present 
+			in the ConfirmationRequest document, they must contain only
+            ConfirmationStatus elements of type="accept".</li>
+		<li>allDetail - This confirmation updates only those line items described in
+            the following ConfirmationItem elements. Line items not
+            mentioned specifically in this document retain their current
+            status. Unlike the "detail" type (below), a confirmation of
+            this type includes all information known by the supplier,
+            whether or not it differs from the data provided in the
+            original OrderRequest document.
+
+            This type is provided for compatibility with current EDI and
+            order entry tools (which commonly send the buyer a snapshot of
+            an order in the supplier's systems). Due to the reconciliation
+            issues caused by confirmations of this type, it is recommended
+            that use of this type be considered a "bridge" strategy
+            suitable only for the short term.
+
+            A document of this type must contain ConfirmationItem elements.
+            The contained ConfirmationStatus elements must have types
+            "allDetail", "reject" or "unknown". "accept" , "detail" 
+            or "backordered". Other status types are not allowed because they 
+            conflict with the requirements of this document type.</li>
+		<li>detail - This confirmation updates only those line items described 
+			in the following ConfirmationItem elements. Line items not
+            mentioned specifically in this document retain their current
+            states. A confirmation of this type should include only
+            information which differs from that in the original
+            OrderRequest document.
+
+            Later ConfirmationRequest documents that restore information
+            provided in the OrderRequest should not include the variations
+            described in an earlier ConfirmationRequest. For example, the
+            Tax element may appear in a ConfirmationStatus of one
+            ConfirmationRequest and not in an update to that confirmation.
+            This signifies that the original OrderRequest actually
+            contained the correct charge.
+
+            A document of this type must contain ConfirmationItem elements.
+            The contained ConfirmationStatus elements may have any type
+            except "allDetail".</li>
+		<li>backordered - The entire order is backordered.
+
+            A document of this type may contain ConfirmationItem elements.
+            If ConfirmationItem elements are present in the
+            ConfirmationRequest document, they must contain only
+            ConfirmationStatus elements of type="backordered".</li>
+		<li>except - The entire order is accepted as described in the referenced
+            OrderRequest document with exceptions listed in the following
+            ConfirmationItem elements. Line items not mentioned
+            specifically in this document are accepted without change.
+
+            A document of this type must contain ConfirmationItem elements.
+            The contained ConfirmationStatus elements may have any type
+            except "allDetail".</li>
+		<li>reject - The entire order is rejected. No further (line item) detail 
+			is provided beyond the reason described in the Comments element.
+
+            A document of this type must not contain ConfirmationItem
+            elements.</li>
+		<li>requestToPay - This type of confirmation is for the supplier to request the
+            initiation of payment transactions for either the whole
+            order or some line items.
+
+            If the request contains no ConfirmationItem elements, the intent
+            will be to initiate payment transaction on the total amount of
+            all line items in the order, except those being rejected.
+
+            If the request contains ConfirmationItem elements, payment
+            transaction will be initiated against the specified items and
+            quantities.
+
+            A ConfirmationItem in this type of request does not have to
+            describe the complete line item. It should only contain
+            "requestToPay" ConfirmationStatus elements for new payment
+            transactions.</li>
+		<li>replace - The entire order is replaced. This is used by supplier 
+			to perform a wholesale replacement of the order. In the case
+            that a changed order is sent from Buyer before this
+            OrderConfirmation is received by Buyer, Supplier should
+            accept the new changed order. ConfirmationItems in this
+            type of request must contain ConfirmationStatus elements
+            only of type "detail", and each ConfirmationStatus element
+            must include an ItemIn element.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr noticeDate The date and time this confirmation was created.
+	
+    @attr invoiceID An optional supplier-generated identifier for an Invoice 
+		associated with the items described in this confirmation. Identical to 
+		the Invoice Number that appears at the top of a physical invoice.
+		
+    @attr incoTerms Optional shipping terms as defined by the International Chamber of
+        Commerce. These terms inform the buyer which portion of the
+        shipping charges are their responsibility. Allowed values include:
+		<ul>
+		<li>cfr - Cost and freight</li>
+		<li>cif - Cost, insurance and freight</li>
+		<li>cip - Carriage and insurance paid to</li>
+		<li>cpt - Carriage paid to</li>
+		<li>daf - Delivered at frontier</li>
+		<li>ddp - Delivered duty paid</li>
+		<li>ddu - Delivered duty unpaid</li>
+		<li>deq - Delivered ex quay (duty paid)</li>
+		<li>des - Delivered ex ship</li>
+		<li>exw - Ex works</li>
+		<li>fas - Free alongside ship</li>
+		<li>fca - Free carrier</li>
+		<li>fob - Free on board vessel</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr version The version number for this confirmation. It should start with 1 and
+        should be incremented by 1 for each subsequent version (2,3,4...).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConfirmationHeader
+    confirmID            %string;                        #IMPLIED
+    operation            (new | update)                  "new"
+    type (accept | allDetail | detail | backordered | except | reject | requestToPay | replace)
+                                                         #REQUIRED
+    noticeDate           %datetime.tz;                   #REQUIRED
+    invoiceID            %string;                        #IMPLIED
+    incoTerms (cfr | cif | cip | cpt | daf | ddp | ddu | deq | des | exw |
+               fas | fca | fob)                          #IMPLIED
+    version              %uint;                          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a specific line item. Must completely describe the
+    status of the referenced line item. For example, two
+    ConfirmationRequest documents may be necessary to update the status of
+    an entire order. However, a particular item must be mentioned in only
+    one of these documents.
+
+    A particular line item from an order must not be mentioned in more than
+    one ConfirmationItem element.
+
+    Any Contact elements provided at this level describe contacts specific
+    to this item. The ConfirmationHeader description mentions roles
+    appropriate at this level as well. A particular Contact role must not
+    appear in both the ConfirmationItem and ConfirmationHeader elements.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact@role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    ConfirmationItem element.
+
+    Elements in the Hazard list may appear in any order. The same hazard
+    should not be listed more than once in a ConfirmationItem. Each hazard
+    listed at this level (in a ConfirmationItem element) must apply to the
+    this specific line item. A ConfirmationRequest which updates the
+    status of a single line item should not include Hazard elements in the
+    ConfirmationItem element.
+
+    The list of ConfirmationStatus elements may appear in any order.
+    However, the described quantities must sum to the quantity of the
+    containing ConfirmationItem element (after any conversions required by
+    use of different UnitOfMeasure scales at each level). This ensures the
+    status of a particular line item is completely described in a
+    ConfirmationRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConfirmationItem
+    (UnitOfMeasure, Contact*, Hazard*, ConfirmationStatus+)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this line item which was ordered. Expressed in the units
+        given in the UnitOfMeasure element. Copied directly from the
+        corresponding line item (ItemOut) in the document referenced in the
+        OrderReference element.
+
+    @attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Copied
+        directly from the corresponding line item (ItemOut) in the document
+        referenced in the sibling OrderReference element.
+
+    @attr parentLineNumber Line number of the parent line item in the order confirmation request.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item (lot/box).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConfirmationItem
+    quantity             %r8;                  #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber           %uint;                #REQUIRED
+    parentLineNumber     %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    itemType             %lineItemType;        #IMPLIED
+	compositeItemType		%compositeItemType;		#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Confirmation status of a specific line item or portion thereof.
+    Quantities at this level must sum to that in the containing
+    ConfirmationItem. Documents should use a consistent UnitOfMeasure in
+    ConfirmationItem and contained ConfirmationStatus elements. A
+    substitution (replacement item) may use a different UnitOfMeasure in
+    the ItemDetail contained within the ItemIn element.
+
+    In the normal case (for simple acceptance or rejection of this item),
+    the ConfirmationStatus element would contain only a UnitOfMeasure
+    element and the quantity and type attributes. ItemIn appears in this
+    element if and only if the supplier is recommending a substitution or
+    the type is "allDetail". In that case, the quantity of the ItemIn
+    element must match that of the containing ConfirmationStatus unless the
+    UnitOfMeasure is different. ItemDetail must appear inside ItemIn
+    whenever ItemIn appears in this context. That is, an ItemIn element in
+    a ConfirmationStatus element must contain an ItemDetail element.
+
+    UnitPrice, Tax and Shipping amounts may be updated (included in the
+    ConfirmationStatus element with new values) without a complete part
+    substitution. It is not necessary to copy this information from the
+    OrderRequest document: UnitPrice, Tax and Shipping should not be
+    included if they match that in the original ItemOut element. The
+    addition of tax or shipping amounts not mentioned in the original order
+    may appear when the type is "accept", "allDetail" or "detail". The
+    "accept" type should be used if these additions are the only changes
+    from the order. The "detail" type implies a substitution (presence of
+    the ItemIn element), price change (presence of the UnitPrice element)
+    or delayed shipment (presence of the deliveryDate attribute).
+    Unfortunately, the "allDetail" type requires reconciliation software to
+    determine what has changed since the original order.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    status of this portion of the item such clarifications of the type
+    attribute. Terms such as "backordered", "shipped" and "invalid" may be
+    sensible. All such data must be intended for human use.
+
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about this particular item portion for application
+    consumption. These elements may include pre-defined keywords and
+    values affecting workflow in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a ConfirmationStatus element. A type may not be mentioned both
+    in this list and in the overall ConfirmationHeader element. (The
+    ConfirmationHeader must not contain a default extrinsic value
+    overridden at this lower level.)
+
+    SupplierBatchID: SupplierBatch is the batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item quantity level
+        to identify  the batch in which the item or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in tracebility.
+        Batch numbers (also called "lot number" or "variant") are used in several industries to uniquely identify 
+		items produced together.
+
+    ComponentConsumptionDetails: Contains detailed information about consumption of components in the manufacturing 
+		of final product.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConfirmationStatus
+    (UnitOfMeasure, (ItemIn | (UnitPrice?, Tax?, Shipping?)),
+    SupplierBatchID?, ScheduleLineReference?, ComponentConsumptionDetails*, Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this line item which has this status. Expressed in the
+        units given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+		
+    @attr type The status of this particular portion of the order:
+		<ul>
+		<li>accept - This portion of the line item is accepted as described in the
+            referenced ItemOut element.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) types "accept", "detail" or "except".</li>
+		<li>allDetail - This portion of the line item is accepted as detailed in the
+            contents of this ConfirmationStatus element. These contents
+            completely describe what will be shipped. Unlike the "detail"
+            type (below), a confirmation of this type includes all
+            information known by the supplier, whether or not it differs
+            from the data provided in the original OrderRequest document.
+
+            This type is provided for compatibility with current EDI and
+            order entry tools (which commonly send the buyer a snapshot of
+            an order in the supplier's systems). Due to the reconciliation
+            issues caused by confirmations of this type, it is recommended
+            that use of this type be considered a "bridge" strategy
+            suitable only for the short term.
+
+            This type is allowed only in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) type "allDetail".</li>
+		<li>detail - This portion of the line item is accepted with the changes
+            detailed in the contents of this ConfirmationStatus element.
+            At least one of the UnitPrice, Shipping, Tax or ItemIn elements
+            or the deliveryDate attribute must be present.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) types "detail", "except" or "replace".</li>
+		<li>backordered - This portion of the line item is backordered.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) types "backordered", "detail" ,"except",
+            and "allDetail". "shipmentDate" and "deliveryDate" attributes for 
+            this type of ConfirmationStatus are optional. The rest of elements
+            for this type of ConfirmationStatus are ignored.</li>
+		<li>reject - This portion of the line item is rejected.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) types "allDetail", "detail" or "except".</li>
+		<li>requestToPay - A requestToPay is being asked about this portion of the line
+            item. Request-to-pay will initiate a request to the financial
+            institution to begin the settlement process of the portion of
+            the line item.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall request
+            (ConfirmationHeader) type "requestToPay".</li>
+		<li>unknown - The status of this portion of the line item is not known at
+            the time of this confirmation. This line item status may
+            provide a "placeholder" while the supplier does further
+            research. Update confirmations may also reset the status of a
+            line item portion to "unknown" when an earlier confirmation
+            (incorrectly) accepted or rejected that portion.
+
+            This type is allowed in documents with overall
+            (ConfirmationHeader) types "allDetail", "detail" or "except".</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr shipmentDate The date and time this shipment is expected to leave the supplier.
+        A ConfirmationStatus element should include this information if the
+        type is "accept", "allDetail" or "detail".
+		
+    @attr deliveryDate The date and time this shipment is expected to arrive. Should not
+        be included if the value matches that of the requestedDeliveryDate
+        attribute (if any) in the corresponding OrderRequest document.
+        Otherwise, a ConfirmationStatus element should include this
+        information if its type is "accept", "allDetail" or "detail".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConfirmationStatus
+    quantity             %r8;                             #REQUIRED
+    type (accept | allDetail | detail | backordered | reject | unknown | requestToPay)
+                                                          #REQUIRED
+    shipmentDate         %datetime.tz;                    #IMPLIED
+    deliveryDate         %datetime.tz;                    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    ShipNotice* transaction forwards ship notice data in the Request. No
+    specific Response document is required for this transaction. Servers
+    must respond to a ShipNoticeRequest with a generic Response document.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Request to add shipment information to the data known about an order at
+    the receiving server.
+
+    Shipments with multiple responsible carriers may be described in one of
+    two ways:
+    1. A single carrier (or third-party logistics provider) creates a
+       tracking identifier that may be used to retrieve information about
+       the entire trip. Suppliers send such information in a single
+       ShipControl element. Optionally, they may use Route elements to
+       describe lower-level carriers.
+    2. Separate tracking numbers are required for each segment. Suppliers
+       send such information with one ShipControl element per segment.
+
+    ShipControl elements must appear in the order the shipment will travel.
+    The first such element must not have an explicit starting date (the
+    ShipControl@startDate attribute must not be present) and that carrier's
+    control must begin at the shipment's origination time
+    (ShipNoticeHeader@shipmentDate attribute value). All later ShipControl
+    elements must have increasing (later) starting dates
+    (ShipControl@startDate attribute value).
+
+    ShipNoticePortion elements may appear in any order. A particular order
+    (ShipNoticePortion/OrderReference/DocumentReference@payloadID attribute
+    value) must not appear more than once in a ShipNoticeRequest element.
+
+    Note: Many elements and attributes in the ShipNoticeRequest and
+    ShipNoticeHeader elements are optional only for the operation="delete"
+    case. For other operations, one or more ShipControl and
+    ShipNoticePortion elements must appear in a ShipNoticeRequest element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeRequest
+    (ShipNoticeHeader, ShipControl*, ShipNoticePortion*)>
+
+<!--
+    Information about this ship notice that's common to all contained
+    items.
+
+    One or more ServiceLevel elements must appear in all ShipNoticeRequest
+    documents except when operation="delete" is specified. Each
+    ServiceLevel must contain a single string corresponding to the level of
+    service (such as "overnight") provided by the carrier for this
+    shipment. When multiple ServiceLevel elements appear, all must
+    describe the same level of service in different languages or locales.
+    (No two ServiceLevel elements may have the same xml:lang attribute.)
+    Elements in such a list may appear in any order.
+
+    The contained DocumentReference element may appear in a document only
+    when the operation is "update" or "delete". In that case, the
+    DocumentReference is required and it must reference the most recent
+    ShipNoticeRequest document for this particular ship notice (also
+    indicated by a common shipmentID). For example when a ship notice is
+    created, updated and then updated again, the final document must
+    contain a DocumentReference referring to the previous ShipNoticeRequest
+    with operation="update". That document must, in turn, refer to the
+    original (operation="new") ShipNoticeRequest document.
+
+    Contact roles may usefully include: technicalSupport, customerService,
+    sales, shipFrom (starting point for this shipment), shipTo (should echo
+    the ShipTo element from the OrderRequest documents), buyerCorporate
+    (details the supplier has about the buying organization) and
+    supplierCorporate. It is not generally necessary to copy information
+    from the various OrderRequest documents. The Contact element should be
+    used primarily to add information to that known about an order.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact@role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    ShipNoticeHeader element.
+	
+	LegalEntity and OrganizationalUnit elements are intended to include
+	the company code and purchasing organization respectively. Currently
+	only used for Ship Notices coming from buyer to supplier (Component or
+	Return Ship Notice).
+
+    Elements in the Hazard list may appear in any order. The same hazard
+    should not be listed more than once in a ShipNoticeHeader. Each hazard
+    listed at this level (in a ShipNoticeHeader element) should apply to
+    the entire shipment or all items contained in this shipment. A
+    ShipNoticeRequest for a single line item should not include Hazard
+    elements in the ShipNoticeItem element.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    shipment. In this context (the ShipNoticeHeader), that information
+    must be common to all contained items and routes. All such data must
+    be intended for human use. This information could also include a reason 
+    for shipment to indicate rush orders for example. 
+
+    The Comments element list may also contain structured comments with 
+    type as "ReasonForShipment" to describe any specific reason for this shipment
+    and with type as "TransitDirection" to specify transit direction.
+    Reason for shipment is typically specified with replace/partial shipments to
+    let the buyer know about the need of the shipment.
+    
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about the shipment for application consumption. These
+    elements may include pre-defined keywords and values affecting workflow
+    in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a ShipNoticeHeader element. A type may not be mentioned both in
+    this list and in a particular ShipControl or ShipNoticePortion element.
+    (The ShipNoticeHeader must not contain a default extrinsic value
+    overridden at either lower level.)
+    
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Additional document reference information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeHeader (ServiceLevel*, DocumentReference?, Contact*, LegalEntity?, OrganizationalUnit*,
+                            Hazard*, Comments*, TermsOfDelivery?, TermsOfTransport*, Packaging?, Extrinsic*, IdReference*, ReferenceDocumentInfo*)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipmentID An identifier for this particular shipment assigned by the
+        supplier. A user-visible and secondary (to the payloadID attribute
+        of the cXML element) identifier for this document. This value does
+        not vary as a particular ship notice is updated. That is,
+        operation="update" or operation="delete" documents describing the
+        same shipment must share a shipmentID with the original
+        operation="new" ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr operation This optional attribute specifies whether the ShipNoticeRequest 
+		document is new (the default) or an update to a previous ship notice. Possible
+		values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new (default) - Creates a new ship notice. No previous ship notice has been 
+			sent.</li>
+		<li>update - Updates a previous ship notice request. Allows a supplier to correct 
+			an error in a ship notice or to add additional information learned later. In 
+			either case, an "update" document must be complete: all data from the original 
+			should be discarded by the recipient. The shipmentID must match a previous 
+			request's shipmentID.</li>
+		<li>delete - Removes the changes described in the previous new or updated ShipNoticeRequest 
+			from the state of the shipment. Only use when the supplier discards a planned shipment 
+			or incorrectly sends a ShipNoticeRequest about an order that will not take place. The 
+			shipmentID must match a previous request's shipmentID.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+        If the operation is not "new" (explicitly or by default), the
+        ShipNoticeRequest must also include a DocumentReference element in
+        the ShipNoticeHeader. This effectively sequences multiple versions of a ship
+        notice.
+		
+    @attr noticeDate Specifies the date and time the ShipNoticeRequest document was created.
+		
+    @attr shipmentDate The date and time the shipment left the supplier. You must specify 
+		this attribute in all ShipNoticeRequest documents except when the operation is "delete".
+		
+    @attr deliveryDate Specifies the date and time this shipment is expected to arrive. 
+		While this value can default to the requestedDeliveryDate of a single order, that 
+		attribute is optional in an OrderRequest document, and the ShipNoticeRequest can 
+		refer to multiple OrderRequest documents. You must include this attribute in all 
+		ShipNoticeRequest documents except when the operation is "delete".
+		
+    @attr shipmentType Use this attribute to specify if the type of ship notice was actual 
+		or estimated. Specify "actual" to indicate an actual ship notice and "planned" 
+		for an estimated ship notice.
+		
+		When you specify "actual", you must enter the actual shipping date. If you specify 
+		"planned", you must enter the estimated shipping date.
+		
+    @attr fulfillmentType The type of fulfillment for which this shipment notice is 
+		created. Possible values are "partial" if all the items are not being shipped and 
+		"complete" if the whole order is being shipped.
+		
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate Specifies the desired date of delivery. In many cases, 
+		it can reflect the time (or time frame) when the buyer is able and willing to receive 
+		the goods.
+		
+    @attr reason The reason for the ship notice. The only possible value is "return", which 
+		means the shipment contains items that are being returned from the buyer to the supplier 
+		for some reason. For example, the items could be damaged or defective.
+
+    @attr activityStepType An identifier for a business document. When creating a ship notice for a stock 
+		transport order, you must specify one of the following values:: 
+        <ul>
+            <li>stockTransfer - Identifies a ship notice message sent from buyer to supplier for stock transfer
+					scenario.</li>
+            <li>stockShippingAdvice - Identifies a ship notice message sent from a supplier for stock transfer
+					scenario.</li>
+	    </ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeHeader
+    shipmentID           %string;              #REQUIRED
+    operation          (new | update | delete) "new"
+    noticeDate           %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    shipmentDate         %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    deliveryDate         %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    shipmentType       (actual | planned)      #IMPLIED
+    fulfillmentType    (partial | complete)    #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+    reason               (return)              #IMPLIED
+    activityStepType   (stockTransfer | stockShippingAdvice) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the service level code. Each
+    ServiceLevel must contain a string (in the specified language)
+    corresponding to the level of service (such as "overnight") provided by
+    the carrier for this shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceLevel (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the ServiceLevel content (the name
+        of the service level) is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ServiceLevel
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Carrier responsible for some portion of the shipment. The shipment
+    will be tracked using the identifiers provided at this level. Those
+    identifiers should be valid from the startDate of one ShipControl
+    element or the shipment's shipmentDate until the startDate of the next.
+
+    The CarrierIdentifier list may include multiple identifiers for the
+    same carrier. Elements in this list may appear in any order. A
+    particular identification domain (CarrierIdentifier&#064;domain attribute
+    value) must not appear more than once in a ShipControl element. The
+    identification provided by all elements of the CarrierIdentifier list
+    must correspond to the same company.
+
+    If present, Route elements must be in the order the shipment will
+    travel.
+
+    The only Contact roles likely to be sensible in this element are
+    "carrierCorporate" (details the contact information the supplier has
+    about the carrier organization) and "shipFrom". A Contact element with
+    role "shipFrom" must appear in all ShipControl elements after the
+    first. This role must not appear in the first ShipControl element
+    since it would duplicate that role in the overall ShipNoticeHeader
+    element. Since a Contact with role "shipTo" would always duplicate
+    information in the following ShipControl element or that role in the
+    ShipNoticeHeader, such a Contact must not appear in this element. In
+    essence, control passes from one carrier to another at a particular
+    location and (estimated) time.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact@role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    ShipControl element.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    shipment while under the control of this carrier. In this context (the
+    ShipControl element), that information must be common to all contained
+    routes or make it clear which Route is affected. All such data must be
+    intended for human use.
+
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about this carrier or their period of responsibility
+    for application consumption. These elements may include pre-defined
+    keywords and values affecting workflow in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a ShipControl element. A type may not be mentioned both in this
+    list and in the overall ShipNoticeHeader element. (The
+    ShipNoticeHeader must not contain a default extrinsic value overridden
+    at this lower level.)
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipControl (CarrierIdentifier+, ShipmentIdentifier+,
+                       PackageIdentification?, (Route|TransportInformation)*, Contact*, Comments*,
+                       Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr startDate The date and time this shipment started this part of the route.
+        Required for all ShipControl elements after the first. This
+        attribute must not appear in the first ShipControl element since it
+        would duplicate the ShipNoticeHeader's shipmentDate attribute.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipControl
+    startDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifiers which appear on the containers, skids, boxes or packages
+    that constitute the shipment. The range of numbers described is
+    inclusive at both extremes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageIdentification EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr rangeBegin Earliest number appearing on the separate elements in this
+        shipment.
+		
+    @attr rangeEnd Highest number appearing on the separate elements in this
+        shipment. Must be greater than or equal to rangeBegin.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackageIdentification
+    rangeBegin           %uint;                #REQUIRED
+    rangeEnd             %uint;                #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Purchase order and item data. Answers the question: What's coming in
+    this shipment?
+
+    A particular OrderRequest (via the OrderReference element) must not be
+    mentioned in more than one ShipNoticePortion element. While multiple
+    shipments may be sent for one order, a ship notice must mention each
+    order only once.
+
+    MasterAgreementReference or MasterAgreementIDInfo can be used to identify 
+    the corresponding scheduling agreement if the ship notice is generated
+    from a scheduling agreement release.
+
+    Any Contact elements provided at this level describe contacts specific
+    to this order. The ShipNoticeHeader description mentions roles
+    appropriate at this level as well, though shipFrom, shipTo,
+    buyerCorporate and supplierCorporate information should not vary at
+    this level. A particular Contact role must not appear in both the
+    ShipNoticePortion and ShipNoticeHeader elements. Therefore, roles such
+    as technicalSupport, customerService and sales are most appropriate
+    within the ShipNoticePortion.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact@role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    ShipNoticePortion element.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    order in this shipment. In this context (the ShipNoticePortion
+    element), that information must be common to all contained items or
+    make it clear which ShipNoticeItem is affected. All such data must be
+    intended for human use.
+
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about this order for application consumption. These
+    elements may include pre-defined keywords and values affecting workflow
+    in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a ShipNoticePortion element. A type may not be mentioned both
+    in this list and in the overall ShipNoticeHeader element. (The
+    ShipNoticeHeader must not contain a default extrinsic value overridden
+    at this lower level.)
+
+    If a ShipNoticePortion element contains no ShipNoticeItem elements, the
+    entire referenced order is included in the shipment. 
+	
+	Note: This simplifying option prevents inclusion of hazard and packaging
+    information.
+    
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Additional document reference information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticePortion
+    (OrderReference, (MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?,  Contact*, Comments*, Extrinsic*, ShipNoticeItem*, ReferenceDocumentInfo*)>
+
+<!--
+    Portion of a specific line item that is part of this shipment.
+
+    A line item from an order must not be mentioned in more than one
+    ShipNoticeItem element. While additional quantities of an item may be
+    shipped separately, a single ship notice must describe each item only
+    once.
+
+    Elements in the Hazard list may appear in any order. The same hazard
+    should not be listed more than once in a ShipNoticeItem. Each hazard
+    listed at this level (in a ShipNoticeItem element) must apply to this
+    specific line item. A ShipNoticeRequest for a single line item should
+    not include Hazard elements in the ShipNoticeItem element.
+    
+    ShipNoticeItemDetail contains detailed information about an item. All the data that
+    a user would want to see about an item instead of the bare essentials.
+    In a ship notice the item details are inherited from the purchase order 
+    that is referenced. For ship notices without order reference the item details 
+    can be retrieved from this section.
+
+    Batch: An element carrying batch information for material or goods produced
+		in a single manufacturing run.
+		
+		There could be a situation that for each ASN line item there could be multiple 
+		batches which could be produced on same day and will have same expiry date.
+		Each batch can have specific quantities, the sum of these quantity will be equal to 
+		ASN line item quantity. 
+
+    SupplierBatchID: SupplierBatch is the batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item quantity 
+		level to identify  the batch in which the item or the product was produced. The batch id is 
+		helpful in traceability. Batch numbers (also call "lot number", "variant") are used in several 
+		industries to uniquely identify items produced together.
+		
+	AssetInfo: Provides asset tag numbers or serial numbers for individual items in a shipment of goods.
+	
+	TermsOfDelivery: Specifies terms of delivery at the line-item level.
+		
+	ShipNoticeItemIndustry: Contains a grouping of industry-specific fields.
+
+    ComponentConsumptionDetails: Contains detailed information about consumption of components in the 
+		manufacturing of final product.
+        
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Additional document reference information.
+
+    Comments: This element contains the ship notice item specific comments. Could be used to attach 
+		quality certificates that were required in OrderRequest. In this case, one comment will be 
+		provided by attachment, the certificate type will be provided in Comments@type attribute.
+		
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information for this ship notice line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeItem (ItemID?, ShipNoticeItemDetail?,  UnitOfMeasure, Packaging*, Hazard*, (Batch | SupplierBatchID)*,
+				AssetInfo*, TermsOfDelivery?, OrderedQuantity?, ShipNoticeItemIndustry?, ComponentConsumptionDetails*, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this line item which was shipped. Expressed in the units
+        given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+
+    @attr lineNumber Position, counting from 1, of the item in an order. Matches the corresponding line item, 
+		ItemOut, in the document referenced by the OrderReference element.    
+
+    @attr parentLineNumber The line number of the corresponding parent line item. This attribute is applicable 
+		only for a line item with itemType="item".
+
+    @attr shipNoticeLineNumber Ship notice line number related to this item. Used when there are multiple ship 
+		notice line items for a single purchase order line items.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specifies whether a parent item uses group-level pricing.
+	
+	@attr stockTransferType specifies the type of stock transport order. Possible values:
+			<ul>
+			<li>intra - Identifies the ship notice item as created for intra stock transport order.</li>
+			<li>inter - Identifies the ship notice item as created for inter stock transport order.</li>
+			</ul>
+			
+	@attr outboundType specifies the value for which outbound delivery needs to be created. Possible values:
+            <ul>
+            <li>stockTransport - Identifies the outbound delivery needs to be created for stock transport order.</li>
+            </ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeItem
+    quantity             %r8;                  #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber           %uint;                #REQUIRED
+    parentLineNumber     %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    shipNoticeLineNumber     %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    itemType             %lineItemType;        #IMPLIED
+	compositeItemType	 %compositeItemType;   #IMPLIED
+	stockTransferType    (intra | inter)       #IMPLIED
+	outboundType         (stockTransport)      #IMPLIED 
+	
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    ShipNoticeItemDetail contains detailed information about an item. All the data that
+    a user would want to see about an item instead of the bare essentials
+    that are represented in the ItemID.
+  
+	In a ship notice the item details are inherited from the purchase order that is referenced. 
+	For ship notices without order reference the item details can be retrieved from this section.
+
+	UnitPrice: Price per unit of item. Optional Modifications 
+		(changes due to discounts or fixed amount) may be provided.
+
+	Description: Description is a string which describes something.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Must be a UN/CEFACT (Recommendation 20) unit of measure code.
+
+	PriceBasisQuantity: Define the quantity as quoted in the UnitPrice
+
+	Classification: Classification is used to group items into similar categories.
+
+	ManufacturerPartID: ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+
+	ManufacturerName: Name of the item's manufacturer.
+
+	Dimension: Item dimensions.
+    
+	ItemDetailIndustry: Industry specfic item detail information.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to this item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeItemDetail (UnitPrice?, Description*, UnitOfMeasure?,     PriceBasisQuantity?, Classification*, ManufacturerPartID?,
+                      ManufacturerName?, Dimension*, ItemDetailIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the header information of a ServiceEntryRequest.
+
+    PartnerContact: All parties involved in this service entry sheet, including fieldContractor,
+        fieldEngineer and requester.
+    
+	DocumentReference: The DocumentReference is optional and, if it is provided, it must reference 
+		the ServiceEntryRequest which is related to the current ServiceEntryRequest.
+	
+	DocumentInfo: ID of a document entry known to the system. This attribute is used to reference 
+		a document when DocumentReference is omitted. If both DocumentReference and 
+		DocumentInfo are provided, they must refer to the same ServiceEntryRequest.
+
+    ServiceEntryDetailLineIndicator: Header level indicators indicating certain information is
+        provided at SES line level (in ServiceEntryItem).
+	
+    ServiceEntryDetailShipping: The shipping details related with SES(auto-generate invoice). It will be ignored if
+        isShippingInLine is true.
+	
+	ShipNoticeIDInfo: References shipment related document identifiers.
+	
+	PaymentTerm: This defines the payment terms for this invoice.
+	
+    Period: The total time period during which all the services specified in this service
+        entry sheet were rendered. Period at the header level does not imply anything
+        about the Period at the line level.
+
+    Comments: Comment text for this service entry sheet. Could be used to attach quality certificates that 
+		were required in a service PO. In this case, one comment will be provided by attachment, 
+        the certificate type will be provided in Comments@type attribute.
+
+    IdReference
+        Internal Reference Number/Supplier Reference Number can be one of the following:
+			<ul>
+			<li>Internal supplier number - This is the most common scenario; it represents the 
+				document number created by the internal supplier ERP system.</li>
+			<li>Contract - The contract number can be used to identify that a specific outbound 
+				document is related to a specific contract.</li>
+			<li>Internal criteria - Sometimes the supplier can enter a customized value in the 
+				field Supplier Reference Number. Example: It can be the name of the person in 
+				charge of the follow-up of the transaction.</li>
+			</ul>
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this service entry sheet. Extrinsic should not
+        duplicate any information in ServiceEntryRequestHeader or ServiceEntryRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryRequestHeader (PartnerContact*,
+                                     (DocumentReference | DocumentInfo)?,
+                                     ServiceEntryDetailLineIndicator?,
+                                     ServiceEntryDetailShipping?,
+                                     ShipNoticeIDInfo?,
+                                     PaymentTerm*,
+                                     Period?,
+                                     Comments*,
+                                     IdReference*,
+                                     Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr serviceEntryDate The date and time when this service entry sheet was created, which should be
+        earlier than the document's timestamp.
+
+    @attr serviceEntryID A supplier-generated identifier for this service entry sheet, identical to the
+        SES Number which appears at the top of a physical service entry sheet.
+
+    @attr supplierReferenceNumber An internal reference to the supplier of this service entry sheet..
+
+	@attr operation How this document is acting on the service entry sheet:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new (default) - This document creates a new service entry sheet.</li>
+        <li>update - This document updates an existing service entry sheet. That existing
+            service entry sheet must be specified as DocumentReference or DocumentInfo.</li>
+		<li>delete - This document cancels an existing service entry sheet. That existing
+			service entry sheet must be specified as DocumentReference.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr isFinal Set to "yes" to indicate that this item is closed, and no more deliveries are expected 
+		for it.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ServiceEntryRequestHeader
+    serviceEntryDate   %datetime.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    serviceEntryID     %string;             #REQUIRED
+    supplierReferenceNumber     %string; 	#IMPLIED
+    operation     (new | update | delete)   "new"
+	isFinal       (yes)                     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to a purchase order.
+
+    The various content options for ServiceEntryOrderInfo are in order
+    of preference. For example, OrderReference is strongly recommended.
+    If OrderReference is not available, OrderIDInfo should be used in that order.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the purchase order for the service.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order ID for the purchase order for the service.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryOrderInfo
+    (OrderReference | OrderIDInfo)>
+
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines all references related to a line item in this service entry sheet.
+
+    ItemID: The service part number.
+
+    IdReference: Unique reference to part number.
+
+    Classification: The classification code for of the service.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemReference (ItemID, IdReference*,Classification*, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr lineNumber The line number of the current line item referred to in OrderRequest.
+        For planned item, this refers to the corresponding item in purchase order.
+        For unplanned item, this refers to the parent item in purchase order.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemReference
+	lineNumber %uint; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines a line item in the ServiceEntryRequest.
+
+    UnitRate: The rate at which the service item is charged.
+        Use of the UnitRate element is recommended over the plain (UnitOfMeasure, UnitPrice)
+        pair, since the UnitRate element includes the rate code. For some services such as
+        temporary labor services, UnitRate is required.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure.
+
+    UnitPrice: The unit price.
+     
+	PriceBasisQuantity: The price basis quantity. 		
+	 
+    ItemReference: The references related to this line item.
+
+    MasterAgreementReference: The reference to the corresponding contract master agreement if
+        the order for the service is a release purchase order.
+
+    MasterAgreementIDInfo: The buyer's system ID for the corresponding contract master agreement if
+        the order for the service is a release purchase order.
+
+    Period: The time period during which the service was rendered.
+
+    SubtotalAmount: The subtotal of the current item = unit price x serviced quantity.
+	
+	Tax: The tax info for this line item. It will be ignored if isTaxInLine
+        is false.
+
+	GrossAmount: The SubtotalAmount plus taxes, shipping, and special handling
+        charges.
+	
+	ServiceEntryDetailLineSpecialHandling: The special handling info for this line item. 
+		It will be ignored if isSpecialHandlingInLine is false.
+
+    ServiceEntryDetailLineShipping: The shipping info for this line item. It will be ignored if
+        isShippingInLine is false.
+
+    ShipNoticeIDInfo: References shipment related document identifiers.
+	
+	ServiceEntryDetailDiscount: The discount info for this line item. It will be ignored if
+        isDiscountInLine is false.
+	
+	ServiceEntryItemModifications: The additional Charges, Allowances and their Taxes that are 
+        incurred for the total landed cost of the goods and service 
+        contained in this SES item.
+	
+	TotalCharges: The total sum of all the charges applied on the goods and 
+        services at the line item level in an SES.
+
+    TotalAllowances: The total sum of all the allowances applied on the goods and
+        services at the line item level in an SES.
+
+    TotalAmountWithoutTax: The total sum of the SubTotal, Charges (including special handling
+        charges and shipping charges), Allowances (including discounts) 
+        applied at the line item level in an SES. This does not include taxes.
+    
+    NetAmount: The GrossAmount minus discount amount.
+	
+    Distribution: Accounting distribution information, including cost center, GL#, etc.
+
+    Comments: Comment text for this line item.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this line item. Extrinsic should not
+        duplicate anything in ServiceEntryItem or ServiceEntryOrder.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryItem ( ItemReference,
+                            (MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?,
+				            (UnitRate | (UnitOfMeasure, UnitPrice, PriceBasisQuantity?))?,
+                            Period?, SubtotalAmount?,
+                            Tax?, GrossAmount?,
+                            ServiceEntryDetailLineSpecialHandling?,
+                            ServiceEntryDetailLineShipping?, ShipNoticeIDInfo?,
+                            ServiceEntryDetailDiscount?, ServiceEntryItemModifications?, 
+                            TotalCharges?, TotalAllowances?, TotalAmountWithoutTax?, NetAmount?,
+                            Distribution*, Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr serviceLineNumber The supplier-defined ID for the current service line, which should be
+        unique for each service line in the same ServiceEntryRequest.
+
+    @attr quantity The quantity serviced for the current line item.
+
+	@attr referenceDate The reference date for the blanket order or contract item. The usage of 
+		this attribute is optional in most cases and must be defined by the trading partners involved 
+		in the transaction. Procurement software might use this date in reconciling an invoice against 
+		a blanket order or contract.
+	
+	@attr inspectionDate The date when the transfer of goods or the delivery of services occurs 
+		according to legal tax definitions. The usage of this attribute is optional in most cases, 
+		and must be defined by the trading partners involved in the transaction.
+		
+    @attr type Specifies the type of ServiceEntryItem. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>material - Material goods delivered as part of a service order.</li>
+		<li>service - Services delivered as part of a service order.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr isAdHoc Indicates the item does not exist in the reference document or contract master agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ServiceEntryItem
+    serviceLineNumber        %uint;         #REQUIRED
+    quantity                 %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    referenceDate            %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    type                 %serviceItemType;  #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                (yes)          #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the service information for a purchase order or contract master agreement
+    with item details.
+
+    In this case, a line in a service entry sheet is a ServiceEntryItem and its
+    line number is ServiceEntryItem@serviceLineNumber.
+
+    ServiceEntryOrderInfo: The reference information for the purchase order or contract master agreement.
+
+    ServiceEntryItem: The information for an item in the purchase order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryOrder (ServiceEntryOrderInfo, ServiceEntryItem+)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the summary information for a ServiceEntryRequest.
+
+    SubtotalAmount: The sum of amounts for all quantities.
+		
+	Tax: Tax info.
+	
+	SpecialHandlingAmount: Special handling charge.
+
+    ShippingAmount: Shipping charge.
+		
+	GrossAmount: Sum of subtotal, taxes, special handling
+        charges, and shipping charges, before discounts.
+	
+	ServiceEntryDetailDiscount: The total discount applied in this ServiceEntryRequest.
+        Its contained percentageRate attribute will be ignored if isDiscountInLine is true.
+		
+	ServiceEntryHeaderModifications: The additional Charges, Allowances and their Taxes that are incurred
+        for the total landed cost of the goods and services within SES header. This value specified at the 
+		header-level is not the aggregated value towards the charges or allowances available for the line items.
+	
+	ServiceEntrySummaryLineItemModifications: Summary of all modifications applied on the goods and services at 
+		the line item level in an service entry.
+		
+	TotalCharges: The total sum of all the charges applied on the goods and services at 
+        the header-level and line item level in SES.
+
+    TotalAllowances: The total sum of all the allowances applied on the goods and services
+        at the header-level and  line item level in SES.
+
+    TotalAmountWithoutTax: The total sum of the SubTotal, Charges (including special handling charges
+        and shipping charges), Allowances (including discounts) applied at the header-level and  line item 
+		level in SES. This does not include taxes.
+	
+	NetAmount: Gross amount minus discounts.
+		
+	DepositAmount: Total deposit/prepayment amount.
+
+    DueAmount: Total amount due and payable. It equals NetAmount minus DepositAmount. If ServiceEntryRequest@purpose is
+        "creditMemo" or "lineLevelCreditMemo", this amount must be negative. If ServiceEntryRequest@purpose is
+        "debitMemo", this amount must be positive.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntrySummary (SubtotalAmount, Tax?, SpecialHandlingAmount?,
+                               ShippingAmount?, GrossAmount?,
+                               ServiceEntryDetailDiscount?, ServiceEntryHeaderModifications?, ServiceEntrySummaryLineItemModifications?,
+                               TotalCharges?, TotalAllowances?, TotalAmountWithoutTax?, NetAmount?,
+                               DepositAmount?, DueAmount?)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Transmits a service entry sheet request to a buyer, providing purchase order
+    references, line item references, partners involved, and so on.
+
+    Suppliers can use a ServiceEntryRequest to send a service entry sheet for
+    any or all selected line items from a purchase order.
+
+    This document must be sent to the location specified in the buyer's
+    ProfileResponse.
+
+    ServiceEntryRequestHeader: The header information for this service entry sheet.
+
+    ServiceEntryOrder: The service entry sheet information for a purchase order with item details.
+
+    ServiceEntrySummary: The summary information for this service entry sheet.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryRequest (ServiceEntryRequestHeader, ServiceEntryOrder, ServiceEntrySummary)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains retail-specific elements.
+	
+    BestBeforeDate: The best-before-date helps with in FDA-related deliveries for go/no-go criteria. This is a common 
+		element and hence can be found in the common proposal.
+
+    ExpiryDate: ExpiryDate is used mainly in retail industries for FDA-related deliveries for go/no-go criteria.
+
+	FreeGoodsQuantity: Quantities delivered but not charged for; those can be samples or promotions or just "fill up" 
+		articles; has financial impact because those will not be on the commercial invoice (or marked with value 0.00)
+	  
+    PromotionDealID: Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+		planning/ordering process (and the related pricing). The definition can be found in the common proposal.
+	  
+    PromotionVariantID: Promotional variance info associated with the ship notice item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeItemRetail (BestBeforeDate?, ExpiryDate?, FreeGoodsQuantity?,  PromotionDealID?, PromotionVariantID?)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains industry-specific elements.
+	
+	ShipNoticeItemRetail: Contains retail-specific field details that can be grouped together for ship notices.
+	
+	ShipNoticeItemLifeSciences: Contains life sciences specific elements for ship notices.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeItemIndustry (ShipNoticeItemRetail?, ShipNoticeItemLifeSciences?)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines discount applied to the service item.
+
+    Money: The total discount in dollar (or other currency) amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryDetailDiscount (Money)>
+<!--
+    @attr percentageRate The discount rate in percentage.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ServiceEntryDetailDiscount
+    percentageRate          %r8;           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    ServiceEntryItemModifications represents the additional Charges and Allowances
+    that are incurred for the total landed cost of the goods and service 
+    contained in this SES item.
+ 
+    Modification: Provides the details of a Charge or an Allowance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryItemModifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the shipping information related to SES (auto-generated invoice).
+
+    Contact: The ship from and ship to addresses. Both ship from and ship to
+        must be specified. Allowed contact roles are shipFrom, shipTo and
+        carrierCorporate.
+
+    CarrierIdentifier: This list may include multiple identifiers for the same carrier.
+        Elements in this list may appear in any order. A particular
+        identification domain (CarrierIdentifier&#064;domain attribute
+        value) must not appear more than once in an ServiceEntryDetailShipping
+        element. The identification provided by all elements of the
+        CarrierIdentifier list must correspond to the same company.
+
+    ShipmentIdentifier: The tracking number of this shipment or a bill of lading number,
+        depending on the domain attribute.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryDetailShipping (Contact, Contact+,
+                                 (CarrierIdentifier+, ShipmentIdentifier+)?,
+                                 DocumentReference?)>
+
+<!--
+    ServiceEntryHeaderModifications represents the additional Charges, Allowances 
+    that are incurred for the total landed cost of the goods and services within 
+    the SES header. This value specified at the header-level is not the aggregated 
+    value towards the charges or allowances available for the line items.
+
+    Modification: Provides the details of a Charge or an Allowance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryHeaderModifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines SES line level indicators indicating certain
+    information is provided at SES line level (in ServiceEntryDetailItem).
+    By default, all indicators are false.
+
+    If an indicator indicates certain information (for example, tax, shipping, 
+	and so on.) will be provided at SES line level, for SES lines which do
+    not provide such information, they will be assumed to have values of
+    zero, or "not available", whichever is appropriate, for that information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryDetailLineIndicator EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr isTaxInLine True if tax info (Tax) is provided at SES line level.
+
+    @attr isSpecialHandlingInLine True if special handling info is provided at SES line level.
+
+    @attr isShippingInLine True if shipping info is provided at SES line level.
+
+    @attr isDiscountInLine True if discount info (ServiceEntryDetailDiscount) is provided
+        at SES line level.
+
+    @attr isAccountingInLine True if accounting distribution info (Distribution) is provided at
+        SES line level.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ServiceEntryDetailLineIndicator
+    isTaxInLine                            (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    isSpecialHandlingInLine                (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    isShippingInLine                       (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    isDiscountInLine                       (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    isAccountingInLine                     (yes)      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines special handling information of the current SES line.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the special handling.
+
+    Money: The special handling amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryDetailLineSpecialHandling (Description?, Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines shipping information of the current SES line.
+
+    ServiceEntryDetailShipping: The shipping details.
+
+    Money: The shipping amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntryDetailLineShipping (ServiceEntryDetailShipping, Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to a summary of line modifications (allowances/charges) in Service Entry Sheet.
+
+    Modification: Summary of one modification.
+-->	
+<!ELEMENT ServiceEntrySummaryLineItemModifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains information relevant to the life sciences industry.
+    Study: Contains information about a clinical study. 
+    ProtocolD: Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+	MedicationListInfo: Medication list info is a set of medication sequence numbers.
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to the ShipNoticeItemLifeSciences element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeItemLifeSciences (Study, ProtocolID, MedicationListInfo*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transport.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Defines the set of known valid cXML digital signature versions.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.signatureVersions "(1.0)">
+
+<!--
+    cXML envelope.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXML (((Header, (Message | Request)) | Response), ds:Signature*)>
+<!--
+    @attr version Version of this cXML transmission. Should be less than or equal
+		to the version portion of the SYSTEM identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr payloadID A unique identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr timestamp The date and time at which this document was originally created.
+
+    @attr signatureVersion If present, specifies the cXML digital signature version to
+        which this document conforms. This implies that the
+        ds:Signature element must be present. It is an error if this
+        attribute is present and the document does not conform to the
+        specified signature version. If absent, the document is not
+        signed.
+
+    @attr xml:lang The default locale for all strings (not formatted items such as
+        dates, times and numbers) in this document. This attribute will be
+        required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is
+        deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXML
+    version    %string;       "&cxml.version;"
+    payloadID  %string;       #REQUIRED
+    timestamp  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+    signatureVersion %cxml.signatureVersions; #IMPLIED
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the cXML header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Header (From, To, Sender, (Path, OriginalDocument)?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical source party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT From (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical destination party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT To (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the party that opens the HTTP connection and sends the cXML document.
+	When the document is initially sent, Sender and From are the same, However, if the cXML document travels
+	through network hubs, the Sender element changes to indicate current sending party.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Sender (Credential+, UserAgent)>
+
+<!--
+    Path. A list of nodes that records the path taken by a user through
+    a punchout chaining scenario.
+
+    If no route node is included then punchout chaining scenario is not executed and only copies are processed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Path (Node+)>
+
+<!--
+    A Node is any entity connected to a network.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Node (Credential+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type A node can define itself as a router node or a copy node. Routers
+        assume responsibility for the transaction. Copy Nodes request to only
+        be aware of the transaction.
+
+    @attr itemDetailsRequired Intermediary Nodes may want to support special operations without
+        having to store specific information required to fulfill that operation.
+        This attribute tells the previous node to send ItemDetail information
+        when performing a PunchOutSetupRequest edit/inspect operation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Node
+    type (copy | route) #REQUIRED
+    itemDetailsRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the previous document in the situation that a router node
+    forwards a message or request on to a more distant node.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr payloadID The payloadId of the original document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalDocument
+    payloadID %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A textual string representing who the UserAgent is conducting the cXML
+    conversation. Analogous to UserAgent for HTTP conversations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UserAgent (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DigitalSignature ANY>
+<!--
+	@attr type DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+
+	@attr encoding DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DigitalSignature
+    type      %string;  "PK7 self-contained"
+    encoding  %string;  "Base64"
+>
+
+<!--
+    A shared secret. Typically, this is a username/password type of secret
+    exchanged through a secure transport before communication takes place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SharedSecret ANY>
+
+<!--
+    Represents an identity for a credential.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Identity ANY>
+<!--
+    @attr lastChangedTimestamp When the underlying object last changed in the
+		originating system. This is used in cases where the same object (for
+		example, a buyer organization) is replicated, and kept synchronized,
+		across two systems.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Identity
+    lastChangedTimestamp  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A Credential Message Authentication Code (MAC). This is used in
+    situations where one party (the sender) must prove to another (the
+    receiver) that it is authenticated by a shared secret with a third
+    party trusted by both.
+
+    The MAC should be computed by the trusted third party and
+    transferred to the sender. The MAC should be opaque to the sender
+    (that is, it should be secure and non-reversible). The MAC should
+    use as its inputs enough information to accomplish the following
+    goals:
+
+    (1) The MAC must prove to the receiver that it really originated
+    with the trusted third party. For example, the MAC could use a shared
+    secret between the receiver and the trusted third party as its
+    secret key.
+
+    (2) The MAC should be usable only by a certain sender. For example, the
+    MAC could authenticate an identifier for the sending organization.
+
+    (3) The MAC should prove that the sender is authorized to send on
+    behalf of the From organization. For example, the MAC could authenticate
+    an identifier for the From organization.
+
+    (4) The MAC should limit the risk of the MAC being compromised and
+    used to impersonate the sender by another party communicating with
+    the receiver. For example, the MAC could authenticate an expiration date
+    or sequence number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CredentialMac (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr type An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact data
+        being authenticated and the method in which it is formatted
+        for authentication. Currently the only supported value is
+        "FromSenderCredentials".
+
+    @attr algorithm An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact MAC
+        algorithm used on the data. Currently the only supported
+        value is "HMAC-SHA1-96".
+
+    @attr creationDate The time at which this MAC was issued. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC before this time.
+
+    @attr expirationDate The time at which this MAC expires. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC after this time.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CredentialMac
+    type           %string;      #REQUIRED
+    algorithm      %string;      #REQUIRED
+    creationDate   %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Authentical elements
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.authentication  "SharedSecret |
+                                 DigitalSignature |
+                                 CredentialMac"
+>
+<!--
+    A combination of an Identity and authentication element. If the
+    authentication element is present, it strongly authenticates who/what
+    someone is. The authentication element should not be sent within Message
+    documents transported via an end user's browser. One-way communication
+    must be authenticated in the transport layer.
+
+	Allows the receiving party to authenticate the sending party. This credential
+	allows strong authentication without requiring a public-key end-to-end digital
+	certificate infrastructure. Only a user name and password need to be issued
+	by the receiving party to allow the sending party to perform Requests.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Credential (Identity, (%cxml.authentication;)?)>
+<!--
+    @attr domain In what domain is this Credential represented?
+
+    @attr type Does this Credential identify a marketplace or one of its member
+        companies? A Credential without this attribute describes a member
+        company or unaffiliated buying organization.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Credential
+    domain  %string;      #REQUIRED
+    type    (marketplace) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Status of a Response or Message. If present, the element content
+    describes specifics of a problem.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Status (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr code HTTP or cXML-specific status code.
+
+    @attr text Textual version of the status code (not specific issue).
+
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the text attribute and element content are
+		written. This attribute will be required in a future version of
+		cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Status
+    code     %uint;        #REQUIRED
+    text     %string;      #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a message.
+
+    When Status not present, '<Status code="200" text="OK" />' is implied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Message (Status? %cxml.messages;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr inReplyTo Specifies to which Message this Message responds. The contents of the inReplyTo
+		attribute would be the payloadID of a Message that was received earlier. This would be used
+		to construct a two-way conversation with many messages.
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Message
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    inReplyTo       %string;  #IMPLIED
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Clients send requests for operations. Only one Request element is allowed for each cXML envelope element, which
+	simplifies the server implementations, because no de-multiplexing needs to occur when reading cXML documents.
+	The Request element can contain virtually any type of XML data.
+
+	The typical Request elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>OrderRequest</li>
+	<li>ProfileRequest</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>StatusUpdateRequest</li>
+	<li>GetPendingRequest</li>
+	<li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+	<li>ShipNoticeRequest</li>
+	<li>ProviderSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>PaymentRemittanceRequest</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Request (%cxml.requests;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Request
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Servers send responses to inform clients of the results of operations. Because the result of some requests
+	might not have any data, the Response element can optionally contain nothing but a Status element. A Response
+	element can also contain any application-level data. During PunchOut for example, the application-level
+	data is contained in a PunchOutSetupResponse element.
+
+	The typical Response elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>ProfileResponse</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupResponse</li>
+	<li>GetPendingResponse</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Response (Status %cxml.responses;)>
+<!--
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Response
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes signed cXML-specific details about the
+    document being signed. When a cXML document is signed, this
+    element must appear inside the first ds:Object element in the
+    ds:Signature element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLSignedInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr signatureVersion This specifies the cXML signature version to
+		which this document conforms. It is an error if this attribute value
+        does not exactly match the value of the signatureVersion
+        attribute from the top-level cXML element. It is an error if
+        the document does not conform to the specified cXML signature
+        version.
+
+    @attr payloadID Specifies the payloadID of the document. It is an error if
+        the value of this attribute does not exactly match the value
+        of the payloadID attribute from the top-level cXML element.
+
+    @attr Id This identifies this cXMLSignedInfo element for purposes of
+        the signature. This attribute must always be present and
+        should always have the value "cXMLSignedInfo".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXMLSignedInfo
+    signatureVersion    %cxml.signatureVersions;        #REQUIRED
+    payloadID           %string;                        #REQUIRED
+    Id                  ID                              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes the contact information of the organisation
+    to/from whom the document is sent/received.
+
+    Routing element includes the document destination system name.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Correspondent (Contact+, Routing?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr preferredLanguage Optional language which the organization, identified
+		by this element, would prefer to use. Refer to the definition of
+        xmlLangCode entity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Correspondent
+    preferredLanguage     %xmlLangCode;        #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: $
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Allow this module to be built separately from any other DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Describes a time card document that is sent from a supplier/staffing agency to a buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeCardRequest (TimeCard)>
+
+<!--
+    Describes a time card document that is sent from a buyer to a supplier/staffing agency.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeCardInfoRequest (TimeCard)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a Time card that is used to capture time and expense 
+	entered by a contractor/temp labor. Document reference is for update 
+	to timecards. Approval info is only when suppliers send in timecards 
+	that are approved in their system. There can be multiple approval 
+	infos since many people could have approved it. The OrderInfo element 
+	is used to reference an order. One timecard can reference only one 
+	order. Also the document reference is used on an update operation to 
+	refer to a previous TimeCardRequest/TimeCardInfoRequest. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeCard (OrderInfo, Contractor, ReportedTime, SubmitterInfo, ApprovalInfo*, Comments?, DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+	@attr type The type of the timecard (enumeration). Defaults to "new". To update the 
+		status of the timecard, one needs to do an update to the original timecard 
+		with the new status in it.
+
+    @attr status The status of the timecard (enumeration). Defaults to "submitted".
+
+	@attr timeCardID The buyer system/supplier system unique identifier for this 
+		timecard.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeCard
+    type      	(new | update | delete)  "new"
+  	status		(submitted| approved| denied)  "submitted"
+    timeCardID      NMTOKEN #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Definition of ReportedTime. This captures the line items for
+	the time card. Though the DTD allows it, the expectation is
+	that at least one of TimeCardTimeInterval or Expense will be
+	present.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReportedTime (Period, TimeCardTimeInterval*, Expense*)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a time interval that is being reported on a timecard. 
+	Extrinsic are used to pass other things not captured. For the 
+	TimeRange the start date is mandatory. The difference in time between 
+	the endDate and startDate attributes in TimeRange need not agree with 
+	the duration. Hence the endDate attribute is for informational purpose 
+	only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeCardTimeInterval (TimeRange, Comments?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr duration The duration of time being claimed for the line item, represented 
+		in the ISO 8601 format PnYn MnDTnH nMnS, where nY represents the number of years, nM the 
+		number of months, nD the number of days, T the date/time separator, nH the number of hours, 
+		nM the number of minutes and nS the number of seconds. For example, to indicate a duration 
+		of 1 year, 2 months, 3 days, 10 hours, and 30 minutes, one would write: P1Y2M3DT10H30M.
+		
+		In the event that duration and TimeRange do not agree, duration takes precedence. For example, 
+		if duration is 2 hours, and TimeRange is from 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m., then the 2 hour duration 
+		takes precedence. However, if duration is not present, then it is computed from the TimeRange.
+    
+	@attr paycode The pay code to be used. Recommended pay codes include:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Regular</li>
+		<li>Overtime</li>
+		<li>Doubletime</li>
+		<li>Mealbreak</li>
+		<li>Tripletime</li>
+		<li>WeeklyRestDay</li>
+		<li>HolidayWorked</li>
+		<li>RegularNightShift</li>
+		<li>OvertimeNightShift</li>
+		<li>DoubletimeNightShift</li>
+		<li>TripletNightShift</li>
+		<li>WeeklyRestDayNightShift</li>
+		<li>RegularMixedShift</li>
+		<li>OvertimeMixedShift</li>
+		<li>DoubletimeMixedShift</li>
+		<li>TripletimeMixedShift</li>
+		<li>WeeklyRestDayMixedShift</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr isNonBillable Set to "yes" to indicate that the time is not billable. 
+		The default behavior is billable. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeCardTimeInterval
+        duration     	%duration; #REQUIRED 
+        payCode     	%string; #REQUIRED 
+        isNonBillable   (yes)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Definition of an expense item. The type of expense, date and
+    amount are required pieces of information
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Expense (ExpenseAmount, Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr expenseDate Date of the expense.
+	
+    @attr expenseType The type of expense. Recommended expense types include:
+		<ul>
+		<li>mileage</li>
+		<li>airfare</li>
+		<li>fuel</li>
+		<li>taxi</li>
+		<li>perDiem</li>
+		<li>hotel</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr isNonBillable Set to "yes" to indicate that the time is not billable. 
+		The default behavior is billable.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Expense
+        expenseDate	%date;  #REQUIRED
+        expenseType    	%string; #REQUIRED 
+        isNonBillable   (yes)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Amount of the expense item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpenseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+   	Information about someone submitting a timecard. If the contact 
+	is absent, then it is assumed that the contractor is the submitter 
+	of the timecard.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubmitterInfo (Contact?)>
+<!--
+	@attr submittedDate The time when the timecard was submitted.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubmitterInfo
+        submittedDate     	%datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about the approver for a timecard. This is sent by the 
+	supplier for informational purposes only. The buyer system does 
+	not send it. This can includes all the approvers in the chain.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ApprovalInfo (Contact?)>
+<!--
+	@attr approvedDate Time when the timecard was approved.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ApprovalInfo
+        approvedDate     	%datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Please note that all amounts at receipt line level should add up
+    to the Total specified in ReceiptRequest.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Request representing details about a receipt against Purchase Order or Master Agreement
+    sent from a buyer to supplier. Provides purchase order references, line item references, 
+    quantities and amounts received and, optionally, reference to related ship notices from supplier.
+
+    This request can be used to send receipt information for any portion of all or 
+    selected line items from single or multiple purchase orders.
+
+    ReceiptRequestHeader: The header information of this receipt.
+
+    ReceiptOrder: Details about purchase order or master agreement against which this receipt 
+		is generated.
+
+    Total: Summary total amount of all receipt line item amounts.       
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptRequest (ReceiptRequestHeader,ReceiptOrder+,Total)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines header information of an ReceiptRequest
+
+    DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier ReceiptRequest.  If the
+        attribute ReceiptRequestHeader@operation is "delete",
+        the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the
+        original ReceiptRequest document (with value "new" for
+        its attribute ReceiptRequestHeader@operation) during the
+        same receipt process.  The DocumentReference is optional and, if it
+        is provided, it must reference the ReceiptRequest which
+        is related to the current ReceiptRequest.
+
+    Comments: Textual comments for this receipt.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this receipt. Should not duplicate
+        anything in ReceiptRequestHeader or ReceiptRequest.
+
+    ShipNoticeIDInfo: References shipment related document identifiers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptRequestHeader (DocumentReference?, ShipNoticeIDInfo?, Comments?,Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID A buyer-generated unique identifier for this receipt.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the items or services were received by the buying 
+		organization. This date and time should be earlier than the document’s timestamp.
+	
+    @attr operation The operation described by this receipt document. Possible values are "new" 
+		(the default) and "delete", which cancels an existing receipt specified by the 
+		DocumentReference element. The "delete" operation is supported only for component receipts.
+
+    @attr activityStepType An identifier for a business process. The only possible value is 
        "stockTransfer", representing the stock transport order scenario.
+
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptRequestHeader
+	receiptID %string; #REQUIRED
+	receiptDate %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+    operation (new | delete) "new"
+	activityStepType (stockTransfer) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines the receipt information of a purchase order or master agreement with item details.
+    In this case, an receipt line is an ReceiptItem and its receipt line number is 
+    ReceiptItem@receiptLineNumber.
+
+    ReceiptOrderInfo: The reference information of the purchase order or master agreement.
+
+    ReceiptItem: The information of an item in the purchase order or master agreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptOrder (ReceiptOrderInfo, ReceiptItem+)>
+<!--
+    @attr closeForReceiving Set to "yes" to indicate whether the underlying order or master agreement 
+		should be closed for receiving on approval of this receipt.
+
+        If this receipt is against a purchase order or release order against a
+        master agreement, this flag indicates corresponding order being closed for
+        receiving. If this receipt is against a no release master agreement, this 
+		flag indicates closing the master agreement for receiving.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptOrder
+	closeForReceiving (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines information related to a purchase order, including purchase order
+    reference and related master agreement reference, if any.
+
+    The various content options of ReceiptOrderInfo are in order
+    of preference, that is, OrderReference is strongly recommended. If
+    that is not possible, MasterAgreementReference, MasterAgreementIDInfo,
+    OrderIDInfo should be used, in that order.
+
+    If this receipt is against a release order, reference to both order as well
+    as the master agreement should be specified. If the receipt is against a 
+    no-release master agreement, only the master agreement reference is required.
+    If the receipt is against a purchase order, reference to the purchase order
+    should be specified.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the purchase order being received.
+
+    MasterAgreementReference: The reference to the master agreement being received.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order ID of the order.
+
+    MasterAgreementIDInfo: The buyer system ID of the corresponding master agreement if receiving
+		against master agreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptOrderInfo
+    ( (OrderReference, (MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?) |
+      (MasterAgreementReference, OrderIDInfo?) |
+      (MasterAgreementIDInfo, OrderIDInfo?) |
+      (OrderIDInfo))>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines line item in the ReceiptRequest
+
+    ReceiptItemReference: The references related to this line item.
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of specified measure).
+
+    ReceivedAmount: Amount of received goods or services for this line item. The total received amount 
+		for the rate. The total received amount must equal to quantity x UnitRate.
+
+    AssetInfo: Optional asset information for this line item. Specified for each quantity of the line item.
+        
+    DeliveryAddress: Address where goods are received.
+
+    Comments: Textual comments for this line item.
+
+    Batch: An element carrying batch information for material or goods  produced
+        in a single manufacturing run.
+    
+    Classification: Multiple element that can be used to add a classification for Receipt Item Movement Type, 
+		Stock Type or other Classification of the item receipt.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptItem (ReceiptItemReference, UnitRate, ReceivedAmount, AssetInfo*, DeliveryAddress?, Comments?, Batch?, Classification*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr receiptLineNumber A buyer-defined ID for the current line item. It must be unique across all receipt 
+		line items of the same ReceiptRequest document.
+
+    @attr quantity The quantity received for the current receipt line.
+	
+		Negative values in the quantity attribute indicate corrective action against an order that was received 
+		or returned with errors. For example, if there is an order that has one line item with the quantity as 20, 
+		and you originally specified the received quantity as 20; later found out the received quantity was only 
+		15 and not 20, you can do a negative receiving to correct this mistake.		
+		%
+		<ReceiptItem receiptLineNumber="1"
+			quantity="-5"
+			type="received">
+		%
+    
+    @attr type Indicates whether the items are "received" or "returned".
+
+    @attr parentReceiptLineNumber Line number of the parent line item in the receipt request.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specifies whether a parent item uses group-level pricing.
+
+    @attr completedIndicator Set to "yes" to indicate that a component ship notice item is considered closed and no more 
+		component receipts are expected for it.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptItem
+	receiptLineNumber             %uint;                #REQUIRED
+	quantity                      %r8;                  #REQUIRED
+	type                      (received|returned)       #IMPLIED
+    parentReceiptLineNumber       %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    itemType                      %lineItemType;        #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType			  %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    completedIndicator        (yes)                     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines all references related to a line item in this receipt.
+
+    ItemID: The supplier part number of current line item, copied from
+        OrderRequest.
+
+    Description: The line item description, copied from OrderRequest.
+
+    ManufacturerPartID: The manufacturer part number.
+
+    ManufacturerName: The name of the manufacturer.
+
+    ShipNoticeReference: Reference to the ShipNoticeRequest document sent from the supplier 
+        when this item was shipped.
+
+    ShipNoticeIDInfo: ID of the ShipNoticeRequest known to the Buyer system. This ID is used when ShipNoticeReference is omitted.
+       
+    ShipNoticeLineItemReference: Provides a reference to the line item in a prior ShipNoticeRequest document.
+
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Additional document reference information.        
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptItemReference (ItemID?, Description?, (ManufacturerPartID, ManufacturerName)?, (ShipNoticeReference | ShipNoticeIDInfo)?, ShipNoticeLineItemReference?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber The line number of the current line item, copied from the OrderRequest document. The line 
+		number can also refer to a line item in the component ship notice referenced by ShipNoticeReference.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptItemReference
+	lineNumber %uint; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+    Amount of goods or services received by the buying organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceivedAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The delivered address for an item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliveryAddress (Address)>
+
+<!--
+	A request sent by a supplier to the buyer to report the consumption of components during the 
+	manufacturing of an ordered item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentConsumptionRequest (ComponentConsumptionHeader, ComponentConsumptionPortion*)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains information about this component consumption that is common to all contained portions.
+
+	Comments: Contains additional information about this consumption document. All such data must be 
+		intended for human use.
+
+		Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang attribute may have the 
+		same value in multiple Comments elements in the list. The set of Comments with a particular 
+		xml:lang value should contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present 
+		in the list.
+
+	Extrinsic: Contains additional data about this component consumption header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentConsumptionHeader (Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr consumptionID An identifier for this particular component consumption document.
+
+	@attr operation The operational mode of component consumption document. Defaults to "new". 
+		Update and delete operations are not supported for this document.
+
+	@attr referenceDocumentID The identifier of reference Work Order for which the consumption 
+		is reported.
+
+	@attr creationDate The date and time this component consumption document was created.
+
+	@attr lastChangeDate The date and time this component consumption document was last modified.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComponentConsumptionHeader
+    consumptionID           %string;              #REQUIRED
+    operation 				(new)                 #REQUIRED
+    referenceDocumentID   	%string;              #IMPLIED
+    creationDate           	%datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    lastChangeDate         	%datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains details of all component consumptions for a particular OrderRequest 
+	(via the OrderReference or MasterAgreementReference element).
+
+	OrderReference: Identifies the corresponding purchase order for which component consumption is reported.
+
+	MasterAgreementReference or MasterAgreementIDInfo: Can be used to identify the corresponding scheduling 
+		agreement if the component consumption is generated from a scheduling agreement release.
+
+	ComponentConsumptionItem: Contains details of all consumption items for given order reference.
+
+	Extrinsic: Contains additional data about this component consumption portion.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentConsumptionPortion
+(OrderReference, (MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?, ComponentConsumptionItem*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains details of all consumption for a given order reference item.
+
+	ItemID: Identifies the part ID of sub-contracted purchase order item for which component 
+		consumption is reported.
+
+	BuyerBatchID: The batch ID provided by the buyer at the line item level to identify the buyer batch for which the 
+		item or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in traceability.
+
+	SupplierBatchID: The batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item level to identify  the batch in which the item 
+		or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in traceability. Batch numbers (also call "lot number", "variant") 
+		are used in several industries to uniquely identify items produced together.
+
+	Contact: In this context, roles that are usually included are: BuyerParty, ProductReceipentParty, ShipFromLocation, 
+		and ShipToLocation.
+
+	ComponentConsumptionDetails: Contains details of component consumption for a given PO line item
+
+	ScrapQuantity: Represents the Scrap of a material that is expected to occur during production if the material 
+		is a component.
+
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the item.
+
+	Extrinsic: Contains additional data about this component consumption portion.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentConsumptionItem (ItemID, UnitOfMeasure?, Batch?, Contact*, Comments*, ComponentConsumptionDetails*, ScrapQuantity?,  AssetInfo*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr poLineNumber Purchase order line number associated with this consumption item.
+	
+	@attr completedIndicator Set to "yes" to indicate that consumption reporting is completed for a PO item.
+	
+	@attr quantity The quantity of component that is consumed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComponentConsumptionItem
+	poLineNumber           	%uint;                	#REQUIRED
+	completedIndicator   	(yes)                   #IMPLIED
+	quantity             	%r8;                    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Captures details of component consumption for a given PO line item..
+
+	Product: The supplier & buyer part ID of component that is consumed .
+
+	BuyerBatchID: The batch ID provided by the buyer for the component that is consumed
+
+	SupplierBatchID: The batch ID provided by the supplier for the component that is consumed.
+
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Details of referenced production order.
+
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the components consumed. The quantity of these elements 
+		must match the quantity of component consumed if at least one is specified.
+
+	Dimension: Item dimensions.
+
+	Extrinsic: Contains additional data at schedule line level of component consumption.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentConsumptionDetails (Product, UnitOfMeasure, BuyerBatchID?, SupplierBatchID?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, AssetInfo*, Dimension*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber The position of a component in the current consumption details.
+
+	@attr quantity The quantity of component that is consumed
+
+	@attr type Type of inventory movement that could cause the suppliers to not consume the material. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>blocked - This inventory is not assigned a value and cannot be consumed.</li>
+		<li>qualityRestricted - This inventory is not qualified for unrestricted use and cannot be consumed in production.</li>
+		<li>scrapped - This inventory is out of date or material has been destroyed during logistics operation.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr usage Specifies whether the supplier uses a component listed in the order. Used only when confirming an order. 
+		Possible values are yes (or not specified) or no. In other contexts, usage is not used. For example, when 
+		reporting component consumption use type instead.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComponentConsumptionDetails
+	lineNumber          %uint;                						#IMPLIED
+	quantity            %r8;                  						#REQUIRED
+	type        		(blocked | qualityRestricted | scrapped)  	#IMPLIED
+	usage               (yes | no)            						#IMPLIED
+>
+<!-- 
+	Inventory that is in the possession of the customer, and is owned and managed by the customer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Inventory (SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity?, UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, 
+BlockedQuantity?, QualityInspectionQuantity?, PromotionQuantity?,
+StockInTransferQuantity?, IncrementQuantity?, RequiredMinimumQuantity?,
+RequiredMaximumQuantity?,
+StockOnHandQuantity?, WorkInProcessQuantity?, IntransitQuantity?, ScrapQuantity?,
+OrderQuantity?, DaysOfSupply?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Consignment Inventory is inventory that is in the possession of the customer, but is still owned by the supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConsignmentInventory (SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity?,
+UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, BlockedQuantity?, 
+QualityInspectionQuantity?, PromotionQuantity?, StockInTransferQuantity?, 
+IncrementQuantity?, RequiredMinimumQuantity?, RequiredMaximumQuantity?)>
+
+<!--
+	SubcontractingStockInTransfer is the transfer of stock to a vendor of type subcontracting using a special movement type. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items in transfer.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Unrestricted Stock is the physical stock that is always available at a plant/storage location that can be 
+	consumed for stock movements and available for Material requirements planning.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnrestrictedUseQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of unrestricted stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST UnrestrictedUseQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Blocked stock is not counted as unrestricted stock .You can have Plant level configuration to consider 
+	the stock for MRP.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BlockedQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of blocked stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BlockedQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	QualityInspectionQuantity is the stock type where the received stock is under quality inspection.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items under quality inspection.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	PromotionQuanity is the stock quantity that is reserved for promotions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items reserved for promotions.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PromotionQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+<!--
+	When there is a movement of stock between plant to plant, company code to company code then 
+	such movement of stock is called as Stock transfer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StockInTransferQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items in transfer from plant to plant.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST StockInTransferQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Quantity used to increment (add to) stock.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IncrementQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items to increment.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IncrementQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Minimum stock level above which the stock has to be maintained.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequiredMinimumQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of minimum stock items to maintain in inventory.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RequiredMinimumQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Maximum stock level above which the stock has to be maintained.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequiredMaximumQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of maximum stock items to maintain in inventory.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RequiredMaximumQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Forecast represents the forecast quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Forecast (Period, ForecastQuantity, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)  >
+
+<!--
+	Forecast quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ForecastQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of forecast items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ForecastQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity withdrawn in a consignment movement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MovementQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items withdrawn in a consignment movement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MovementQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+    
+<!--
+	The minimum/maximum order quantity refers to the minimum/maximum quantity the customer must order. The trading 
+	partners are alerted if the order quantity is not within the required quantity range during order entry.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+    @attr minimum Minimum order quantity.
+	
+    @attr maximum Maximum order quantity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderQuantity
+    minimum        %r8;    #IMPLIED
+    maximum        %r8;    #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	DaysOfSupply is used to determine for how long stocks and receipts will cover the requirements, to avoid 
+	product shortages or stock levels that are too high. Minimum and Maximum Days of Supply in days can be 
+	specified. The system then issues replenishment proposals when the days’ supply falls above or Below the 
+	threshold.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DaysOfSupply EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr minimum Minimum days of supply quantity.
+	
+    @attr maximum Maximum days of supply quantity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DaysOfSupply
+    minimum        %r8;    #IMPLIED
+    maximum        %r8;    #IMPLIED >
+
+<!--
+	Represents the calculated value of different Stock types dependent on the customer, location, and material.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StockOnHandQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items on hand depending on the customer, location, and material.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST StockOnHandQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+
+<!--
+	Work in progress (WIP), also called work in process, is inventory that has begun the manufacturing process and 
+	is no longer included in raw materials inventory, but is not yet a completed product. On a balance sheet, work 
+	in progress is considered to be an asset because money has been spent towards a completed product.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT WorkInProcessQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of work in progress stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST WorkInProcessQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+	The stock in transit is the quantity of a material that was withdrawn from the stock of the issuing plant 
+	but has not yet arrived at the receiving plant.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntransitQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items in transit.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntransitQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+	The quantity represents the Scrap of a material that is expected to occur during production if the material is a component.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScrapQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of scrapped stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScrapQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+    TimeSeriesDetails carries product activity or product replenishment information regarding the quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+
+    Period: The start date and end date for the forecast response.
+
+    TimeSeriesQuantity: The generic quantity associated with the given type of inventory timeseries or replenishment timeseries.
+
+    TimeSeriesValue: The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used for non-numeric values like priority. 
+		It is tightly coupled with the keyfigure type specified in the enclosing TimeSeries Element. 
+
+    TimeSeriesAmount: The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any Amount or price based timeseries.
+
+    UpsideQuantity: The quantity of inventory that the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+		This quantity should only be specified when the type of ReplenishmentTimeSeries is forecastConrimation.
+
+    Note: Priority Element is removed and hence please use TimeSeriesValue going forward to map non-numeric values for TimeSeries
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesDetails (Period, (TimeSeriesQuantity| TimeSeriesValue | TimeSeriesAmount)?, UpsideQuantity?, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    The generic quantity associated with the given type of inventory timeseries or replenishment timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items in the given timeseries.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeSeriesQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;    #REQUIRED>
+    
+<!--
+    The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any non-numeric values associated with timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesValue (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used for non-numeric values like priority. 
+		It is tightly coupled with the keyfigure specified in the TimeSeries.type attribute.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeSeriesValue
+    value        %string;    #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+    The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any Amount or price based timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The Forecast Upside quantity. The quantity of inventory that the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+    This quantity should only be specified when the type of ReplenishmentTimeSeries is forecastConrimation.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UpsideQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST UpsideQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+
+<!--
+	Defines a quality notification for one or more defects associated with a line item on a purchase order or a ship 
+	notice. Buyers or suppliers can send a quality notification to each other. You use a code to classify each item 
+	according to the type of problem or defect. The details of the problem or defect can contain causes, tasks, 
+	activities, codes, code groups, and descriptions.
+	
+    Quality Notification Header: The quality notification header contains data that is relevant for the entire 
+		quality notification. This includes data about the partners, locations, reference documents, the subject, 
+		task, activity, affected product and quantity.
+
+    Defect items: A quality notification can contain one or more defect items. A defect item provides details 
+		about a specific problem or defect. You use a code to classify each item according to the type of problem or 
+		defect (codes).
+
+    Details of Defect Item: A defect item can contain causes, tasks, activities, including codes, code groups, 
+		and description.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequest (QualityNotificationRequestHeader, QualityNotificationRequestItem*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains information about this quality notification that is common to all contained QualityNotificationRequestItem.
+    
+    DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier QualityNotificationRequest. If the attribute QualityNotificationRequestHeader&#064;operation 
+		is "update", the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the original QualityNotificationRequest document (with 
+		value "new" for its attribute QualityNotificationRequest&#064;operation) during the same notification process.
+    
+	QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or 
+		DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request. This is used in the case when quality inspection results 
+		are not met successfully and a Quality Notification is created with reference to the Quality Inspection Request.
+
+    QNCode: These codes define the quality notification in four domains:
+		<ul>
+        <li>"type" of quality notification without code group.</li>
+        <li>"subject" (category) group and code.</li>
+        <li>"reason" of this quality notification.</li>
+        <li>"revision" quality notification revision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    ShipTo, BillTo, Shipping: Optional. Addresses related to item if it is not related to referenced purchase order or ship notice.
+	
+    Contact: Related contacts like buyerParty, sellerParty, senderBusinessSystemID, senderParty, receipientParty or componentSupplier.
+	
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Priority: Priority for quality notification.
+	
+    RequestedProcessingPeriod: The time period during which the processing is required.
+	
+    MalfunctionPeriod: The time period during which item presented this defect.
+	
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Optional. Reference to purchase order or ship notice on which the quality notification is reported. 
+		Notifications are only addressed to a single item. It is possible send a Quality Notification without a referenced document in which case 
+		relevant information should be send in the other elements.
+	 
+    ItemInfo: To get the goods information.
+	
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    ComplainQuantity: Quantity that was complained.
+	
+    ReturnQuantity: Quantity that was returned.
+	
+    QualityNotificationTask: Structure to capture task detail at quality notification level: Task Number (Auto Generated 1 to n), 
+		Code Group (Task type), Code Group description, Task Code, Task Code Description, Description,  Comments for Task Section,
+		Status, start end datetime, Processor and Completion detail.
+	
+    QualityNotificationActivity: Structure to capture Activity detail at Quality Notification level: Activity Number, Code Group (Activity type)
+		Code Group description, Activity Code, Code Description, Description, Comments for activity Section,
+		Status, start end datetime.
+	
+    AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequestHeader (
+    DocumentReference?,
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference?,
+    QNCode*,
+    ShipTo?,
+    BillTo?,
+    Shipping?,
+    Contact*,
+    QNNotes+,
+    Priority,
+    RequestedProcessingPeriod?,
+    MalfunctionPeriod?,
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo?,
+    ItemInfo,
+    Batch?,
+    ComplainQuantity?,
+    ReturnQuantity?,
+    QualityNotificationTask*,
+    QualityNotificationActivity*,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The network hub document number for the quality notification.
+	
+    @attr externalRequestID ERP document number for the quality notification.
+	
+    @attr requestDate Quality notification request date and time.
+	
+    @attr requestVersion Version number of this document if the current operation is "update".
+	
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>new - Creates a new quality notification.</li>
+		<li>update - Updates an existing quality notification. The DocumentReference element references 
+			the original quality notification.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr status Current status of the document. Possible values: draft, new (default), in-process, completed, 
+		postponed, canceled, and closed.
+		
+    @attr discoveryDate Date and time when the defect was discovered.
+	
+    @attr serialNumber Serial number of the defective goods.
+	
+    @attr returnDate Date on which the defective goods were returned.
+	
+    @attr returnAuthorizationNumber Return Authorization Number information for a line item.
+	
+    @attr itemCategory Set to "subcontract" if the defect originated with a subcontract supplier.
+	
+    @attr minimumRequiredTasks Number of minimum required tasks to close this quality notification. Evaluated only 
+		when the status is "closed".
+		
+    @attr minimumRequiredActivities Number of minimum required activities to close this quality notification. 
+		Evaluated only when the status is "closed".
+		
+    @attr minimumRequiredCauses Number of minimum required causes to complete a defect. Evaluated only when this 
+		attribute is not present at the defect level.	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationRequestHeader
+    requestID                 %string;              #REQUIRED
+    externalRequestID         %string;              #IMPLIED
+    requestDate               %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    requestVersion            %number;              #IMPLIED
+    operation                (new | update)         "new"
+    status                   (draft | new | in-process | completed | postponed | canceled | closed)  "new"
+    discoveryDate             %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    serialNumber              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    returnDate                %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    returnAuthorizationNumber %string;              #IMPLIED
+    itemCategory             (subcontract)          #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredTasks	  %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredActivities %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredCauses     %uint;                #IMPLIED  
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains defect item detail for a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Code with domain "defect" represents the defect's category/subcategory.
+		Code with domain "defectLocation" represents the area where the defect occurs.
+    
+	OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this defect.
+    
+	Description: Explanatory text describing this defect.
+
+	QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Period: Start and end time period during which the processing of this defect is required.
+    
+	AdditionalQNInfo: Structure to add additional batch and part numbers to this defect.
+    
+	QualityNotificationTask: Tasks required to process this item.
+    
+	QualityNotificationActivity: Activities required to process this item.
+    
+	QualityNotificationCause: Causes of defects in this item.
+    
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this defect.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequestItem (
+    QNCode*,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    AdditionalQNInfo*,
+    QualityNotificationTask*, 
+    QualityNotificationActivity*, 
+    QualityNotificationCause*,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr defectId Number of the defect.
+
+    @attr defectCount Quantity of defects in this quality notification item.
+
+    @attr isCompleted Set to "yes" if all activities and tasks were completed.
+
+    @attr completedDate Date and time when quality notification item was completed.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredTasks Number of minimum required tasks to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the isCompleted is true.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredActivities Number of minimum required activities to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the 
+		isCompleted is true.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredCauses Number of minimum required tasks to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the isCompleted is true.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationRequestItem
+    defectId                     %string;         #REQUIRED
+    defectCount                  %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    isCompleted                  (yes)            #IMPLIED
+    completedDate                %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredTasks	     %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredActivities    %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredCauses        %uint;           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides additional information about a quality notification, such as part numbers (customer or supplier), batch information, or other information.
+
+    ItemID: Represents the supplier part number and customer part number. To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the 
+		element IdReference should be set to "buyerLocationID", "supplierLocationID" or "storageLocation" and the identifier to the plantID.
+
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalQNInfo (
+    ItemID?,
+    Batch?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr lineNumber Represents the AdditionalQNInfo line number.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AdditionalQNInfo
+    lineNumber              %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quality notification task.
+
+    QNCode: Codes for task with domain "task".
+
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this task.
+
+    Description: Explanatory text describing this task.
+
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+
+    Period: Planned start and end time period during which the processing of this task is required.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this task.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationTask (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr taskId Number of the task.
+	
+    @attr status Current state of execution of this task. "Close" status is the final step when a task 
+		is considered closed. 
+		
+    @attr completedDate Date time when task was completed.
+	
+    @attr completedBy User ID of the person who completed this task.
+	
+	@attr processorId The ID of the person or organization responsible for this task. In the case of a 
+		supplier, can be the user ID or the network hub ID.
+		
+    @attr processorName The name of the person or organization responsible for this task. In the case of a supplier, 
+		can be the user name or company name.
+		
+    @attr processorType Type of processor.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationTask
+    taskId               %string;         #REQUIRED
+    status               (new | in-process | complete | close)         "new"
+    completedDate        %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    completedBy          %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorId          %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorName        %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorType        (customer | supplier | customerUser)  #IMPLIED
+>
+ 
+<!--
+    Quality notification activity.
+
+    QNCode: Codes for activities with domain "activity".
+	
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this activity.
+    
+	Description: Explanatory text describing this activity.
+
+	QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+    
+	Period: Start and end time period during which the processing of this activity is required.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this activity.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationActivity (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr activityId Number of the activity.
+	
+    @attr isCompleted Set to "yes" if the activity was completed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationActivity
+    activityId         %string;        #REQUIRED
+    isCompleted        (yes)           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the cause of a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Group and codes defining the type of cause.
+	
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this cause.
+	
+    Description: Explanatory text describing this cause.
+
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this cause.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationCause (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr causeId Number of the cause.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationCause
+    causeId          %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Support for quality notification codes and their descriptions in different domains.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QNCode EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr domain Domain in which this value has meaning. Recognized domains includes:
+		<ul>
+		<li>type - Quality notification type, does not have code group.</li>
+        <li>subject - Quality notification subject (category).</li>
+        <li>reason - Reason of defect.</li>
+        <li>task - Quality notification task.</li>
+        <li>activity - Quality notification activity.</li>
+        <li>defect - Quality notification defect.</li>
+        <li>defectLocation - Area where a quality notification defect occurs (used in 
+			QualityNotificationRequestItem only).</li>
+        <li>cause - Quality notification cause.</li>
+        <li>revision - Quality notification revision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr codeGroup Name of the code group.
+	
+    @attr codeGroupDescription Description of the code group.
+	
+    @attr code Quality notification code.
+	
+    @attr codeDescription Description of the quality notification code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QNCode
+    domain               %string;       #REQUIRED
+    codeGroup            %string;       #IMPLIED
+    codeGroupDescription %string;       #IMPLIED
+    code                 %string;       #REQUIRED
+    codeDescription      %string;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines subject code, description, and attachments of a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Code identifying the type message. Its domain is “subject”.
+	
+    Description: Detail of the subject.
+	
+    Attachment: Attached files to this message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QNNotes (QNCode?, Description, Attachment*)>
+<!--
+    @attr user User name or user ID of the person who created the message.
+	
+    @attr createDate Timestamp of the message.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QNNotes
+    user        %string;        #REQUIRED
+    createDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quantity that was subject to complaints.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure defined in cXML.dtd.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComplainQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of items subject to complaints.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComplainQuantity
+    quantity    %r8;        #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    The time period during which the processing of this defect was required.
+
+    Period: Start and end date time
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequestedProcessingPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--  
+    The time period during which item presented this defect.
+
+    Period: Start and end date time.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MalfunctionPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--  
+    Describes the owner information of a defect, task, cause, or activity.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OwnerInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr owner Owner of the element. This attribute should contain the userId
+
+    @attr role Role of the owner. Possible values are customer or supplier.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OwnerInfo
+    owner   %string;                #REQUIRED
+    role    (customer | supplier)   #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Request to examine a specific quantity of materials at a plant.
+
+    QualityInspectionRequestHeader: Contains data that is relevant for the entire quality inspection. This 
+	includes data about the partners, locations, reference documents, and item information.
+	
+    QualityInspectionRequestDetail: Detail about quality inspection request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequest (QualityInspectionRequestHeader, QualityInspectionRequestDetail)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains common information about the quality inspection request.
+    
+    DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier QualityInspectionRequest. If the attribute QualityInspectionRequestHeader&#064;operation is "update", 
+		the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the original QualityInspectionRequest document (with value "new" for 
+		its attribute QualityInspectionRequest&#064;operation) during the same quality inspection process.
+	
+		If the attribute QualityInspectionRequestHeader&#064;operation is "delete", the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the 
+		original QualityInspectionRequest document (with value "new" or "update" for its attribute QualityInspectionRequest@operation) during 
+		the same quality inspection process.
+	
+    IdReference: This is the inspection type, composed by code and description.
+		Use IdReference element with domain "inspectionType". 
+
+    ShipTo, BillTo: Optional addresses related to item if it is not related to referenced PO or GRN.
+	
+    Contact: Related contacts like buyerParty, sellerParty, senderBusinessSystemID, senderParty, receipientParty or componentSupplier.
+
+    Period: Start and end date of the quality inspection request.
+	
+    Priority: Priority for Quality Inspection.
+	
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Reference to Purchase Order or Good Receipt on which the quality inspection request is reported. Quality Inspection 
+		request is only addressed to a single item. 
+
+    ItemInfo: To get the good information. Lot quantity for inspection is handled in quantity attribute.
+		Use UnitOfMeasure element for the UOM of lot quantity, samples.
+
+    SampleDefinition: This element contains the sample size, only use sampleSize at header level.
+
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+
+    AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with Quality Inspection Request. 
+
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to Quality Inspection Request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestHeader (
+    DocumentReference?,
+    IdReference,
+    ShipTo?,
+    BillTo?,
+    Contact*,
+    Period?,
+    Priority?,
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo?,
+    ItemInfo,
+    SampleDefinition?,
+    Batch?,
+    QualityInfo?,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Comments?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID Network hub document number for the quality inspection request.
+
+    @attr requestDate Quality inspection request date and time.
+
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new (default) - Creates a new quality inspection request.</li>
+        <li>update - Updates an existing quality inspection request.</li> 
+        <li>delete - Cancels an existing quality inspection request.</li>
+		</ul>
+        For update and delete operations, the DocumentReference element should indicate the original quality inspection request.
+		
+    @attr version Version number of this document if the current operation is update. The version of a new 
+		QualityInspectionRequest is 1. An update would increment the version to 2, 3, 4, and so on.
+	
+    @attr createdBy User who created the quality inspection request.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionRequestHeader
+    requestID               %string;            #REQUIRED
+    requestDate             %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    operation               (new | update | delete)      "new"
+    version                 %uint;              #IMPLIED
+    createdBy               %string;            #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Details about a quality inspection request.
+
+    QualityInspectionCharacteristic: Represents an inspection characteristic that describes what should be inspected.
+		A quality inspection request can contain one or more characteristics.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestDetail (QualityInspectionCharacteristic+)>
+
+<!--  
+    Represents an inspection characteristic that describes what should be inspected.
+
+    Description: Quality Inspection Request description.
+	
+    IdReference: Describes the code and description of the buyer characteristic, supplier characteristic, inspection 
+		method and additional information.
+        For customer characteristic, the domain is "buyerInspectionCode".
+        For supplier characteristic, the domain is "supplierInspectionCode".
+        For inspection method, the domain is "inspectionMethod". 
+        For additional information, the domain is "additionalInfo".
+			
+    AllowedValues: Allowed values during the valuation.
+	
+    ExpectedResult: Expected result for this characteristic.        
+        This element is necessary because is used in UI to calculate the conformance and non-conformance samples by characteristic.
+		
+    SampleDefinition: This element contains the sample size and sample type.
+	
+    Comments: Additional text.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to this document.     
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionCharacteristic (
+    Description?,
+    IdReference*,
+    AllowedValues,
+    ExpectedResult?,
+    SampleDefinition?,
+    Comments?,
+    Extrinsic*
+    )>
+<!--
+    @attr characteristicID Number of the characteristic. The combination of this attribute with operationNumber should be unique.
+
+    @attr operationNumber Inspection operation. The combination of this attribute with characteristicID should be unique.
+
+    @attr workCenter Work center number.
+
+    @attr procedure A text value that specifies how the sample size is calculated and how the inspection characteristic is assigned values. 
+
+    @attr isLocked Set to "yes" to indicate that a characteristic is locked and no further valuations are allowed.
+
+    @attr allowDefectRecording Set to "yes" to indicate that defect recording is allowed. If an inspection characteristic is rejected 
+		during results recording, the function for recording defects for a characteristic is automatically invoked.
+
+    @attr characteristicType A buyer uses inspection characteristics to describe the inspection criteria for materials, parts, and 
+		products. This allows the buyer to plan inspections systematically, uniformly, and economically. An inspection request can 
+		contain different types of characteristics, some required, optional, or conditional. Specify one of the following values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>required - The inspection of this characteristic is required to create an inspection decision.</li>
+		<li>optional - The inspection of this characteristic is not required to create an inspection decision.</li>
+		<li>afterAccept - This conditional inspection characteristic must be inspected if the previous required characteristic was accepted.</li>
+		<li>afterRejection - This conditional inspection characteristic must be inspected if the previous required characteristic was rejected.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr isQuantitative Set to "yes" if this characteristic uses a numerical measurement. Otherwise, the characteristic uses a non-numerical, 
+		qualitative measurement.
+
+    @attr recordingType Indicates how the valuation will be sent for this characteristic: 
+        <ul>
+		<li>singleResult - Single values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		<li>summarizedRecording - Summarized values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		<li>noCharacteristicRecording - No characteristic record.</li>
+		<li>classedRecording - Classed values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr expirationDate Expiration date of the characteristic.
+
+    @attr inspectionPoint Inspection point types for equipment, functional locations, physical samples, or production. These inspection 
+		point types can be assigned individually in the user specifications, if required.
+
+    @attr version Version of characteristic. If any of the attributes change for the characteristic, the ERP generates another version for it.
+
+    @attr isAdHoc Indicates whether the characteristic does not exist in the reference document and is an additional valuation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionCharacteristic
+    characteristicID         %string;          #REQUIRED
+    operationNumber          %uint;            #REQUIRED   
+    workCenter               %string;          #IMPLIED   
+    procedure                %string;          #IMPLIED   
+    isLocked                 (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    allowDefectRecording     (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    characteristicType       (required | optional | afterAccept | afterRejection)      #IMPLIED  
+    isQuantitative           (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    recordingType            (summarizedRecording | singleResult | noCharacteristicRecording | classedRecording)  #IMPLIED    
+    expirationDate           %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED 
+    inspectionPoint          %string;          #IMPLIED
+    version                  %number;          #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                  (yes)             #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Sample definition.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SampleDefinition EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr sampleSize Number of the samples required.
+
+    @attr sampleType Sample type. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+        <li>samplingProcedure - A sampling procedure must be assigned when the master inspection characteristic is used in the 
+			task list or in the material specification (optional for an inspection with a material specification).</li>
+        <li>additiveSample - When samples are calculated, the size of the partial sample is increased by the quantity that is 
+			required for the inspection of this characteristic.</li>
+        <li>destructiveSample - The sample should be destroyed after inspection. This means that it is no longer available. 
+			This quantity is used in the usage decision as the proposed quantity for the posting to sample.</li>
+        <li>spcCharacteristic - A statistical process control chart should be run.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SampleDefinition 
+    sampleSize               %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    sampleType               (samplingProcedure | additiveSample | destructiveSample | spcCharacteristic) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Allowed values during the valuation.
+
+    PropertyValue: List of available values. This is mandatory when "choice" is selected for type attribute.
+		This element is used also to provide the unit of measure of the allowed values by characteristic using 
+		PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AllowedValues (PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of allowed values. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>numeric - Only numeric values are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		<li>decision - Only "Accept" and "Reject" values are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		<li>choice - The provided values in "PropertyValue" element are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AllowedValues     
+    type         (numeric | decision | choice)      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Expected result for a measurement.
+
+    MinimumLimit: Minimum acceptable value.
+	
+    MaximumLimit: Maximum acceptable value.
+	
+    PropertyValue: This is used to send the expected result for qualitative valuation.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpectedResult (
+    MinimumLimit?,
+    MaximumLimit?,
+    PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr targetValue Target value for the measurement.
+	
+    @attr valuePrecision Integer specifying the number of decimal places to include in the result.
+	
+    @attr qualitativeValue A non-numerical value (a string) to send the expected result for qualitative valuation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExpectedResult 
+    targetValue        %r8;              #IMPLIED
+    valuePrecision     %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    qualitativeValue   %string;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Minimum acceptable value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinimumLimit (ComparatorInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Maximum acceptable value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaximumLimit (ComparatorInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Structure to support comparison regarding a value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComparatorInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr comparatorType Type of comparison.
+
+    @attr comparatorValue Reference value to make the comparison.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComparatorInfo 
+    comparatorType     (greater | less | greaterOrEqual | lessOrEqual)  #REQUIRED
+    comparatorValue    %r8;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This is the supplier result for quality inspection request, it contains all the valuation according characteristic specification in request.
+
+    QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader: Contains common information about this Quality Inspection Result.
+
+    QualityInspectionValuation: To confirm the characteristic inspection results recorded in different inspection operations.      
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequest (QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader, QualityInspectionResultRequestDetail)>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains common information about this Quality Inspection Result.
+
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain 
+		the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request.
+    
+	Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+    
+	Comments: Comments associated with Quality Inspection Result, including one by attachment. If a Comments element includes 
+		an attached document, the Comments&#064;type attribute supports only "CertificateOfAnalysis" and "CertificateOfConformance". 
+		For other document types, do not send the type.
+    
+	QualityInspectionQuantity: Inspection lot quantity could be filled by supplier based on the inspected quantity on 
+		QualityInspectionResult. Generally, it is send by the buyer but if not contract manufacturer based on the 
+		inspection lot can provide this quantity.
+    
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the valuated items.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to Quality Inspection Result. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader (
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference,
+    Batch*,
+    Comments*,
+    QualityInspectionQuantity?,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr resultID Network hub document number for the quality inspection result.
+
+    @attr resultDate Quality inspection result date and time.
+
+    @attr version Version of the document.
+
+    @attr createdBy User who created the quality inspection result.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader
+    resultID              %string;            #REQUIRED
+    resultDate            %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    version               %number;            #IMPLIED
+    createdBy             %string;            #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Details about quality inspection result.
+
+    QualityInspectionValuation: Contains the valuation of a characteristic of an inspection request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequestDetail (QualityInspectionValuation+)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the valuation of a characteristic specified in an inspection request.
+
+    QualitySampleResult: Valuation for each sample inspected. When QualityInspectionCharacteristic&#064;recordingType is "summarizedRecording" 
+	and AllowedValues@type is "decision" or "choice" the summarized valuation is sent in this element. When QualityInspectionCharacteristic&#064;recordingType 
+	is "summarizedRecording" and AllowedValues&#064;type is "numeric" this element is not required.
+
+    ValueGroup: Structure to support codes and code groups for this valuation.
+
+    Description: Valuation description. 
+	
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to this valuation. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionValuation (
+    QualitySampleResult*,
+    ValueGroup*,                  
+    Description?,  
+    Extrinsic*
+    )>
+<!--
+    @attr valuationID Number of the valuation.
+
+    @attr characteristicID Characteristic ID number. The combination of this attribute with operationNumber should be unique.
+
+    @attr operationNumber Inspection operation number. The combination of this attribute with characteristicID should be unique.
+
+    @attr workCenter Work center number.
+
+    @attr meanValue Mean value in the valuation.
+
+    @attr aboveTolerance Number of samples above tolerance limit.
+
+    @attr belowTolerance Number of samples below tolerance limit. 
+
+    @attr inspectedQuantity Number of samples inspected.
+
+    @attr nonConformance Total number of samples above and below tolerance limits. This value is auto-calculated when suppliers 
+		specify the aboveTolerance or belowTolerance values. Otherwise, suppliers can specify the nonConformance value.
+
+    @attr deviation Standard deviation value.
+
+    @attr variance Variance of valid measured values for this characteristic. Applies to calculated characteristics for 
+		which the valuation is based on a formula.
+
+    @attr numberOfDefects Number of the defects in this valuation.
+
+    @attr serialNumber Single unit number for the unit to be inspected.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate Date of the characteristic inspection.
+
+    @attr isAdHoc Indicates whether the characteristic does not exist in the reference document and is an additional valuation..
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionValuation
+    valuationID                 %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    characteristicID            %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    operationNumber             %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    workCenter                  %string;          #IMPLIED
+    meanValue                   %r8;              #IMPLIED   
+    aboveTolerance              %r8;              #IMPLIED 
+    belowTolerance              %r8;              #IMPLIED   
+    inspectedQuantity           %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    nonConformance              %r8;              #IMPLIED     
+    deviation                   %string;          #IMPLIED
+    variance                    %string;          #IMPLIED     
+    numberOfDefects             %r8;              #IMPLIED
+    serialNumber                %string;          #IMPLIED     
+    inspectionDate              %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                     (yes)             #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains the sample result after valuation. 
+    
+    PropertyValue: Result of the valuation when AllowedValues&#064;type is "choice" in QualityInspectionCharacteristic.
+		This element is used also to provide the unit of measure of the valuation using PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualitySampleResult (PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr sampleID Sample Number in valuation.
+
+    @attr unitValue Value of the sample.
+
+    @attr physicalSampleNumber Unique number for the sample when the sample was taken.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualitySampleResult
+    sampleID                    %uint;              #IMPLIED
+    unitValue                   %string;            #IMPLIED
+    physicalSampleNumber        %uint;              #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Represents the posting of stock quantities from an inspection lot within the Quality Management module. An inspection 
+	lot is a formal request to examine a specific quantity of materials at a plant.
+    
+    UnrestrictedUseQuantity: Unrestricted Stock is the physical stock that is always available at a plant/storage location 
+	that can be consumed for stock movements and available for Material requirements planning.
+	
+    ScrapQuantity: The quantity represents the Scrap of a material that is expected to occur during production if the 
+	material is a component.
+	
+    SampleUsageQuantity: Quantity for sampleUsageQuantity.
+	
+    BlockedQuantity: Blocked stock is not counted as unrestricted stock. You can have Plant level configuration to consider 
+	the stock for MRP.
+    
+	NewMaterialQuantity: For new material quantity
+    
+	ReserveQuantity: For reserve quantity.
+	
+    ReturnQuantity: Quantity that was returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionLotStock (
+    UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, 
+    ScrapQuantity?,
+    SampleUsageQuantity?,
+    BlockedQuantity?,
+    NewMaterialQuantity?,
+    ReserveQuantity?,
+    ReturnQuantity?
+    )>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of stock to post as sample usage stock.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SampleUsageQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items of sample usage stock.
+-->	
+<!ATTLIST SampleUsageQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of new material. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NewMaterialQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items of new material.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST NewMaterialQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of items kept in reserve. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReserveQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items kept in reserve.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReserveQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Request to confirm that all physical samples have been valuated and the inspection has been completed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionDecisionRequest (QualityInspectionDecisionDetail)>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains the information of the quality inspection decision, like inspection result reference, quality quantity details and the decision of the inspection.
+    
+    QualityInspectionResultReference: Reference to the inspection result to confirm that all physical samples have been 
+	valuated and the inspection has been completed. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Inspection Result.
+    
+	QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or 
+	DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request.
+    
+	ShipNoticeReference: Reference to the Ship Notice Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate 
+	of the Ship Notice Request.
+    
+	ReceiptReference: Reference to the Receipt Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the 
+	Receipt Request.
+    
+	QualityInspectionLotStock: Contains information about what happened to the stock posting. For example, it could include the scrap 
+	quantity or the unrestricted use quantity from the ERP.
+    
+	ValueGroup: Structure to support codes and code groups for this Inspection Decision.
+    
+	Description: Description for the Usage Decision.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Optional additional information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionDecisionDetail (
+    (QualityInspectionResultReference | QualityInspectionRequestReference | ShipNoticeReference | ReceiptReference),  
+    QualityInspectionLotStock, 
+    ValueGroup*, 
+    Description?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr decisionID Network hub document number for the quality inspection decision request.
+
+    @attr decisionDate Quality inspection decision request date and time.
+
+    @attr status Usage decision status. Possible values are "accepted" or "rejected".
+
+    @attr qualityScore Quality score for this inspection decision.
+
+    @attr createdBy The user who created the quality inspection decision request.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionDecisionDetail
+    decisionID               %string;            #REQUIRED
+    decisionDate             %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    status                   (accepted | rejected)   #IMPLIED
+    qualityScore             %uint;                  #IMPLIED        
+    createdBy                %string;                #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains a unique identification of a production facility leveraged during production, such as a piece of equipment or a production line.
+
+	ResourceType: Identifies the resource category the resourceID belongs to. 
+  
+	InputItemID: Uniquely identifies materials consumed by a resource during production process.
+  
+	OutputItemID: Uniquely identifies materials produced by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ResourceID (SupplierResourceID, ResourceType?, InputItemID?, OutputItemID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies a plant, piece of equipment, or other production facilities leveraged by the supplier during production. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierResourceID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Identifies the resource category the resourceID belongs to. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ResourceType (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies materials consumed by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InputItemID ( ItemID*)>
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies materials produced by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OutputItemID ( ItemID*)>
+
+
+
+<!--
+    This document is intended for Suppliers to communicate the following types of messages to Buyers:
+	<ul>
+	<li>For Suppliers to Communicate the Manufacturing and Planning related information to Buyers. The processes 
+		for Outsourced Manufacturing processes where Contract Manufacturer is the considered to the extension of 
+		internal manufacturing.</li>
+	<li>For Suppliers to Communicate the Inventory details to Buyers. The processes for Outsourced Manufacturing 
+		and Supplier Managed Inventory requires Suppliers provide customers with Inventory updates to support Planning.</li>
+	<li>For Supplier to provide Forecast confirmation to the Buyers in Collaborative Planning processes. The goal 
+		of sending a Forecast confirmation is to enable an automated process that provides the receiver critical 
+		information about the supplier’s constraints. Forecast Confirmation should help automate existing processes 
+		for both senders and receivers.</li>
+	</uL>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductReplenishmentMessage (ProductReplenishmentHeader, ProductReplenishmentDetails+, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the product replenishment header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductReplenishmentHeader EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr messageID Identifier for this product replenishment message.
+	
+    @attr creationDate Date and time this product replenishment message was created.
+	
+    @attr processType Identifies the business process supported by the message. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>SMI - Supplier-managed inventory (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>OEM - OEM-owned inventory scenarios (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>VMI - Vendor-managed inventory (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>3PL - Third-party logistics inventory scenarios (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>ManufacturingVisibility - Contract manufacturers sharing inventory visibility (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, 
+			PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>Forecast - Forecast collaboration (TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>Consignment - Consignment material movements (ConsignmentInventory, ConsignmentMovement).</li>
+		<li>Sales - Sales report visibility (SalesReport).</li>
+		<li>POC - Purchase order collaboration scenarios (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>Capacity - Capacity planning scenarios (PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>Other - Other collaboration scenarios.</li>
+		</ul>        
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductReplenishmentHeader
+     messageID           %string;              #REQUIRED
+     creationDate           %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+     processType  (SMI|OEM|VMI|3PL|ManufacturingVisibility|Forecast|Consignment|Sales|POC|Capacity|Other )  #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of product replenishment for the given product.
+	
+    ItemID: A unique identification of a component item in supplier backend system or buyer backend system.
+	
+    ResourceID: A unique identification of a production facility leveraged during production, such as a piece of equipment 
+		or a production line.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the component.
+
+    LeadTime: Lead time in days.
+
+    PlannedAcceptanceDays: Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods after receiving them.
+
+    ManufacturerPartID: ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+    
+    ManufacturerName: Name of the item's manufacturer.
+
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of referenced document.
+
+    Characteristic: Contains detailed information about an item that can be used across different industries.
+        Can also be used to send material characteristics to support configurable material process.
+
+    Batch: Batch information of goods or material. The information includes ID and characteristics.
+
+    Contact: When the type of message is forecast confirmation:
+		Contact represents the location to which the product forecast confirmation is taking place.
+        The only Contact role (Contact@role attribute value) likely to be sensible in this element are
+        "locationTo". To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the element IdReference 
+		should be set to "buyerLocationID" and the identifier to the plantID.
+		
+        When the type of message is NOT forecast confirmation:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Contact with role “locationTo” represents the destination of the product replenishment.</li>
+		<li>Contact with role “locationFrom” represents the source of the product replenishment.</li>
+		<li>Contact with role “inventoryOwner” (if specified), represents the owner of the inventory, in this case,
+			Inventory or ConsignmentInventory should be specified in the message.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Unit Price: Price per unit of item.
+
+    Comments: These are comments provided for the part whose quantity is being committed.
+
+    ReplenishmentTimeSeries: It represents the product replenishment quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure for an inventory/forecast/consignment quantity at the Item level. This will 
+		be applicable for the entire item and will be defaulted over the unit of measure maintained across the 
+		time series quantities.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductReplenishmentDetails ((ItemID| ResourceID),   Description?, LeadTime?, PlannedAcceptanceDays?, ManufacturerPartID?,
+          ManufacturerName?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Characteristic*, Batch?, Contact*, UnitPrice?, Inventory?, ConsignmentInventory?, 
+          ReplenishmentTimeSeries*, Comments?, UnitOfMeasure?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the product replenishment quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+
+	TimeSeriesDetails: Carries product activity or product replenishment information regarding the quantity of a product for a 
+		specific time period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReplenishmentTimeSeries (TimeSeriesDetails+)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of replenishment order. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>manufacturingOrder - An order that initiates the manufacturing process to track the status of manufacturing from 
+			Raw Material to Finished Goods status.</li>
+		<li>purchaseOrder - Subcontracting purchase order from the backend ERP system.</li>
+		<li>supplierForecast - Forecast created by the supplier based on the Demand Supply situation in the backend ERP system. 
+			Typically, the supplier creates the forecast for components based on the Finished Goods Demand.</li>
+		<li>shipment - Supplier shipment quantity from supplier's location and customer's location to ship the quantities 
+			requested.</li>
+		<li>projectedStock - Stock that is expected to be available in the location at the end of this day.</li>
+		<li>firmReceipt - Total quantity that the supplier wants to deliver to the customer in period so that the total demand 
+			from the customer is covered.</li>
+		<li>plannedReceipt - Total quantity that the supplier wants to deliver to the customer in a period so that the raw net 
+			demands of the buyer are covered. It is a planned quantity that is subject to changes.</li>
+		<li>forecastConfirmation - Total quantity that the supplier wants to deliver to the customer in the period so that the 
+			total demand from the customer is covered.</li>
+		<li>capacityConfirmation - Quantity of production output of a specific resource that supplier commits to attain.</li>
+		<li>capacityShiftRuns - Number of shifts a specific production resource can run.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr customType String to include buyer-defined custom types, for example, "BuildQuantity".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReplenishmentTimeSeries
+type                 (manufacturingOrder | purchaseOrder | supplierForecast | shipment | projectedStock | firmReceipt | plannedReceipt | forecastConfirmation | capacityConfirmation | capacityShiftRuns | custom)  #REQUIRED 
+customType %string;   #IMPLIED >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Sales Order mod file
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    SalesOrderRequest transaction forwards shopping basket data in the Request.
+    No specific Response document is required for this transaction.
+    Servers must respond to a SalesOrderRequest with a generic Response
+    document.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a Sales Order Request. This is the shopping basket data 
+    that is sent to the procurement application from the supplier. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SalesOrderRequest (SalesOrderHeader, ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a Sales Order Request.
+
+    The contained DocumentReference element may appear in a document only
+    when the operation is "update". In that case, the DocumentReference is
+    required and it must reference the most recent SalesOrderRequest
+    document for this particular sales order (usually also indicated by a
+    common salesOrderID). For example when a sale order is created, updated
+    and then updated again, the final document must contain a
+    DocumentReference referring to the previous Sales Order with
+    operation="update". That document must, in turn, refer to the original
+    (operation="new") SalesOrderRequest document.
+
+    Tax information can be present at this level. It indicates taxes that
+    are applicable to the whole document.
+
+    Contact information should uniquely identify the requester in the 
+    procurement application. There must a contact with the role as 
+    "requester" along with the details of the requester.
+
+    The Comments element list may contain additional information about the
+    status of the overall order. This data must be intended for human use.
+
+    Elements in the Comments list may appear in any order. The xml:lang
+    attribute may have the same value in multiple Comments elements in the
+    list. The set of Comments with a particular xml:lang value should
+    contain similar content to that for any other xml:lang value present in
+    the list.
+
+    On the other hand, the Extrinsic element list may be used to insert
+    additional data about the order for application consumption. These
+    elements may include predefined keywords and values affecting workflow
+    in the receiving system.
+
+    Elements in the Extrinsic list may appear in any order. An extrinsic
+    type (Extrinsic@name attribute value) must not appear more than once
+    within a SalesOrderHeader element. (The SalesOrderHeader must not 
+    contain a default extrinsic value  overridden at the lower level.)
+
+    SupplierOrderInfo of PunchOutOrderMessage should have the orderID
+    same as salesOrderID. Procurement application would use the orderID of
+    PunchOutOrderMessage and salesOrderID of SalesOrderRequest to identify
+    the document within the procurement application.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SalesOrderHeader (DocumentReference?, Total?, Tax?, Contact+,
+                            Comments*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr salesOrderID An identifier for this particular sale order assigned by the supplier. This attribute provides an unambiguous 
+		and direct connection between all versions of the sale order. A user-visible and secondary (to the payloadID attribute of the 
+		cXML element) identifier for this document. This value should remain same for all SalesOrderRequests corresponding to the 
+		same order.
+		
+		The salesOrderID may be used in the procurement application for processing this request. Links between these documents must 
+		be deduced using the DocumentReference element contained in the update's SalesOrderHeader and the payloadID attribute of 
+		the original or previous update.
+
+    @attr operation The (optional) operational mode of the sales order document. Defaults to "new".
+	
+		An "update" operation allows a supplier to correct an error in a sale order or to add additional information learned later. 
+		In either case, an "update" document must be complete: All data from the original sale order or a previous update should be 
+		discarded by the recipient.
+		
+		A "cancel" operation allows a supplier to cancel a sale order sent earlier.
+		
+		A SalesOrderRequest with an "update" operation must also include a DocumentReference element in the SalesOrderHeader. This 
+		effectively sequences multiple versions of a confirmation and may provide a link between those versions.
+
+    @attr operationAllowed Highest operation allowed on the shopping basket in the procurement application. "create" allows only 
+		later OrderRequest operations on these items. "inspect" adds a PunchOutSetupRequest with operation="inspect". And, "edit" 
+		allows operation="edit" in the later punchout setup request.
+
+    @attr noticeDate The date and time this sale order was created.
+
+    @attr orderVersion The supplier system order version number for this request. Relevant when the SalesOrderRequest represents 
+		a change order request. The version number for the original document should be 1 and should be incremented by 1 for 
+		each subsequent version.
+
+    @attr channelType Indicates the action expected by the supplier who initiates the sales document. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>buy - The buyer will create a Sales Order.</li>
+		<li>sell - The buyer will create a Purchase Order.</li>
+		<li>visibility - No action is expected from the buyer. The supplier is sending the sales document for visibility on a 
+			purchase order from a third party.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SalesOrderHeader
+    salesOrderID          %string;                       #REQUIRED
+    operation            (new | update | cancel)         "new"
+    operationAllowed     (create | inspect | edit)       #REQUIRED
+    noticeDate           %datetime.tz;                   #REQUIRED
+    orderVersion         %number;                        #IMPLIED
+    channelType          (buy | sell | visibility)       #IMPLIED
+><!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about W3C XML signatures, refer to the
+    following URL. Portions of this DTD are derived from information
+    contained therein.
+    http://www.w3.org/TR/xmldsig-core/
+-->
+
+<!-- DTD for XML Signatures
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    Joseph Reagle $last changed 20001215$
+
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    $Revision: 1.1 $ on $Date: 2002/02/08 20:32:26 $ by $Author: reagle $
+
+    Copyright 2001 The Internet Society and W3C (Massachusetts Institute
+    of Technology, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en
+    Automatique, Keio University). All Rights Reserved.
+    http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/
+
+    This document is governed by the W3C Software License [1] as described
+    in the FAQ [2].
+
+    [1] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-software-19980720
+    [2] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/IPR-FAQ-20000620.html#DTD
+-->
+
+<!--
+
+The following entity declarations enable external/flexible content in
+the Signature content model.
+
+#PCDATA emulates schema string; when combined with element types it
+emulates schema's mixed content type.
+
+%foo.ANY permits the user to include their own element types from
+other namespaces, for example:
+ <!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY '| ecds:ECDSAKeyValue'>
+ ...
+ <!ELEMENT ecds:ECDSAKeyValue (#PCDATA)  >
+
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Object.ANY '|xades:QualifyingProperties|cXMLSignedInfo|Extrinsic'>
+<!ENTITY % Method.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % Transform.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SignatureProperty.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyInfo.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % PGPData.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % X509Data.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SPKIData.ANY ''>
+
+
+
+<!-- Start Core Signature declarations, these should NOT be altered -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Signature (ds:SignedInfo, ds:SignatureValue, ds:KeyInfo?, ds:Object*)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Signature  
+	xmlns:ds	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#'
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+	Id  		ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureValue (#PCDATA) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureValue  
+         Id  ID      #IMPLIED>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignedInfo (ds:CanonicalizationMethod, 
+	ds:SignatureMethod,  ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignedInfo  
+	Id	 ID 	 #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:CanonicalizationMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* > 
+<!ATTLIST ds:CanonicalizationMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureMethod (#PCDATA|ds:HMACOutputLength %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Reference (ds:Transforms?, ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Reference
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	URI	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Type	CDATA	#IMPLIED>
+
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transforms (ds:Transform+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transform (#PCDATA|ds:XPath %Transform.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Transform 
+	Algorithm    CDATA    #REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:XPath (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:DigestMethod  
+	Algorithm		CDATA	#REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestValue  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyInfo	(#PCDATA|ds:KeyName|ds:KeyValue|ds:RetrievalMethod|
+           ds:X509Data|ds:PGPData|ds:SPKIData|ds:MgmtData %KeyInfo.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:KeyInfo
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED >
+
+<!-- Key Information -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyValue (#PCDATA|ds:DSAKeyValue|ds:RSAKeyValue %KeyValue.ANY;)* >
+<!ELEMENT ds:MgmtData (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RetrievalMethod (ds:Transforms?) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:RetrievalMethod
+  URI	CDATA #REQUIRED 
+  Type	CDATA #IMPLIED > 
+
+<!-- X.509 Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Data ((ds:X509IssuerSerial | ds:X509SKI | ds:X509SubjectName |
+                    ds:X509Certificate | ds:X509CRL )+ %X509Data.ANY;)>
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SubjectName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SKI (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Certificate (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509CRL (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!-- PGPData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPData ((ds:PGPKeyID, ds:PGPKeyPacket?) | (ds:PGPKeyPacket) %PGPData.ANY;) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyPacket  (#PCDATA)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyID  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- SPKI Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKIData (ds:SPKISexp %SPKIData.ANY;)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKISexp  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- Extensible Content -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Object (#PCDATA|ds:Signature|ds:SignatureProperties|ds:Manifest %Object.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Object  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	MimeType	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Encoding	CDATA	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Manifest (ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Manifest  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperties (ds:SignatureProperty+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperties  
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperty (#PCDATA %SignatureProperty.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperty  
+	Target 	CDATA	 #REQUIRED
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!-- Algorithm Parameters -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:HMACOutputLength (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DSAKeyValue ((ds:P, ds:Q)?, ds:G?, ds:Y, ds:J?, (ds:Seed, ds:PgenCounter)?) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:P (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Q (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:G (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Y (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:J (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Seed (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PgenCounter (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RSAKeyValue (ds:Modulus, ds:Exponent) > 
+<!ELEMENT ds:Modulus (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Exponent (#PCDATA) >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about XAdES, refer to the following URL.
+    Portions of this DTD are derived from information contained therein.
+    http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Any.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % XMLTimeStamp.ANY ''>
+
+<!-- Start Any -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Any (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End Any -->
+
+<!-- Start ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectIdentifier (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Identifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Identifier
+	Qualifier (OIDAsURI | OIDAsURN) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Description (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReferences (xades:DocumentationReference)+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedPKIData (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedPKIData
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!-- Start time-stamp container types -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Include EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Include
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	referencedData CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ReferenceInfo (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ReferenceInfo
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:XAdESTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:XAdESTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherTimeStamp (xades:ReferenceInfo+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp))>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OtherTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:XMLTimeStamp (#PCDATA  %XMLTimeStamp.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End time-stamp tokens container  -->
+
+<!-- Start container types -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingProperties (xades:SignedProperties?, xades:UnsignedProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingProperties
+	Target CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedProperties (xades:SignedSignatureProperties, 
+xades:SignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedProperties (xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties?, 
+xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedSignatureProperties (xades:SigningTime?, xades:SigningCertificate?, 
+xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier?, xades:SignatureProductionPlace?, xades:SignerRole?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedDataObjectProperties (xades:DataObjectFormat*, 
+xades:CommitmentTypeIndication*, xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp*, 
+xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties (xades:CounterSignature | xades:SignatureTimeStamp 
+| xades:CompleteCertificateRefs | xades:CompleteRevocationRefs | xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+ | xades:AttributeRevocationRefs | (xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp | xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp) | 
+xades:CertificateValues | xades:RevocationValues | xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues 
+| xades:AttributeRevocationValues | xades:ArchiveTimeStamp)+>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties (xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!-- End container types -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningTime -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningTime (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningTime -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningCertificate (xades:Cert+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Cert (xades:CertDigest, xades:IssuerSerial)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Cert
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertDigest (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!-- Start SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier (xades:SignaturePolicyId | 
+xades:SignaturePolicyImplied)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyImplied ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyId (xades:SigPolicyId, ds:Transforms?, xades:SigPolicyHash, 
+xades:SigPolicyQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyHash (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifiers (xades:SigPolicyQualifier+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifier (#PCDATA|xades:SPURI %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPURI (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPUserNotice (xades:NoticeRef?, xades:ExplicitText?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeRef (xades:Organization, xades:NoticeNumbers)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ExplicitText (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Organization (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeNumbers (xades:int*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:int (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!-- Start CounterSignature -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CounterSignature (ds:Signature)>
+
+<!-- End CounterSignature -->
+
+<!-- Start DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DataObjectFormat (xades:Description?, xades:ObjectIdentifier?, xades:MimeType?, 
+xades:Encoding?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:DataObjectFormat
+	ObjectReference CDATA #REQUIRED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:MimeType (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Encoding (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!-- Start CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeIndication (xades:CommitmentTypeId, (xades:ObjectReference+ | 
+xades:AllSignedDataObjects), xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllSignedDataObjects ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers (xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!-- Start SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureProductionPlace (xades:City?, xades:StateOrProvince?, xades:PostalCode?, 
+xades:CountryName?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:City (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:StateOrProvince (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:PostalCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CountryName (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!-- Start SignerRole -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignerRole (xades:ClaimedRoles?, xades:CertifiedRoles?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRoles (xades:ClaimedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRoles (xades:CertifiedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRole (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRole (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertifiedRole
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SignerRole -->
+
+<!-- Start AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp (xades:Include+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, (xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp 
+| xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignatureTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertRefs (xades:Cert+)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRefs (xades:CRLRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRefs (xades:OCSPRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRefs (xades:OtherRef+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRef (xades:DigestAlgAndValue, xades:CRLIdentifier?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRef (xades:OCSPIdentifier, xades:DigestAlgAndValue?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRef (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DigestAlgAndValue (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLIdentifier (xades:Issuer, xades:IssueTime, xades:Number?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CRLIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPIdentifier (xades:ResponderID, xades:ProducedAt)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OCSPIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Issuer (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssueTime (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Number (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ResponderID (xades:ByName | xades:ByKey)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByName  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByKey  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ProducedAt (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!-- Start CertificateValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertificateValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertificateValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherCertificate (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Start RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLValues (xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPValues (xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValues (xades:OtherValue+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValue (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;  )*>
+
+<!-- End RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!-- Start ArchiveTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ArchiveTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ArchiveTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!-- End ArchiveTimeStamp -->
diff --git a/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Quote.dtd b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Quote.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b5033f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/Quote.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7656 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Common.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    A few character entities the XML recommendation says should be defined
+    "for interoperability" with existing SGML parsers.  By default, these
+    are not included to avoid warnings (about entity redefinition) from
+    many XML parsers.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % SGML-help "IGNORE">
+<![%SGML-help;[
+<!ENTITY lt     "&#38;#60;">
+<!ENTITY gt     "&#62;">
+<!ENTITY amp    "&#38;#38;">
+<!ENTITY apos   "&#39;">
+<!ENTITY quot   "&#34;">
+]]>
+
+<!--
+    Common types used throughout the cXML definition.
+
+    The types try to follow the XML DATA definition submitted to the W3C. See
+    the following for more information,
+
+        http://msdn.microsoft.com/xml/reference/schema/datatypes.asp
+        http://www.w3c.org/TR/1998/NOTE-XML-data-0105/
+
+-->
+
+<!-- Atomic-level Types -->
+<!ENTITY % bin.base64 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % bin.hex "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % boolean "(0 | 1)">    <!-- 0 is false, 1 is true -->
+<!ENTITY % char "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % date "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % datetime.tz "CDATA">  <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % fixed.14.4 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % i8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % int "%i8;">
+<!ENTITY % r8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % number "CDATA">       <!-- No limit on number of digits, unlike
+                                      %r8; -->
+<!ENTITY % string "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % time.tz "CDATA">      <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % duration "CDATA">      <!--ISO8601 duration http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#duration  -->
+<!ENTITY % ui8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uint "%ui8;">         <!-- Unique to this specification -->
+<!ENTITY % uri "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uuid "CDATA">
+
+<!-- Higher-level Types -->
+<!--
+    NOTE: The following is a temporary *hack* to allow empty values for
+    some attributes with these types.  The nmtoken entity should resolve to
+    NMTOKEN.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % nmtoken "CDATA">      <!-- Any combination of XML name chars. -->
+<!ENTITY % isoLangCode "%nmtoken;">         <!-- ISO 639 Language Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCountryCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166 Country Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoStateCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166-2:2013 Country Subdivision (State) Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCurrencyCode "%nmtoken;">     <!-- ISO 4217 Currency Code -->
+<!ENTITY % xmlLangCode "%nmtoken;"> <!-- Language code as defined by XML
+                                         recommendation: Language and
+					 country. -->
+<!ENTITY % URL "%uri;">
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Base.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    This file defines the basic elements used to build higher level
+    constructs in cXML.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic Name/Data Elements -->
+<!--
+    Name is used to provide an identifier for other elements.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Name (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the name is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Name
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An Extrinsic is an element which can be used to extend the data
+    associated with known elements.
+
+    Since this Element is of type ANY, it could contain any arbitrary XML
+    document within itself, or a binary ![CDATA[]] document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extrinsic ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name used to identify this extrinsic. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Extrinsic
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Description is a string which describes something.
+    Though text may be interspersed with ShortName elements in this content
+    model, placing the ShortName at the beginning or end of the element is
+    much preferred. At most one ShortName element is allowed per
+    Description. The intended content model would be more like
+    (( ShortName, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | ShortName? )) if DTD syntax
+    supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Description ( #PCDATA | ShortName )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                      ShortName -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the description is written.
+
+    @attr type The qualifier of the description. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Description
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+    type  %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A short string which describes something in fewer characters than the
+    entire Description. This should be used when limited space is available.
+    For example, a table of elements might show the ShortName's of each. A
+    linked "details" view would show the entire Description (including the
+    ShortName). Without a ShortName, the user interface must default to a
+    truncation of the Description.
+	
+    This element does not require an xml:lang attribute since it appears only
+    within a Description element. The language of the ShortName must match
+    that of the surrounding Description.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShortName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- Telephone Number Elements -->
+<!--
+    International ITU dial code for the country code in question.  This
+    code would be entered after any escape code necessary to begin
+    International dialing. That is, the escape code does not appear in the
+    content of this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CountryCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the dial code in question.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CountryCode
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The area code or city code within a CountryCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AreaOrCityCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    The local number part of a telephone number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Number (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    An extension within relative to the Number element. This element has no
+    meaning without an associated Number element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extension (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    TelephoneNumber represents international telephone numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TelephoneNumber (CountryCode, AreaOrCityCode, Number, Extension?)>
+
+<!--
+     Phone is a "named" TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Phone (TelephoneNumber)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Specifies an identifier which indicates the type of phone number. US examples would include 
+		"work","home", and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Phone
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Fax number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fax (TelephoneNumber | URL | Email)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the fax number. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fax
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Addressing Elements -->
+<!--
+    A string that represents a URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT URL (#PCDATA)> <!-- URL -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the URL. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST URL
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An email address. Address must conform to RFC 821 (SMTP Standard).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Email (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the email address.
+
+    @attr preferredLang Optional language that the email owner prefers to receive emails in. Refer to the definition 
+		of the xmlLangCode entity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Email
+    name          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    preferredLang %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contact represents an entity at a location. The nature of this
+    element is that it represents a communication "end point" for a
+    location.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+       a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) 
+	   pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contact (Name, PostalAddress*, Email*, Phone*, Fax*, URL*, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr role Position this person or group plays in the procurement process.
+        Likely values include endUser, administrator, purchasingAgent,
+        technicalSupport, customerService, sales, supplierCorporate, supplierMasterAccount, 
+		supplierAccount, buyerCorporate, buyerMasterAccount, buyerAccount, buyer,
+        subsequentBuyer. Other values may be allowed in some cases.
+        The from and to roles are reserved for future use.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for relationships that require id references. Example: plantID
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain The qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. Examples are DUNS, ILN, and buyerLocationID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Contact
+    role             NMTOKEN           #IMPLIED
+    addressID        %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The DeliverTo part of an Address. This would be internal to the actual
+    address know to the outside world. Similar to what an extension is to a
+    TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliverTo (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Street is a single line of an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Street (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    City is the name of the city in an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT City (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr cityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a city region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST City
+    cityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    State is an optional state identifier in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT State (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoStateCode The ISO 3166-2:2013 country subdivision (state) code for this country.
+        Universally applicable code for the representation of the names of
+        principal administrative divisions of countries and territories included
+        in ISO 3166-1. It is intended to be used in conjunction with ISO 3166-1. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST State
+    isoStateCode  %isoStateCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A series of letters or digits or both, sometimes including spaces or punctuation, included 
+	in a postal address for the purpose of sorting mail. In the United States, postal code 
+	is called "ZIP code."
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Country is the name of the country in an Address's location. The
+    content of this element is a string which may (for example) be printed
+    directly to a shipping label. The content is the human-readable
+    equivalent of the isoCountryCode used by applications.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Country (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for this country. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Country
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Municipality specifies the name of the municipality in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Municipality (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr municipalityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a municipality region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Municipality
+    municipalityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    PostalAddress is a real-world location for a business or person.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalAddress (DeliverTo*, Street+, City, Municipality?, State?,
+                         PostalCode?, Country, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the postal address. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PostalAddress
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Address is the association of a Contact and a Location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Address (Name, PostalAddress?, Email?, Phone?, Fax?, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the country containing this location.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for
+        relationships that require id references. An example would be a shipping code.
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain It is the qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. 
+		Examples are DUNS and ILN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Address
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #IMPLIED
+    addressID       %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the parties involved in a document (for example, service entry sheet), including 
+	fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	Contact: Specifies contact information for the document partners. Allowed 
+		contact roles include fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	IdReference: Partner reference ID, supplier tax ID, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartnerContact (Contact, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the information of the issuer who is associated to the customs info document.
+	
+	Address: Defines the real-world location of the issuer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Issuer ( Address )>
+
+<!-- Financial Elements -->
+
+<!--
+	Money is the representation of the object used to pay for items.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Money (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr currency Specifies the currency in which amount is stated, must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes.
+
+	@attr alternateAmount The amount of money in the alternateCurrency. Optional and used to support dual-currency requirements such as the Euro.
+
+	@attr alternateCurrency Specifies the currency in which the alternateAmount is stated. Must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Money
+    currency           %isoCurrencyCode;  #REQUIRED
+    alternateAmount    %number;           #IMPLIED
+    alternateCurrency  %isoCurrencyCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Optional textual child for communicating arbitrary comments or description along with the parent.
+
+	Text may be interspersed with Attachment elements in this content model, grouping the Attachment 
+	list at the begging or end of the element is much preferred. The intended content model would 
+	be more like 
+	%
+	(( Attachment+, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | Attachment* ))
+	%
+	if the DTD syntax supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Comments ( #PCDATA | Attachment )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                    opt. Attachment list -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the Comments are written. This attribute will be required in 
+		a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+
+	@attr type An optional type of the comments. Type can be used to make the comments structured with 
+		respect to what they describe. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Comments
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+    type      %string;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Optional child of Comments element referencing a part in a multipart MIME
+    transmission.
+
+    The contained URL must use the scheme "cid:". This is the identifier for
+    the referenced attachment within the larger transmission. Must match the
+    Content-ID header of one (and only one) part of the MIME transmission
+    containing this cXML document. May also be used to retrieve the
+    attachment file separately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Attachment (URL)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr visibility Optional attribute that gives a hint as to how an attachment should be interpreted. 
+		If the value is "internal”, it will give a hint to the consumer of the attachment, that the attachment 
+		is meant for internal purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Attachment
+    visibility (internal)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a remote attachment.
+
+    AttachmentReference is used inside Extrinsic elements that have a
+    predefined name of "Attachments".
+
+    In the context of AttachmentReference, the domain attribute of
+    InternalID is currently optional. However, as a way to prevent
+    circular request paths, the sending application may use a
+    predefined value of "local" to indicate that the attachment
+    requested is local to the other application.
+
+    This optional URL element should link to a referenced source on the buyer’s
+    system. The URL scheme must conform to RFC 1738 (Uniform Resource Locators).
+    Both https and http transmission protocols are supported, however due to
+    security reasons we highly recommend to use https with the latest TLS set
+    only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AttachmentReference (Name, Description, InternalID, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr length Length of the attachment in bytes.
+        
+    @attr version Specifies the version of the external source. Examples: 1.0, beta, V-2. 
+-->           
+<!ATTLIST AttachmentReference
+    length  %uint;  #IMPLIED
+    version     %string; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition cost term .
+
+    Cost term can be of money or percentage type                
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT CostTermValue (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition type.
+
+    This represents the pricing condition type. ConditionType can have default 
+    cost term value, which will be used in cases where scales are not specified. 
+    If the scale is specified, the cost term value provided in the scale will be used.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT ConditionType (CostTermValue?,Scales?)>
+<!--
+     @attr name Name of the condition type. Example: Price, Surcharge.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConditionType
+    name  %string; #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    This represents the volume scale and there can be more than one 
+    cost term per scale. The scale type is specified in the Scales element.
+
+    The value which is specified for a scale is always in the context of a scale type which is selected. 
+ 
+    The attributes for a scale depends on the scale type. If the scale type is selected as "From", then
+    the scale should have "from" value. If the scale type is "To" scale, then the scale should have the 
+	value for "to" attribute.
+
+    If the scale is of type "Graduated", then both the "from" and "to" values should be provided.
+
+    Example 1: From scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0'> 
+	<Scale from='1000'>
+	<Scale from='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: From 0, From 1000, and From 5000. 
+    
+    Example 2: To scale
+	%
+	<Scale to='100'> 
+	<Scale to='1000'>
+	<Scale to='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: To 100, To 1000, and To 5000. 
+
+    Example 3: Graduated scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0' to='100'>
+	<Scale from='101' to='200'>
+    %
+	In the above example, there are two scales: From 0 To 100 and From 101 To 200.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scale (CostTermValue+)>
+<!--
+    @attr from This represents the lower bound value for the scale.
+    @attr to   This represents the upper bound value for the scale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scale
+    from   %number; #IMPLIED 
+    to     %number; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition scales vector.
+
+    This represents the volume scales list for a given validity period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scales (Scale+)>
+<!--
+    @attr scaleType This represents the scale type for the validity period. The value for this attribute can be
+        "From", "To", or "Graduated". Please refer to the examples provided in scale element for more information.
+
+    @attr scaleBasis This represents the scale basis.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scales
+    scaleType  (From|To|Graduated) #REQUIRED
+    scaleBasis %string; #FIXED 'quantity'
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a condition types list.               
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConditionTypes (ConditionType+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition validity period.
+
+    This represents the validity period of the price condition with start date and end date.
+    The validity period can have list of condition types.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriod (ConditionTypes)>
+<!--
+    @attr from Start date of the validity period.
+
+    @attr to End date of the validity period.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ValidityPeriod
+    from      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    to        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to list of validity periods. The list should have 
+    at least one validity period. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriods (ValidityPeriod+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to pricing condition object for a given line item.
+    The cost elements are added to pricing conditions per validity period
+    and scale. If any cost term like Discount, Surcharge is added to 
+    pricing condition, then it will not be part of modifications.     
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PricingConditions (ValidityPeriods)>
+
+<!--
+    Price per unit of item.
+
+    Money: Contains the final amount after applying Modifications.
+
+	Modifications: Contains details of the allowances and charges applicable 
+	at the line-item level.
+    
+	PricingConditions: Pricing condition that represents the cost elements with
+		validity period and optional scales.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitPrice (Money, Modifications?, PricingConditions?)>
+
+<!--
+    Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). In a
+    StatusUpdateRequest, this element identifies the purchase order to be
+    updated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr payloadID A unique identifier for the document. Copied directly from the
+        cXML element of the original document. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentReference
+    payloadID       %string;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains a unique internal ID for a document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InternalID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr domain A string indicating the type of internal ID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InternalID
+    domain   %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Common to most variants of the PunchOut transaction set. Defined here
+    to be easily shared between multiple DTD files without requiring
+    inclusion of Transaction.mod in all of them.
+
+    All of the PunchOut transaction sets include an originating Request
+    (ProviderSetupRequest for example), relatively simple Response
+    (PunchOutSetupResponse for example) and final Message
+    (ProviderDoneMessage or PunchOutOrderMessage). The Request and
+    Response comprise a back-end transaction between two cooperating
+    applications that wish to extend an interactive session from one to the
+    other. The Request provides the destination application with
+    authentication, identification and other setup information. The
+    Response provides the originating application with a unique starting
+    location for the interactive (HTML) session at the destination system.
+
+    After receiving a Response of this type, the originating application
+    redirects the user's browser to the provided location. (For some
+    non-HTML applications, opening a new browser window at that location
+    may be more appropriate.) The destination system eventually provides
+    an HTML form to the user's browser. This form submits the final
+    Message to close the remote session, return that user to the
+    originating application and carry any required information back to the
+    originating application.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a specific PunchOut session. Used in both originating 
+	Request and later Message that returns user to originating application.
+
+    Note: The BuyerCookie element used in a 'regular' PunchOut transaction
+    (defined in Transaction.mod) is of type ANY. That does not seem
+    useful. The string required below better matches the needs for this
+    element. Future transactions similar to the PunchOut transaction will
+    use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginatorCookie (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must submit the final Message. 
+	This location (carried in the originating Request) does not need to 
+	be specific to a PunchOut session since the OriginatorCookie is 
+	returned in the Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BrowserFormPost (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a service offered by this provider and requested in 
+	this transaction. Used only in the originating Request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedService (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must be redirected to
+    begin the interactive portion of the session at the remote site. The
+    destination system returns this information in the Response document.
+    This location must be specific to a particular session. It is
+    effectively a one time key, providing authenticated entry into the
+    destination system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StartPage (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Any information the originator must know about the completed operation 
+	at the provider site. The ReturnValue is for applications; the Name is 
+	for human consumption (direct presentation in the User Interface of the 
+	application). Where appropriate for the possible services, this element 
+	may appear in the final Message for a PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnData (ReturnValue, Name)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name An identifier for the data returned. Provides a meaning for the
+        contents of a ReturnData element. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnData
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	A value that is used by the originating application. This value depends on 
+	what service the provider supplies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnValue (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a time range. The start and end can be unbounded.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeRange EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the time range.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the range. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeRange
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a period in time.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Period EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the period.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the period. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Period
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Describes how the product is packaged or shipped. It must conform with UN/CEFACT 
+	(Recommendation 20) Unit of Measure Common Codes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitOfMeasure (#PCDATA)> <!-- nmtoken -->
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the quantity as quoted in the UnitPrice.
+	
+	UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure for the quote.
+	
+    Description: The textual description of the quote.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceBasisQuantity (UnitOfMeasure, Description?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr quantity The quantity basis for the quote.
+
+    @attr conversionFactor The conversion ratio from the unit of measure of the order to 
+		the unit of measure of the PriceBasisQuantity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PriceBasisQuantity
+    quantity         %r8;    #REQUIRED
+    conversionFactor %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to a term which is defined in another document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr termName The name of the ID attribute containing the term.
+
+    @attr term The value of that attribute (that is, the term itself). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermReference
+	termName %string; #REQUIRED
+	term %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an optionally named monetary rate at which goods or services are
+    charged or paid.
+	
+    Money: The amount of Money per UnitOfMeasure to be charged or paid.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure.
+
+    PriceBasisQuantity: The quantity the price is quoted on
+
+    TermReference: Identifies the definition of this UnitRate (found, for example, 
+		in contracts, master agreements, and other documents which may or may not be cXML 
+		documents).	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitRate (
+    Money,
+    UnitOfMeasure,
+    PriceBasisQuantity?,
+    TermReference?
+)>
+
+<!--
+    The rate information used to define the rate of a purchase. For
+    example, this could be the total room rate for 4 nights of stay
+    at a hotel.
+	
+    Total: The total amount for the rate. The total amount must equal
+		to quantity x UnitRate.
+
+    UnitRate: The single unit rate.
+
+    Description: Textual description for the rate. For example, hotel nightly rate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Rate (Total, UnitRate, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity The quantity associated with the rate. For example, a 4-night stay at a hotel will
+		have quantity set to 4 with UnitofMesure in UnitRate set to Day. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Rate
+    quantity    %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The total for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Total (Money, Modifications?)>
+
+<!--
+    Tolerances for price, quantity, and delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tolerances (QuantityTolerance?, PriceTolerance?, TimeTolerance?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityTolerance (Percentage | Value)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the price tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceTolerance (Percentage | Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a certain amount of days used to check if a concrete
+    delivery date is within the tolerance regarding the requested
+    delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeTolerance EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr limit Amount of time in 'type' relative to the requested delivery date is it allowed to deliver.
+
+    @attr type Specifies how the limit should be interpreted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeTolerance
+    limit %int; #REQUIRED
+    type  (minutes | hours | days | weeks) "days"
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Upper tolerances define an upper limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Upper (Tolerances)>
+<!-- 
+	Lower tolerances define a lower limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Lower (Tolerances)>
+<!--
+	The amount of tax.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+	The amount that is taxable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxableAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the location of tax,
+    for example, London, Canada, California, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxLocation (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the location of tax is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxLocation
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference indicates the relevant law as
+    titled for the local jurisdiction in the scenario of a triangular
+    transaction, for example, Triangulation, article 28c,E paragraph 3 
+	of the 6th EU VAT Directive.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TriangularTransactionLawReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the law reference is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TriangularTransactionLawReference
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    If you claim an exemption from taxes, some tax authorities, such as 
+	Portugal SAF-T, require you to specify an exemption code and exemption reason.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxExemption (ExemptReason?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr exemptCode Specifies the code against which the tax is exempted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxExemption
+    exemptCode    %string;      #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Specifies the exemption reason for zero tax.
+		
+	This would have no relation with the existing "exemptDetail" attribute. Existing attribute 
+	"exemptDetail" will not be ignored and this will also will be kept along with the new 
+	element "ExemptReason".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  ExemptReason  (#PCDATA) >
+<!-- 
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the exemption reason is written. 
+-->				
+<!ATTLIST  ExemptReason
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines details of one type of tax.
+	
+    TaxableAmount: The taxable amount.
+
+    TaxAmount: The tax amount.
+
+    TaxLocation: The tax location.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: This is the adjustment amount for the tax for the specific tax 
+		line (tax for a specific category and location) or in other words the adjustment
+        amount corresponding to tax represented by this TaxDetail element and
+        is optional. Currently it is ONLY supported for the PPR(PaymentProosalRequest)
+        document and also ONLY applicable for the PPR document.
+		
+        Note: Also this is to be used instead of TaxAdjustmentDetail(now deprecated)
+        element in the PPR document.
+
+    Description: The textual description of the current type of tax.
+
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference: The law reference for transactions where isTriangularTransaction 
+		is True.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxDetail (TaxableAmount?, TaxAmount, TaxLocation?, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description?,
+                     TriangularTransactionLawReference?, TaxRegime?, TaxExemption?,
+					 Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr taxedElement An ID reference that uniquely identifies the item being taxed???
+
+    @attr purpose The purpose of the tax, for example, tax (tax), custom duty, shippingTax,
+       specialHandlingTax, and so on.
+
+    @attr category The tax category, Sales tax (sales), Use tax (usage), VAT (vat),
+       GST (gst) are defined categories. Other values are permitted.
+
+    @attr percentageRate The tax rate in number of percentage.
+
+    @attr isVatRecoverable Set to "yes" if the entire invoice is VAT (Value Added Tax)-recoverable. Default is false.
+
+    @attr taxPointDate Refers to the date on which VAT becomes due.
+
+    @attr paymentDate Indicates the date when payment must be made.
+
+    @attr isTriangularTransaction Set to "yes" to indicate that the transaction occurred between 
+		three parties in three different countries, but the movement of goods did not follow the 
+		invoicing route. Add a Contract element with role="subsequentBuyer" to identify the 
+		subsequent buying organization in triangular transactions.
+
+    @attr exemptDetail If the TaxAmount is zero, VAT or other regulations may require
+		a reason why. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>zeroRated - The tax rate is zero.</li>
+		<li>exempt - The item or items are exempt from taxation.</li>
+		</ul>
+	   
+	@attr isWithholdingTax Set to "yes" if the tax is a withholding tax. 
+	   
+    @attr taxRateType Specify the tax rate type code (a string) that corresponds to a specific tax type. 
+ 	   For example, in Germany the tax rate of 19\% for value-added tax (VAT) corresponds to the "Standard" tax rate type. 
+ 	   In different EU member states, different VAT rates are allowed.
+	   
+ 	   The tax rate type makes it easy for the back-end system to handle different rates that result from changes in tax law.
+
+    @attr basePercentageRate The base tax rate in number of percentage. For some Tax categories (for example, ICMS for 
+		Brazil) TaxAmount is calculated considering the basePercentageRate along with percentageRate.
+		%
+		TaxAmount = TaxableAmount * percentageRate * basePercentageRate
+		$
+		Used only in the Quote Messages.
+
+    @attr isIncludedInPrice Set to "yes" (true) if the TaxAmount is included in the price. The default is "no" (false). 
+		Used only in Quote messages.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxDetail
+    taxedElement            IDREF          #IMPLIED
+	purpose                 %string;       #IMPLIED
+    category                %string;       #REQUIRED
+    percentageRate          %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isVatRecoverable        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    taxPointDate            %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    paymentDate             %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isTriangularTransaction (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    exemptDetail            (zeroRated | exempt)  #IMPLIED
+	isWithholdingTax        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	taxRateType				%string;	   #IMPLIED
+    basePercentageRate      %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isIncludedInPrice       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    TaxRegime is related to the type of supplier activities and the
+	commodities in the invoice. Companies pay taxes based on the tax regime
+	they are enrolled. Sample tax regimes: Assimilated Regime wages, Regime
+	of Small Taxpayers (REPECO), Regimen of business and professional activities,
+	etc. Multiple tax regimes can be associated with a single invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxRegime (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Tax item. This represents what a Tax element should
+    be in the classic notion of a line on a PO or Invoice. It can also
+    represent a per-line-item tax element depending on where it appears
+    (inside of a item ELEMENT or inside of a something like a supplierOrder
+    ELEMENT).
+
+    Represents a tax item in the shopping basket. There could be one of these
+    for the entire order, or one per line item.
+
+    The total amount of taxes for the line item or order should be reflected
+    in the Money element. The breakdown of taxes, for example, tax on shipping
+    or tax on goods should be represented in separate TaxDetail elements.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: The adjustment amount for the total tax for the document 
+		or in other words the adjustment amount corresponding to tax represented 
+		by this Tax element and is optional (this is supposedly the sum of the 
+		amounts in TaxAdjustmentAmount elements under the TaxDetail children of 
+		this Tax element). Currently, this element is ONLY supported for the 
+		PaymentProposalRequest document. It is used instead of the TaxAdjustment 
+		element (now deprecated).
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tax (Money, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description, TaxDetail*, Distribution*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Modifications element which provides the original unit
+    price or shipping price and then describes a set of 1 or more
+    modifications to that price. There can one per Shipping element.
+    The optional method attribute defines how multiple Modification elements
+    are combined.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the original price or shipping price and optionally provides a type.    
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalPrice (Money)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Type of price. Examples include MSRP, ListPrice, Actual, AverageSellingPrice,
+      CalculationGross, BaseCharge, AverageWholesalePrice, ExportPrice, AlternatePrice,
+      ContractPrice, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalPrice
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Stores any modification to the original price or shipping price of the item. Provides 
+	an optional level attribute for cascading modifications. 
+	
+	AdditionalDeduction: Used only when allowances are involved.
+
+    AdditionalCost: Used when additional charges are involved.
+	
+    OriginalPrice: Represents the price on which the discount or charges apply.
+	
+    Tax: Represents the tax on the Modification.
+	
+	ModificationDetail: The details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or 
+		AdditionalCost element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modification (OriginalPrice?, (AdditionalDeduction | AdditionalCost), Tax?, ModificationDetail?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr level Represents the level of modification, used in cascading modifications.
+	   Example:
+	   Charge 1 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 2 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 3 (Level 2): Original Price 8$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 4 (Level 3): Original Price 7$ Charge: 1$ ...
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Modification
+    level            %uint;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains details of the deductions available for the item. Used only when allowances are applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalDeduction (DeductionAmount | DeductionPercent | DeductedPrice)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of deduction (for example, discount). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AdditionalDeduction
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or AdditionalCost element. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ModificationDetail (Description?, IdReference?, ParentID?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr name The name of the modification, for example, "Allowance".
+    
+    @attr startDate The start date of the modification.
+
+    @attr endDate The end date of the modification.
+
+    @attr code The service code for the modification.
+
+    @attr scope The scope for the modification, for example, ‘UnitPrice’, ‘LineItem’.
+
+    @attr calculationType The calculationType for the modification, for example, ‘fixedAmount’, ‘quantity’, ‘percentage’.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ModificationDetail
+    name             %string;  #REQUIRED
+    code             %string;  #IMPLIED
+    startDate        %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    endDate          %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    scope            %string;  #IMPLIED
+    calculationType  %string;  #IMPLIED
+ >
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Value EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr value Quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Value
+	value            %number;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the percentage value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Percentage EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr percent Percentage for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Percentage
+ 	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	The Money element is the final cost amount for this Additional Cost or Charge
+ 	DO NOT USE THIS ELEMENT FOR SHIPPING, SPECIAL HANDLING, FREIGHT, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalCost (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines discount applied.
+
+	DiscountAmount: The discount expressed as a flat amount with currency.
+
+    DiscountPercent: The discount rate expressed as a percentage.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Discount (DiscountPercent | DiscountAmount)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the Basis for the Discount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountBasis (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the details of adjustments given over category and region.
+    
+	Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under TaxDetail element instead.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentDetail (Money)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr category String describing the tax adjustment category.
+	
+    @attr region String describing the region where the tax adjustment occurred. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxAdjustmentDetail
+    category    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    region      %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines TaxAdjustment given on the Total Tax, currently to be used with
+    PPR(PaymentProposalRqeuest) document to specify the total adjustments given
+    on the Tax for the payable.
+	
+    Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under Tax element instead.
+
+    Money: Describes the Total Tax Adjustment given on the payable.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentDetail: Describes the list of all the Adjustments given on the 
+		payable on the basis of tax category and region.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustment (Money, TaxAdjustmentDetail*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the tax adjustment either on the total tax or for a specific tax
+    category and region, currently to be used with PPR(PaymentProposalRequest)
+    document to specify the adjustments on tax for the payable.
+    If it is included under the Tax element then it is used to specify the
+    adjustment for total tax in the PPR(PaymentProposalRequest) document.
+    If it is included under the TaxDetail element then it specifies the adjustment
+    for tax for a specific tax category and region. 
+
+    Money: Describes the adjustment for the tax(either for Tax or TaxDetail) 
+		given on the payable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the discount rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The discount rate expressed as a percentage. A negative discount percent 
+		represents a penalty. 
+--> 
+<!ATTLIST DiscountPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the deduction rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The deduction rate expressed as a percentage. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DeductionPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to the line item in a Consignment Movement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductMovementItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr movementLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from movement document.
+
+    @attr movementID The id of a consignment movement entry known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr movementDate The date and time the product was moved from consignment inventory to the buyer inventory. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductMovementItemIDInfo
+    movementLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    movementID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    movementDate              %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a clear reference to the line item in a InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr invoiceLineNumber The line number of a line item, copied from InvoiceDetailRequest.
+
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+	@attr invoiceDate The invoice date. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceItemIDInfo
+    invoiceLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    invoiceID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate              %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quantity of an item that was returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity Quantity returned. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnQuantity
+    quantity        %r8; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with Contract/Catalog items. If this limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all Contract items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxContractAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with ad hoc items. If this is limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all ad hoc (non-Contract) items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAdhocAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Version.mod#4 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     Another top-level entity used in Transport.mod. Defined here to allow
+     easy updates to the release version of cXML without opening
+     Transport.mod. This should also provide an easy file to search for
+     the current release version string.
+-->
+
+<!-- cxml.version
+    Current default string for the cXML@version attribute. Corresponds to
+    the final directory of the SYSTEM identifier used in all up-to-date
+    cXML documents.
+    For easy parsing of this file, do not remove whitespace surrounding the
+    actual version string.
+-->
+<!ENTITY cxml.version "1.2.063" >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+	$Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/Industry.mod#1$
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Allow this module to be built separately from any other DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Characteristic contains detailed information about an item that can be used across different industries.
+    Can also be used to send material characteristics to support configurable material process. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Characteristic EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Type of Characteristic. Examples: size, sizeCode, color, colorCode , quality, qualityCode, grade, gradeCode.
+
+    @attr value Value for the domain.
+
+	@attr code Code associated with a characteristic, such as a currency code or unit of measure. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Characteristic
+	domain	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	value  	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;   #IMPLIED >
+	
+<!-- 
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+
+	Use IdReference and proper domain within ItemID instead.
+
+    Number assigned to a manufacturer's product according to the International Article Numbering Association 
+	or UPC(Universal Product Code) for an article.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EANID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	European Waste Catalogue is a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste Catalogue (EWC). 
+	It requires special handling. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EuropeanWasteCatalogID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+	planning/ordering process (and the related pricing). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionDealID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	The item number is a promotional variant number. Used when only one or some variants of an 
+	article are promoted.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionVariantID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Total retail value of all products. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalRetailAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Gross monetary amount paid or to be paid at intervals. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossProgressPaymentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Deposit amount charged for returnable items (boxes, containers, pallets, and so on).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Total amount of goods and services excluding deposits for returnable goods.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GoodsAndServiceAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specific exact amount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExactAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Groups all the additional amounts. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalAmounts (TotalRetailAmount?, InformationalAmount?, GrossProgressPaymentAmount?, 
+					TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount?, GoodsAndServiceAmount?,  ExactAmount? )>
+
+<!--
+	Price value per unit (gross price).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitGrossPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!--
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding  only taxes. The price stated is for information purposes 
+	only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPriceExclTax (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The Net value of a single unit that has to be corrected (new price). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitNetPriceCorrection (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines all the item related additional prices. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalPrices (UnitGrossPrice?, InformationalPrice?,  InformationalPriceExclTax?, UnitNetPriceCorrection?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines product/item related indicators. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIndicator EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Specifies the type of the Indicator. Suggested values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>InvoiceUnitIndicator - Indicator specifies the unit as basis for invoicing ("price per unit").</li>
+		<li>ConsumerUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used from the consumer/consumption 
+			process (for instance "gallons" or "liters").</li>
+		<li>ReturnableContainerIndicator - Indicator will be set if the packaging/container shall be returned to the 
+			sender and will be re-used.</li>
+		<li>TradeUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used to describe the trading unit (for 
+			instance "barrel" for oil).</li>
+		<li>DutyIndicator - Specifies that the current line item has a special fee.</li>
+		<li>CommisionIndicator - Marks the actual position/line item has a provision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	 @attr value Value of the indicator. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIndicator
+    domain  %string;   #REQUIRED
+    value  %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Supplier.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Supplier of goods and services. Includes a list of SupplierIDs which
+    identify the Supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supplier (Name, Comments?, SupplierID+, SupplierLocation*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr corporateURL URL to web site about the supplier.
+
+    @attr storeFrontURL URL to web site where a user can shop or browse. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Supplier
+    corporateURL   %URL;  #IMPLIED
+    storeFrontURL  %URL;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    One of the locations for a supplier. Supplier location is
+    generally a physical location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierLocation (Address, OrderMethods)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethods is the list of methods by which one can order
+    from a supplier. The contact element is the technical contact
+    who should be able to assist with order processing issues.
+    The list is to be ordered by supplier preference, the first
+    element having the highest degree of preference.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethods (OrderMethod+, Contact?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethod is a method for ordering. It is comprised of a
+    target address for the order and the protocol expected by
+    the address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethod (OrderTarget, OrderProtocol?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderTarget represents an address to which orders can be
+    sent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderTarget (Phone | Email | Fax | URL | OtherOrderTarget)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderProtocol is the communication method to be used when
+    communicating an order to a supplier. An example would be "cXML".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderProtocol (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    OtherOrderTarget represents an address which is not enumerated by
+    default in the OrderTarget Element. This may contain address targets
+    beyond the ability of this document to describe.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OtherOrderTarget ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Optional name for target. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OtherOrderTarget
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a supplier ID. A supplier ID is a (domain, value)
+    pair so that suppliers have the flexibility to define their ID's
+    according to an arbitrary convention (for example, (DUNS, 12345),
+    (TaxID, 88888888)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain The domain of the ID. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierID
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+   Defines a List of Suppliers that might be associated with a quote Item. Used in
+   ItemOut. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierList (Supplier+)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Item.mod#19 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Type of a line item.
+
+    lean: This line type indicates no child line is expected for line.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % lineItemType '(composite | item | lean)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a composite line item. 
+-->
+<!ENTITY % compositeItemType '(groupLevel | itemLevel)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a service line item.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceItemType '(material | service)'>
+
+<!--
+    Choice of type of a service line item. This entity represents the type of the service line. The following are the different 
+	types of service lines. 
+	
+	standard: This is the standard line type, and is the system default.
+	
+	blanket: You do not specify a quantity for blanket lines. The system defines the default quantity one to service lines 
+		with this line type. It is settled as a lump sum.
+	
+	contingency: This line type describes a service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order. This service 
+		is only used when required.
+	
+	openquantity: If the sold-to party requires that the bidder offers the quantity for a specific partial service,
+		the service line can be indicated by Line with open quantity. You can only use this line type in the following 
+		documents:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Purchase requisitions and RFQs in Purchasing (MM Services)</li>
+		<li>Inquiries with BOS in Sales</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	information: This line type does not describe a service. It is purely documentary in nature.
+		You select this line type if you want to use the service line to store additional text.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceLineType '(standard|blanket|contingency|openquantity|information)'>
+
+
+<!--
+	Choice of alternativeTypes.
+
+	No Alternative: This line type describes a service that cannot be performed in alternative ways.
+
+	Basic Line: This line type describes a service that can be performed in alternative ways. 
+		There are one or more alternative lines for each basic line. The value of a basic line is 
+		included in the total value of the service specifications.
+
+	Alternate Line: An alternative line describes a different way of performing a service or doing work 
+		than that set out in the associated basic line.
+
+		The value of an alternative line is not included in the total value of the service 
+		specifications.
+		
+		Example:
+		If flooring is to be renewed, you may want to enter one service line for parquetry 
+		flooring and an alternative line for ceramic tiles.    
+-->
+<!ENTITY % alternativeType '(noAlternative | basicLine | alternativeLine)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type with which a service line item can be identified to its alternative item. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Alternative EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr alternativeType This represents the alternative type of a service line item. 
+
+	@attr basicLineNumber When an alternative type is set as Alternate Line, the line number of the 
+		Service Line which whose alternative type set as Basic Line will be set here. This enables 
+		this service line item to identify for which service line item this is alternative to. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Alternative
+	alternativeType  %alternativeType;  #REQUIRED
+	basicLineNumber  %string;  #IMPLIED
+> 
+
+<!--
+    ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Name of the item's manufacturer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the ManufacturerName is written. This attribute will be 
+		required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.) 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ManufacturerName
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Classification is used to group items into similar categories.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Classification (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr domain Name of classification. Groups items into similar categories. Typically lists the UNSPSC 
+		(United Nations Standard Products and Services Code) commodity code for each selected item. 
+		These codes are used by backend systems within buyer and supplier organizations for accounting 
+		and report generation. For the list of UNSPSC codes, see www.unspsc.org. The domain attribute 
+		can also be used to specify product hierarchy and commodity information used by a backend system.
+		Domain can also be "MaterialGroup", which refers to a grouping of materials and services according 
+		to their characteristics in SAP.
+
+	@attr code Identifies the commodity by its designated code. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Classification
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+     Specifies the amount of time in days required to
+     receive the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LeadTime (#PCDATA)>   <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    SupplierBatch is the batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item quantity level
+    to identify  the batch in which the item or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in traceability.
+
+    Batch numbers (also call "lot number", "variant") are used in several industries to uniquely identify  items produced together.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    How the supplier identifies an item they sell.
+
+    If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item,
+    then the supplier should generate a key which identifies the part
+    uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. The
+    key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+
+    An example is where a Supplier would use the same PartID for an
+    item but have a different price for units of "EA" versus "BOX".
+    In this case, the ItemIDs should be:
+	%
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>EA</SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <foo>well formed XML here</foo>
+        </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+	%
+    In this case, the "foo" element must be defined in an internal subset
+    sent with the cXML document. Otherwise, parsers will not be able to
+    validate that document.
+
+    In a preferred approach, the sending application may escape the contained
+    XML using CDATA sections. This would appear as:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <![CDATA[<foo>well formed XML here</foo>]]>
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+    Finally, the angle brackets could be escaped using XML character
+    entities. This might be a bit harder for humans to read. For example:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           &lt;foo&gt;well formed XML here&lt;/foo&gt;
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr revisionID Also known as Material Revision Level. "Revision" is the most widely-used
+       term for referring to that attribute which distinguishes one closely-related design 
+	   iteration from another. A revision represents a change to an object, or a modification 
+	   to a part such that the part remains interchangeable with its previous iteration.
+       As part of engineering change management the supplier uses the revision level to uniquely 
+	   identify the version of a product, of an article or of a part. 
+-->     
+<!ATTLIST SupplierPartID
+	revisionID	%string;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	If SupplierPartID does not uniquely identify the item, the supplier should use SupplierPartAuxiliaryID to specify an "auxiliary" 
+	key that identifies the part uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. For example, a supplier might use 
+	the same SupplierPartID for an item, but have a different price for units of "EA" and "BOX". In this case, a reasonable 
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID for the two items might be "EA" and "BOX."
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID could also be used as a supplier cookie, enabling the supplier to refer to complex configuration or 
+	part data. It could contain all the data necessary for the supplier to reconstruct what the item in question is in their 
+	computer system (a basket or cookie of data that makes sense only to the supplier).
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID can help a remote website transport complex configuration or bill-of-goods information to re-identify 
+	the item when it is presented to the remote website in the future.
+	
+	If SupplierPartAuxiliaryID contains special characters (for example, if it contains additional XML elements not defined in the 
+	cXML protocol), they must be escaped properly. Due to the necessity to pass SupplierPartAuxiliaryID information through 
+	applications and back to the originating supplier, an internal subset containing any additional XML elements is insufficient.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartAuxiliaryID ANY>
+
+<!--
+   BuyerPartID represents an item in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerPartID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    A unique identification of an item. SupplierID is not required since
+    ItemIDs never travel alone.
+
+    ItemIDs used to define a Supplier/Commodity level Blanket Order Item should
+    use Empty SupplierPartID tag. These type of items do not have specific part numbers
+    at the time of placing the Blanket Order. There will be subsequent release orders
+    or invoices that will define the SupplierID.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+		certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemID (SupplierPartID, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetail contains detailed information about an item. All the data that
+    a user would want to see about an item instead of the bare essentials
+    that are represented in the ItemID.
+	
+	LeadTime: Time in days to receive the item.
+    
+	Dimension: Item dimensions.
+    
+	ItemDetailIndustry: Industry specific item detail information.
+
+	OverallLimit: Holds the maximum value that the total of all unplanned services 
+		(or the value of the material) covered by this item may not exceed. This limit, 
+		which represents a budget for unplanned services, must not be exceeded. 
+		This limit can be used in service lines and the items of blanket purchase orders.
+		At service item level (top level service item), this field captures limit for the 
+		total of all unplanned services (or the value of the material). At service 
+		outline level, it captures the sub-limits (the budget for that item). 
+
+	ExpectedLimit: ExpectedLimit is value that the unplanned services (or the material) 
+		covered by this item are not expected to exceed. It is a figure buyer assumes to be 
+		the final amount payable. It is entered only for top level service item. Whereas 
+		the overall limit field (at top level) captures the maximum allowed value (max 
+		amount that can be spent), the expected limit is used to capture the planned/expected 
+		value and is mainly used for analysis purposes and determining total value of item.
+    
+	PlannedAcceptanceDays: Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods 
+		after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetail (UnitPrice, Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, UnitOfMeasure, PriceBasisQuantity?, Classification+, ManufacturerPartID?,ManufacturerName?, URL?, LeadTime?, Dimension*, ItemDetailIndustry?, AttachmentReference*, PlannedAcceptanceDays?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	Item details specific for items that describe blanket purchase order items. 
+	This element should only be used for items in a purchase order of 
+	type "blanket"	or "regular".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BlanketItemDetail (Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+                             MaxContractAmount?, MaxAdhocAmount?, MaxQuantity?, MinQuantity?,
+			                 UnitPrice?, UnitOfMeasure?, PriceBasisQuantity?,
+			                 Classification*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a specific industry.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailIndustry (ItemDetailRetail? )>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isConfigurableMaterial A value of yes indicates that this item is defined as a configurable 
+		purchase and has material characteristics associated with it.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemDetailIndustry
+    isConfigurableMaterial	 (yes)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a retail industry. 
+    
+    EANID: Deprecated. Use '<IdReference domain="EAN-13">' within 'ItemID' instead.
+	
+	EuropeanWasteCatalogID: Specifies a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste 
+		Catalog (EWC) if it requires special handling.
+		
+	Characteristic: Specifies detailed information about an item that can be used across 
+		several different industries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailRetail (EANID?, EuropeanWasteCatalogID?, Characteristic* )>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product id, supplier 
+	product id, standard product id, internal product id, and so on).
+	
+	SupplierPartID: It represents a product in supplier system. This identifier is specified by the supplier.
+
+    SupplierPartAuxiliaryID: If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item, then the 
+		supplier should generate a key which identifies the product uniquely when combined with the SupplierID 
+		and SupplierPartID. The key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+    BuyerPartID: It represents a product in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, standard id for a product), 
+		the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Product (SupplierPartID?, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    A sequential number that is assigned when changes are made to component.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductRevisionID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element carrying batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    BuyerBatchID: An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    SupplierBatchID: An identifier from supplier to identify the material/goods produced in a single 
+		manufacturing run.
+
+    PropertyValuation: Consists of the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Batch (BuyerBatchID?, SupplierBatchID?, PropertyValuation*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr productionDate Date on which when a batch of material or goods is produced.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods becomes expired.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods will be inspected.
+
+    @attr shelfLife Duration that a product is expected to remain within its approved product specification 
+		after production date. This attribute is used for information purposes only.
+
+    @attr originCountryCode Country of origin for a batch of material or goods.
+
+    @attr batchQuantity Quantity for a batch of material or goods.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Batch
+    productionDate      %datetime.tz;    	#IMPLIED
+    expirationDate   	%datetime.tz;      	#IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate      %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+    shelfLife           %duration;          #IMPLIED
+    originCountryCode 	%isoCountryCode; 	#IMPLIED
+    batchQuantity       %r8;                #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+	
+	PropertyReference: The property being valuated.
+
+    ValueGroup: Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValuation (PropertyReference?, ValueGroup*)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property being valuated.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyReference (IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+	
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+
+    ParentID: For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+
+    PropertyValue: Values for valuating property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValueGroup (IdReference?,  ParentID?, PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--
+	For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ParentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains values for valuating a property.
+	
+    Examples:
+	<ul>
+	<li>QuantitySpecification - valuating properties whose data types are in units, for example, 5 pieces, 7 kg.</li>
+    <li>IntegerSpecification - valuating non-dimensional, integer properties, for example, codes, indexes, and sequential numbers.</li>
+	<li>DateTimeSpecification - valuating date time properties, for example requirement date, production date, and expiration date.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	Characteristic: Contains detailed information about a value that can be used for valuation of property
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValue (Characteristic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name of PropertyValue.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PropertyValue
+	name          %string;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	ControlKeys are used to override default business rules as configured in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ControlKeys (OCInstruction?, ASNInstruction?, InvoiceInstruction?, SESInstruction?)>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OCInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Order confirmation is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Order confirmation is not allowed.</li>
+		<li>requiredBeforeASN - Order confirmation is required before a ship notice.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OCInstruction
+	value     ( allowed | notAllowed | requiredBeforeASN )     #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a ship notice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the 
+	default business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ASNInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a ship notice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Ship notice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Ship notice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ASNInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an invoice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default 
+	business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	TemporaryPrice: Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. It can be set at the 
+		order header or item level. It has a required value attribute, which can be set to "yes" or 
+		"no". If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary 
+		and the supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, 
+		pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot 
+		invoice against any item on the order.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceInstruction (TemporaryPrice?, Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an invoice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>isERS - The order or line item is flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement, indicating that the 
+			system will post an invoice for it automatically based on goods receipts.</li>
+		<li>isNotERS - The order or line item is not flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement.</li>
+		<li>allowed - Invoice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Invoice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr verificationType The only supported value is "goodsReceipt", which indicates that invoice verification 
+		for this item is based on the goods receipt. The invoice item can then be matched up uniquely with the 
+		goods receipt item. Goods-receipt-based invoice verification makes sense when you expect a delivery to 
+		be made and posted in several parts.
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit price while 
+		creating an invoice. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules 
+		present in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceInstruction
+    value       (isERS | isNotERS | allowed | notAllowed)  #IMPLIED
+    verificationType (goodsReceipt)                        #IMPLIED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no) 			   #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. If set to true at the order item level, pricing for the 
+	item is considered temporary and the supplier cannot invoice the line item.
+	
+	If set to true at the order header level, pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and 
+	the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TemporaryPrice EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr value If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary and the 
+		supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, pricing is considered 
+		temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TemporaryPrice value (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a service sheet is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SESInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a service sheet is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Service sheet is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Service sheet is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit 
+		price while creating a service sheet. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules present 
+		in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SESInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no)  	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Either or both a textual description and codes about a hazard inherent
+    in an item or for the overall order or shipment. The overall hazards
+    may be due either to identical hazards for all items or hazards
+    inherent in shipping various products together.
+
+    The contained Description element list (if provided) should include
+    detailed handling requirements. Elements in this list may appear in
+    any order. A description locale (Description&#064;xml:lang attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Hazard element. When more than one
+    Description element is present, all must contain translations of a
+    common description.
+
+    Classification elements may appear in any order. A classification
+    domain (Classification&#064;domain attribute value) must not appear more
+    than once in a Hazard element.
+
+    All listed Classification elements and the Description (if provided)
+    must relate to a single hazard. Additional hazards must use separate
+    Hazard elements.
+
+    The following Classification domains are expected in this context:
+	<ul>
+	<li>UNDG - United Nations Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>IMDG - International Marine Organization Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>NAHG - North American Hazardous Goods</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Hazard ((Description+, Classification*) | Classification+)>
+
+<!--
+	Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PlannedAcceptanceDays  (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more authorization labels for the document.
+    
+    A authorization label identifies a document as part of a certain, user-defined, classification
+    but doesn't by itself grant or deny access to a user. Instead, it's up to the application
+    to decide if a user should or shouldn't have access based on this info.
+    
+    Each IdReference means a different domain. No duplicate domains are allowed. Multiple
+    values within the same domain must appear as comma-separated values in the same element.
+    
+    Examples of valid domains are:
+    <li>sip<li>
+    <li>program</li>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AuthorizationLabels (IdReference+)>
+
+<!--
+    Indicates that the order is DPAS-rated. This requires a special handling
+    to comply with the applicable law.
+
+    This element is only applicable in the US.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DPAS EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr rating    The DPAS rating, such as DO or DX. Even more specific ratings
+        can be put here.
+    @attr contract  The contract number related with this DPAS-rated order.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+    @attr quantity  The allocation quantity, for line-level or lower information.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DPAS
+    rating      %string;    #REQUIRED
+    contract    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    quantity    %r8;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures travel information. It could be one of four
+    types: air, car rental, hotel, or rail.
+	
+	AirDetail: Air travel detail.
+
+    CarRentalDetail: Car rental detail.
+
+    HotelDetail: Hotel detail.
+
+    RailDetail: Rail detail.
+
+    PolicyViolation: List of policy violations (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+
+    Comments: Top level comments for this travel line item (if any). This
+        is not the policy violation comment but a top level comment
+        given by the user for this travel line item while in Travel
+        Booking Provider's web site.
+
+    TermsAndConditions: List of Terms and conditions (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TravelDetail ((AirDetail | CarRentalDetail | HotelDetail | RailDetail),
+                          PolicyViolation*,
+                          Comments?,
+                          TermsAndConditions?)>
+<!--
+	@attr confirmationNumber A unique confirmation number that is useful to both the traveler 
+		and the vendor who is providing the service for this travel line item. For example, 
+		hotel reservation number or e-ticket number from the airline.
+
+	@attr pnrLocator Passenger Name Record (PNR) Locator that is useful to the Travel Booking 
+		Provider.
+
+	@attr quoteExpirationTime Date and time that this quote will expire. This value is normally 
+		supplied in the PunchoutOrderMessage. If no value is supplied, it is assumed that there 
+		is no expiration time or date for this quote.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TravelDetail
+    confirmationNumber  %string;        #REQUIRED
+    pnrLocator          %string;        #IMPLIED
+    quoteExpirationTime %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Air -->
+
+<!--
+    Air detail information for the air trip.
+	
+	TripType: Round Trip, One Way, or Multi Leg
+
+    AirLeg: Different air leg that makes up this air detail.
+        For example a round trip from SFO -> TPE with no stops
+        will have two air legs. One air leg from SFO -> TPE
+        and another from TPE -> SFO.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available airfare prices that the user did not pick.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty amount (if any). This is normally due to changes or
+        cancellation of the ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirDetail (TripType,
+                     AirLeg+,
+                     AvailablePrice*,
+                     Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Define a single leg in the air travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Airline vendor name and information.
+
+    AirLegOrigin: Originating airport for this air leg.
+
+    AirLegDestination: Destination airport for this air leg.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Airline booking class code. This is the de-facto
+        airline standard. For example,
+
+        F, FN, P, R, A      - first class
+        C, CN, D, J, I, Z   - business class.
+        Y, YN, B, BN, M, H, V, VN, O, Q, QN, S, K, KN, L, U, T, W - coach class.
+
+    Rate: Rate for this particular air leg. If specify, the total
+        of all the rate for the different air legs must add up
+        to the total the line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal information for this air leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLeg (Vendor,
+                  AirLegOrigin,
+                  AirLegDestination,
+                  BookingClassCode?,
+                  Rate?,
+                  Meal*)>
+<!--
+    @attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+    @attr departureTime Departure date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr arrivalTime Arrival date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr flightNumber Flight number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatNumber Seat number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatType Seat type.
+
+    @attr upgrade Set to "yes" to indicate the ticket is an upgrade.
+
+    @attr stops The number of stop for this air leg. 0 if it is a direct flight. If no information is supplied, it is defaulted to 0.
+
+    @attr equipment The plane equipment information for this air leg.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AirLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    flightNumber    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    seatType        (window | aisle | middle) #IMPLIED
+    upgrade         (yes)           #IMPLIED
+    stops           %r8;            #IMPLIED
+    equipment       %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Originating airport for this Air Leg.
+
+    Airport: Originating airport.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegOrigin (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Destination airport for this Air Leg.
+	
+	Airport: Destination airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegDestination (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Airport information that includes the three-letter IATA airport code.
+	
+    Address: Physical address of the airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Airport (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr airportCode The three-letter IATA airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Airport airportCode %string; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!---
+    Meal information used by air, hotel and rail.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Code for the meal. For example, airlines use
+		<ul>
+		<li>B - Breakfast</li>
+        <li>C - Complimentary liquor</li>
+        <li>D - Dinner</li>
+        <li>F - Food for purchase</li>
+        <li>G - Food and beverage for purchase</li>
+        <li>H - Hot meal</li>
+        <li>K - Continental breakfast</li>
+        <li>L - Lunch</li>
+        <li>M - Meal</li>
+        <li>N - No meal service</li> 
+        <li>O - Cold meal</li>
+        <li>P - Liquor for purchase</li>
+        <li>R - Refreshments</li>
+        <li>S - Snack or brunch</li>
+        <li>V - Refreshments for purchase</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    Description: Textual description of the meal, including any special needs
+        such as vegetarian or dairy-free.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Meal (BookingClassCode?, Description?)>
+
+<!-- Car Rental -->
+
+<!--
+    Car rental information.
+
+    Vendor: Car rental vendor information.
+
+    CarRentalPickup: Pickup location for the rental car.
+
+    CarRentalDropoff: Drop off location for the rental car.
+	
+    BookingClassCode: Four-letter code for car.
+		<ul>
+		<li>1st Letter - M (Mini), E (Economy), C (Compact), S (Standard),
+			I (Intermediate), F (Full size), P (Premium), L (Luxury)
+            V (MiniVan), X (Special)</li>
+        <li>2nd Letter - B (2 door), C (2/4 door), D (4 door), T (Convertible),
+			F (Four wheel drive), V (Van), W (Wagon), S (Sport)
+            X (Special)</li>
+        <li>3rd Letter - A (Automatic), M (Manual)</li>
+        <li>4th Letter - R (A/c), N (No A/C)</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    CarRentalFee: Multiple car rental fee can be specified to capture the
+        break down of different fees. The total of these fees must
+        add up to the total at the line item level.
+
+    LimitedMileage: Mileage limit information.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices for car rental that the user did not pick.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDetail (Vendor,
+                           CarRentalPickup,
+                           CarRentalDropoff,
+                           BookingClassCode?,
+                           CarRentalFee+,
+                           LimitedMileage?,
+                           AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is 
+		specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr pickupTime The intended pickup date and time.
+
+	@attr dropoffTime The intended drop off date and time. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalDetail
+    travelSegment %string;          #REQUIRED
+    pickupTime    %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+    dropoffTime   %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be picked up. This
+    is either an Airport or off airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalPickup (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be dropped off.
+    This is either an Airport or off-airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDropoff (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    This specifies the quantity and the unit of measure of the mileage
+    limit.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure either miles or kilometers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LimitedMileage (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity The mileage limit amount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LimitedMileage
+    quantity   %r8;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Car rental fee information. CarRentalFee captures the actual
+    charges and fee that applies to this rental. Conditional charges
+    such as extra mileages that are over the mileage limit should not
+    be specified here but rather in the TermsAndConditions text.
+	
+    Total: Total amount for this car rental fee. All the total for the rates
+        must add up to this amount.
+
+    Rate: The individual broken-down fee information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalFee (Total, Rate*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of rate. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>baseRate - Base rental rate.</li>
+		<li>additionalDriver - Additional driver fee.</li>
+		<li>airportAccessFee - Airport Access fee.</li>
+		<li>dropOffCharge - Drop off charge.</li>
+		<li>vehicleLicensingFee - Vehicle licensing fee.</li>
+		<li>touristTax - Tourist tax.</li>
+		<li>prepaidGasoline - Prepaid gasoline charge.</li>
+		<li>navigationSystem - Navigation system.</li>
+		<li>childSeat - Child seat charge.</li>
+		<li>luggageRack - Luggage rack charge.</li>
+		<li>collisionDamageInsurance - Collision damage insurance.</li>
+		<li>liabilityInsurance - Liability insurance.</li>
+		<li>mobilePhone - Mobile phone base charge.</li>
+		<li>other - Other charges.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalFee
+    type (baseRate | additionalDriver | airportAccessFee | dropOffCharge |
+          vehicleLicensingFee | touristTax | prepaidGasoline |
+          navigationSystem | childSeat | luggageRack | collisionDamageInsurance |
+          liabilityInsurance | mobilePhone | other) "baseRate"
+>
+
+<!-- Hotel -->
+
+<!--
+    Hotel detail information.
+	
+    Vendor: Hotel vendor information.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the hotel. This is might be different
+        from the address specified in the Vendor field as the vendor
+        address might be the head quarter address.
+
+    RoomType: The type of room reserved.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Hotel booking class code.
+
+    Meal: Any complementary meals that are included with the room. For
+        example, complementary continental breakfast.
+
+    Rate: Hotel rate information. Multiple rates can be specified. For
+        example, the night rate, valet parking rate, and other rates.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that user did not pick. Available
+        prices can be from the same vendor or different vendor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT HotelDetail (Vendor,
+                       Address,
+                       RoomType,
+                       BookingClassCode?,
+                       Meal*,
+                       Rate*,
+                       AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel vendor 
+		for the arrival time.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure from the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel 
+		vendor for the departure time.
+
+	@attr checkinTime The official checkin time. For example, most hotel checkin time is 3:00 PM.
+
+	@attr checkoutTime The official checkout time. For example, most hotel checkout time is 12:00 PM (noon).
+
+	@attr earlyCheckinAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that early checkout is allowed.
+
+	@attr lateCheckoutAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that late checkout is allowed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST HotelDetail
+    travelSegment   %string;         #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    checkinTime     %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    checkoutTime    %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    earlyCheckinAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+    lateCheckoutAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the hotel room.
+
+    Amenities: List of amenities for this hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RoomType (Description?, Amenities*)>
+<!--
+	@attr smoking Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether it is a smoking a non-smoking room.
+
+	@attr numberOfBed The number of beds in this room.
+
+	@attr bedType The bed type in this room.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RoomType
+    smoking        (yes | no)   #REQUIRED
+    numberOfBed    %r8;         #IMPLIED
+    bedType        (king | queen | full | double | single | other)    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual description of the amenities for the hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Text description of this amenities. For example,
+        DSL connection, two telephone lines, and other information
+        about a hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Amenities (Description)>
+
+<!-- Rail -->
+
+<!--
+    Rail detail information. A rail detail can have multiple legs.
+	
+    TripType: Trip type for this rail.
+
+    RailLeg: The different rail legs that make up this rail detail.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that the user did not pick for for this
+        rail trip.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty (if any) associated with this rail trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailDetail (TripType,
+                      RailLeg+,
+                      AvailablePrice*,
+                      Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Rail leg is used to express information regarding a single leg for
+    a rail travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Rail vendor information.
+
+    RailLegOrigin: Rail originating location.
+
+    RailLegDestination: Rail Destination location.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Rail booking class code.
+
+    Rate: Rate information (if any) for this rail leg. If specified,
+        all the rates in all rail legs must add up to the total at the
+        travel line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal served for this leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLeg (Vendor,
+                   RailLegOrigin,
+                   RailLegDestination,
+                   BookingClassCode?,
+                   Rate?,
+                   Meal*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure at the originating location.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the destination location.
+
+	@attr trainNumber Train number for this rail leg.
+
+	@attr seatNumber Seat number.
+
+	@attr carType Type of the rail car.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RailLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    trainNumber     %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    carType        (sleeper | seat) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The origin of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport or a
+    physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegOrigin (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    The destination of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport
+    or a physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegDestination (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!-- Travel/Expense common definitions -->
+
+<!--
+    The type of the trip. This is used by Air and Rail to indicate
+    round trip, one way or multi-leg trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TripType EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of trip (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>round - A round trip.</li>
+		<li>oneWay - A one way trip.</li>
+		<li>multiLeg - A multi leg or open jaw trip.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TripType
+    type    (round | oneWay | multiLeg) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a vendor that is providing this service.
+	
+    Address: The physical address of the vendor. This address normally is
+        the business or head quarter address of the vendor.
+
+    SupplierID: Supplier ID for this vendor. This is just a (domain, value)
+        pair so that Travel Booking Providers have the flexibility to
+        define their id's according to an arbitrary convention (for example,
+        (DUNS, 12345), (TaxID, 88888888)).
+
+        Note: Multiple SupplierID elements can be specified. This is so
+        that Travel Booking Provider can have a single implementation
+        that works with different Buyer implementations that use
+        a different SupplierID domain.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT Vendor (Address, SupplierID*)>
+<!--
+	@attr preferred Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether this vendor is a preferred vendor.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Vendor
+    preferred (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual terms and conditions associated with an air fare, car
+    rental, hotel, or rail. For example, a car rental terms and
+    conditions normally include boundary limit, additional mileage
+    charges, gasoline charge and other restriction information.
+
+    Multiple terms and conditions can be attached to a single travel
+		line item.
+	
+	Description: Textual terms and conditions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsAndConditions (Description+)>
+
+<!--
+    Policy violation (if any) that results from the user picking this
+    particular travel. Policy violations are associated with an
+    individual line item of travel and not associated at the header
+    level. This allows for clear identification of the violation with
+    the individual line item.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of this violation.
+
+    PolicyViolationJustification: Justification for this violation given by user 
+		normally picked from a standard list of justifications at the Travel Booking
+		Provider web site.
+
+    Comments: Additional comments to further clarify the justification given
+        by user.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolation (Description,
+                           PolicyViolationJustification,
+                           Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level Violation level. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>warning - a non serious violation.</li>
+		<li>violation - a serious violation of company policy.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PolicyViolation
+	level (warning | violation) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Justification given by the user why they violate the company
+    travel policy. This justification value is normally picked from a
+    pick list at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+	
+    Description: The justification of the violation picked from a standard list
+        at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolationJustification (Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Penalty (if any) for this travel segment.
+	
+    Money: The penalty amount.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the cause of the penalty. For example,
+        change fee associated with air ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Penalty (Money, Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Other avaible price. AvailablePrice is used to express what other
+    prices are available that the traveler did not pick.
+    AvailablePrice is can be used to capture the lowest price, the
+    highest price, the lowest compliant price, and the hight compliant
+    price.
+	
+    Money: The amount of the other available price.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the available price. It explain
+        how this price was derived at. For example, a non direct flight
+        exists with the flight number can be put here.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AvailablePrice (Money, Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of available price (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>lowest - The lowest price possible regardless of the traveling policies.</li>
+		<li>lowestCompliant - The lowest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highestCompliant - The highest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highest - The highest price possible regardless of the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>other - Other, specify in the description.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AvailablePrice
+    type (lowest | lowestCompliant | highestCompliant | highest | other) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Booking class code used by airfare, car rental, hotel, and rail to
+    indicate the class.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BookingClassCode (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain The domain for this code, for example, IATA.
+
+	@attr code An industry standard code, or per agreement of buyer-travel booking provider pair.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BookingClassCode
+    domain  %string;    #REQUIRED
+    code    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Define a physical location and its address. This can be used to 
+    describe places such as airport, bus station, ferry dock, railway
+    station and so on.
+	
+    Address: Indicates the address of the place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Place (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Qualifier or domain for the code. For example, airport code is IATA standard, the domain 
+		value would be "IATA"; however bus station code may be local specific.
+		
+	@attr code Indicates the code the may represent the place. For example, airport can have an airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Place
+    code           %string;     #IMPLIED
+    domain         %string;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway where trip or leg originated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegOrigin (Place)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway code where trip or leg ended.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegDestination (Place)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transaction.mod#2 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+<!-- 
+	Detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	 
+    Extrinsic: Additional per-unit asset information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AssetInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr isReferencedAsset Indicates whether the asset info is for a referenced asset associated with the item in the document.
+	
+	@attr tagNumber Asset tag number for the unit.
+
+	@attr serialNumber Manufacturer's serial number for the unit.
+
+	@attr location Location of the unit.
+	
+	@attr equipmentId Equipment ID of the unit.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AssetInfo
+    isReferencedAsset  (no)  #IMPLIED
+	tagNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	serialNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	location %string; #IMPLIED
+	equipmentId %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Basic transactional elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in posted currency.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInPostedCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in billing currency. If specified, customer
+    needs to pay this amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInBillingCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	The bill to for an item.
+   
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BillTo (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    The ship to for a item.
+	
+	Address: To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the element IdReference should 
+		be set to "buyerLocationID", the identifier to the plantID. The addressIDDomain should be set to 
+		"buyerLocationID" and the addressID to the plantID. Use the name for the description.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipTo (Address, CarrierIdentifier*, TransportInformation*, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+The BusinessPartner for an item.
+
+Address: Provides a description of the business party. Follow these instructions for each role:
+	<ul>
+	<li>soldTo: The domain attribute of the element IdReference should be set to "buyerAccountID", the identifier 
+		to the sold to party ID. The addressIDDomain should be set to "buyerAccountID". The addressID should be 
+		set to the sold to party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>shipFrom: The addressIDDomain should be set to "shipFromAddressID". The addressID should be set to the 
+		ship from party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>orderingAddress: The addressIDDomain should be set to "supplierCorporate". The addressID should be set 
+		to the ordering address party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	</ul>
+
+IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer and
+         supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BusinessPartner (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr type Identifies the type of business partner. Only possible value is organization.
+    @attr role Indicates the role the partner plays in the procurement process.
+          Possible values are soldTo, shipFrom, orderingAddress, or logistics.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BusinessPartner
+type             (organization)                         			#REQUIRED
+role             (soldTo | shipFrom | orderingAddress | logistics)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Shipping item. Represents a shipping cost in the
+    shopping basket (PunchOutOrderMessage) or an order to the supplier
+    (OrderRequest). There could be one of these for the entire order, or one
+    per line item.
+
+    The Modifications element (if present) represents any changes to
+    the shipping cost.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Shipping (Money, Description, Modifications?)>
+<!--
+	@attr trackingDomain Represents the logistics supplier, for example, "FedEx", "UPS", and so on.
+
+	@attr trackingId An optional element value that represents the logistics supplier tracking number.
+
+	@attr tracking Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Shipping
+    trackingDomain  %string;  #IMPLIED
+    trackingId      %string;  #IMPLIED
+    tracking        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the payment terms in a PaymentProposalRequest document.
+	
+    Description: A general description on payment terms.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment terms.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerms (PaymentTerm*, Description?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr paymentTermCode This is the payment term code defined by buyers in ERP.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerms
+    paymentTermCode        %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a payment term in an invoice or order. This deprecates the
+	InvoiceDetailPaymentTerm previously defined. Payment term can be the 
+	net term (without discount) or discount term (with discount).
+		
+    Discount: The percentage or amount of the discount term. This element should be omitted
+	 	if the payment term is a net term.
+ 
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment term.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerm (Discount?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr payInNumberOfDays The number of days after invoice effective date for the invoice to be paid.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerm
+    payInNumberOfDays        %uint;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PCard">
+
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PaymentToken">
+
+
+<!--
+	Describes the payment instrument used to pay for the items requested. The Payment element 
+	contains a PCard element, which encodes a standard purchasing card into the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Payment (%cxml.payment;)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. Segment is an older, deprecated way to
+    transport this information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Segment EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr type The accounting type of this segment.
+
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+
+	@attr description Textual description of the Segment. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Segment
+    type         %string;  #REQUIRED
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+    description  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. AccountingSegment is the newer, better
+    way to transport this information. Name corresponds to the type
+    attribute of Segment; Description corresponds to description. Both add
+    required locale attributes to the strings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AccountingSegment ( Name, Description )>
+<!--
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AccountingSegment
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Accounting entity.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.accounting  "( Segment+ | AccountingSegment+ )">
+<!--
+    An accounting object. Use of the Segment element here is deprecated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Accounting (%cxml.accounting;)>
+<!--
+	@attr name The name of the object containing the specified accounting segments.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Accounting
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A charge against an Accounting element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Charge (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The combination of a Charge against an Accounting Element. A distribution
+    represents the breakdown of one overall amount into sub-amounts.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Distribution (Accounting, Charge)>
+
+
+
+<!-- Item Elements -->
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier. The item can refer to a MasterAgreement in itself.
+	
+    ScheduleLine: Schedule Line(s) listed for the specific line item.
+    
+    ItemOutIndustry: Industry specific item information.
+	
+    Packaging: Specify the packaging information for a line item. 
+	
+    Batch: Batch information of goods or material produced in a single manufacturing run. 
+		The information includes ID, characteristic, date, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOut (ItemID, Path?, (ItemDetail|BlanketItemDetail)?, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*, Contact*, TermsOfDelivery?, Comments*, Indicator*, Tolerances?, ControlKeys?,
+				   ScheduleLine*,(MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?,  ItemOutIndustry?, Packaging*, ReleaseInfo?,  Batch?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired. Supplier and Commodity level items in an order of type "blanket" will use a 
+		default value of "1". The quantity in this case will not be used to compute 	the sub total. The MaxAmount in the 
+		BlanketItemDetail will be used to indicate any line level amounts.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items in 
+		create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this line item. It might be the same as orderID, and it might 
+	not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in the OrderRequestHeader.
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+
+	@attr isAdHoc Indicates the item does not exist in the reference document or contract master agreement.
+
+	@attr agreementItemNumber The corresponding Item Number of the Item in the Master Agreement if this is a "release" order item.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber lineNumber of the parent line item in the order.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requiresServiceEntry This is a flag to indicate if a service entry request is required for this item.
+
+	@attr confirmationDueDate Specifies the date by which the supplier has to respond with a Confirmation to the Purchase Order.
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory It is for defining how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier is withheld 
+			until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr subcontractingType The buyer's ERP system determines the subcontracting type based on the material provision indicator 
+		determined to support the regular subcontracting, Refurbishments or Replacements. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>regular - Standard subcontracting scenario.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithoutchange - For refurbishment without unchanged material.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithChange - For refurbishment with changed material.</li>
+		<li>replacement - For replacement of the materials.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+     @attr stockTransferType The buyer's ERP system sends the following stock transfer types based on the stock transport order or stock transport release.
+	    Possible values:
+		<ul>
+        <li>intra - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant with in the same Company code.</li>
+        <li>inter - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant  in different company codes.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the item
+
+	@attr isReturn A value of yes indicates that this item is for return process. Return Items are subject to Order confirmation 
+		optionally and also do not support the supplier ASN’s and Goods receipts from Buyers. Return Items is not included in the 
+		total of the PO amount of the PO as they are excluded in the case of Mixed line items in single PO.
+
+	@attr returnAuthorizationNumber Return Authorization Number information for a line item.
+
+	@attr isDeliveryCompleted A value of yes indicates that this item is considered closed, it means that no more deliveries are 
+		expected for this item. This flag is set by the buyer for informative purposes.
+	
+	@attr unlimitedDelivery Set to yes to indicate if the line item supports unlimited quantity deliveries. 
+	    Corresponding unlimited delivery tolerance is flagged on the ERP.
+		
+	@attr isItemChanged Indicate if item has changed.
+
+	@attr isKanban The Kanban Indicator indicates the source of the purchase order item, which is, in case if the Kanban Indicator
+        is flagged in the purchase order, the Kanban process. If this is the case the buying company wants to indicate the supplier
+        that the Kanban related POs require an in time and 100 % delivery quality.
+        
+    @attr stoDelivery The delivery options possible for stock transport order item.
+        <ul>
+        <li>full (default) - Only full delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        <li>partial - Partial delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        </ul>
+
+    @attr stoOrderCombination When the attribute itemCategory has value "stockTransfer" and the attribute stoOrderCombination is set to "yes", 
+		then it is possible to combine items from different stock transport orders with the flag set during ship notice creation. 
+		A corresponding flag for order combination is set in the buyer's ERP. This setting is relevant for 
+		stock transport orders or stock transport releases.
+
+    @attr stoFinalDelivery When the attribute itemCategory has value 'stockTransfer' and the attribute stoFinalDelivery is set to 'yes',
+	    then further ship notice creation is not possible. This setting is relevant for stock transport orders or stock transport releases. 
+
+	@attr operation Defines the action associated with the line item. There is only one possible value:
+	<ul>
+		<li>delete - Removes the line item.</li>
+		<li>block - Blocks the line item.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOut
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementItemNumber	   %string;       #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %date;         #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType               %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    requiresServiceEntry    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    confirmationDueDate    %date;         #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+	itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+    subcontractingType (regular | refurbWithoutChange | refurbWithChange | replacement) #IMPLIED
+	stockTransferType      (intra | inter)  #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isReturn               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    returnAuthorizationNumber %string;    #IMPLIED
+    isDeliveryCompleted    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	unlimitedDelivery      (yes)          #IMPLIED   
+	isItemChanged          (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	isKanban               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoDelivery        	   (full | partial) #IMPLIED
+    stoOrderCombination    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoFinalDelivery       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    operation              (delete | block) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+   Contains information about the indicator of a line item and if it is a warning or an error.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Indicator (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Name given to indicator. 
+
+    @attr level Defines if the indicator is a warning or error message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Indicator
+    type    %string;         #IMPLIED
+    level   (warning | error)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the release information of a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure, ShipNoticeReleaseInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr releaseType A string value to identify the type of release. Possible values are "jit" (Just-In-Time)
+		or "forecast".
+
+	@attr cumulativeReceivedQuantity A number value to identify the cumulative quantity of all goods 
+		receipts against the scheduling agreement over a period up to a certain date
+
+	@attr releaseNumber A string value to identify the release.
+
+	@attr productionGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the production go-ahead period
+
+	@attr materialGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the material go-ahead period (go-ahead for 
+		purchase of input materials)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReleaseInfo
+    releaseType                 (forecast | jit)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeReceivedQuantity  %r8;              #REQUIRED
+    releaseNumber               %string;          #IMPLIED
+    productionGoAheadEndDate    %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    materialGoAheadEndDate      %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReleaseInfo will be used to reference a ship notice created from a scheduling agreement release. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReleaseInfo ((ShipNoticeReference|ShipNoticeIDInfo), UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr receivedQuantity Quantity received by the buyer for the referenced ship notice.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReleaseInfo
+    receivedQuantity            %r8;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    buyer.
+    Period: The period during which the service item can be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIn (ItemID, Path?, ItemDetail, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?,
+                  ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*,
+                  Contact*, Comments?, ScheduleLine*, BillTo?, Batch?, Period?,
+                  DateInfo*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired.
+
+	@attr openQuantity The quantity pending to be fulfilled by the seller to ship to the buyer. Example: for an Order 
+		Quantity of 100, if 50 was delivered, the open quantity is set to 50. The quantity is recorded as undelivered 
+		quantity by the buyer.
+
+	@attr promisedQuantity The quantity that has been promised by the selling party. The promised quantity, also 
+		called confirmed quantity, will be computed in the seller’s ERP based on ATP functionality. ATP is a function 
+		that enables customers’ orders to be confirmed based on available inventory or based on incoming commitments 
+		from the suppliers. This quantity will be used to indicate if the Order has been confirmed by the ERP system.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items 
+		in create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position of the parent line item. Used to create a nesting structure for line items.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are 
+		material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory Defines how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the 
+			finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier 
+			is withheld until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIn
+    quantity         %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    openQuantity     %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    promisedQuantity %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    lineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType         %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines SubcontractingComponent information.
+	
+	ComponentID: An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+
+	Description: Description of subcontracting component
+
+	Product: It contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product ID, supplier product ID, 
+		standard product ID, internal product ID, and so on)
+
+	ProductRevisionID: An identifier that is assigned when changes are made to component
+
+	Batch: An element carrying a batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run 
+		(such as buyer/supplier batch ID, production date, property valuation, and so on.)
+
+	SubcontractingComponentIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponent (ComponentID, UnitOfMeasure, Description?, Product?, ProductRevisionID?, Batch?, SubcontractingComponentIndustry?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of the subcontracting component required to produce the finished goods in a unit of measurement.
+
+	@attr requirementDate Specifies the date on which the requested quantity of subcontracting component is required.
+
+	@attr materialProvisionIndicator The material provision indicator (MPI) is used to identify the subcontracting 
+		type of a part for the components.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubcontractingComponent
+	quantity          	%r8;           		#REQUIRED
+	requirementDate  	%datetime.tz;  		#IMPLIED
+	materialProvisionIndicator (reworkTo | reworkFrom | regular) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines Schedule Line information.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of Measure for specified quantity.
+		
+	deliveryWindow: Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+    SubcontractingComponent: Contains detailed information about a subcontracting component which is used to manufacture 
+		the finished goods
+
+    ScheduleLineIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for the schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLine (UnitOfMeasure, ScheduleLineReleaseInfo?, SubcontractingComponent*, ShipTo?, ScheduleLineIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of items to be shipped for this schedule line. 
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+
+	@attr lineNumber Line identifier for a specific schedule line.
+
+	@attr deliveryWindow Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the schedule line
+
+	@attr originalRequestedDeliveryDate The Original Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+		This Date is not subject to changes
+	
+	@attr type Defines the schedule line type when the OrderRequest is a Schedule Agreement Release. Informative only. Possible values:
+	<ul>
+	<li>backlog - means that the schedule line has a delivery date that lies in the past.</li>
+	<li>immediate - means that the schedule line has the delivery date 'today'.</li>
+	<li>forecast - means that the schedule line has a delivery date in the future.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLine
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+	lineNumber  		   %uint;  		  #IMPLIED
+	deliveryWindow         %duration;     #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	originalRequestedDeliveryDate    %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	type                   (backlog | immediate | forecast) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    Schedule line industry-specific information. 
+    
+    ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense: schedule line-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineIndustry (ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this schedule line in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this schedule line
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines release information on schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr commitmentCode String value to identify the type of the delivery. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>firm - Go ahead for production. Vendor can ship against the schedule line and customer is responsible 
+			for cost of production as well as cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>tradeoff - Go ahead for material procurement. Vendor can ship against the schedule line if rule is enabled. 
+			Buyer is responsible for cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>forecast - Informational. Customer can change the schedule line without incurring any liabilities with the 
+			vendor.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr cumulativeScheduledQuantity Total quantity to be shipped for a particular line item up through the schedule line.
+
+	@attr receivedQuantity Received Quantity is the Quantity Received against the Schedule line of the PO or Scheduling 
+		Agreement line item based on the Goods Receipt posted in ERP. The quantity is informational and will be only used 
+		as visibility for suppliers and will not be validated for Invoice or Shipment processing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineReleaseInfo
+    commitmentCode              (firm | tradeoff | forecast)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeScheduledQuantity %r8;                          #REQUIRED
+    receivedQuantity %r8;                                     #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    StatusUpdate for Confirmation (type=RequestToPay) request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentStatus (PCard, Total, Shipping?, Tax?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID Identifies the referenced order. It is copied from the ConfirmationRequest or the OrderRequest.
+
+	@attr transactionTimestamp Time when the XMLPay transaction was submitted.
+
+	@attr type Specifies the type of PCard transaction (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Authorization - Authorizes the PCard. No charge is made. There is one authorization per order.</li>
+		<li>Settlement - Transfers the funds secured by a previous authorization transaction.</li>
+		<li>Sale - Initiates a charge to the PCard.</li>
+		<li>Credit - Initiates a credit against the original charge. Compensates for an order that did not meet 
+			buyer expectations, to make adjustments to an account that was overcharged, or to credit an 
+			account for items returned by a buyer.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr transactionID An identifier assigned to the transaction by the payment processing gateway.
+
+	@attr authorizationID The authorization code for the transaction provided by the bank.
+
+	@attr isFailed Set to "yes" to indicate a failed transaction.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentStatus
+    orderID    %string;    #REQUIRED
+    transactionTimestamp    %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    type    (Authorization| Settlement| Sale| Credit)    #REQUIRED
+    isFailed   (yes)    #IMPLIED
+    transactionID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    authorizationID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Partial amount paid against an InvoiceDetail request. Used in InvoiceStatus.
+	If this element exists in an InvoiceStatus element, it should mean that the buyer
+	does not pay the full amount as the InvoiceDetail request specified. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartialAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	StatusUpdate for InvoiceDetail request.
+	
+	InvoiceIDInfo: ID of an invoice known to the supplier system. This attribute is used to reference an 
+		invoice in StatusUpdateRequest when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+	PartialAmount: The partial amount paid against the InvoiceDetail document. This attribute is
+		only relevant when the status type is "paid".
+
+	Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceStatus (InvoiceIDInfo?, PartialAmount?, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of the invoice status (enumeration). Possible values: 
+		<ul>
+		<li>processing - The invoice is received and being processed.</li>
+		<li>canceled - The invoice has been canceled.</li>
+		<li>reconciled - The invoice is reconciled.</li> 
+		<li>rejected - The invoice is rejected.</li>
+		<li>paying - The invoice is being paid.</li> 
+		<li>paid - The InvoiceDetail request is paid.</li>
+		</ul>
+	@attr paymentNetDueDate The Date after which the invoice has to be paid without any discount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceStatus
+	type	(processing | canceled | reconciled | rejected | paying | paid) #REQUIRED
+	paymentNetDueDate  		  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+	
+<!-- OrderRequest* Elements -->
+<!--  
+	Specifies the earliest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods or when the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments, 
+	and  the latest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods OR until the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliveryPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. The new
+    world order equivalent of a PO.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequest (OrderRequestHeader, ItemOut+)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. Money
+    represents the total amount of this order.
+	
+    Total: If the Order is of type "blanket", the Total element is not used to compute
+		the sum of the item level subtotals. The total is used to indicate the maximum
+		commitment with the supplier. The total will not add up to the individual item
+		level sub total or MaxAmounts. The item level MaxAmounts should not exceed the
+		header level total. If the item level MaxAmount is not specified it is assumed
+		that the Item level maximum amount is the same as the Total.
+    
+	LegalEntity and OrganizationalUnit: Intended to include
+		the company code and purchasing organization, respectively.
+	
+    DeliveryPeriod: Start and end date for the delivery.
+     	
+    IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+		a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair 
+		should be unique.
+ 
+	OrderRequestHeaderIndustry: Industry specific header information.
+
+    DocumentReference: Only needed when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, 
+		the DocumentReference would reference the most recent OrderRequest document
+		for the order. For example when an order is created, updated and then
+		deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+		referring to the OrderRequest with type="update". That document would,
+		in turn, refer to the original (type="new") OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeader (Total, ShipTo?, BillTo, BusinessPartner*, LegalEntity?,
+                              OrganizationalUnit*, Shipping?, Tax?,
+                              Payment?, PaymentTerm*, Contact*, Comments*, Followup?, ControlKeys?,
+                              DocumentReference?, SupplierOrderInfo?,  TermsOfDelivery?,
+                              DeliveryPeriod?, IdReference*, OrderRequestHeaderIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. This is an internal Buyer unique number.
+
+	@attr orderVersion The buyer system order version number for this request. Relevant when the OrderRequest 
+		represents a change order request. The version number for the original document should be 1 and should 
+		be incremented by 1 for each subsequent version (2,3,4...).
+
+	@attr isInternalVersion A value of yes indicates that this OrderRequest is a version whose changes from the 
+		previous version are deemed internal to the buyer system. Relevant when the version being sent to the supplier 
+		is not the first version.
+
+	@attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created.
+
+	@attr type The type of the order request. Defaults to "new".
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this entire order. It might be the same as orderID, 
+		and it might not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in any ItemOut elements.
+
+	@attr shipComplete Optional preference for "hold until complete" processing. Defaults to shipping when available 
+		if not specified. Future versions of the protocol may extend the datatype of this attribute to include additional 
+		possible values (such as "unlessGreatlyBackOrdered"?).
+
+	@attr orderType A "release" order type indicates that this is a Release Order from an existing Master Agreement/Contract. 
+		Default is regular. Type "blanket" indicate that this order is a Blanket Order. Type "stockTransport" indicates
+		that this order is a stock transport order. Type "stockTransportRelease" indicates that this order is a stock transport 
+		schedule agreement release (SAR).
+
+	@attr releaseRequired Set to "yes" if the blanket order allows released. Currently used only if orderType is "blanket".
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the order is available for ordering. If orderType is "blanket", effectiveDate is required. 
+		Otherwise, it is optional. Currently only used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the order is no longer available. If not defined, end date is open ended. Currently only 
+		used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr agreementID Identifies associated agreement corresponding to the Release Order. At an implementation level it 
+		has to be validated that if the orderType is "release" then the appropriate agreementID is also provided.
+
+	@attr agreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementID Used only in the context of a Order of type "blanket". This identifies the parent blanket 
+		order if the current order is part of an hierarchy.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr pickUpDate Specifies the date when the goods can be/will be provided for picking up and delivery
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The requested delivery date reflects the time when the buyer is willing to receive the goods.
+    
+    @attr isSTOOutbound Set to "yes" to indicate that this OrderRequest is used to send the stock to the supplier. 
+		The goods are sent from the buyer plant to the supplier plant. This is currently relevant only for the stock transport order scenario.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeader
+    orderID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    orderDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    orderType  (release| regular | blanket | stockTransport | stockTransportRelease) "regular"
+    releaseRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+    type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+    orderVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+    isInternalVersion  (yes)   #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    agreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID   %string;   #IMPLIED
+    shipComplete    (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    pickUpDate    %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate     %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    isSTOOutbound  	(yes)      #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    Definition of a Master Agreement. This is the electronic document representing the 
+    Master Agreement that was created and agreed upon in the Buying organizations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementRequest (MasterAgreementRequestHeader, AgreementItemOut*)>
+
+<!--
+   Header of an Agreement. This is the header level information in the Agreement.
+
+   Note: Use "Contact" element to supply any additional Address or Location information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  MasterAgreementRequestHeader (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+					 MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, 
+					 Contact*,Comments?, DocumentReference?,  Extrinsic*)> 
+<!--
+	@attr agreementID The buyer system agreementID for this request. the Master Agreement Number in Buyer.
+
+	@attr agreementDate The date and time the agreement request was created. This is different from the 
+		effective and expiry date of the agreement.
+
+	@attr type Identifies the type of agreement (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>value (default) - Value-based agreement.</li>
+		<li>quantity - Quantity-based agreement.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the Master Agreement is available for ordering/releases.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the Master Agreement is no longer available.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID PayloadID for the corresponding parent document that this agreement is derived from.
+
+	@attr operation Type of operation to perform (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>delete - Cancels an existing Master Agreement, the assumption here is that the 
+			delete request will be an exact replica of the original request.</li>
+		<li>new - Identifies a new MasterAgreement transaction.</li>
+		<li>update - Identifies an update to an existing transaction. The DocumentReference 
+			attribute should be used to indicate the Original Document information.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementRequestHeader
+    agreementID    %string;		   #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    type	   (value | quantity)	   "value"
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string;      #IMPLIED
+    operation      (new | update | delete) "new"
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a  agreement line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier.
+
+    Notes:
+		<ul>
+		<li>The #lineNumber attribute in the ItemOut will be used to specify the corresponding 
+			lineNumber on the Master Agreement in the Procurement Application.
+			At an implementation, level checks should be made to validate this.</li>
+		<li>The quantity attribute in the ItemOut tag should be set to one and ignored at 
+			the Master Agreement implementation processing stage.</li>
+		<li>The MaxReleaseAmount/Quantity and MinReleaseAmount/Quantity at an item level 
+			indicate the ItemLevel amounts and quantities per release.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AgreementItemOut (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, ItemOut)>
+<!--
+    @attr maxQuantity Maximum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minQuantity Minimum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr maxReleaseQuantity Maximum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minReleaseQuantity Minimum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AgreementItemOut
+   maxQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   maxReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The minimum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum amount per Release of this Master Agreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+ The contractual minimum amount per Release of this Master Agreement
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The Overall Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OverallLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+     The Expected Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpectedLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The minimum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual minimum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!-- 
+	Location to which future StatusUpdateRequest documents should be
+    posted. In general, this is the input location for any later
+    documents which reference the current OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Followup (URL)>
+
+<!-- PunchOut* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Setup Request. This is the data that is sent
+    to the external system that the procurement application is going to
+    extract catalog data from.
+
+    The BrowserFormPost element contains the URL we would like the browser
+    re-directed to when the PunchOut shopping experience is finished (where
+    the PunchOutOrder message should be returned).
+-->
+<!-- PurchaseRequisitionRequest* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a purchase requisition. This is the data that is sent from the buyer
+    to another buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionRequest (PurchaseRequisition)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of a purchase requisition.
+	
+	PurchaseRequistionHeader: Header element for the purchase requisition.
+	
+	ItemIn: Represents an item added from a shopping basket to a requisition 
+		in the procurement application.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisition (PurchaseRequisitionHeader, ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a purchase requisition. 
+       
+    The contained DocumentReference element would appear in a document only
+    when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, the
+    DocumentReference would reference the most recent PurchaseRequisitionRequest document
+    for the order. For example when an requisition is created, updated and then
+    deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+    referring to the PurchaseRequisitionRequest with type="update". That document would,
+    in turn, refer to the original (type="new") PurchaseRequisitionRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionHeader (Shipping?, Tax?, Total?, ShipTo?, BillTo?, Contact*, Comments?,
+                                     DocumentReference?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requisitionID The buyer system requisitionID for this request. This is an internal
+        Buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr requisitionDate The date and time the Requisition request was created.
+
+    @attr type The type of the requisition request (enumeration). Defaults to "new".
+
+    @attr requisitionVersion The buyer system requisition version number for this request. Relevant when
+        the PurchaseRequisitionRequest represents a change Requisition request. The version 
+        number for the original document should be 1 and should be incremented by 1 for
+        each subsequent version (2,3,4, and so on).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PurchaseRequisitionHeader
+   requisitionID %string;        #IMPLIED
+   requisitionDate %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+   type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+   requisitionVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	To initiate a PunchOut session, the user selects the supplier's PunchOut item. The procurement application generates a
+	PunchOutSetupRequest document and sends it to a network hub, which forwards it to the supplier's PunchOut website.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupRequest (BuyerCookie, Extrinsic*, BrowserFormPost?,
+                                Contact*, SupplierSetup?, ShipTo?,
+                                SelectedItem?, ItemOut*)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Specifies the type of session the buyer initiates (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>create - Generate new shopping carts, which correspond to new purchase requisitions.</li>
+		<li>inspect - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for viewing only. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. However, after 
+			re-instantiating the shopping cart, the PunchOut website does not allow modification 
+			of its contents.</li>
+		<li>edit - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for modification. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. The PunchOut website 
+			can use this data to re-instantiate the shopping cart created during the original session.</li>
+		<li>source - Generate a RFQ for a sourcing application.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutSetupRequest
+    operation  (create | inspect | edit | source)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Transmits information that is opaque to the remote website, but it must be returned to the originator for all subsequent 
+	PunchOut operations. This element allows the procurement application to match multiple outstanding PunchOut requests. 
+	BuyerCookie is unique per PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerCookie ANY> <!-- any valid XML data -->
+
+<!--
+	Allows suppliers to specify PunchOut for an entire store or any subset of product offerings. Suppliers can create their 
+	catalogs so that SelectedItem leads to store-, aisle-, or product-level PunchOut. Procurement applications can include 
+	the SelectedItem element in PunchOutSetupRequest documents, and PunchOut sites can use it to determine which products to 
+	display to users. The more specific the item is in the catalog, the less searching users have to do at the supplier's 
+	website. If there is no SelectedItem, suppliers should present their entire (store-level) product offerings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedItem (ItemID)>
+
+<!--
+	Specifies the URL to which to post the PunchOutSetupRequest. This element is not needed if the network hub 
+	knows the supplier’s PunchOut URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierSetup (URL)>
+
+<!--
+	After receiving a PunchOutSetupRequest, the supplier’s website sends a PunchOutSetupResponse. The PunchOutSetupResponse 
+	document serves two functions:
+	<ul>
+	<li>It indicates that the PunchOutSetupRequest was successful.</li>
+	<li>It provides the procurement application with a redirect URL to the supplier’s Start Page.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupResponse (StartPage)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Order Message. This is the data that is sent
+    back to the procurement application from the external system that the
+    PunchOut Request was targeted at.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessage (BuyerCookie, PunchOutOrderMessageHeader,
+                                ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+     Header of a PunchOut Order Request. This is the data that is sent from
+     the supplier to transfer the supplier acquired shopping basket back to
+     the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessageHeader (SourcingStatus?, Total, ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SupplierOrderInfo?)>
+<!--
+     @attr operationAllowed Highest operation allowed on the PunchOut shopping basket.
+          "create" allows only later OrderRequest operations on these items.
+          "inspect" adds a PunchOutSetupRequest with operation="inspect".
+          And, "edit" allows operation="edit" in that later Setup request.
+
+     @attr quoteStatus "pending"  - Identifies that the transaction is still pending
+	  "final" - Identifies that the transaction is complete
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutOrderMessageHeader
+    operationAllowed  (create | inspect | edit)  #REQUIRED
+    quoteStatus (pending|final) "final"
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Other small Request elements.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    cXML statuses
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.statuses  "(PaymentStatus |
+			    SourcingStatus | InvoiceStatus | DocumentStatus | IntegrationStatus)">
+
+<!--
+    Request to update the status of an earlier transaction.
+
+    DocumentReference: A reference by payloadID to a cXML document to be updated. This 
+		element can be omitted only when InvoiceStatus is specified and
+		the InvoiceStatus contains InvoiceIDInfo.
+	
+	Status: Status of the Response or Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StatusUpdateRequest  (DocumentReference?, Status, (%cxml.statuses;)?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Status update for document status.
+
+    DocumentInfo: ID of a document entry known to the system. This attribute is used to reference a document in StatusUpdateRequest 
+	when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentStatus (DocumentInfo?, ItemStatus*, Comments*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of the document status. The possible values depend on the network hub and the type of document being updated.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentStatus
+        type              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+  When a StatusUpdateRequest is send with a DocumentStatus, then you could send more detailed information about the original item.
+
+  ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of referenced document.
+		
+  Comments: May be used to have a more user readable description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemStatus (ReferenceDocumentInfo, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Specifies which kind of status that item should have. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>rejected - The item was not accepted.</li>
+		<li>accepted - Original ConfirmationItem is accepted as it was sent.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+  @attr code Optional code from the backend ERP system.
+  
+  @attr parentLineNumber Represents the line number of its parent line number to identify this 
+		item's hierarchical parent item in a response message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemStatus
+	type        %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a document known to the system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr documentID The id of a document known to the system.
+
+    @attr documentType The document type.
+
+    @attr documentDate The document date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentInfo
+        documentID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentType            %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    A hint to the way to follow up on a QuoteMessage or ContractRequest. The type and category could be set to anything.
+    But, they should be well known strings that can be understood by the ERP system.
+	
+    For example, the type could be set to "Contract" and the category could be set to "WK" or "value".
+    This would give a hint to the ERP system that the next step should be to create a WK Contract.
+    Furthermore, this element can also be specified in the header section. This allows the UI of Sourcing 
+	to be set appropriately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FollowUpDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr type Follow up type such as "Contract", "Scheduling Agreement", and so on.
+
+    @attr category Follow up category such as "WK", "value", and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FollowUpDocument
+    type          %string;  #IMPLIED
+    category      %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A reference to an attachment containing cXML document. 
+
+    Attachment: A reference to the attachment containing a cXML document. The 
+		attachment must be either a single, complete cXML document or another 
+		MIME envelope containing a single, complete cXML document with 
+		attachments.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLAttachment (Attachment)>
+
+<!--
+    Request to forward a cXML document to another party. This Request
+    occurs in multiple DTD files and is used depending on where (in which
+    DTD) the forwarded message resides.
+
+    cXMLAttachment: A reference to the attachment containing the cXML document being 
+		forwarded. Refer to cXMLAttachment for more details.
+
+    cXML: Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CopyRequest (cXMLAttachment | cXML)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr processingMode Specifies whether the cXML document is meant for processing, 
+		information only, or copy:
+	<ul>
+    <li>info - The cXML document is for information only.</li>
+    <li>process - The recipient of the cXML document should process the document.</li>
+    <li>copy - The cXML document is a copy as a result of Path element with copy type 
+		in the source document.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CopyRequest
+    processingMode (info | process | copy)  #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Status for a pre-existing sourcing transaction. The textual content indicates
+    the display information. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SourcingStatus (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr action Defines the context of this message based on the value. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>approve - Approve the pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>deny - Deny pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>cancel - Cancel any preexisting transaction.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The locale used for all free text sent within this document. The receiver 
+		should reply or display information in the same or a similar locale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SourcingStatus
+	action    (approve | cancel | deny )  #IMPLIED
+	xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationStatus is used to allow external parties to provide document status visibility
+	after the document is processed and delivered by AN.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationStatus (IntegrationMessage?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentStatus Indicates document status (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>deliverySuccessful - The document was successfully delivered to the customer (but 
+			no processing confirmation has been issued yet).</li>
+		<li>deliveryDelayed - The document is experiencing delays while trying to reach the 
+			customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryFailed - The document could not be sent to the customer due to a failure 
+			between the gateway and the customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryReady - When sending to the buyer, the document has been queued and is 
+			ready for pick-up.</li>
+		<li>customerConfirmed - The customer has confirmed that the document has been processed 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerReceived - The customer has confirmed that the document has been received 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerFailed - The customer has received the document and is reporting a failure 
+			in the content.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationStatus
+	documentStatus     (deliverySuccessful | deliveryDelayed | deliveryFailed | deliveryReady
+	| customerConfirmed | customerReceived | customerFailed)        #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationMessage indicates the type/result of the message used by
+	external parties.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationMessage (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr isSuccessful Indicates whether the message result is successful or not.
+	
+	@attr type Indicates the message type, for example, 997/824/MDN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationMessage
+	isSuccessful	(yes | no)	#REQUIRED
+	type	%string;	#REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+    How the shipment will travel on this segment. Each carrier within a
+    segment controlled by a third party logistics provider provides
+    tracking information to that provider externally. The
+    ShipNoticeRequest includes tracking information at the ShipControl
+    level only.
+
+    One Route element may describe only a single mode of travel. If
+    described at all, each mode of a multi-modal route must be described by
+    a separate Route element. It is not necessary to describe every leg of
+    the journey to the buyer's ShipTo location.
+
+    The only Contact roles likely to be sensible in this element are
+    "carrierCorporate" (details the contact information the supplier has
+    about the carrier organization), "shipFrom" and "shipTo". The
+    "carrierCorporate" role would be relevant at this level only when a
+    third party is providing tracking information across multiple carriers.
+    A Contact element with role "shipFrom" must appear in all Route
+    elements after the first. Route elements are not required to describe
+    the entire travel under a specific carrier's control. They may
+    describe a discontinuous stream of events, starting and ending at
+    different times and locations.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact&#064;role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    Route element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Route (#PCDATA | Contact)* >
+<!--
+    @attr method Qualifier identifying the transportation type code:
+		<ul>
+		<li>ship - transportation by boat (ocean).</li>
+		<li>rail - transportation by rail</li>
+		<li>motor - transportation by land motor craft (common carrier)</li>
+		<li>air - transportation by flight</li>
+		<li>mail - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite the
+			fact that mail is not a genuine mode of transport. In many
+			countries, the value of merchandise exported and imported
+			by mail is considerable, but the exporter or importer concerned
+			would be unable to state by which mode postal items had passed
+			the national border</li>
+		<li>multimodal - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite
+			the fact that multimodal transport is not a genuine mode of
+			transport. It can be used when goods are carried by at least
+			two different modes from a place at which the goods are taken
+			in charge by a transport operator to a place designated for
+			delivery, on the basis of one transport contract. (Operations
+			of pick-up and delivery of goods carried out in the performance
+			of a unimodal transport, as defined in such a contract, shall
+			not be considered as multimodal transport.)</li>
+		<li>fixedTransport - This code applies to installations for continuous
+			transport such as pipelines, ropeways and electric power lines.</li>
+		<li>inlandWater - This code is used only in such cases where the
+			application of waterborne transport is reported separately
+			than maritime transport.</li>
+		<li>unknown - This code can be used when the mode is not known or when
+			information on it is not available at the time of issuing the
+			document concerned.</li>
+		<li>custom - This code can be used whenever a custom code is used for
+			the method. You can put the actual custom code as a text child
+			this element.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr means Particular vessel, vehicle or other device used for transport of goods.
+		The value of means depends on the value of method. Examples include:
+		
+		When the value of method is "ship", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>cargoVessel - Vessel designed to carry general cargo.</li>
+		<li>unitCarrier - Vessel designed to carry unit loads.</li>
+		<li>bulkCarrier - Vessel designed to carry bulk cargo.</li>
+		<li>tanker - Vessel solely equipped with tanks to carry cargo.</li>
+		<li>liquefiedGasTanker - Tanker designed to carry liquefied gas.</li>
+		<li>otherSpecialTanker - Tanker designed to carry other special liquids.</li>
+		<li>cargoAndPassengerVessel - Vessel designed to carry cargo and passengers.</li>
+		<li>otherVessel - Sea-going vessel, not otherwise specified.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>floatingStructure - Any floating structure.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "rail", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>train - One or more rail wagons pulled or pushed by one or more
+				locomotive units, or self-propelled, that move over rail tracks.</li>
+		<li>freightTrain - Train for carrying freight.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "motor", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>truck - Automotive vehicle designed for hauling loads.</li>
+		<li>tractor - Automotive vehicle with an engine designed for pulling.</li>
+		<li>van - Closed automotive vehicle designed for carrying freight.</li>
+		<li>carCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying motorcars.</li>
+		<li>shovelLoader - Automotive vehicle designed for shoveling sand and other bulk material.</li>
+		<li>straddleCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for lifting and transporting containers.</li>
+		<li>mobileCrane - Automotive vehicle with cargo crane.</li>
+		<li>bus - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying more than 8 passengers including the
+				driver.</li>
+		<li>car - Automotive vehicle designed to carry a small number of passengers.</li>
+		<li>taxi - Automotive vehicle licensed to ply for hire.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "air, the values for means are specified in the
+		IATA (International Air Transport Association) publication Standard Schedules
+		Information Manual (SSIM) under the section "ATA/IATA Aircraft Types". The
+		referenced codes cover all aircraft that are flown, or are soon to be flown,
+		for commercial scheduled or chartered services only, or have been announced
+		by the manufacturer and for which airline orders have been placed.
+
+		When the value of method is "multimodal": as this includes multiple segments,
+		each of which may have different mode and means, the only possible value
+		for means is "unknown".
+		
+		When the value of method is "fixedTransport", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknown - Fixed transport installation of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>pipeline - A line of one or more pipes for continuous transport of
+				liquid or gas commodity.</li>
+		<li>powerline - A line of one or more cables or wires for continuous
+				transport of electricity.</li>
+		</ul>
+				
+		When the value of method is "inlandWater", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknownVessel - Vessel of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>motorFreighter - Motorized vessel designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>motorTanker - Motorized vessel designed for carrying liquid cargo.</li>
+		<li>containerVessel - Vessel designed for carrying containers.</li>
+		<li>gasTanker - Vessel with tanks designed for carrying gas</li>
+		<li>tug - Vessel designed to push or pull another vessel.</li>
+		<li>barge - Lighter designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>pushTow - Vessel designed for pushing/towing, facilitating the movement
+				of one or more cargo barges.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>bunkerShip - Vessel designed for carrying and delivering bunkers.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		When the value of method is either "mail" or "unknown", there are no
+		specific values of means defined.
+		
+    @attr startDate The date and time this shipment started this part of the trip.
+        Required in all Route elements after the first.
+
+    @attr endDate The date and time this shipment ended this part of the trip. Must
+        be after startDate. If any Route elements follow, the startDate of
+        that element must not precede this value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Route
+    method         (air | motor | rail | ship | mail | multimodal |
+					fixedTransport | inlandWater | unknown | custom) 
+											   #REQUIRED
+	means				 NMTOKEN			   #IMPLIED
+    startDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate              %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Additional information for transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    Description: Free text description of shipment instructions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingInstructions (Description?)>
+
+<!--
+    The shipping contract number specified for the transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    #PCDATA: The contract number specified by the buyer or seller for the transport. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContractNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller
+    the title, risk and insurance cost will pass to.
+    
+    #PCDATA:  Free text description of means of transportation. The text desription must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportTerms (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The terms of transportation. Typically this may be "Free-Carrier", "CostAndFreight", "DeliveredAtFrontier", 
+		and so on, or an option to specify a free text. If the value of this attribute is specified as "other", specifying
+        a description is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportTerms
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The transport information for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. This information comes from the order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. This information
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    Route: The method or type of transportation of the shipment.
+
+    ShippingContractNumber: Contract number for the transport specified by the buyer or seller.
+
+    ShippingInstructions: Optional instructions for the shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportInformation (Route?, ShippingContractNumber?, ShippingInstructions?)>
+
+<!--
+    The mode of payment for order items shipped. This element is required for 
+    specifying terms of delivery.
+
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of shipping payment method. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingPaymentMethod (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The shipping payment method used for the order. Possible values:
+        Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShippingPaymentMethod
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element specifies the terms of delivery code. The free text description is optional
+    for an order or a ship notice except for the case when "Other" is specified for value.
+    
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of terms of delivery code. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDeliveryCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The value of the code that specifies terms of delivery. 
+        Indicates whether the terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, 
+        transport conditions, or a combination of these, or any other.
+        If the value of this attribute is specified as other, specifying
+        a description is required. Possible values include the following -
+        PriceCondition, DespatchCondition, PriceandDespatchCondition, CollectedByCustomer, 
+        TransportCondition, DeliveryCondition, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermsOfDeliveryCode
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+ 
+<!--
+    The terms of delivery for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. These terms come from the Purchase Order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. These terms
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    TermsOfDeliveryCode: The code that specifies terms of delivery. Indicates whether the 
+		terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, transport conditions, or a 
+		combination of these, or any other. One must specify description for this if "Other" 
+		is specified as the value.
+
+    ShippingPaymentMethod: The mode of payment for order items shipped. Specifying a mode of 
+		payment is a must. Examples include: Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, and so on.
+
+    TransportTerms: This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller the title, risk 
+		and insurance cost will pass to.
+
+    Address: Location and city specified with the terms.
+
+    Comments: Optional structured comments can be specified here for multiple types:
+		<ul>
+        <li>Type "Transport" - Additional description of the transport. Examples include:
+            "Delivered To Site / Stores", "OVERNIGHT FIRST CLASS", "To Be Collected by Courier",
+			and so on.</li>
+		<li>Type "TermsOfDelivery" - Additional delivery instructions can be provided along with
+            the other terms.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDelivery (TermsOfDeliveryCode, ShippingPaymentMethod, TransportTerms?, Address?, Comments*)>
+
+<!--
+	A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different versions and 
+	technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or the responsible party. 
+	The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other cargo property along the route.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealID (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	The company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner of the goods or the 
+	freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealingPartyCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is or will be marked with unique 
+	codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding can be temporarily or permanent 
+	(with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EquipmentIdentificationCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. 
+
+	SealID: A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different 
+		versions and technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or 
+		the responsible party. The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other 
+		cargo property along the route.
+	
+	SealingPartyCode: Is the company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner 
+		of the goods or the freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+	
+	EquipmentIdentificationCode: Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is 
+		or will be marked with unique codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding 
+		can be temporarily or permanent (with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing 
+		scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfTransport (SealID?, SealingPartyCode?, EquipmentIdentificationCode?, TransportTerms?, Dimension*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	For information of referenced document.
+
+	DocumentInfo: The element provides info (such id, type and date) about a document. Following are the 
+		possible document types:
+		<ul>
+		<li>salesOrder - Refers to sales order triggering the PO.</li>
+		<li>customerOrder - Refers to the customer order maintained in sales order.</li>
+		<li>freightOrder - Refers to order for transportation.</li>
+		<li>productionOrder - Refers to order that specifies  which material is to be produced, where it is 
+			to be produced, which operations are required to do this  and on which date production is to 
+			take place. It also defines how the order costs are to be settled.</li>
+		<li>purchaseOrder - Refers to Orders used to replenish based on Supplier Managed Inventory process.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). 
+
+	DateInfo: Information of date associated with the document/item. Following are the possible dates:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectecDeliveryDate - Refers to the expected delivery date for the material to be received at the 
+			partner location.
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - Refers to the expected ship date for the material is used to determine when 
+			the supplier is expected to ship the material from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - Refers to the production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - Refers to the production finish date.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Contact: It is used for contact information for the referenced document
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReferenceDocumentInfo ((DocumentInfo | DocumentReference)?, DateInfo*, Contact*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber Line number of an item in the referenced document.
+
+    @attr scheduleLineNumber Schedule line number of a schedule item in the referenced lineNumber, if this 
+		attribute has a value, the lineNumber attribute is required. 
+
+	@attr status Status used to refer to the referenced document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReferenceDocumentInfo
+	lineNumber          %uint;      #IMPLIED
+    scheduleLineNumber  %uint;      #IMPLIED
+	status (created | released | open | completed | closed | cancelled )     #IMPLIED                       
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains date information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DateInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Date type. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - The expected ship date for the material is
+			used to determine when the supplier is expected to ship the material
+			from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - The production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - The production finish date.</li>
+		<li>requestedPickUpDate - The pick up date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedPickUpDate - The date when the logistic provider expects to
+			pick up the materials.</li>
+		<li>actualPickUpDate - The actual pick up date, as it has occurred.</li>		
+		<li>requestedDeliveryDate - The delivery date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedDeliveryDate - The expected delivery date for the material
+			to be received at the partner location.</li>
+		<li>actualDeliveryDate - The actual delivery date of the goods..</li>
+		<li>confirmedDeliveryDate - The delivery date that has been confirmed
+			to be delivered by the seller.</li>
+		<li>confirmedShipmentDate - The shipment date that has been confirmed by
+			to be shipped by seller.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr date Date value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DateInfo
+	type	(expectedShipmentDate | productionStartDate | productionFinishDate |
+				requestedPickUpDate | expectedPickUpDate | actualPickUpDate | 
+				requestedDeliveryDate | expectedDeliveryDate | actualDeliveryDate |
+				confirmedShipmentDate | confirmedDeliveryDate)	#REQUIRED
+	date	%datetime.tz;				#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Priority indicator, used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers.
+		Example:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Level 1 is Very High Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 2 is High Priority</li> 
+		<li>Level 3 is Medium Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 4 is Medium Low Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 5 is Low Priority</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Description: Description for priority (such as very high, high, medium, medium low, low).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Priority (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level There are 5 levels (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Level 1 has the highest priority. Level 5 has the lowest priority.
+	 
+	@attr sequence An unique secondary order number for prioritizing items with the same priority level. 
+		Two items with the same priority level are not allowed to have the same sequence number.
+	
+	@attr inventory_level Inventory level shows the \% inventory (buffer) level with respect to target. 
+		Possible values: 0.0\% - 100.0\%.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Priority
+  level           ( 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5  )  #REQUIRED
+  sequence        %ui8;                   #IMPLIED
+  inventory_level %r8;                    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains information about a document managed in an external system, such as an ERP. It can be sent with an 
+	order to distinguish different business transactions uniquely.
+
+    For example,
+	%
+    <ExternalDocumentType documentType="ZNB">
+        <Description xml:lang="en">Standard Purchase Order</Description>
+    </ExternalDocumentType>
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExternalDocumentType (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentType Specifies the document type from the external system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExternalDocumentType        
+	documentType    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Industry specific header information  
+
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Details of referenced document 
+
+	Priority: Priority indicator, it is used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information for the entire OrderRequest.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	
+	LifeSciences: Provides life sciences industry specific detail.
+	
+	DPAS: Header-level DPAS-rating info for this order, if applicable.
+	
+	AuthorizationLabels: ABAC labels for configuring access to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeaderIndustry (ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, ExternalDocumentType?, QualityInfo?, AssetInfo*, LifeSciences?, DPAS?, AuthorizationLabels?)>
+<!--  
+    @attr industryType is used to identify the industry for which the document is being sent.
+    <ul>
+    	<li>lifeSciences</li>
+    	<li>aerospaceAndDefense</li>
+    </ul>	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeaderIndustry
+    industryType	 (lifeSciences | aerospaceAndDefense)	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+
+	Life sciences industry header information.
+
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT LifeSciences EMPTY >
+
+<!--
+	@attr orderCategory To specify different order categories for clinical trials. Following are possible order categories:
+	<ul>
+		<li>clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder – Order for clinical finished goods</li>
+		<li>labelPrintingOrder – Order for label printing</li>
+		<li>reworkOrder – Order for rework</li>
+		<li>shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder – Order for shelf-life extension relabeling</li>
+		<li>additionalLabelPrintingOrder – Order for printing additional labels</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+
+<!ATTLIST LifeSciences
+
+orderCategory ( clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder | labelPrintingOrder | reworkOrder | shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder | additionalLabelPrintingOrder ) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--   
+	Industry specific item information. 
+	
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains the details of referenced document
+
+	Priority: Priority Indicator used to drive the priority of the item ordered by the buyer.
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+    
+    SerialNumberInfo: The representation of the required serial number information of a line item.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+    
+    PackagingDistribution: Provides packaging distribution information between stores.
+    
+    ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense: Item-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutIndustry (ItemOutRetail?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, QualityInfo?, SerialNumberInfo?, BatchInfo?, 
+AssetInfo*, PackagingDistribution*, ItemOutLifeSciences?, ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+<!--
+	@attr planningType To specify different production planning strategies. Following are possible strategies:
+	<ul>
+	<li>MTO - Make to Order</li>
+	<li>MTS - Make to Stock</li>
+	<li>ATO - Assemble to Order</li>
+	<li>CTO - Configure to Order</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	@attr requiresRealTimeConsumption Set to "yes" to indicate that a real time consumption is required for this item. 
+    
+    @attr isHUMandatory Set to "yes" to indicate that a handling unit is required for this item. A handling unit is 
+		a physical unit consisting of packaging materials (load carriers/packing material) and the goods contained 
+		on or in it.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutIndustry
+    planningType	 ( MTO | MTS | ATO | CTO )	#IMPLIED
+    requiresRealTimeConsumption   (yes)         #IMPLIED
+    isHUMandatory                 (yes)		    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this line item in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this line item.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this item
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--  
+	Retail industry item information.
+	
+	PromotionVariantID: Used when only one or some variants of an article are promoted.
+
+	PromotionDealID: Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+		planning/ordering process (and the related pricing).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutRetail (PromotionVariantID?, PromotionDealID?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Details about the packaging of this line item.
+
+    Zero or more PackagingCode elements may appear in the Packaging
+    element. Each PackagingCode must contain a single string corresponding
+    to the packaging for this item. When multiple PackagingCode elements
+    appear, all must describe the same packaging in different languages or
+    locales. (No two PackagingCode elements may have the same xml:lang
+    attribute.) Elements in such a list may appear in any order.
+
+    The dimensions mentioned in the Dimension element list may appear in
+    any order. A particular dimension (Dimension&#064;type attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Packaging element.
+    
+    Description: The Package description.
+
+	PackagingLevelCode: Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages.
+	
+	PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode: Unique ID of packaging material. This helps receiving side for 
+		unloading and storage.
+	
+	ShippingContainerSerialCode: Serial number of a package that helps to identify package during 
+		transportation and inventory.
+    
+    ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference: Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping 
+		code of the next higher package level. It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+	
+	PackageID: Package related IDs.
+	
+	ShippingMark: Information about packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy.
+	
+	OrderedQuantity: The quantity ordered in purchase order.
+	
+	DispatchQuantity: The dispatch quantity in package.
+	
+	FreeGoodsQuantity: Quantities delivered but not charged. 
+	
+	QuantityVarianceNote: Quantity Variance Note gives detailed information about partial delivery.
+	
+	BestBeforeDate: Gives the best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals 
+		and others.
+	
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the packaging.
+
+	PackagingIndustry: An element for industry relevant information.
+    
+    StoreCode: The code of the store assigned for this packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Packaging (((PackagingCode+, Dimension*) | Dimension+), Description?, 
+				PackagingLevelCode?, PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode?, ShippingContainerSerialCode?, 
+                ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference?,
+				PackageID?, ShippingMark*, OrderedQuantity?, DispatchQuantity?, 
+				FreeGoodsQuantity?, QuantityVarianceNote?, BestBeforeDate?, AssetInfo*, PackagingIndustry?, StoreCode?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific code for the packaging of this item. Values such
+    as "pallet", "skid" and "truck load" may be appropriate (for an
+    English-based locale).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingCode (#PCDATA)>             <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the PackagingCode content (the
+        value of the code) is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingCode
+    xml:lang             %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A single dimension for the packaging. It also can be used to define item dimensions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Dimension (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Size in this dimension. Expressed in the units given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+
+    @attr type Type of dimension. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>length - The length of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>width - The width of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>height - The height of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>weight - The weight  or net weight of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>volume - The volume or net volume of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>stackHeight - The stack height of packaging. This indicates total height of the stacked packages.</li> 
+        <li>grossWeight - The gross weight is the total weight including packaging.</li>
+        <li>grossVolume - The gross volume is the total volume including packaging. </li>
+        <li>unitGrossWeight - The unit gross weight of the item.</li>
+        <li>unitNetWeight - The unit net weight of the item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Dimension
+    quantity             %r8;                        #REQUIRED
+    type (length | width | height | weight | volume | stackHeight | grossWeight | grossVolume | unitGrossWeight | unitNetWeight ) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages. It is used in logistics for loading 
+	and unloading information. This information qualifies the packing level within the packing hierarchy. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLevelCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a unique ID of packaging materials like box, container, pallet and rack. This helps 
+	receiving side for unloading and storage. This also defines the maximum load or weight of articles. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Identifies a package during transport and in inventory. Serial number of a packaging unit like 
+	container, box, and rack.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping code of the next higher package level. 
+	It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Unique ID for a package. GIAI, numbering scheme of GS1 specifying the ownership of an asset.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GlobalIndividualAssetID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	The ID that helps supplier with handling of any returned package.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnablePackageID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The information to track packages based on an internal numbering scheme of the supplier. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTrackingID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Packaging related IDs.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageID (GlobalIndividualAssetID?,ReturnablePackageID?,PackageTrackingID?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains codes for packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy. Also can contain marking 
+	for containers/packages that need special signing or handling (hazardous goods, 
+	explosives and maximum stack size)
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingMark (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the number of items/products for a given line item in a purchase order. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderedQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?) >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items ordered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderedQuantity
+    quantity	%r8;	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the delivered quantity (compared to the ordered quantity). This is useful in 
+	determining the correctness of any shipment. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DispatchQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items delivered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DispatchQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--  
+	Specifies the quantity that will be delivered without any cost to the buyer. For example, 
+	samples, redemptions, promotions, fill-ups, and so on. These do not appear on the commercial 
+	invoice or marked with value 0.00.  
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FreeGoodsQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of free items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FreeGoodsQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Detailed information about partial delivery. Used for different measurements (1 lot = 500 pieces) 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityVarianceNote (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The best before date helps with in FDA-related deliveries for go/no-go criteria. This can be 
+	used to indicate best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BestBeforeDate EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr date Best before date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BestBeforeDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+      
+<!-- 
+	The expiry date  can be used to indicate expiry date for all goods related to food, drugs, 
+	chemicals, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpiryDate EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr date Expiration date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExpiryDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	References a specific item and its relationship with a PO, Invoice and Ship Notice.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemInfo (ItemID?, Description?, Classification*,
+						(ManufacturerPartID, ManufacturerName)?,
+						Country?, SupplierBatchID?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*,
+						UnitOfMeasure, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+ 	@attr quantity The quantity included in the document. For example, in TransportRequest, this is the 
+		quantity contained of this item in a package.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemInfo
+	quantity		%r8;		#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType".
+ 
+    CertificateInfo: Use this element to send a certificate information, here you can declare a certificate as 
+		optional or required. Each element supports one certificate. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInfo (IdReference* | CertificateInfo*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresQualityProcess A value of yes indicates that this item requires quality process.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInfo
+	requiresQualityProcess         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Control whether the batch information is required or not for an item when Supplier
+	creates an order response.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BatchInfo EMPTY >
+<!--
+    @attr requiresBatch A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires Batch number to be provided by 
+		the supplier in Batch element in ShipNoticeItem/ConfirmationStatus element of the corresponding 
+		ShipNoticeRequest/ConfirmationRequest documents.     
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BatchInfo
+	requiresBatch        (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a certificate information.
+    
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType". 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CertificateInfo (IdReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr isRequired A value of "yes" indicates that this certificate is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CertificateInfo
+	isRequired         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeLineItemReference element provides a clear 
+    reference to the line item  in a prior ShipNoticeRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeLineItemReference EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr shipNoticeLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from ShipNoticeRequest. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeLineItemReference
+    shipNoticeLineNumber      %uint;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the serial number information of a line item.
+
+    SerialNumber: List of serial numbers, this is required when SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "list".
+
+    PropertyValue: When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+        limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+
+        When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "profile" a serial number format should be
+        provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "profile" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the format.
+        Characteristic&#064;domain supports "type", "minLength" and "maxLength" as domains to 
+		provide these values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "type", Characteristic&#064;value supports "numeric", 
+		"text" and "numericAndText" to provide the serial number format.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "minLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		minimum acceptable length of the serial number.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "maxLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		maximum acceptable length of the serial number.       
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumberInfo (SerialNumber*, PropertyValue*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresSerialNumber A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires serial number to be provided 
+		by the supplier in AssetInfo tags in ShipNoticeItem element of the corresponding Advanced Ship Notice.
+    
+	@attr type Specifies the required serial number. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>list - A list of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+        <li>range - A range of acceptable serial numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+		<li>profile - A format of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SerialNumberInfo
+	requiresSerialNumber    (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+    type                    (list | profile | range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more serial numbers for accountable items that are
+    being invoiced.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Code for the Store, used on the shipping process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StoreCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--   
+	Packaging distribution information. 
+	
+	StoreCode: Code for the store of this packaging distribution information.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingDistribution (StoreCode, UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this packaging distribution information. Expressed in the units
+        given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingDistribution
+    quantity             %r8;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production facilities and their production 
+    facility roles.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityAssociation: Each ProductionFacilityAssociation element defines a 
+        relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+        A production facility is a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing 
+        process. A production facility role is the stage of a manufacturing process 
+        for which a production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierProductionFacilityRelations (ProductionFacilityAssociation+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+	
+    ProductionFacility: A supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    OrganizationalUnit: Purchasing organization of the buyer.
+	
+    ShipTo: Optional Ship-To addressing information for the buyer's plant.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityAssociation (ProductionFacility, OrganizationalUnit, ShipTo?)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values are:
+        <ul>
+        <li><code>new</code> - Represents a new production facility association sent to the external system.</li>
+        <li><code>update</code> - Represents an update to an existing production facility association.</li>
+        <li><code>delete</code> - Represents an instruction to delete this production facility association in the external system.</li>
+        </ul>
+        <p>The <code>operation</code> attribute does not create or delete objects such as <code>ProductionFacility</code>, 
+            <code>ProductionFacilityRole</code>, <code>OrganizationalUnit</code>, or <code>ShipTo</code>. It is used only
+            to define relationships between existing production facilities and production facility roles.</p>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityAssociation 
+    operation    (new | update | delete)   "new" >
+
+<!--
+    Defines a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityRole: The stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacility (IdReference, ProductionFacilityRole)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityName Name of the production facility.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacility 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+    For example, an apparel manufacturing process could have separate production facility 
+    roles for cutting, sewing, pressing and folding, finishing and detailing, dyeing, and washing.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility role.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityRole (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityRole Name of the production facility role.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityRole 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Unique identifier used to identify group of studies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PoolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!--  
+    Life sciences industry item information.
+ 	
+    Study: Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    KitType: Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+		keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements.
+
+    ProtocolD: Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+
+    PackageControlNumber: Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an 
+		active drug and a placebo.
+
+    PoolID: Contains an alternative to StudyID when several clinical studies are pooled or grouped together. This value 
+		is passed only when several clinical studies are pooled.
+
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a range of medication numbers.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to the ItemOutLifeSciences element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutLifeSciences (Study, KitType?, ProtocolID, PackageControlNumber?, PoolID?,  MedicationListInfo*, Extrinsic*)> 
+
+<!--
+    @attr isCFGPooled Identifies whether clinical finished goods are pooled, that is, used in a pool of studies. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutLifeSciences
+    isCFGPooled         (yes)              #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    StudyID: Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study. 
+
+    Description: Description identifying a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Study (StudyID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StudyID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--  
+    Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+	keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements. 
+
+    KitTypeID: Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+
+    Description: Description identifying a kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitType (KitTypeID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitTypeID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProtocolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--   
+    Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an active drug and a placebo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageControlNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    @attr packageControlNumberExpiryDate Expiration date of the PackageControlNumber. 
+    @attr isPackageControlNumberReleased Set to "yes" when the PackageControlNumber is released. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackageControlNumber
+    packageControlNumberExpiryDate         %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    isPackageControlNumberReleased         (yes)               #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+	
+    PropertyValue: When MedictionListInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+		limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+		should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MedicationListInfo (PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--  
+    @attr type Specifies the available medication sequence numbers. Possible value:
+    <ul>
+    <li>range - A range of sequence numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+    </ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MedicationListInfo
+    type                    (range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    LabelID: Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences (LabelID?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    BatchInfo provides information on whether a batch number is required while reporting component consumption.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentIndustry (SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences?, BatchInfo?)>
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LabelID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for packaging.
+    PackagingLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingIndustry (PackagingLifeSciences?)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLifeSciences (MedicationListInfo*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic financial elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+	The amount of deposit or prepayment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the subtotal amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubtotalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the special handling amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpecialHandlingAmount (Money, Description?, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the shipping amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingAmount (Money, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the gross amount, before discounts and adjustments have been applied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the net amount, the amount remaining after discounts and adjustments have 
+	been applied to the gross amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NetAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the total amount due.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DueAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the discount amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the fixed amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FixedAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines gross amount of the fee associated with a purchase in original currency.
+    
+	Money: The fee amount.
+	
+    Fee: Different types of individual fees, for example, service provider fee.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeAmount (Money, Fee*)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines different types of individual fees.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fee (Money)>
+<!--
+    @attr type The type of fee.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fee
+    type     %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the deduction amount available for an item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the final price of the item. This price overrides the price of the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductedPrice (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Purchasing Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PCard (PostalAddress?)>
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr name Name of the Purchasing Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PCard
+    number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+    expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+    name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Virtual Payment Token Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentToken EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr name Name of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr token Token of the Virtual Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentToken
+	number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+	expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+	name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	token	%string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the charges  applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalCharges (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the allowances applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAllowances (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the sum of the SubTotal, Charges (including special handling 
+    charges and shipping charges), and Allowances (including discounts). This 
+	does not include taxes. This can appear at the line item and summary in 
+	an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountWithoutTax (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures spend detail information. SpendDetail can
+    be used in the ItemIn and ItemOut and for the following types of
+    messages:
+
+        <ul>
+		<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+        <li>PunchOutOrderMessage</li>
+        <li>OrderRequest</li>
+        <li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+		<p>But not for:</p>
+		<ul>
+		<li>MasterAgreementRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    TravelDetail: Travel details for the current travel line item.
+
+    LaborDetail: Labor details for the current temporary labor line item.
+
+    FeeDetail: Fee details for the current fee line item.
+        
+    Extrinsic: Detail information for the any undefined spend category. The name
+    	attribute of the Extrinsic element should specify the type of the
+    	spend category (for example, (PrintDetail, ProjectLaborDetail)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpendDetail (TravelDetail | FeeDetail | LaborDetail | Extrinsic)>
+
+<!--
+    FeeDetail contains additional information about a line item for a fee, 
+    which may or may not be recurring.
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the fee is charged, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeDetail (UnitRate+, Period?) >
+<!--
+    @attr isRecurring Indicates that the fee is recurring (charged more than once).
+
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FeeDetail
+	isRecurring (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    LaborDetail contains information about an item for a temporary
+    labor engagement. 
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the service occurs.
+
+    Contractor: Identifies the contractor being engaged
+
+    JobDescription: Description of the job or work to be performed.
+
+    Supervisor: The person who is expected to supervise the contractor.
+
+    WorkLocation: Place where the work is expected to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LaborDetail (UnitRate+, Period, Contractor?, JobDescription?, Supervisor?, WorkLocation?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr supplierReferenceCode The supplier's quote or proposal id, for cross-reference.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LaborDetail
+	supplierReferenceCode %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--    
+	Text description of a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT JobDescription (Description)>
+
+<!--    
+	Contact information for the person supervising a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supervisor (Contact)>
+
+<!--  
+	Address of the location where a service is to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT WorkLocation (Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a Contractor used in the context of temp labor. 
+	The contractor is uniquely identified by a contractor identifier. 
+	The piece of identification for a contractor is exchanged between 
+	the buyer and the supplier prior to sending out order/timecards.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contractor (ContractorIdentifier, Contact)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a ContractorIdentifier. Uniquely identifies a contractor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractorIdentifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Domain in which the identity is represented. This is for the
+		end systems to know who assigned the id. buyerReferenceID 
+		implies that it is something generated by the buyer system 
+		and supplierReferenceID implies that it is something generated 
+		by the supplier system/entered by the supplier.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractorIdentifier
+        domain     	(supplierReferenceID|buyerReferenceID) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Reference.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    The OrderReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    OrderRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    OrderReference may allow the ConfirmationRequest and ShipNoticeRequest
+    to be viewed independently.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. Basically, what the PO
+        number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced OrderRequest document's OrderRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced OrderRequest document's
+        OrderRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderReference
+    orderID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The id of an order known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the PO number is today.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderIDInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to an order.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the order being paid.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order id of the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderInfo (OrderReference | OrderIDInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    The InvoiceReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The supplier system invoiceID for this request. Basically, what
+        the Invoice number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+		referenced InvoiceDetailRequest document's InvoiceDetailRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceReference
+    invoiceID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceIDInfo
+    invoiceID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the supplier and buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentProposalIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr paymentProposalID The ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the buyer and supplier system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentProposalIDInfo
+    paymentProposalID      %string;               #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a master agreement known to the buyer system.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for MasterAgreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementIDInfo
+    agreementID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementReference
+    agreementID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines a reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+
+	DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+	@attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportReference
+	requestID	%string;		#IMPLIED
+	requestDate	%datetime.tz;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a transport request known to the system of the party
+    that created the TransportRequest.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for TransportRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+    @attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportIDInfo
+    requestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    requestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the carrier who will transport a shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarrierIdentifier (#PCDATA)>         <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    domain
+        Domain in which this value has meaning. Recognized domains
+        include:
+        <ul>
+		<li>companyName - The legal name for this company. In some cases, this
+            could also be provided in a Contact element with role
+            "carrierCorporate". That option should be reserved for cases
+            in which additional detail about the carrier appears in this
+            element.</li>
+		<li>SCAC - Standard Carrier Alpha Code (see
+            http://users.erols.com/nmfta/Codes.htm).</li>
+        <li>IATA - International Air Transport Association (see
+            http://www.iata.org).</li>
+        <li>AAR - Association of American Railroads (see http://www.aar.org/).</li>
+        <li>UIC - International Union of Railways (see
+            http://www.uic.asso.fr/).</li>
+        <li>EAN - European Article Numbering (see http://www.ean-ucc.org/).</li>
+        <li>DUNS - D&B's Data Universal Numbering System (see
+            http://www.dnb.com/dnbhome.htm).</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarrierIdentifier
+    domain               %string;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifier that appears on a shipment and through which additional
+    detail about the shipment may be retrieved. Defined by the carrier.
+    Has meaning in the domain described by the CarrierIdentifier values.
+    Therefore, CarrierIdentifier and ShipmentIdentifier should normally
+    be used together.
+
+    Conceptually, this is a tracking number. Different carriers have
+    different names for shipment identifiers. Some call it a way bill
+    number, others call it a pro number, and still others call it a bill of
+    lading. They all represent tracking numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipmentIdentifier (#PCDATA)>        <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr domain Specifies more precisely what kind of identifier this is.
+        Likely values include trackingNumber, billOfLading.
+
+    @attr trackingNumberDate The date when the logistics provider intimates the tracking number
+        for this shipment. This date is used to find out the efficiency of the
+        supply chain process.
+
+    @attr trackingURL Carrier URL that can be used to track the shipment in conjunction
+		with the tracking number
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipmentIdentifier
+    domain                %string;              #IMPLIED
+    trackingNumberDate    %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    trackingURL           %URL;                 #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the creator of an IdReference,
+    for example, IRS, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Creator (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the name of the creator is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Creator
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+    a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair
+    should be unique.
+
+    Creator: The creator of this IdReference, for example, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the IdReference. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IdReference (Creator?, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr identifier The unique identifier of the IdReference within the domain.
+
+    @attr domain The domain of the IdReference. Supported values depend on your procurement application. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>1099ID</li>
+		<li>abaRoutingNumber</li>
+		<li>accountID</li>
+		<li>accountPayableID</li>
+		<li>accountReceivableID</li>
+		<li>bankAccountID</li>
+		<li>bankBranchID</li>
+		<li>bankNationalID</li>
+		<li>bankRoutingID</li>
+		<li>buyerLocationID</li>
+		<li>companyRegistrationNumber</li>
+		<li>courtRegisterID</li>
+		<li>creditorRefID</li>
+		<li>documentName</li>
+		<li>federalTaxID</li>
+		<li>governmentNumber</li>
+		<li>gstID</li>
+		<li>ibanID</li>
+		<li>isoBicID</li>
+		<li>iso6523</li>
+		<li>provincialTaxID</li>
+		<li>stateTaxID</li>
+		<li>storageLocationID</li>
+		<li>supplierReference</li>
+		<li>swiftID</li>
+		<li>taxExemptionID</li>
+		<li>unloadingPointID</li>
+		<li>vatID</li>
+        <li>ID</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		Note: supplierTaxID is deprecated and will be treated as federalTaxID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IdReference
+    identifier      %string;                         #REQUIRED
+    domain          %string;                         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines supplier sales order information related to an order.
+
+    This is also used in PunchOutOrderMessage to indicate that the
+    supplier has created an order associated with the punchout order message.
+    The buyer can later cancel the sales order by sending an OrderRequest
+    of type "delete" that refers to the sales order by including the
+    SupplierOrderInfo element in the OrderRequestHeader
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierOrderInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID Supplier sales order id of this order.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the sales order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierOrderInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate          %datetime.tz;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ShipNoticeRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    ShipNoticeReference may allow the ReceiptRequest to be viewed independently.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReference
+	shipNoticeID %string; #IMPLIED
+	shipNoticeDate %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines ID of a Ship Notice known to the Buyer system.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for shipment related IDs, for example,
+		DispatchAdviceID, ReceivingAdviceID, DeliveryNoteId, ProofOfDeliveryID.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeIDInfo
+    shipNoticeID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    shipNoticeDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to a prior OrderStatusRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The buyer system orderStatusRequestID for this request. If present, must be copied
+        directly from the referenced OrderStatusRequest document's
+        OrderStatusRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestReference
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The id of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestIDInfo
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ReceiptReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ReceiptRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptReference (DocumentReference) >
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The buyer system receiptID for this request.
+        If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced ReceiptRequest document's ReceiptRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the receipt request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced ReceiptRequest document's
+        RequestRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptReference
+    receiptID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a receipt known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The id of an receipt known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptIDInfo
+    receiptID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection request document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection request document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection request document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionRequestReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection result document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection result document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection result document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionResultReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies legal entity in the external system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegalEntity (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies Purchase Unit or Purchase Group in the external system.
+
+    IdReference: Contains a unique identification reference for the Purchase
+		Unit or Purchase Group.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationalUnit (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the correspondent routing destination.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT Routing EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+    @attr destination Name of the destination. Possible values are peppol or fieldglass
+ -->
+
+<!ATTLIST Routing
+    destination      (peppol | fieldglass)    #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/OrganizationID.mod#1 $
+-->
+<!--
+     The unique identification of the supplier. This element is used by 
+	 the buyer to specify suppliers that are invited for bidding.
+
+     Credentials listed here describe the same organization. May include
+     type="marketplace" Credential elements if that context is necessary.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationID (Credential+)>
+
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteItemOut (ItemID?, ItemDetail, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Total?, TermsOfDelivery?, ReferenceDocumentInfo?, Contact*, Comments?, Alternative?, SupplierSelector?)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity How many items are desired. 
+
+    @attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in a QuoteRequest. Used to
+        maintain a reference between items in create and update documents.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item's parent in a QuoteRequest. 
+		Used to maintain a hierarchical reference between items in documents.
+
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+
+    @attr agreementItemNumber The corresponding Item Number of the Item in the Master Agreement if this 
+		is a "release" order item.
+
+    @attr itemClassification The service item type. It could either be "material" or "service".
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard (default) - Standard service.</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteItemOut
+    quantity               %r8;      #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;    #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType; #IMPLIED
+	itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED   
+	serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of quote items associated with the header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteHeaderInfo (LegalEntity?, OrganizationalUnit*, PaymentTerms*, FollowUpDocument?, DocumentReference?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item in a quote.
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteItemIn (ItemID?, ItemDetail, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Total?, TermsOfDelivery?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Contact*, Comments?, Alternative?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Supplier action type.
+	
+    @attr quantity How many items are quoted.
+	
+    @attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in a QuoteRequest. Used to maintain a 
+		reference between items in create and update documents. 
+	
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item's parent in a QuoteRequest. Used to
+        maintain a hierarchical reference between items in documents.
+		
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+	
+    @attr rank The rank of the bid.
+	
+    @attr itemClassification The service item type. It could either be "material" or "service".
+	
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard - Standard service (default).</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteItemIn
+    type  (accept | reject | update | final | award) #REQUIRED
+    quantity               %r8;      #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;    #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    rank                   %r8;      #IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType; #IMPLIED
+	itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED   
+	serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Header of an QuoteMessage. This is the quote data that is sent to the buyer. 
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteMessageHeader (OrganizationID, Total, ShipTo?, Contact*, QuoteRequestReference?, Comments?, QuoteHeaderInfo?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Supplier action type (enumeration).
+    
+	@attr quoteID Unique identifier for a quote. 
+    
+	@attr quoteDate The date when the quote is submitted.
+	
+	@attr currency Currency for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage. Must be a three-letter ISO currency code.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteMessageHeader
+    type  (accept | reject | update | final | award)	#REQUIRED
+    quoteID    %string;          #REQUIRED
+    quoteDate  %datetime.tz;     #REQUIRED
+    currency  %isoCurrencyCode;	 #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Reference to a quote request originated in the external system. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequestReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+	@attr requestID Unique internal number from the buyer’s system for the request for quotations.
+	
+	@attr requestDate The date and time of the quoteRequest document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteRequestReference
+    requestID		%number;		#REQUIRED
+    requestDate	%datetime.tz;	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition for a quote. This is the data that is sent to the buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteMessage (QuoteMessageHeader, QuoteItemIn*)>
+
+<!-- QuoteRequest* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a request for quote. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them submit a quote.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequest (QuoteRequestHeader, QuoteItemOut*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a QuoteRequest. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them submit a quote. 
+	
+	Total: The total amount of this QuoteRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequestHeader (Name?, SupplierSelector?, Total?, Description?, ShipTo?, Contact*, Comments?, QuoteHeaderInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The buyer system ID for this request. This is an internal
+        Buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr requestDate The date and time the QuoteRequest request was created.
+
+    @attr type The type of the QuoteRequest request. Defaults to "new".
+
+    @attr openDate The date when a QuoteRequest is open for supplier responses.
+	
+    @attr closeDate The date when a QuoteRequest is closed for supplier responses.
+	
+    @attr previewDate The date when a QuoteRequest is viewable by suppliers.
+	
+	@attr templateName The template used by the sourcing application. The template can outline the terms 
+		and conditions regarding the details for a request for quotation sent between the buyer and 
+		sourcing application.
+		
+	@attr currency Currency for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage. Must be a three-letter ISO currency code.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage.
+
+    @attr quoteReceivingPreference Used by the buyer system to identify the preference for
+        receiving QuoteMessage back from the sourcing system. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>winningOnly - should result in only the winning supplier quotes being sent to the buyer.</li>
+		<li>finalBidsFromAll - should result in  quotes from suppliers being sent after event closes.</li>
+		<li>all - quotes are sent to the buyer system as soon as supplier submits the bid. It does not wait 
+			for event closing.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteRequestHeader
+    requestID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    requestDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+    openDate  %datetime.tz;      #REQUIRED
+    closeDate %datetime.tz;      #REQUIRED
+    previewDate %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    templateName %string;        #IMPLIED
+    currency  %isoCurrencyCode;  #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;      #REQUIRED
+    quoteReceivingPreference   (winningOnly | finalBidsFromAll | all)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the way suppliers are selected for responding to RFQ.
+
+    The field is optional. Administrator can configure the default matching type for a given category 
+	of commodity. Hence, If no value is provided here, the matching type will be picked up from 
+	administrator's configuration. If the value is provided here, then administrator configuration 
+	will be ignored. To know more talk to your administrator.
+
+    OrganizationID is used to select explicit suppliers to be invited for bidding.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierSelector (SupplierInvitation*)>
+<!--
+    @attr matchingType Specifies how suppliers are invited for a quoteRequest. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>invitationOnly - Only invited suppliers. Suppliers that can join the event are specified in the 
+			OrganizationID element.</li>
+		<li>approvedVendorOnly - Suppliers from the approved supplier list. However, the sourcing application 
+			may filter the suppliers that can bid based on the commodity and territory matching rules.</li>
+		<li>public - Any public supplier. The supplier can also exist in the approved supplier list. However, 
+			the sourcing application may filter the suppliers that can bid based on the commodity and 
+			territory matching rules.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierSelector
+    matchingType (invitationOnly|approvedVendorOnly|public) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Represents explicit invitation for a supplier.
+
+	Correspondent is used to supplier's contact information from ERP to network or sourcing system. 
+	If the supplier does not already exists in the receiving system this information can be used 
+	to create the supplier and contact the supplier.
+
+	OrganizationID will have credential information that can uniquely identify the supplier in the ERP.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierInvitation (OrganizationID, Correspondent?, MasterAgreementIDInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr supplierStatus Status of supplier in the buyer's system. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>approved (default) - The supplier exists in the buyer's system and is approved by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>contracted - The supplier is an approved supplier in the buyer's system and has an associated 
+			master agreement of a contract. The buyer can specify the MasterAgreementIDInfo.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierInvitation
+    supplierStatus       (approved | contracted )  "approved"
+>
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Contract.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a contract. This is the data that is sent from the Buyer to an external buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractRequest (ContractRequestHeader, ContractItemIn+)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a Contract. This is the header level information in the Contract.
+
+    LegalEntity: Legal entity defined in the external system. Smallest organizational unit of external accounting for which a complete,
+        self-contained set of accounts can be created. This includes the entry of all transactions that must be posted and
+        the creation of all items for legal individual financial statements, such as the balance sheet and the profit and loss statement.
+        For example, Company Code for SAP.
+
+    OrganizationalUnit: Purchase Unit or Purchase group defined in the external system.
+        Purchase Unit is an organizational unit within Logistics. Almost all business transactions related to
+        procurement are carried out in a purchase unit.
+        A purchasing group corresponds to a buyer or group of buyers who perform the following
+        purchasing activities:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Procuring certain articles or merchandise categories</li>
+		<li>Acting as the contact for vendors</li>
+		</ul>
+        For example, Purchasing Organization or Purchasing Group.
+			%
+            <OrganizationalUnit domain="PurchasingOrganization">
+                 1001
+            </OrganizationalUnit>
+            <OrganizationalUnit domain="PurchasingGroup">
+                 10101
+            </OrganizationalUnit>
+			%
+    DocumentInfo: Contract Id managed in the external system. This would be sent for "update" operation.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <DocumentInfo documentID="55000000" documentType="Contract"/>
+		%
+
+    ParentContractInfo: Parent contract Id if the current contract is a part of an hierarchy.
+
+    FollowUpDocument: This would give a hint to the ERP system that the next step should be to create "value" Contract or "quantity" contract etc.
+        Example 1: 
+		%
+		<FollowUpDocument type="value" category="Contract"/>
+		%
+        Example 2: 
+		%
+		<FollowUpDocument type="LP" category="Scheduling Agreement"/>
+		%
+
+    QuoteRequestReference: If the contract is referencing to QuoteRequest originated from the external system, send requestId and requestDate.
+
+    TermsOfDelivery: Optional shipping terms (incoTerms) as defined by the International Chamber of
+        Commerce. These terms inform the buyer which portion of the shipping charges are their responsibility.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <TermsOfDelivery>
+            <TermsOfDeliveryCode value="TransportCondition"/>
+            <ShippingPaymentMethod value ="Other"/>
+            <TransportTerms value="FOB">Free on board vessel</TransportTerms>
+        </TermsOfDelivery>
+		%
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+
+    Note: Use "Contact" element to supply any additional Address or Location information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  ContractRequestHeader (LegalEntity, OrganizationID, OrganizationalUnit*, PaymentTerm*,
+        QuoteRequestReference?, MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?,
+        Contact*, Comments?, DocumentInfo?, ParentContractInfo?, FollowUpDocument?, TermsOfDelivery?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr contractID The source buyer system contractID for this request.
+        For example, Contract ID in the sourcing system.
+
+    @attr type Identifies if this is a Value based contract or quantity based Contract.
+
+    @attr createDate The date and time the contract was created/published.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the contract was created.
+        This is different from the effective and expiry date of the Contract.
+
+    @attr effectiveDate Date the contract is available for ordering/releases.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date the contract is no longer available.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the ContractRequest content is written.
+
+    @attr operation The operational mode of the ContractRequest. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - operation identifies a new Contract transaction.</li>
+		<li>update - operation identified an update to an existing transaction.
+			the DocumentInfo attribute can be used to indicate the Document information
+			in the external system.</li>
+        <li>delete - operation will be used to cancel an existing Contract, the
+			assumption here is that the delete request will be an exact replica of the
+			original request.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractRequestHeader
+        contractID     %string;            #REQUIRED
+        type       (value | quantity)      "value"
+        createDate     %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        agreementDate  %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+        expirationDate %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        xml:lang       %xmlLangCode;       #REQUIRED
+        operation  (new | update | delete) "new"
+        >
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a contract line item to be sent to external system.
+
+    TermsOfDelivery: Optional item level incoTerms.
+
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Optional reference document info for this line item.
+        For example, Requisition or RFQ in the external system.
+		%
+        <ReferenceDocumentInfo lineNumber = "1">
+            <DocumentInfo documentID = "RFQ12345"
+                          documentType = "RFQ"
+                          documentDate = "2005-11-07T07:03:34-05:00">
+            </DocumentInfo>
+        </ReferenceDocumentInfo>
+		%
+        The lineNumber attribute in the <ItemIn> will be used to specify the corresponding
+        lineNumber on the contract in the source buyer system.
+        At an implementation, level checks should be made to validate this.
+
+        itemClassification attribute in the <ItemIn> will be used to specify whether the current line item is material or service.
+
+        The external system Id of PaymentTerm can be sent as an extrinsic inside of <PaymentTerm>
+        For example,
+		%
+        <PaymentTerm payInNumberOfDays="30">
+			<Extrinsic name="Id">Net30</Extrinsic>
+        </PaymentTerm>
+		%
+        Address in ShipTo will be used specify Location (Plant or StorageLocation for SAP) of the line item.
+        For example,
+		% 
+        <ShipTo>
+			<Address
+				addressID="3000"
+				addressIDDomain="buyerLocationID"
+				isoCountryCode="US">
+				<Name xml:lang="en">Plant 3000</Name>
+			</Address>
+        </ShipTo>
+		%
+
+        <IdReference> in <ItemID> will be used to send the corresponding line number of the
+        contract in the external system. For example, domain = "SAPLineNumber", identifier="0100"
+
+        The quantity attribute in the ItemIn tag should be set to target quantity. If the line item is amount based,
+        it could be set to one.
+
+        The UnitsOfMeasure of Min/MaxQuantity and Min/MaxReleaseQuantity is same as the one in ItemDetail.
+
+        The MaxReleaseAmount/Quantity and MinReleaseAmount/Quantity at an item level
+        indicate the item level amounts and quantities per release (purchase order).
+
+        <Modifications> in <UnitPrice> will be used to send Discount amount/percent, Surcharges, Tax, etc.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <UnitPrice>
+            <Money currency="USD">1000.00</Money>
+            <Modifications>
+                 <Modification>
+                     <AdditionalDeduction type="DISCOUNT">
+                         <DeductionAmount>
+                             <Money currency="USD">10.00</Money>
+                         </DeductionAmount>
+                     </AdditionalDeduction>
+                 </Modification>
+            </Modifications>
+        </UnitPrice>
+		%
+        The Alternative at an item level indicates if this is a service line, if there are any alternatives for 
+		this line. Alternative line in contracts is used in case of customer doing negotiation to get pricing on 
+		alternate lines with a supplier. 
+
+        SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItemIn (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?,
+        MaxQuantity?, MinQuantity?, MaxReleaseQuantity?, MinReleaseQuantity?,
+        TermsOfDelivery?, ItemIn, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Alternative?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Represents the state of the Contract line item that is being sent to the external system. 
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - Represents new contract line item sent to External system.</li>
+		<li>update - Represents update to an existing contract line item.</li>
+		<li>delete - Represents instruction to delete this contract line item in external system.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard - Standard service (default).</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractItemIn
+        operation  (new | update | delete) #IMPLIED
+        itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED
+ 		serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Identifies Parent contract Id if the current contract is a part of an hierarchy.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ParentContractInfo (DocumentInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a contract status including line items.
+
+    Status: The status whether a contract is created/updated successfully. It contains code and text.
+        code: 200 - succeeded, 406 - failed. For example,
+		%
+        <Status xml:lang="en-US" code="200" text="OK">Succeeded</Status>
+        <Status code="406" text="Not Acceptable">Failed. Invalid Plant 1234.</Status>
+		%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractStatusUpdateRequest (Status, ContractStatus?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Status update for Contract Status.
+
+    ContractIDInfo: The ID info of a contract created/updated in the source buyer system.
+        For example, Contract Id in the sourcing system.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractStatus (ContractIDInfo, ContractItemStatus*, Comments*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of the contract status, for example, "created".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractStatus
+        type              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a contract known to the source buyer system.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for Contract. For example, SAP AgreementId.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr contractID The ID of a contract known to the source buyer system.
+
+    @attr contractDate The date and time the contract request was created or updated.
+
+    @attr contractType The type of the contract being referenced, for example, Scheduling Agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractIDInfo
+        contractID        %string;               #REQUIRED
+        contractDate      %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+        contractType      (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+  The representation of a line item in a contract status update request.
+
+  Note: "type" attribute in <ItemStatus> specifies which kind of status that item should have. For example "created"
+     "lineNumber" attribute in <ItemInfo> specifies the line number of current line item in the source buyer system.
+     For example, item number in a sourcing contract.
+
+  IdReference: The reference to a line item of the contract in the external system.
+      For example, domain = "SAPLineNumber", identifier="0100"
+
+  Comments: May be used to have a more user readable description of the code
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItemStatus (ItemStatus, IdReference?, Comments*)>
+
+
+
+<!--
+    Use of the Contract element is deprecated
+
+    A  mechanism for sending static contract pricing information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contract (SupplierID+, Comments?, ItemSegment+)>
+<!--
+    @attr effectiveDate Date the contract is available for ordering/releases.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date the contract is no longer available.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Contract
+        effectiveDate   %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+        expirationDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Use of the ItemSegment element is deprecated.
+
+    Defines an item segment for the index. An item segment is an
+    overlay for index items, allowing suppliers to override certain
+    item attributes on a per-contract basis.
+
+    Items may be segmented by some agreed-upon user-specific key that
+    is used to determine who is eligible for these particular overlaid
+    attributes (such as reduced or different prices). Omitting the
+    segmentKey indicates that the supplier wishes to set the given
+    contract price system wide (for all users).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemSegment (ContractItem+)>
+<!--
+    @attr segmentKey Optional agreed-upon string used to segment custom prices.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemSegment
+        segmentKey  %string;  #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Use of the ContractItem element is deprecated.
+
+    A particular (custom) item overlay for a index item. The item is
+    referenced by the supplierPartID.
+
+    ItemID: ID for the part to be overlaid.
+	
+    UnitPrice: Contract price for item
+	
+    Extrinsic: Named overlay. The Extrinsic should be named with the
+		item field name it is to overlay. The Extrinsic must contain a
+		<value> element which supplies the replacement value for the item
+		field. For example:
+	%
+    <ContractItem>
+      <ItemID>
+           <SupplierPartID>123456</SupplierPartID>
+      </ItemID>
+      <Extrinsic name="URL">http://www.newaddress.com</Extrinsic>
+    </ContractItem>
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItem (ItemID, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/QuoteEntities.mod#3 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     Top-level entities used in Transport.mod.  Defined here to allow easy
+     extention of the cXML specification (using additional DTDs) without
+     redefining these entities.
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.requests "(QuoteRequest)">
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.messages ",(QuoteMessage)">
+
+<!ENTITY % cxml.responses "">
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transport.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Defines the set of known valid cXML digital signature versions.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.signatureVersions "(1.0)">
+
+<!--
+    cXML envelope.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXML (((Header, (Message | Request)) | Response), ds:Signature*)>
+<!--
+    @attr version Version of this cXML transmission. Should be less than or equal
+		to the version portion of the SYSTEM identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr payloadID A unique identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr timestamp The date and time at which this document was originally created.
+
+    @attr signatureVersion If present, specifies the cXML digital signature version to
+        which this document conforms. This implies that the
+        ds:Signature element must be present. It is an error if this
+        attribute is present and the document does not conform to the
+        specified signature version. If absent, the document is not
+        signed.
+
+    @attr xml:lang The default locale for all strings (not formatted items such as
+        dates, times and numbers) in this document. This attribute will be
+        required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is
+        deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXML
+    version    %string;       "&cxml.version;"
+    payloadID  %string;       #REQUIRED
+    timestamp  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+    signatureVersion %cxml.signatureVersions; #IMPLIED
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the cXML header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Header (From, To, Sender, (Path, OriginalDocument)?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical source party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT From (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical destination party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT To (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the party that opens the HTTP connection and sends the cXML document.
+	When the document is initially sent, Sender and From are the same, However, if the cXML document travels
+	through network hubs, the Sender element changes to indicate current sending party.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Sender (Credential+, UserAgent)>
+
+<!--
+    Path. A list of nodes that records the path taken by a user through
+    a punchout chaining scenario.
+
+    If no route node is included then punchout chaining scenario is not executed and only copies are processed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Path (Node+)>
+
+<!--
+    A Node is any entity connected to a network.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Node (Credential+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type A node can define itself as a router node or a copy node. Routers
+        assume responsibility for the transaction. Copy Nodes request to only
+        be aware of the transaction.
+
+    @attr itemDetailsRequired Intermediary Nodes may want to support special operations without
+        having to store specific information required to fulfill that operation.
+        This attribute tells the previous node to send ItemDetail information
+        when performing a PunchOutSetupRequest edit/inspect operation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Node
+    type (copy | route) #REQUIRED
+    itemDetailsRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the previous document in the situation that a router node
+    forwards a message or request on to a more distant node.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr payloadID The payloadId of the original document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalDocument
+    payloadID %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A textual string representing who the UserAgent is conducting the cXML
+    conversation. Analogous to UserAgent for HTTP conversations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UserAgent (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DigitalSignature ANY>
+<!--
+	@attr type DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+
+	@attr encoding DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DigitalSignature
+    type      %string;  "PK7 self-contained"
+    encoding  %string;  "Base64"
+>
+
+<!--
+    A shared secret. Typically, this is a username/password type of secret
+    exchanged through a secure transport before communication takes place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SharedSecret ANY>
+
+<!--
+    Represents an identity for a credential.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Identity ANY>
+<!--
+    @attr lastChangedTimestamp When the underlying object last changed in the
+		originating system. This is used in cases where the same object (for
+		example, a buyer organization) is replicated, and kept synchronized,
+		across two systems.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Identity
+    lastChangedTimestamp  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A Credential Message Authentication Code (MAC). This is used in
+    situations where one party (the sender) must prove to another (the
+    receiver) that it is authenticated by a shared secret with a third
+    party trusted by both.
+
+    The MAC should be computed by the trusted third party and
+    transferred to the sender. The MAC should be opaque to the sender
+    (that is, it should be secure and non-reversible). The MAC should
+    use as its inputs enough information to accomplish the following
+    goals:
+
+    (1) The MAC must prove to the receiver that it really originated
+    with the trusted third party. For example, the MAC could use a shared
+    secret between the receiver and the trusted third party as its
+    secret key.
+
+    (2) The MAC should be usable only by a certain sender. For example, the
+    MAC could authenticate an identifier for the sending organization.
+
+    (3) The MAC should prove that the sender is authorized to send on
+    behalf of the From organization. For example, the MAC could authenticate
+    an identifier for the From organization.
+
+    (4) The MAC should limit the risk of the MAC being compromised and
+    used to impersonate the sender by another party communicating with
+    the receiver. For example, the MAC could authenticate an expiration date
+    or sequence number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CredentialMac (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr type An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact data
+        being authenticated and the method in which it is formatted
+        for authentication. Currently the only supported value is
+        "FromSenderCredentials".
+
+    @attr algorithm An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact MAC
+        algorithm used on the data. Currently the only supported
+        value is "HMAC-SHA1-96".
+
+    @attr creationDate The time at which this MAC was issued. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC before this time.
+
+    @attr expirationDate The time at which this MAC expires. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC after this time.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CredentialMac
+    type           %string;      #REQUIRED
+    algorithm      %string;      #REQUIRED
+    creationDate   %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Authentical elements
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.authentication  "SharedSecret |
+                                 DigitalSignature |
+                                 CredentialMac"
+>
+<!--
+    A combination of an Identity and authentication element. If the
+    authentication element is present, it strongly authenticates who/what
+    someone is. The authentication element should not be sent within Message
+    documents transported via an end user's browser. One-way communication
+    must be authenticated in the transport layer.
+
+	Allows the receiving party to authenticate the sending party. This credential
+	allows strong authentication without requiring a public-key end-to-end digital
+	certificate infrastructure. Only a user name and password need to be issued
+	by the receiving party to allow the sending party to perform Requests.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Credential (Identity, (%cxml.authentication;)?)>
+<!--
+    @attr domain In what domain is this Credential represented?
+
+    @attr type Does this Credential identify a marketplace or one of its member
+        companies? A Credential without this attribute describes a member
+        company or unaffiliated buying organization.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Credential
+    domain  %string;      #REQUIRED
+    type    (marketplace) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Status of a Response or Message. If present, the element content
+    describes specifics of a problem.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Status (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr code HTTP or cXML-specific status code.
+
+    @attr text Textual version of the status code (not specific issue).
+
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the text attribute and element content are
+		written. This attribute will be required in a future version of
+		cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Status
+    code     %uint;        #REQUIRED
+    text     %string;      #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a message.
+
+    When Status not present, '<Status code="200" text="OK" />' is implied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Message (Status? %cxml.messages;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr inReplyTo Specifies to which Message this Message responds. The contents of the inReplyTo
+		attribute would be the payloadID of a Message that was received earlier. This would be used
+		to construct a two-way conversation with many messages.
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Message
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    inReplyTo       %string;  #IMPLIED
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Clients send requests for operations. Only one Request element is allowed for each cXML envelope element, which
+	simplifies the server implementations, because no de-multiplexing needs to occur when reading cXML documents.
+	The Request element can contain virtually any type of XML data.
+
+	The typical Request elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>OrderRequest</li>
+	<li>ProfileRequest</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>StatusUpdateRequest</li>
+	<li>GetPendingRequest</li>
+	<li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+	<li>ShipNoticeRequest</li>
+	<li>ProviderSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>PaymentRemittanceRequest</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Request (%cxml.requests;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Request
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Servers send responses to inform clients of the results of operations. Because the result of some requests
+	might not have any data, the Response element can optionally contain nothing but a Status element. A Response
+	element can also contain any application-level data. During PunchOut for example, the application-level
+	data is contained in a PunchOutSetupResponse element.
+
+	The typical Response elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>ProfileResponse</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupResponse</li>
+	<li>GetPendingResponse</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Response (Status %cxml.responses;)>
+<!--
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Response
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes signed cXML-specific details about the
+    document being signed. When a cXML document is signed, this
+    element must appear inside the first ds:Object element in the
+    ds:Signature element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLSignedInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr signatureVersion This specifies the cXML signature version to
+		which this document conforms. It is an error if this attribute value
+        does not exactly match the value of the signatureVersion
+        attribute from the top-level cXML element. It is an error if
+        the document does not conform to the specified cXML signature
+        version.
+
+    @attr payloadID Specifies the payloadID of the document. It is an error if
+        the value of this attribute does not exactly match the value
+        of the payloadID attribute from the top-level cXML element.
+
+    @attr Id This identifies this cXMLSignedInfo element for purposes of
+        the signature. This attribute must always be present and
+        should always have the value "cXMLSignedInfo".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXMLSignedInfo
+    signatureVersion    %cxml.signatureVersions;        #REQUIRED
+    payloadID           %string;                        #REQUIRED
+    Id                  ID                              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes the contact information of the organisation
+    to/from whom the document is sent/received.
+
+    Routing element includes the document destination system name.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Correspondent (Contact+, Routing?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr preferredLanguage Optional language which the organization, identified
+		by this element, would prefer to use. Refer to the definition of
+        xmlLangCode entity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Correspondent
+    preferredLanguage     %xmlLangCode;        #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about W3C XML signatures, refer to the
+    following URL. Portions of this DTD are derived from information
+    contained therein.
+    http://www.w3.org/TR/xmldsig-core/
+-->
+
+<!-- DTD for XML Signatures
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    Joseph Reagle $last changed 20001215$
+
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    $Revision: 1.1 $ on $Date: 2002/02/08 20:32:26 $ by $Author: reagle $
+
+    Copyright 2001 The Internet Society and W3C (Massachusetts Institute
+    of Technology, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en
+    Automatique, Keio University). All Rights Reserved.
+    http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/
+
+    This document is governed by the W3C Software License [1] as described
+    in the FAQ [2].
+
+    [1] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-software-19980720
+    [2] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/IPR-FAQ-20000620.html#DTD
+-->
+
+<!--
+
+The following entity declarations enable external/flexible content in
+the Signature content model.
+
+#PCDATA emulates schema string; when combined with element types it
+emulates schema's mixed content type.
+
+%foo.ANY permits the user to include their own element types from
+other namespaces, for example:
+ <!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY '| ecds:ECDSAKeyValue'>
+ ...
+ <!ELEMENT ecds:ECDSAKeyValue (#PCDATA)  >
+
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Object.ANY '|xades:QualifyingProperties|cXMLSignedInfo|Extrinsic'>
+<!ENTITY % Method.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % Transform.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SignatureProperty.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyInfo.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % PGPData.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % X509Data.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SPKIData.ANY ''>
+
+
+
+<!-- Start Core Signature declarations, these should NOT be altered -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Signature (ds:SignedInfo, ds:SignatureValue, ds:KeyInfo?, ds:Object*)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Signature  
+	xmlns:ds	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#'
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+	Id  		ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureValue (#PCDATA) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureValue  
+         Id  ID      #IMPLIED>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignedInfo (ds:CanonicalizationMethod, 
+	ds:SignatureMethod,  ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignedInfo  
+	Id	 ID 	 #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:CanonicalizationMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* > 
+<!ATTLIST ds:CanonicalizationMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureMethod (#PCDATA|ds:HMACOutputLength %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Reference (ds:Transforms?, ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Reference
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	URI	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Type	CDATA	#IMPLIED>
+
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transforms (ds:Transform+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transform (#PCDATA|ds:XPath %Transform.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Transform 
+	Algorithm    CDATA    #REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:XPath (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:DigestMethod  
+	Algorithm		CDATA	#REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestValue  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyInfo	(#PCDATA|ds:KeyName|ds:KeyValue|ds:RetrievalMethod|
+           ds:X509Data|ds:PGPData|ds:SPKIData|ds:MgmtData %KeyInfo.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:KeyInfo
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED >
+
+<!-- Key Information -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyValue (#PCDATA|ds:DSAKeyValue|ds:RSAKeyValue %KeyValue.ANY;)* >
+<!ELEMENT ds:MgmtData (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RetrievalMethod (ds:Transforms?) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:RetrievalMethod
+  URI	CDATA #REQUIRED 
+  Type	CDATA #IMPLIED > 
+
+<!-- X.509 Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Data ((ds:X509IssuerSerial | ds:X509SKI | ds:X509SubjectName |
+                    ds:X509Certificate | ds:X509CRL )+ %X509Data.ANY;)>
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SubjectName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SKI (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Certificate (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509CRL (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!-- PGPData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPData ((ds:PGPKeyID, ds:PGPKeyPacket?) | (ds:PGPKeyPacket) %PGPData.ANY;) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyPacket  (#PCDATA)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyID  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- SPKI Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKIData (ds:SPKISexp %SPKIData.ANY;)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKISexp  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- Extensible Content -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Object (#PCDATA|ds:Signature|ds:SignatureProperties|ds:Manifest %Object.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Object  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	MimeType	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Encoding	CDATA	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Manifest (ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Manifest  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperties (ds:SignatureProperty+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperties  
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperty (#PCDATA %SignatureProperty.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperty  
+	Target 	CDATA	 #REQUIRED
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!-- Algorithm Parameters -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:HMACOutputLength (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DSAKeyValue ((ds:P, ds:Q)?, ds:G?, ds:Y, ds:J?, (ds:Seed, ds:PgenCounter)?) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:P (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Q (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:G (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Y (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:J (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Seed (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PgenCounter (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RSAKeyValue (ds:Modulus, ds:Exponent) > 
+<!ELEMENT ds:Modulus (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Exponent (#PCDATA) >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about XAdES, refer to the following URL.
+    Portions of this DTD are derived from information contained therein.
+    http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Any.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % XMLTimeStamp.ANY ''>
+
+<!-- Start Any -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Any (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End Any -->
+
+<!-- Start ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectIdentifier (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Identifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Identifier
+	Qualifier (OIDAsURI | OIDAsURN) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Description (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReferences (xades:DocumentationReference)+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedPKIData (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedPKIData
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!-- Start time-stamp container types -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Include EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Include
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	referencedData CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ReferenceInfo (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ReferenceInfo
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:XAdESTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:XAdESTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherTimeStamp (xades:ReferenceInfo+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp))>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OtherTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:XMLTimeStamp (#PCDATA  %XMLTimeStamp.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End time-stamp tokens container  -->
+
+<!-- Start container types -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingProperties (xades:SignedProperties?, xades:UnsignedProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingProperties
+	Target CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedProperties (xades:SignedSignatureProperties, 
+xades:SignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedProperties (xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties?, 
+xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedSignatureProperties (xades:SigningTime?, xades:SigningCertificate?, 
+xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier?, xades:SignatureProductionPlace?, xades:SignerRole?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedDataObjectProperties (xades:DataObjectFormat*, 
+xades:CommitmentTypeIndication*, xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp*, 
+xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties (xades:CounterSignature | xades:SignatureTimeStamp 
+| xades:CompleteCertificateRefs | xades:CompleteRevocationRefs | xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+ | xades:AttributeRevocationRefs | (xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp | xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp) | 
+xades:CertificateValues | xades:RevocationValues | xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues 
+| xades:AttributeRevocationValues | xades:ArchiveTimeStamp)+>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties (xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!-- End container types -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningTime -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningTime (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningTime -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningCertificate (xades:Cert+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Cert (xades:CertDigest, xades:IssuerSerial)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Cert
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertDigest (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!-- Start SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier (xades:SignaturePolicyId | 
+xades:SignaturePolicyImplied)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyImplied ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyId (xades:SigPolicyId, ds:Transforms?, xades:SigPolicyHash, 
+xades:SigPolicyQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyHash (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifiers (xades:SigPolicyQualifier+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifier (#PCDATA|xades:SPURI %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPURI (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPUserNotice (xades:NoticeRef?, xades:ExplicitText?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeRef (xades:Organization, xades:NoticeNumbers)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ExplicitText (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Organization (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeNumbers (xades:int*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:int (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!-- Start CounterSignature -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CounterSignature (ds:Signature)>
+
+<!-- End CounterSignature -->
+
+<!-- Start DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DataObjectFormat (xades:Description?, xades:ObjectIdentifier?, xades:MimeType?, 
+xades:Encoding?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:DataObjectFormat
+	ObjectReference CDATA #REQUIRED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:MimeType (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Encoding (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!-- Start CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeIndication (xades:CommitmentTypeId, (xades:ObjectReference+ | 
+xades:AllSignedDataObjects), xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllSignedDataObjects ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers (xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!-- Start SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureProductionPlace (xades:City?, xades:StateOrProvince?, xades:PostalCode?, 
+xades:CountryName?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:City (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:StateOrProvince (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:PostalCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CountryName (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!-- Start SignerRole -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignerRole (xades:ClaimedRoles?, xades:CertifiedRoles?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRoles (xades:ClaimedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRoles (xades:CertifiedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRole (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRole (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertifiedRole
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SignerRole -->
+
+<!-- Start AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp (xades:Include+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, (xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp 
+| xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignatureTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertRefs (xades:Cert+)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRefs (xades:CRLRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRefs (xades:OCSPRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRefs (xades:OtherRef+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRef (xades:DigestAlgAndValue, xades:CRLIdentifier?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRef (xades:OCSPIdentifier, xades:DigestAlgAndValue?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRef (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DigestAlgAndValue (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLIdentifier (xades:Issuer, xades:IssueTime, xades:Number?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CRLIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPIdentifier (xades:ResponderID, xades:ProducedAt)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OCSPIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Issuer (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssueTime (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Number (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ResponderID (xades:ByName | xades:ByKey)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByName  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByKey  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ProducedAt (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!-- Start CertificateValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertificateValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertificateValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherCertificate (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Start RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLValues (xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPValues (xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValues (xades:OtherValue+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValue (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;  )*>
+
+<!-- End RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!-- Start ArchiveTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ArchiveTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ArchiveTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!-- End ArchiveTimeStamp -->
diff --git a/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/cXML.dtd b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/cXML.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c47fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/metadata/cxml/dtd/1.2.063/cXML.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10622 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Common.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    A few character entities the XML recommendation says should be defined
+    "for interoperability" with existing SGML parsers.  By default, these
+    are not included to avoid warnings (about entity redefinition) from
+    many XML parsers.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % SGML-help "IGNORE">
+<![%SGML-help;[
+<!ENTITY lt     "&#38;#60;">
+<!ENTITY gt     "&#62;">
+<!ENTITY amp    "&#38;#38;">
+<!ENTITY apos   "&#39;">
+<!ENTITY quot   "&#34;">
+]]>
+
+<!--
+    Common types used throughout the cXML definition.
+
+    The types try to follow the XML DATA definition submitted to the W3C. See
+    the following for more information,
+
+        http://msdn.microsoft.com/xml/reference/schema/datatypes.asp
+        http://www.w3c.org/TR/1998/NOTE-XML-data-0105/
+
+-->
+
+<!-- Atomic-level Types -->
+<!ENTITY % bin.base64 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % bin.hex "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % boolean "(0 | 1)">    <!-- 0 is false, 1 is true -->
+<!ENTITY % char "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % date "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % datetime.tz "CDATA">  <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % fixed.14.4 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % i8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % int "%i8;">
+<!ENTITY % r8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % number "CDATA">       <!-- No limit on number of digits, unlike
+                                      %r8; -->
+<!ENTITY % string "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % time.tz "CDATA">      <!-- Time zone is required -->
+<!ENTITY % duration "CDATA">      <!--ISO8601 duration http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#duration  -->
+<!ENTITY % ui8 "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uint "%ui8;">         <!-- Unique to this specification -->
+<!ENTITY % uri "CDATA">
+<!ENTITY % uuid "CDATA">
+
+<!-- Higher-level Types -->
+<!--
+    NOTE: The following is a temporary *hack* to allow empty values for
+    some attributes with these types.  The nmtoken entity should resolve to
+    NMTOKEN.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % nmtoken "CDATA">      <!-- Any combination of XML name chars. -->
+<!ENTITY % isoLangCode "%nmtoken;">         <!-- ISO 639 Language Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCountryCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166 Country Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoStateCode "%nmtoken;">      <!-- ISO 3166-2:2013 Country Subdivision (State) Code -->
+<!ENTITY % isoCurrencyCode "%nmtoken;">     <!-- ISO 4217 Currency Code -->
+<!ENTITY % xmlLangCode "%nmtoken;"> <!-- Language code as defined by XML
+                                         recommendation: Language and
+					 country. -->
+<!ENTITY % URL "%uri;">
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Base.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    This file defines the basic elements used to build higher level
+    constructs in cXML.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic Name/Data Elements -->
+<!--
+    Name is used to provide an identifier for other elements.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Name (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the name is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Name
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An Extrinsic is an element which can be used to extend the data
+    associated with known elements.
+
+    Since this Element is of type ANY, it could contain any arbitrary XML
+    document within itself, or a binary ![CDATA[]] document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extrinsic ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name used to identify this extrinsic. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Extrinsic
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Description is a string which describes something.
+    Though text may be interspersed with ShortName elements in this content
+    model, placing the ShortName at the beginning or end of the element is
+    much preferred. At most one ShortName element is allowed per
+    Description. The intended content model would be more like
+    (( ShortName, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | ShortName? )) if DTD syntax
+    supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Description ( #PCDATA | ShortName )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                      ShortName -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the description is written.
+
+    @attr type The qualifier of the description. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Description
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+    type  %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A short string which describes something in fewer characters than the
+    entire Description. This should be used when limited space is available.
+    For example, a table of elements might show the ShortName's of each. A
+    linked "details" view would show the entire Description (including the
+    ShortName). Without a ShortName, the user interface must default to a
+    truncation of the Description.
+	
+    This element does not require an xml:lang attribute since it appears only
+    within a Description element. The language of the ShortName must match
+    that of the surrounding Description.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShortName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- Telephone Number Elements -->
+<!--
+    International ITU dial code for the country code in question.  This
+    code would be entered after any escape code necessary to begin
+    International dialing. That is, the escape code does not appear in the
+    content of this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CountryCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the dial code in question.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CountryCode
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The area code or city code within a CountryCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AreaOrCityCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    The local number part of a telephone number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Number (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    An extension within relative to the Number element. This element has no
+    meaning without an associated Number element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Extension (#PCDATA)> <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    TelephoneNumber represents international telephone numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TelephoneNumber (CountryCode, AreaOrCityCode, Number, Extension?)>
+
+<!--
+     Phone is a "named" TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Phone (TelephoneNumber)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Specifies an identifier which indicates the type of phone number. US examples would include 
+		"work","home", and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Phone
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Fax number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fax (TelephoneNumber | URL | Email)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the fax number. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fax
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Addressing Elements -->
+<!--
+    A string that represents a URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT URL (#PCDATA)> <!-- URL -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the URL. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST URL
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An email address. Address must conform to RFC 821 (SMTP Standard).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Email (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the email address.
+
+    @attr preferredLang Optional language that the email owner prefers to receive emails in. Refer to the definition 
+		of the xmlLangCode entity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Email
+    name          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    preferredLang %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contact represents an entity at a location. The nature of this
+    element is that it represents a communication "end point" for a
+    location.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+       a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) 
+	   pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contact (Name, PostalAddress*, Email*, Phone*, Fax*, URL*, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr role Position this person or group plays in the procurement process.
+        Likely values include endUser, administrator, purchasingAgent,
+        technicalSupport, customerService, sales, supplierCorporate, supplierMasterAccount, 
+		supplierAccount, buyerCorporate, buyerMasterAccount, buyerAccount, buyer,
+        subsequentBuyer. Other values may be allowed in some cases.
+        The from and to roles are reserved for future use.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for relationships that require id references. Example: plantID
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain The qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. Examples are DUNS, ILN, and buyerLocationID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Contact
+    role             NMTOKEN           #IMPLIED
+    addressID        %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The DeliverTo part of an Address. This would be internal to the actual
+    address know to the outside world. Similar to what an extension is to a
+    TelephoneNumber.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliverTo (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Street is a single line of an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Street (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    City is the name of the city in an Address's location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT City (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr cityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a city region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST City
+    cityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    State is an optional state identifier in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT State (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoStateCode The ISO 3166-2:2013 country subdivision (state) code for this country.
+        Universally applicable code for the representation of the names of
+        principal administrative divisions of countries and territories included
+        in ISO 3166-1. It is intended to be used in conjunction with ISO 3166-1. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST State
+    isoStateCode  %isoStateCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A series of letters or digits or both, sometimes including spaces or punctuation, included 
+	in a postal address for the purpose of sorting mail. In the United States, postal code 
+	is called "ZIP code."
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalCode (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Country is the name of the country in an Address's location. The
+    content of this element is a string which may (for example) be printed
+    directly to a shipping label. The content is the human-readable
+    equivalent of the isoCountryCode used by applications.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Country (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for this country. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Country
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Municipality specifies the name of the municipality in the location for an Address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Municipality (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr municipalityCode Optional code assigned by local/government agencies identifying a municipality region. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Municipality
+    municipalityCode  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    PostalAddress is a real-world location for a business or person.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PostalAddress (DeliverTo*, Street+, City, Municipality?, State?,
+                         PostalCode?, Country, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name given to the postal address. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PostalAddress
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Address is the association of a Contact and a Location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Address (Name, PostalAddress?, Email?, Phone?, Fax?, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isoCountryCode The ISO 3166 2-letter country code for the country containing this location.
+
+    @attr addressID An id for the address. Needed to support address codes for
+        relationships that require id references. An example would be a shipping code.
+
+    @attr addressIDDomain It is the qualifier for the addressId to specify the agency or organization. 
+		Examples are DUNS and ILN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Address
+    isoCountryCode  %isoCountryCode;  #IMPLIED
+    addressID       %string;          #IMPLIED
+    addressIDDomain   %string;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the parties involved in a document (for example, service entry sheet), including 
+	fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	Contact: Specifies contact information for the document partners. Allowed 
+		contact roles include fieldContractor, fieldEngineer, and requester.
+
+	IdReference: Partner reference ID, supplier tax ID, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartnerContact (Contact, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the information of the issuer who is associated to the customs info document.
+	
+	Address: Defines the real-world location of the issuer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Issuer ( Address )>
+
+<!-- Financial Elements -->
+
+<!--
+	Money is the representation of the object used to pay for items.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Money (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr currency Specifies the currency in which amount is stated, must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes.
+
+	@attr alternateAmount The amount of money in the alternateCurrency. Optional and used to support dual-currency requirements such as the Euro.
+
+	@attr alternateCurrency Specifies the currency in which the alternateAmount is stated. Must conform to ISO 4217 currency codes. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Money
+    currency           %isoCurrencyCode;  #REQUIRED
+    alternateAmount    %number;           #IMPLIED
+    alternateCurrency  %isoCurrencyCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Optional textual child for communicating arbitrary comments or description along with the parent.
+
+	Text may be interspersed with Attachment elements in this content model, grouping the Attachment 
+	list at the begging or end of the element is much preferred. The intended content model would 
+	be more like 
+	%
+	(( Attachment+, #PCDATA ) | ( #PCDATA | Attachment* ))
+	%
+	if the DTD syntax supported it.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Comments ( #PCDATA | Attachment )* > <!-- mixed: string and
+                                                    opt. Attachment list -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the Comments are written. This attribute will be required in 
+		a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+
+	@attr type An optional type of the comments. Type can be used to make the comments structured with 
+		respect to what they describe. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Comments
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+    type      %string;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Optional child of Comments element referencing a part in a multipart MIME
+    transmission.
+
+    The contained URL must use the scheme "cid:". This is the identifier for
+    the referenced attachment within the larger transmission. Must match the
+    Content-ID header of one (and only one) part of the MIME transmission
+    containing this cXML document. May also be used to retrieve the
+    attachment file separately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Attachment (URL)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr visibility Optional attribute that gives a hint as to how an attachment should be interpreted. 
+		If the value is "internal”, it will give a hint to the consumer of the attachment, that the attachment 
+		is meant for internal purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Attachment
+    visibility (internal)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a remote attachment.
+
+    AttachmentReference is used inside Extrinsic elements that have a
+    predefined name of "Attachments".
+
+    In the context of AttachmentReference, the domain attribute of
+    InternalID is currently optional. However, as a way to prevent
+    circular request paths, the sending application may use a
+    predefined value of "local" to indicate that the attachment
+    requested is local to the other application.
+
+    This optional URL element should link to a referenced source on the buyer’s
+    system. The URL scheme must conform to RFC 1738 (Uniform Resource Locators).
+    Both https and http transmission protocols are supported, however due to
+    security reasons we highly recommend to use https with the latest TLS set
+    only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AttachmentReference (Name, Description, InternalID, URL?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr length Length of the attachment in bytes.
+        
+    @attr version Specifies the version of the external source. Examples: 1.0, beta, V-2. 
+-->           
+<!ATTLIST AttachmentReference
+    length  %uint;  #IMPLIED
+    version     %string; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition cost term .
+
+    Cost term can be of money or percentage type                
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT CostTermValue (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition type.
+
+    This represents the pricing condition type. ConditionType can have default 
+    cost term value, which will be used in cases where scales are not specified. 
+    If the scale is specified, the cost term value provided in the scale will be used.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT ConditionType (CostTermValue?,Scales?)>
+<!--
+     @attr name Name of the condition type. Example: Price, Surcharge.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ConditionType
+    name  %string; #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    This represents the volume scale and there can be more than one 
+    cost term per scale. The scale type is specified in the Scales element.
+
+    The value which is specified for a scale is always in the context of a scale type which is selected. 
+ 
+    The attributes for a scale depends on the scale type. If the scale type is selected as "From", then
+    the scale should have "from" value. If the scale type is "To" scale, then the scale should have the 
+	value for "to" attribute.
+
+    If the scale is of type "Graduated", then both the "from" and "to" values should be provided.
+
+    Example 1: From scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0'> 
+	<Scale from='1000'>
+	<Scale from='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: From 0, From 1000, and From 5000. 
+    
+    Example 2: To scale
+	%
+	<Scale to='100'> 
+	<Scale to='1000'>
+	<Scale to='5000'>
+	%
+    In the above example, there are three scales: To 100, To 1000, and To 5000. 
+
+    Example 3: Graduated scale
+	%
+	<Scale from='0' to='100'>
+	<Scale from='101' to='200'>
+    %
+	In the above example, there are two scales: From 0 To 100 and From 101 To 200.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scale (CostTermValue+)>
+<!--
+    @attr from This represents the lower bound value for the scale.
+    @attr to   This represents the upper bound value for the scale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scale
+    from   %number; #IMPLIED 
+    to     %number; #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition scales vector.
+
+    This represents the volume scales list for a given validity period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Scales (Scale+)>
+<!--
+    @attr scaleType This represents the scale type for the validity period. The value for this attribute can be
+        "From", "To", or "Graduated". Please refer to the examples provided in scale element for more information.
+
+    @attr scaleBasis This represents the scale basis.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Scales
+    scaleType  (From|To|Graduated) #REQUIRED
+    scaleBasis %string; #FIXED 'quantity'
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a condition types list.               
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConditionTypes (ConditionType+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to a pricing condition validity period.
+
+    This represents the validity period of the price condition with start date and end date.
+    The validity period can have list of condition types.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriod (ConditionTypes)>
+<!--
+    @attr from Start date of the validity period.
+
+    @attr to End date of the validity period.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ValidityPeriod
+    from      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    to        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to list of validity periods. The list should have 
+    at least one validity period. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValidityPeriods (ValidityPeriod+)>
+
+<!---
+    Reference to pricing condition object for a given line item.
+    The cost elements are added to pricing conditions per validity period
+    and scale. If any cost term like Discount, Surcharge is added to 
+    pricing condition, then it will not be part of modifications.     
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PricingConditions (ValidityPeriods)>
+
+<!--
+    Price per unit of item.
+
+    Money: Contains the final amount after applying Modifications.
+
+	Modifications: Contains details of the allowances and charges applicable 
+	at the line-item level.
+    
+	PricingConditions: Pricing condition that represents the cost elements with
+		validity period and optional scales.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitPrice (Money, Modifications?, PricingConditions?)>
+
+<!--
+    Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). In a
+    StatusUpdateRequest, this element identifies the purchase order to be
+    updated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr payloadID A unique identifier for the document. Copied directly from the
+        cXML element of the original document. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentReference
+    payloadID       %string;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains a unique internal ID for a document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InternalID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr domain A string indicating the type of internal ID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InternalID
+    domain   %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Common to most variants of the PunchOut transaction set. Defined here
+    to be easily shared between multiple DTD files without requiring
+    inclusion of Transaction.mod in all of them.
+
+    All of the PunchOut transaction sets include an originating Request
+    (ProviderSetupRequest for example), relatively simple Response
+    (PunchOutSetupResponse for example) and final Message
+    (ProviderDoneMessage or PunchOutOrderMessage). The Request and
+    Response comprise a back-end transaction between two cooperating
+    applications that wish to extend an interactive session from one to the
+    other. The Request provides the destination application with
+    authentication, identification and other setup information. The
+    Response provides the originating application with a unique starting
+    location for the interactive (HTML) session at the destination system.
+
+    After receiving a Response of this type, the originating application
+    redirects the user's browser to the provided location. (For some
+    non-HTML applications, opening a new browser window at that location
+    may be more appropriate.) The destination system eventually provides
+    an HTML form to the user's browser. This form submits the final
+    Message to close the remote session, return that user to the
+    originating application and carry any required information back to the
+    originating application.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a specific PunchOut session. Used in both originating 
+	Request and later Message that returns user to originating application.
+
+    Note: The BuyerCookie element used in a 'regular' PunchOut transaction
+    (defined in Transaction.mod) is of type ANY. That does not seem
+    useful. The string required below better matches the needs for this
+    element. Future transactions similar to the PunchOut transaction will
+    use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginatorCookie (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must submit the final Message. 
+	This location (carried in the originating Request) does not need to 
+	be specific to a PunchOut session since the OriginatorCookie is 
+	returned in the Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BrowserFormPost (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Identification of a service offered by this provider and requested in 
+	this transaction. Used only in the originating Request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedService (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Location to which the user's browser must be redirected to
+    begin the interactive portion of the session at the remote site. The
+    destination system returns this information in the Response document.
+    This location must be specific to a particular session. It is
+    effectively a one time key, providing authenticated entry into the
+    destination system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StartPage (URL)>
+
+<!--
+    Any information the originator must know about the completed operation 
+	at the provider site. The ReturnValue is for applications; the Name is 
+	for human consumption (direct presentation in the User Interface of the 
+	application). Where appropriate for the possible services, this element 
+	may appear in the final Message for a PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnData (ReturnValue, Name)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name An identifier for the data returned. Provides a meaning for the
+        contents of a ReturnData element. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnData
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	A value that is used by the originating application. This value depends on 
+	what service the provider supplies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnValue (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a time range. The start and end can be unbounded.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeRange EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the time range.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the range. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeRange
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a period in time.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Period EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr startDate The starting date of the period.
+
+    @attr endDate The ending date of the period. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Period
+    startDate      %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    endDate        %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Describes how the product is packaged or shipped. It must conform with UN/CEFACT 
+	(Recommendation 20) Unit of Measure Common Codes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitOfMeasure (#PCDATA)> <!-- nmtoken -->
+
+
+<!--
+    Defines the quantity as quoted in the UnitPrice.
+	
+	UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure for the quote.
+	
+    Description: The textual description of the quote.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceBasisQuantity (UnitOfMeasure, Description?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr quantity The quantity basis for the quote.
+
+    @attr conversionFactor The conversion ratio from the unit of measure of the order to 
+		the unit of measure of the PriceBasisQuantity. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PriceBasisQuantity
+    quantity         %r8;    #REQUIRED
+    conversionFactor %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to a term which is defined in another document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermReference EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr termName The name of the ID attribute containing the term.
+
+    @attr term The value of that attribute (that is, the term itself). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermReference
+	termName %string; #REQUIRED
+	term %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an optionally named monetary rate at which goods or services are
+    charged or paid.
+	
+    Money: The amount of Money per UnitOfMeasure to be charged or paid.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure.
+
+    PriceBasisQuantity: The quantity the price is quoted on
+
+    TermReference: Identifies the definition of this UnitRate (found, for example, 
+		in contracts, master agreements, and other documents which may or may not be cXML 
+		documents).	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitRate (
+    Money,
+    UnitOfMeasure,
+    PriceBasisQuantity?,
+    TermReference?
+)>
+
+<!--
+    The rate information used to define the rate of a purchase. For
+    example, this could be the total room rate for 4 nights of stay
+    at a hotel.
+	
+    Total: The total amount for the rate. The total amount must equal
+		to quantity x UnitRate.
+
+    UnitRate: The single unit rate.
+
+    Description: Textual description for the rate. For example, hotel nightly rate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Rate (Total, UnitRate, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity The quantity associated with the rate. For example, a 4-night stay at a hotel will
+		have quantity set to 4 with UnitofMesure in UnitRate set to Day. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Rate
+    quantity    %r8;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The total for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Total (Money, Modifications?)>
+
+<!--
+    Tolerances for price, quantity, and delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tolerances (QuantityTolerance?, PriceTolerance?, TimeTolerance?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityTolerance (Percentage | Value)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the price tolerance for a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PriceTolerance (Percentage | Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a certain amount of days used to check if a concrete
+    delivery date is within the tolerance regarding the requested
+    delivery date.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeTolerance EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr limit Amount of time in 'type' relative to the requested delivery date is it allowed to deliver.
+
+    @attr type Specifies how the limit should be interpreted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeTolerance
+    limit %int; #REQUIRED
+    type  (minutes | hours | days | weeks) "days"
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Upper tolerances define an upper limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Upper (Tolerances)>
+<!-- 
+	Lower tolerances define a lower limit 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Lower (Tolerances)>
+<!--
+	The amount of tax.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+	The amount that is taxable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxableAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the location of tax,
+    for example, London, Canada, California, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxLocation (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the location of tax is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxLocation
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference indicates the relevant law as
+    titled for the local jurisdiction in the scenario of a triangular
+    transaction, for example, Triangulation, article 28c,E paragraph 3 
+	of the 6th EU VAT Directive.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TriangularTransactionLawReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the law reference is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TriangularTransactionLawReference
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    If you claim an exemption from taxes, some tax authorities, such as 
+	Portugal SAF-T, require you to specify an exemption code and exemption reason.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxExemption (ExemptReason?)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr exemptCode Specifies the code against which the tax is exempted. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxExemption
+    exemptCode    %string;      #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Specifies the exemption reason for zero tax.
+		
+	This would have no relation with the existing "exemptDetail" attribute. Existing attribute 
+	"exemptDetail" will not be ignored and this will also will be kept along with the new 
+	element "ExemptReason".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  ExemptReason  (#PCDATA) >
+<!-- 
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the exemption reason is written. 
+-->				
+<!ATTLIST  ExemptReason
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;    #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines details of one type of tax.
+	
+    TaxableAmount: The taxable amount.
+
+    TaxAmount: The tax amount.
+
+    TaxLocation: The tax location.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: This is the adjustment amount for the tax for the specific tax 
+		line (tax for a specific category and location) or in other words the adjustment
+        amount corresponding to tax represented by this TaxDetail element and
+        is optional. Currently it is ONLY supported for the PPR(PaymentProosalRequest)
+        document and also ONLY applicable for the PPR document.
+		
+        Note: Also this is to be used instead of TaxAdjustmentDetail(now deprecated)
+        element in the PPR document.
+
+    Description: The textual description of the current type of tax.
+
+    TriangularTransactionLawReference: The law reference for transactions where isTriangularTransaction 
+		is True.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxDetail (TaxableAmount?, TaxAmount, TaxLocation?, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description?,
+                     TriangularTransactionLawReference?, TaxRegime?, TaxExemption?,
+					 Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr taxedElement An ID reference that uniquely identifies the item being taxed???
+
+    @attr purpose The purpose of the tax, for example, tax (tax), custom duty, shippingTax,
+       specialHandlingTax, and so on.
+
+    @attr category The tax category, Sales tax (sales), Use tax (usage), VAT (vat),
+       GST (gst) are defined categories. Other values are permitted.
+
+    @attr percentageRate The tax rate in number of percentage.
+
+    @attr isVatRecoverable Set to "yes" if the entire invoice is VAT (Value Added Tax)-recoverable. Default is false.
+
+    @attr taxPointDate Refers to the date on which VAT becomes due.
+
+    @attr paymentDate Indicates the date when payment must be made.
+
+    @attr isTriangularTransaction Set to "yes" to indicate that the transaction occurred between 
+		three parties in three different countries, but the movement of goods did not follow the 
+		invoicing route. Add a Contract element with role="subsequentBuyer" to identify the 
+		subsequent buying organization in triangular transactions.
+
+    @attr exemptDetail If the TaxAmount is zero, VAT or other regulations may require
+		a reason why. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>zeroRated - The tax rate is zero.</li>
+		<li>exempt - The item or items are exempt from taxation.</li>
+		</ul>
+	   
+	@attr isWithholdingTax Set to "yes" if the tax is a withholding tax. 
+	   
+    @attr taxRateType Specify the tax rate type code (a string) that corresponds to a specific tax type. 
+ 	   For example, in Germany the tax rate of 19\% for value-added tax (VAT) corresponds to the "Standard" tax rate type. 
+ 	   In different EU member states, different VAT rates are allowed.
+	   
+ 	   The tax rate type makes it easy for the back-end system to handle different rates that result from changes in tax law.
+
+    @attr basePercentageRate The base tax rate in number of percentage. For some Tax categories (for example, ICMS for 
+		Brazil) TaxAmount is calculated considering the basePercentageRate along with percentageRate.
+		%
+		TaxAmount = TaxableAmount * percentageRate * basePercentageRate
+		$
+		Used only in the Quote Messages.
+
+    @attr isIncludedInPrice Set to "yes" (true) if the TaxAmount is included in the price. The default is "no" (false). 
+		Used only in Quote messages.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxDetail
+    taxedElement            IDREF          #IMPLIED
+	purpose                 %string;       #IMPLIED
+    category                %string;       #REQUIRED
+    percentageRate          %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isVatRecoverable        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    taxPointDate            %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    paymentDate             %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isTriangularTransaction (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    exemptDetail            (zeroRated | exempt)  #IMPLIED
+	isWithholdingTax        (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	taxRateType				%string;	   #IMPLIED
+    basePercentageRate      %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    isIncludedInPrice       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    TaxRegime is related to the type of supplier activities and the
+	commodities in the invoice. Companies pay taxes based on the tax regime
+	they are enrolled. Sample tax regimes: Assimilated Regime wages, Regime
+	of Small Taxpayers (REPECO), Regimen of business and professional activities,
+	etc. Multiple tax regimes can be associated with a single invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxRegime (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Tax item. This represents what a Tax element should
+    be in the classic notion of a line on a PO or Invoice. It can also
+    represent a per-line-item tax element depending on where it appears
+    (inside of a item ELEMENT or inside of a something like a supplierOrder
+    ELEMENT).
+
+    Represents a tax item in the shopping basket. There could be one of these
+    for the entire order, or one per line item.
+
+    The total amount of taxes for the line item or order should be reflected
+    in the Money element. The breakdown of taxes, for example, tax on shipping
+    or tax on goods should be represented in separate TaxDetail elements.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount: The adjustment amount for the total tax for the document 
+		or in other words the adjustment amount corresponding to tax represented 
+		by this Tax element and is optional (this is supposedly the sum of the 
+		amounts in TaxAdjustmentAmount elements under the TaxDetail children of 
+		this Tax element). Currently, this element is ONLY supported for the 
+		PaymentProposalRequest document. It is used instead of the TaxAdjustment 
+		element (now deprecated).
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Tax (Money, TaxAdjustmentAmount?, Description, TaxDetail*, Distribution*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Modifications element which provides the original unit
+    price or shipping price and then describes a set of 1 or more
+    modifications to that price. There can one per Shipping element.
+    The optional method attribute defines how multiple Modification elements
+    are combined.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modifications (Modification+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the original price or shipping price and optionally provides a type.    
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalPrice (Money)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Type of price. Examples include MSRP, ListPrice, Actual, AverageSellingPrice,
+      CalculationGross, BaseCharge, AverageWholesalePrice, ExportPrice, AlternatePrice,
+      ContractPrice, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalPrice
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Stores any modification to the original price or shipping price of the item. Provides 
+	an optional level attribute for cascading modifications. 
+	
+	AdditionalDeduction: Used only when allowances are involved.
+
+    AdditionalCost: Used when additional charges are involved.
+	
+    OriginalPrice: Represents the price on which the discount or charges apply.
+	
+    Tax: Represents the tax on the Modification.
+	
+	ModificationDetail: The details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or 
+		AdditionalCost element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Modification (OriginalPrice?, (AdditionalDeduction | AdditionalCost), Tax?, ModificationDetail?)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr level Represents the level of modification, used in cascading modifications.
+	   Example:
+	   Charge 1 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 2 (Level 1): Original Price 10$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 3 (Level 2): Original Price 8$ Charge: 1$
+	   Charge 4 (Level 3): Original Price 7$ Charge: 1$ ...
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Modification
+    level            %uint;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains details of the deductions available for the item. Used only when allowances are applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalDeduction (DeductionAmount | DeductionPercent | DeductedPrice)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of deduction (for example, discount). 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AdditionalDeduction
+    type            %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of any information for the AdditionalDeduction or AdditionalCost element. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ModificationDetail (Description?, IdReference?, ParentID?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr name The name of the modification, for example, "Allowance".
+    
+    @attr startDate The start date of the modification.
+
+    @attr endDate The end date of the modification.
+
+    @attr code The service code for the modification.
+
+    @attr scope The scope for the modification, for example, ‘UnitPrice’, ‘LineItem’.
+
+    @attr calculationType The calculationType for the modification, for example, ‘fixedAmount’, ‘quantity’, ‘percentage’.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ModificationDetail
+    name             %string;  #REQUIRED
+    code             %string;  #IMPLIED
+    startDate        %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    endDate          %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    scope            %string;  #IMPLIED
+    calculationType  %string;  #IMPLIED
+ >
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Value EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr value Quantity value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Value
+	value            %number;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the percentage value for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Percentage EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr percent Percentage for a QuantityTolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Percentage
+ 	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	The Money element is the final cost amount for this Additional Cost or Charge
+ 	DO NOT USE THIS ELEMENT FOR SHIPPING, SPECIAL HANDLING, FREIGHT, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalCost (Money|Percentage)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines discount applied.
+
+	DiscountAmount: The discount expressed as a flat amount with currency.
+
+    DiscountPercent: The discount rate expressed as a percentage.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Discount (DiscountPercent | DiscountAmount)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the Basis for the Discount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountBasis (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines the details of adjustments given over category and region.
+    
+	Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under TaxDetail element instead.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentDetail (Money)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr category String describing the tax adjustment category.
+	
+    @attr region String describing the region where the tax adjustment occurred. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxAdjustmentDetail
+    category    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    region      %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines TaxAdjustment given on the Total Tax, currently to be used with
+    PPR(PaymentProposalRqeuest) document to specify the total adjustments given
+    on the Tax for the payable.
+	
+    Note: This is deprecated in the PaymentProposalRequest document. Please use
+    TaxAdjustmentAmount element that is under Tax element instead.
+
+    Money: Describes the Total Tax Adjustment given on the payable.
+
+    TaxAdjustmentDetail: Describes the list of all the Adjustments given on the 
+		payable on the basis of tax category and region.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustment (Money, TaxAdjustmentDetail*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the tax adjustment either on the total tax or for a specific tax
+    category and region, currently to be used with PPR(PaymentProposalRequest)
+    document to specify the adjustments on tax for the payable.
+    If it is included under the Tax element then it is used to specify the
+    adjustment for total tax in the PPR(PaymentProposalRequest) document.
+    If it is included under the TaxDetail element then it specifies the adjustment
+    for tax for a specific tax category and region. 
+
+    Money: Describes the adjustment for the tax(either for Tax or TaxDetail) 
+		given on the payable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxAdjustmentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the discount rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The discount rate expressed as a percentage. A negative discount percent 
+		represents a penalty. 
+--> 
+<!ATTLIST DiscountPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the deduction rate
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionPercent EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr percent The deduction rate expressed as a percentage. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DeductionPercent
+	percent          %r8;           #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to the line item in a Consignment Movement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductMovementItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr movementLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from movement document.
+
+    @attr movementID The id of a consignment movement entry known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr movementDate The date and time the product was moved from consignment inventory to the buyer inventory. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductMovementItemIDInfo
+    movementLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    movementID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    movementDate              %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a clear reference to the line item in a InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceItemIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr invoiceLineNumber The line number of a line item, copied from InvoiceDetailRequest.
+
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+	@attr invoiceDate The invoice date. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceItemIDInfo
+    invoiceLineNumber        %uint;              #REQUIRED
+    invoiceID                %string;            #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate              %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quantity of an item that was returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity Quantity returned. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReturnQuantity
+    quantity        %r8; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with Contract/Catalog items. If this limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all Contract items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxContractAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    This a new limit is directly related with ad hoc items. If this is limit is in PO, then validation 
+	against this will occur for all ad hoc (non-Contract) items. This field is only visible to buyers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAdhocAmount (Money)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Version.mod#4 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     Another top-level entity used in Transport.mod. Defined here to allow
+     easy updates to the release version of cXML without opening
+     Transport.mod. This should also provide an easy file to search for
+     the current release version string.
+-->
+
+<!-- cxml.version
+    Current default string for the cXML@version attribute. Corresponds to
+    the final directory of the SYSTEM identifier used in all up-to-date
+    cXML documents.
+    For easy parsing of this file, do not remove whitespace surrounding the
+    actual version string.
+-->
+<!ENTITY cxml.version "1.2.063" >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+	$Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/Industry.mod#1$
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Allow this module to be built separately from any other DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    Characteristic contains detailed information about an item that can be used across different industries.
+    Can also be used to send material characteristics to support configurable material process. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Characteristic EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Type of Characteristic. Examples: size, sizeCode, color, colorCode , quality, qualityCode, grade, gradeCode.
+
+    @attr value Value for the domain.
+
+	@attr code Code associated with a characteristic, such as a currency code or unit of measure. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Characteristic
+	domain	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	value  	%string;   #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;   #IMPLIED >
+	
+<!-- 
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+
+	Use IdReference and proper domain within ItemID instead.
+
+    Number assigned to a manufacturer's product according to the International Article Numbering Association 
+	or UPC(Universal Product Code) for an article.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EANID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	European Waste Catalogue is a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste Catalogue (EWC). 
+	It requires special handling. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EuropeanWasteCatalogID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+	planning/ordering process (and the related pricing). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionDealID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!-- 
+	The item number is a promotional variant number. Used when only one or some variants of an 
+	article are promoted.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionVariantID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Total retail value of all products. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalRetailAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Gross monetary amount paid or to be paid at intervals. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossProgressPaymentAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Deposit amount charged for returnable items (boxes, containers, pallets, and so on).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Total amount of goods and services excluding deposits for returnable goods.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GoodsAndServiceAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specific exact amount. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExactAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Groups all the additional amounts. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalAmounts (TotalRetailAmount?, InformationalAmount?, GrossProgressPaymentAmount?, 
+					TotalReturnableItemsDepositAmount?, GoodsAndServiceAmount?,  ExactAmount? )>
+
+<!--
+	Price value per unit (gross price).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitGrossPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!--
+	Information price, excluding allowances or charges, and taxes. The price stated is for 
+	information purposes only. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPrice (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Information price, excluding  only taxes. The price stated is for information purposes 
+	only.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InformationalPriceExclTax (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The Net value of a single unit that has to be corrected (new price). 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnitNetPriceCorrection (Money, PriceBasisQuantity?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines all the item related additional prices. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalPrices (UnitGrossPrice?, InformationalPrice?,  InformationalPriceExclTax?, UnitNetPriceCorrection?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Defines product/item related indicators. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIndicator EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain Specifies the type of the Indicator. Suggested values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>InvoiceUnitIndicator - Indicator specifies the unit as basis for invoicing ("price per unit").</li>
+		<li>ConsumerUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used from the consumer/consumption 
+			process (for instance "gallons" or "liters").</li>
+		<li>ReturnableContainerIndicator - Indicator will be set if the packaging/container shall be returned to the 
+			sender and will be re-used.</li>
+		<li>TradeUnitIndicator - Indicator will be set if the specified unit is used to describe the trading unit (for 
+			instance "barrel" for oil).</li>
+		<li>DutyIndicator - Specifies that the current line item has a special fee.</li>
+		<li>CommisionIndicator - Marks the actual position/line item has a provision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	 @attr value Value of the indicator. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIndicator
+    domain  %string;   #REQUIRED
+    value  %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Supplier.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Supplier of goods and services. Includes a list of SupplierIDs which
+    identify the Supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supplier (Name, Comments?, SupplierID+, SupplierLocation*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr corporateURL URL to web site about the supplier.
+
+    @attr storeFrontURL URL to web site where a user can shop or browse. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Supplier
+    corporateURL   %URL;  #IMPLIED
+    storeFrontURL  %URL;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    One of the locations for a supplier. Supplier location is
+    generally a physical location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierLocation (Address, OrderMethods)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethods is the list of methods by which one can order
+    from a supplier. The contact element is the technical contact
+    who should be able to assist with order processing issues.
+    The list is to be ordered by supplier preference, the first
+    element having the highest degree of preference.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethods (OrderMethod+, Contact?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderMethod is a method for ordering. It is comprised of a
+    target address for the order and the protocol expected by
+    the address.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderMethod (OrderTarget, OrderProtocol?)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderTarget represents an address to which orders can be
+    sent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderTarget (Phone | Email | Fax | URL | OtherOrderTarget)>
+
+<!--
+    OrderProtocol is the communication method to be used when
+    communicating an order to a supplier. An example would be "cXML".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderProtocol (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    OtherOrderTarget represents an address which is not enumerated by
+    default in the OrderTarget Element. This may contain address targets
+    beyond the ability of this document to describe.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OtherOrderTarget ANY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Optional name for target. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OtherOrderTarget
+    name  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a supplier ID. A supplier ID is a (domain, value)
+    pair so that suppliers have the flexibility to define their ID's
+    according to an arbitrary convention (for example, (DUNS, 12345),
+    (TaxID, 88888888)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr domain The domain of the ID. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierID
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+   Defines a List of Suppliers that might be associated with a quote Item. Used in
+   ItemOut. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierList (Supplier+)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Item.mod#19 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Type of a line item.
+
+    lean: This line type indicates no child line is expected for line.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % lineItemType '(composite | item | lean)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a composite line item. 
+-->
+<!ENTITY % compositeItemType '(groupLevel | itemLevel)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type of a service line item.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceItemType '(material | service)'>
+
+<!--
+    Choice of type of a service line item. This entity represents the type of the service line. The following are the different 
+	types of service lines. 
+	
+	standard: This is the standard line type, and is the system default.
+	
+	blanket: You do not specify a quantity for blanket lines. The system defines the default quantity one to service lines 
+		with this line type. It is settled as a lump sum.
+	
+	contingency: This line type describes a service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order. This service 
+		is only used when required.
+	
+	openquantity: If the sold-to party requires that the bidder offers the quantity for a specific partial service,
+		the service line can be indicated by Line with open quantity. You can only use this line type in the following 
+		documents:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Purchase requisitions and RFQs in Purchasing (MM Services)</li>
+		<li>Inquiries with BOS in Sales</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	information: This line type does not describe a service. It is purely documentary in nature.
+		You select this line type if you want to use the service line to store additional text.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % serviceLineType '(standard|blanket|contingency|openquantity|information)'>
+
+
+<!--
+	Choice of alternativeTypes.
+
+	No Alternative: This line type describes a service that cannot be performed in alternative ways.
+
+	Basic Line: This line type describes a service that can be performed in alternative ways. 
+		There are one or more alternative lines for each basic line. The value of a basic line is 
+		included in the total value of the service specifications.
+
+	Alternate Line: An alternative line describes a different way of performing a service or doing work 
+		than that set out in the associated basic line.
+
+		The value of an alternative line is not included in the total value of the service 
+		specifications.
+		
+		Example:
+		If flooring is to be renewed, you may want to enter one service line for parquetry 
+		flooring and an alternative line for ceramic tiles.    
+-->
+<!ENTITY % alternativeType '(noAlternative | basicLine | alternativeLine)'>
+
+<!--
+    Type with which a service line item can be identified to its alternative item. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Alternative EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr alternativeType This represents the alternative type of a service line item. 
+
+	@attr basicLineNumber When an alternative type is set as Alternate Line, the line number of the 
+		Service Line which whose alternative type set as Basic Line will be set here. This enables 
+		this service line item to identify for which service line item this is alternative to. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Alternative
+	alternativeType  %alternativeType;  #REQUIRED
+	basicLineNumber  %string;  #IMPLIED
+> 
+
+<!--
+    ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Name of the item's manufacturer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ManufacturerName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+	@attr xml:lang The language in which the ManufacturerName is written. This attribute will be 
+		required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.) 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ManufacturerName
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Classification is used to group items into similar categories.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Classification (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr domain Name of classification. Groups items into similar categories. Typically lists the UNSPSC 
+		(United Nations Standard Products and Services Code) commodity code for each selected item. 
+		These codes are used by backend systems within buyer and supplier organizations for accounting 
+		and report generation. For the list of UNSPSC codes, see www.unspsc.org. The domain attribute 
+		can also be used to specify product hierarchy and commodity information used by a backend system.
+		Domain can also be "MaterialGroup", which refers to a grouping of materials and services according 
+		to their characteristics in SAP.
+
+	@attr code Identifies the commodity by its designated code. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Classification
+    domain  %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code 	%string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+     Specifies the amount of time in days required to
+     receive the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LeadTime (#PCDATA)>   <!-- uint -->
+
+<!--
+    SupplierBatch is the batch ID provided by the supplier at the line item quantity level
+    to identify  the batch in which the item or the product was produced. The batch id is helpful in traceability.
+
+    Batch numbers (also call "lot number", "variant") are used in several industries to uniquely identify  items produced together.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+    How the supplier identifies an item they sell.
+
+    If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item,
+    then the supplier should generate a key which identifies the part
+    uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. The
+    key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+
+    An example is where a Supplier would use the same PartID for an
+    item but have a different price for units of "EA" versus "BOX".
+    In this case, the ItemIDs should be:
+	%
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>EA</SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+    <ItemID>
+        <SupplierPartID>pn12345</SupplierPartID>
+        <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <foo>well formed XML here</foo>
+        </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+    </ItemID>
+	%
+    In this case, the "foo" element must be defined in an internal subset
+    sent with the cXML document. Otherwise, parsers will not be able to
+    validate that document.
+
+    In a preferred approach, the sending application may escape the contained
+    XML using CDATA sections. This would appear as:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           <![CDATA[<foo>well formed XML here</foo>]]>
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+    Finally, the angle brackets could be escaped using XML character
+    entities. This might be a bit harder for humans to read. For example:
+	%
+       ...
+       <SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+           &lt;foo&gt;well formed XML here&lt;/foo&gt;
+       </SupplierPartAuxiliaryID>
+       ...
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr revisionID Also known as Material Revision Level. "Revision" is the most widely-used
+       term for referring to that attribute which distinguishes one closely-related design 
+	   iteration from another. A revision represents a change to an object, or a modification 
+	   to a part such that the part remains interchangeable with its previous iteration.
+       As part of engineering change management the supplier uses the revision level to uniquely 
+	   identify the version of a product, of an article or of a part. 
+-->     
+<!ATTLIST SupplierPartID
+	revisionID	%string;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	If SupplierPartID does not uniquely identify the item, the supplier should use SupplierPartAuxiliaryID to specify an "auxiliary" 
+	key that identifies the part uniquely when combined with the SupplierID and SupplierPartID. For example, a supplier might use 
+	the same SupplierPartID for an item, but have a different price for units of "EA" and "BOX". In this case, a reasonable 
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID for the two items might be "EA" and "BOX."
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID could also be used as a supplier cookie, enabling the supplier to refer to complex configuration or 
+	part data. It could contain all the data necessary for the supplier to reconstruct what the item in question is in their 
+	computer system (a basket or cookie of data that makes sense only to the supplier).
+	
+	SupplierPartAuxiliaryID can help a remote website transport complex configuration or bill-of-goods information to re-identify 
+	the item when it is presented to the remote website in the future.
+	
+	If SupplierPartAuxiliaryID contains special characters (for example, if it contains additional XML elements not defined in the 
+	cXML protocol), they must be escaped properly. Due to the necessity to pass SupplierPartAuxiliaryID information through 
+	applications and back to the originating supplier, an internal subset containing any additional XML elements is insufficient.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierPartAuxiliaryID ANY>
+
+<!--
+   BuyerPartID represents an item in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerPartID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    A unique identification of an item. SupplierID is not required since
+    ItemIDs never travel alone.
+
+    ItemIDs used to define a Supplier/Commodity level Blanket Order Item should
+    use Empty SupplierPartID tag. These type of items do not have specific part numbers
+    at the time of placing the Blanket Order. There will be subsequent release orders
+    or invoices that will define the SupplierID.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+		certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemID (SupplierPartID, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetail contains detailed information about an item. All the data that
+    a user would want to see about an item instead of the bare essentials
+    that are represented in the ItemID.
+	
+	LeadTime: Time in days to receive the item.
+    
+	Dimension: Item dimensions.
+    
+	ItemDetailIndustry: Industry specific item detail information.
+
+	OverallLimit: Holds the maximum value that the total of all unplanned services 
+		(or the value of the material) covered by this item may not exceed. This limit, 
+		which represents a budget for unplanned services, must not be exceeded. 
+		This limit can be used in service lines and the items of blanket purchase orders.
+		At service item level (top level service item), this field captures limit for the 
+		total of all unplanned services (or the value of the material). At service 
+		outline level, it captures the sub-limits (the budget for that item). 
+
+	ExpectedLimit: ExpectedLimit is value that the unplanned services (or the material) 
+		covered by this item are not expected to exceed. It is a figure buyer assumes to be 
+		the final amount payable. It is entered only for top level service item. Whereas 
+		the overall limit field (at top level) captures the maximum allowed value (max 
+		amount that can be spent), the expected limit is used to capture the planned/expected 
+		value and is mainly used for analysis purposes and determining total value of item.
+    
+	PlannedAcceptanceDays: Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods 
+		after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetail (UnitPrice, Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, UnitOfMeasure, PriceBasisQuantity?, Classification+, ManufacturerPartID?,ManufacturerName?, URL?, LeadTime?, Dimension*, ItemDetailIndustry?, AttachmentReference*, PlannedAcceptanceDays?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	Item details specific for items that describe blanket purchase order items. 
+	This element should only be used for items in a purchase order of 
+	type "blanket"	or "regular".
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BlanketItemDetail (Description+, OverallLimit?, ExpectedLimit?, MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+                             MaxContractAmount?, MaxAdhocAmount?, MaxQuantity?, MinQuantity?,
+			                 UnitPrice?, UnitOfMeasure?, PriceBasisQuantity?,
+			                 Classification*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a specific industry.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailIndustry (ItemDetailRetail? )>
+<!-- 
+	@attr isConfigurableMaterial A value of yes indicates that this item is defined as a configurable 
+		purchase and has material characteristics associated with it.  
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemDetailIndustry
+    isConfigurableMaterial	 (yes)  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    ItemDetailIndustry contains detailed information about an item for a retail industry. 
+    
+    EANID: Deprecated. Use '<IdReference domain="EAN-13">' within 'ItemID' instead.
+	
+	EuropeanWasteCatalogID: Specifies a unique ID for articles listed in the EU Waste 
+		Catalog (EWC) if it requires special handling.
+		
+	Characteristic: Specifies detailed information about an item that can be used across 
+		several different industries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemDetailRetail (EANID?, EuropeanWasteCatalogID?, Characteristic* )>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComponentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product id, supplier 
+	product id, standard product id, internal product id, and so on).
+	
+	SupplierPartID: It represents a product in supplier system. This identifier is specified by the supplier.
+
+    SupplierPartAuxiliaryID: If SupplierPartID does not provide a unique key to identify the item, then the 
+		supplier should generate a key which identifies the product uniquely when combined with the SupplierID 
+		and SupplierPartID. The key is called SupplierPartAuxiliaryID.
+
+    BuyerPartID: It represents a product in buyer system. This identifier is specified by the buyer.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, standard id for a product), 
+		the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Product (SupplierPartID?, SupplierPartAuxiliaryID?, BuyerPartID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    A sequential number that is assigned when changes are made to component.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductRevisionID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    An element carrying batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    BuyerBatchID: An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+
+    SupplierBatchID: An identifier from supplier to identify the material/goods produced in a single 
+		manufacturing run.
+
+    PropertyValuation: Consists of the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Batch (BuyerBatchID?, SupplierBatchID?, PropertyValuation*)>
+<!-- 
+    @attr productionDate Date on which when a batch of material or goods is produced.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods becomes expired.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate Date on which when a batch of material/goods will be inspected.
+
+    @attr shelfLife Duration that a product is expected to remain within its approved product specification 
+		after production date. This attribute is used for information purposes only.
+
+    @attr originCountryCode Country of origin for a batch of material or goods.
+
+    @attr batchQuantity Quantity for a batch of material or goods.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Batch
+    productionDate      %datetime.tz;    	#IMPLIED
+    expirationDate   	%datetime.tz;      	#IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate      %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+    shelfLife           %duration;          #IMPLIED
+    originCountryCode 	%isoCountryCode; 	#IMPLIED
+    batchQuantity       %r8;                #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    An identifier from buyer to identify the material/goods produced in a single manufacturing run.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerBatchID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property to be valuated and the associated values.
+	
+	PropertyReference: The property being valuated.
+
+    ValueGroup: Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValuation (PropertyReference?, ValueGroup*)>
+
+<!--
+    References the property being valuated.
+
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyReference (IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a group of values pertaining to a property.
+	
+    IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, ID for a property). 
+		The (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+
+    ParentID: For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+
+    PropertyValue: Values for valuating property.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ValueGroup (IdReference?,  ParentID?, PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--
+	For Structured property, ParentID is an identifier of its parent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ParentID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains values for valuating a property.
+	
+    Examples:
+	<ul>
+	<li>QuantitySpecification - valuating properties whose data types are in units, for example, 5 pieces, 7 kg.</li>
+    <li>IntegerSpecification - valuating non-dimensional, integer properties, for example, codes, indexes, and sequential numbers.</li>
+	<li>DateTimeSpecification - valuating date time properties, for example requirement date, production date, and expiration date.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	Characteristic: Contains detailed information about a value that can be used for valuation of property
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PropertyValue (Characteristic*)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr name Name of PropertyValue.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PropertyValue
+	name          %string;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	ControlKeys are used to override default business rules as configured in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ControlKeys (OCInstruction?, ASNInstruction?, InvoiceInstruction?, SESInstruction?)>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OCInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an order confirmation is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Order confirmation is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Order confirmation is not allowed.</li>
+		<li>requiredBeforeASN - Order confirmation is required before a ship notice.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OCInstruction
+	value     ( allowed | notAllowed | requiredBeforeASN )     #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a ship notice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the 
+	default business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ASNInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a ship notice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Ship notice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Ship notice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ASNInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether an invoice is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default 
+	business rules configured in the network hub.
+	
+	TemporaryPrice: Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. It can be set at the 
+		order header or item level. It has a required value attribute, which can be set to "yes" or 
+		"no". If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary 
+		and the supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, 
+		pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot 
+		invoice against any item on the order.
+	
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceInstruction (TemporaryPrice?, Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether an invoice is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>isERS - The order or line item is flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement, indicating that the 
+			system will post an invoice for it automatically based on goods receipts.</li>
+		<li>isNotERS - The order or line item is not flagged for Evaluated Receipt Settlement.</li>
+		<li>allowed - Invoice is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Invoice is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr verificationType The only supported value is "goodsReceipt", which indicates that invoice verification 
+		for this item is based on the goods receipt. The invoice item can then be matched up uniquely with the 
+		goods receipt item. Goods-receipt-based invoice verification makes sense when you expect a delivery to 
+		be made and posted in several parts.
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit price while 
+		creating an invoice. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules 
+		present in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceInstruction
+    value       (isERS | isNotERS | allowed | notAllowed)  #IMPLIED
+    verificationType (goodsReceipt)                        #IMPLIED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no) 			   #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates if pricing information is temporary or final. If set to true at the order item level, pricing for the 
+	item is considered temporary and the supplier cannot invoice the line item.
+	
+	If set to true at the order header level, pricing is considered temporary for the entire purchase order and 
+	the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TemporaryPrice EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr value If set to "yes" at the order item level, pricing for the item is considered temporary and the 
+		supplier cannot invoice the line item. If set to "yes" at the order header level, pricing is considered 
+		temporary for the entire purchase order and the supplier cannot invoice against any item on the order. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TemporaryPrice value (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Indicates whether a service sheet is allowed for this order or line item, regardless of the default business 
+	rules configured in the network hub.
+
+	Lower: Specifies tolerances that define a lower limit.
+	
+	Upper: Specifies tolerances that define an upper limit.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SESInstruction (Lower?, Upper?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Value that indicates whether a service sheet is allowed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>allowed - Service sheet is allowed.</li>
+		<li>notAllowed - Service sheet is not allowed.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr unitPriceEditable Specifies whether a buyer or supplier is allowed to update the unit 
+		price while creating a service sheet. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>yes - Buyer or supplier is allowed to edit unit price. The new price must be within price tolerance.</li>
+		<li>no - The unit price is not editable regardless of transaction rules defined in the network hub.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		If the unitPriceEditable attribute is not present, the system honors the default transaction rules present 
+		in the network hub.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SESInstruction
+    value       (allowed | notAllowed)  #REQUIRED
+    unitPriceEditable (yes | no)  	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Either or both a textual description and codes about a hazard inherent
+    in an item or for the overall order or shipment. The overall hazards
+    may be due either to identical hazards for all items or hazards
+    inherent in shipping various products together.
+
+    The contained Description element list (if provided) should include
+    detailed handling requirements. Elements in this list may appear in
+    any order. A description locale (Description&#064;xml:lang attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Hazard element. When more than one
+    Description element is present, all must contain translations of a
+    common description.
+
+    Classification elements may appear in any order. A classification
+    domain (Classification&#064;domain attribute value) must not appear more
+    than once in a Hazard element.
+
+    All listed Classification elements and the Description (if provided)
+    must relate to a single hazard. Additional hazards must use separate
+    Hazard elements.
+
+    The following Classification domains are expected in this context:
+	<ul>
+	<li>UNDG - United Nations Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>IMDG - International Marine Organization Dangerous Goods</li>
+    <li>NAHG - North American Hazardous Goods</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Hazard ((Description+, Classification*) | Classification+)>
+
+<!--
+	Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods after receiving them.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PlannedAcceptanceDays  (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more authorization labels for the document.
+    
+    A authorization label identifies a document as part of a certain, user-defined, classification
+    but doesn't by itself grant or deny access to a user. Instead, it's up to the application
+    to decide if a user should or shouldn't have access based on this info.
+    
+    Each IdReference means a different domain. No duplicate domains are allowed. Multiple
+    values within the same domain must appear as comma-separated values in the same element.
+    
+    Examples of valid domains are:
+    <li>sip<li>
+    <li>program</li>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AuthorizationLabels (IdReference+)>
+
+<!--
+    Indicates that the order is DPAS-rated. This requires a special handling
+    to comply with the applicable law.
+
+    This element is only applicable in the US.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DPAS EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr rating    The DPAS rating, such as DO or DX. Even more specific ratings
+        can be put here.
+    @attr contract  The contract number related with this DPAS-rated order.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+    @attr quantity  The allocation quantity, for line-level or lower information.
+        Shouldn't be present for header-level.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DPAS
+    rating      %string;    #REQUIRED
+    contract    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    quantity    %r8;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures travel information. It could be one of four
+    types: air, car rental, hotel, or rail.
+	
+	AirDetail: Air travel detail.
+
+    CarRentalDetail: Car rental detail.
+
+    HotelDetail: Hotel detail.
+
+    RailDetail: Rail detail.
+
+    PolicyViolation: List of policy violations (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+
+    Comments: Top level comments for this travel line item (if any). This
+        is not the policy violation comment but a top level comment
+        given by the user for this travel line item while in Travel
+        Booking Provider's web site.
+
+    TermsAndConditions: List of Terms and conditions (if any) associated with this
+        travel line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TravelDetail ((AirDetail | CarRentalDetail | HotelDetail | RailDetail),
+                          PolicyViolation*,
+                          Comments?,
+                          TermsAndConditions?)>
+<!--
+	@attr confirmationNumber A unique confirmation number that is useful to both the traveler 
+		and the vendor who is providing the service for this travel line item. For example, 
+		hotel reservation number or e-ticket number from the airline.
+
+	@attr pnrLocator Passenger Name Record (PNR) Locator that is useful to the Travel Booking 
+		Provider.
+
+	@attr quoteExpirationTime Date and time that this quote will expire. This value is normally 
+		supplied in the PunchoutOrderMessage. If no value is supplied, it is assumed that there 
+		is no expiration time or date for this quote.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TravelDetail
+    confirmationNumber  %string;        #REQUIRED
+    pnrLocator          %string;        #IMPLIED
+    quoteExpirationTime %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Air -->
+
+<!--
+    Air detail information for the air trip.
+	
+	TripType: Round Trip, One Way, or Multi Leg
+
+    AirLeg: Different air leg that makes up this air detail.
+        For example a round trip from SFO -> TPE with no stops
+        will have two air legs. One air leg from SFO -> TPE
+        and another from TPE -> SFO.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available airfare prices that the user did not pick.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty amount (if any). This is normally due to changes or
+        cancellation of the ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirDetail (TripType,
+                     AirLeg+,
+                     AvailablePrice*,
+                     Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Define a single leg in the air travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Airline vendor name and information.
+
+    AirLegOrigin: Originating airport for this air leg.
+
+    AirLegDestination: Destination airport for this air leg.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Airline booking class code. This is the de-facto
+        airline standard. For example,
+
+        F, FN, P, R, A      - first class
+        C, CN, D, J, I, Z   - business class.
+        Y, YN, B, BN, M, H, V, VN, O, Q, QN, S, K, KN, L, U, T, W - coach class.
+
+    Rate: Rate for this particular air leg. If specify, the total
+        of all the rate for the different air legs must add up
+        to the total the line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal information for this air leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLeg (Vendor,
+                  AirLegOrigin,
+                  AirLegDestination,
+                  BookingClassCode?,
+                  Rate?,
+                  Meal*)>
+<!--
+    @attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+    @attr departureTime Departure date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr arrivalTime Arrival date and time for this air leg.
+
+    @attr flightNumber Flight number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatNumber Seat number for this air leg.
+
+    @attr seatType Seat type.
+
+    @attr upgrade Set to "yes" to indicate the ticket is an upgrade.
+
+    @attr stops The number of stop for this air leg. 0 if it is a direct flight. If no information is supplied, it is defaulted to 0.
+
+    @attr equipment The plane equipment information for this air leg.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AirLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    flightNumber    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    seatType        (window | aisle | middle) #IMPLIED
+    upgrade         (yes)           #IMPLIED
+    stops           %r8;            #IMPLIED
+    equipment       %string;        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Originating airport for this Air Leg.
+
+    Airport: Originating airport.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegOrigin (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Destination airport for this Air Leg.
+	
+	Airport: Destination airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AirLegDestination (Airport)>
+
+<!--
+    Airport information that includes the three-letter IATA airport code.
+	
+    Address: Physical address of the airport.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Airport (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr airportCode The three-letter IATA airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Airport airportCode %string; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!---
+    Meal information used by air, hotel and rail.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Code for the meal. For example, airlines use
+		<ul>
+		<li>B - Breakfast</li>
+        <li>C - Complimentary liquor</li>
+        <li>D - Dinner</li>
+        <li>F - Food for purchase</li>
+        <li>G - Food and beverage for purchase</li>
+        <li>H - Hot meal</li>
+        <li>K - Continental breakfast</li>
+        <li>L - Lunch</li>
+        <li>M - Meal</li>
+        <li>N - No meal service</li> 
+        <li>O - Cold meal</li>
+        <li>P - Liquor for purchase</li>
+        <li>R - Refreshments</li>
+        <li>S - Snack or brunch</li>
+        <li>V - Refreshments for purchase</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    Description: Textual description of the meal, including any special needs
+        such as vegetarian or dairy-free.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Meal (BookingClassCode?, Description?)>
+
+<!-- Car Rental -->
+
+<!--
+    Car rental information.
+
+    Vendor: Car rental vendor information.
+
+    CarRentalPickup: Pickup location for the rental car.
+
+    CarRentalDropoff: Drop off location for the rental car.
+	
+    BookingClassCode: Four-letter code for car.
+		<ul>
+		<li>1st Letter - M (Mini), E (Economy), C (Compact), S (Standard),
+			I (Intermediate), F (Full size), P (Premium), L (Luxury)
+            V (MiniVan), X (Special)</li>
+        <li>2nd Letter - B (2 door), C (2/4 door), D (4 door), T (Convertible),
+			F (Four wheel drive), V (Van), W (Wagon), S (Sport)
+            X (Special)</li>
+        <li>3rd Letter - A (Automatic), M (Manual)</li>
+        <li>4th Letter - R (A/c), N (No A/C)</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    CarRentalFee: Multiple car rental fee can be specified to capture the
+        break down of different fees. The total of these fees must
+        add up to the total at the line item level.
+
+    LimitedMileage: Mileage limit information.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices for car rental that the user did not pick.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDetail (Vendor,
+                           CarRentalPickup,
+                           CarRentalDropoff,
+                           BookingClassCode?,
+                           CarRentalFee+,
+                           LimitedMileage?,
+                           AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is 
+		specific to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr pickupTime The intended pickup date and time.
+
+	@attr dropoffTime The intended drop off date and time. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalDetail
+    travelSegment %string;          #REQUIRED
+    pickupTime    %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+    dropoffTime   %datetime.tz; 	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be picked up. This
+    is either an Airport or off airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalPickup (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Physical location where the rental car should be dropped off.
+    This is either an Airport or off-airport car rental location.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the car rental location.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalDropoff (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    This specifies the quantity and the unit of measure of the mileage
+    limit.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure either miles or kilometers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LimitedMileage (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity The mileage limit amount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LimitedMileage
+    quantity   %r8;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Car rental fee information. CarRentalFee captures the actual
+    charges and fee that applies to this rental. Conditional charges
+    such as extra mileages that are over the mileage limit should not
+    be specified here but rather in the TermsAndConditions text.
+	
+    Total: Total amount for this car rental fee. All the total for the rates
+        must add up to this amount.
+
+    Rate: The individual broken-down fee information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarRentalFee (Total, Rate*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of rate. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>baseRate - Base rental rate.</li>
+		<li>additionalDriver - Additional driver fee.</li>
+		<li>airportAccessFee - Airport Access fee.</li>
+		<li>dropOffCharge - Drop off charge.</li>
+		<li>vehicleLicensingFee - Vehicle licensing fee.</li>
+		<li>touristTax - Tourist tax.</li>
+		<li>prepaidGasoline - Prepaid gasoline charge.</li>
+		<li>navigationSystem - Navigation system.</li>
+		<li>childSeat - Child seat charge.</li>
+		<li>luggageRack - Luggage rack charge.</li>
+		<li>collisionDamageInsurance - Collision damage insurance.</li>
+		<li>liabilityInsurance - Liability insurance.</li>
+		<li>mobilePhone - Mobile phone base charge.</li>
+		<li>other - Other charges.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarRentalFee
+    type (baseRate | additionalDriver | airportAccessFee | dropOffCharge |
+          vehicleLicensingFee | touristTax | prepaidGasoline |
+          navigationSystem | childSeat | luggageRack | collisionDamageInsurance |
+          liabilityInsurance | mobilePhone | other) "baseRate"
+>
+
+<!-- Hotel -->
+
+<!--
+    Hotel detail information.
+	
+    Vendor: Hotel vendor information.
+
+    Address: Physical address of the hotel. This is might be different
+        from the address specified in the Vendor field as the vendor
+        address might be the head quarter address.
+
+    RoomType: The type of room reserved.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Hotel booking class code.
+
+    Meal: Any complementary meals that are included with the room. For
+        example, complementary continental breakfast.
+
+    Rate: Hotel rate information. Multiple rates can be specified. For
+        example, the night rate, valet parking rate, and other rates.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that user did not pick. Available
+        prices can be from the same vendor or different vendor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT HotelDetail (Vendor,
+                       Address,
+                       RoomType,
+                       BookingClassCode?,
+                       Meal*,
+                       Rate*,
+                       AvailablePrice*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel vendor 
+		for the arrival time.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure from the hotel. This is used as an advisory to the hotel 
+		vendor for the departure time.
+
+	@attr checkinTime The official checkin time. For example, most hotel checkin time is 3:00 PM.
+
+	@attr checkoutTime The official checkout time. For example, most hotel checkout time is 12:00 PM (noon).
+
+	@attr earlyCheckinAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that early checkout is allowed.
+
+	@attr lateCheckoutAllowed Set to "yes" to indicate that late checkout is allowed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST HotelDetail
+    travelSegment   %string;         #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    checkinTime     %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    checkoutTime    %time.tz;        #REQUIRED
+    earlyCheckinAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+    lateCheckoutAllowed (yes)        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the hotel room.
+
+    Amenities: List of amenities for this hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RoomType (Description?, Amenities*)>
+<!--
+	@attr smoking Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether it is a smoking a non-smoking room.
+
+	@attr numberOfBed The number of beds in this room.
+
+	@attr bedType The bed type in this room.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RoomType
+    smoking        (yes | no)   #REQUIRED
+    numberOfBed    %r8;         #IMPLIED
+    bedType        (king | queen | full | double | single | other)    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual description of the amenities for the hotel room.
+	
+    Description: Text description of this amenities. For example,
+        DSL connection, two telephone lines, and other information
+        about a hotel room.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Amenities (Description)>
+
+<!-- Rail -->
+
+<!--
+    Rail detail information. A rail detail can have multiple legs.
+	
+    TripType: Trip type for this rail.
+
+    RailLeg: The different rail legs that make up this rail detail.
+
+    AvailablePrice: Other available prices that the user did not pick for for this
+        rail trip.
+
+    Penalty: Penalty (if any) associated with this rail trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailDetail (TripType,
+                      RailLeg+,
+                      AvailablePrice*,
+                      Penalty?)>
+
+<!--
+    Rail leg is used to express information regarding a single leg for
+    a rail travel.
+	
+    Vendor: Rail vendor information.
+
+    RailLegOrigin: Rail originating location.
+
+    RailLegDestination: Rail Destination location.
+
+    BookingClassCode: Rail booking class code.
+
+    Rate: Rate information (if any) for this rail leg. If specified,
+        all the rates in all rail legs must add up to the total at the
+        travel line item level.
+
+    Meal: Meal served for this leg (if any).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLeg (Vendor,
+                   RailLegOrigin,
+                   RailLegDestination,
+                   BookingClassCode?,
+                   Rate?,
+                   Meal*)>
+<!--
+	@attr travelSegment Textual information to identify this travel segment. This information is specific 
+		to the Travel Booking Provider.
+
+	@attr departureTime Date and time of departure at the originating location.
+
+	@attr arrivalTime Date and time of arrival at the destination location.
+
+	@attr trainNumber Train number for this rail leg.
+
+	@attr seatNumber Seat number.
+
+	@attr carType Type of the rail car.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RailLeg
+    travelSegment   %string;        #REQUIRED
+    departureTime   %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    arrivalTime     %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    trainNumber     %string;        #REQUIRED
+    seatNumber      %string;        #IMPLIED
+    carType        (sleeper | seat) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The origin of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport or a
+    physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegOrigin (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!--
+    The destination of a particular rail leg. This can be an airport
+    or a physical address of a rail station.
+	
+    Airport: An airport location.
+
+    Address: A physical address of a rail station.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RailLegDestination (Airport | Address)>
+
+<!-- Travel/Expense common definitions -->
+
+<!--
+    The type of the trip. This is used by Air and Rail to indicate
+    round trip, one way or multi-leg trip.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TripType EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr type Type of trip (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>round - A round trip.</li>
+		<li>oneWay - A one way trip.</li>
+		<li>multiLeg - A multi leg or open jaw trip.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TripType
+    type    (round | oneWay | multiLeg) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Information about a vendor that is providing this service.
+	
+    Address: The physical address of the vendor. This address normally is
+        the business or head quarter address of the vendor.
+
+    SupplierID: Supplier ID for this vendor. This is just a (domain, value)
+        pair so that Travel Booking Providers have the flexibility to
+        define their id's according to an arbitrary convention (for example,
+        (DUNS, 12345), (TaxID, 88888888)).
+
+        Note: Multiple SupplierID elements can be specified. This is so
+        that Travel Booking Provider can have a single implementation
+        that works with different Buyer implementations that use
+        a different SupplierID domain.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT Vendor (Address, SupplierID*)>
+<!--
+	@attr preferred Set to "yes" or "no" to indicate whether this vendor is a preferred vendor.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Vendor
+    preferred (yes | no) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Textual terms and conditions associated with an air fare, car
+    rental, hotel, or rail. For example, a car rental terms and
+    conditions normally include boundary limit, additional mileage
+    charges, gasoline charge and other restriction information.
+
+    Multiple terms and conditions can be attached to a single travel
+		line item.
+	
+	Description: Textual terms and conditions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsAndConditions (Description+)>
+
+<!--
+    Policy violation (if any) that results from the user picking this
+    particular travel. Policy violations are associated with an
+    individual line item of travel and not associated at the header
+    level. This allows for clear identification of the violation with
+    the individual line item.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of this violation.
+
+    PolicyViolationJustification: Justification for this violation given by user 
+		normally picked from a standard list of justifications at the Travel Booking
+		Provider web site.
+
+    Comments: Additional comments to further clarify the justification given
+        by user.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolation (Description,
+                           PolicyViolationJustification,
+                           Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level Violation level. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>warning - a non serious violation.</li>
+		<li>violation - a serious violation of company policy.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PolicyViolation
+	level (warning | violation) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Justification given by the user why they violate the company
+    travel policy. This justification value is normally picked from a
+    pick list at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+	
+    Description: The justification of the violation picked from a standard list
+        at the Travel Booking Provider web site.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PolicyViolationJustification (Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Penalty (if any) for this travel segment.
+	
+    Money: The penalty amount.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the cause of the penalty. For example,
+        change fee associated with air ticket.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Penalty (Money, Description)>
+
+<!--
+    Other avaible price. AvailablePrice is used to express what other
+    prices are available that the traveler did not pick.
+    AvailablePrice is can be used to capture the lowest price, the
+    highest price, the lowest compliant price, and the hight compliant
+    price.
+	
+    Money: The amount of the other available price.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the available price. It explain
+        how this price was derived at. For example, a non direct flight
+        exists with the flight number can be put here.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AvailablePrice (Money, Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of available price (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>lowest - The lowest price possible regardless of the traveling policies.</li>
+		<li>lowestCompliant - The lowest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highestCompliant - The highest price that still complies with the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>highest - The highest price possible regardless of the travel policies.</li>
+		<li>other - Other, specify in the description.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AvailablePrice
+    type (lowest | lowestCompliant | highestCompliant | highest | other) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Booking class code used by airfare, car rental, hotel, and rail to
+    indicate the class.
+	
+    Description: Textual description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BookingClassCode (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain The domain for this code, for example, IATA.
+
+	@attr code An industry standard code, or per agreement of buyer-travel booking provider pair.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BookingClassCode
+    domain  %string;    #REQUIRED
+    code    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Define a physical location and its address. This can be used to 
+    describe places such as airport, bus station, ferry dock, railway
+    station and so on.
+	
+    Address: Indicates the address of the place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Place (Address?)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Qualifier or domain for the code. For example, airport code is IATA standard, the domain 
+		value would be "IATA"; however bus station code may be local specific.
+		
+	@attr code Indicates the code the may represent the place. For example, airport can have an airport code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Place
+    code           %string;     #IMPLIED
+    domain         %string;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway where trip or leg originated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegOrigin (Place)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines places such as city, airport or railway code where trip or leg ended.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegDestination (Place)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transaction.mod#2 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+<!-- 
+	Detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	 
+    Extrinsic: Additional per-unit asset information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AssetInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr isReferencedAsset Indicates whether the asset info is for a referenced asset associated with the item in the document.
+	
+	@attr tagNumber Asset tag number for the unit.
+
+	@attr serialNumber Manufacturer's serial number for the unit.
+
+	@attr location Location of the unit.
+	
+	@attr equipmentId Equipment ID of the unit.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AssetInfo
+    isReferencedAsset  (no)  #IMPLIED
+	tagNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	serialNumber %string; #IMPLIED
+	location %string; #IMPLIED
+	equipmentId %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Basic transactional elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in posted currency.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInPostedCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines gross amount in billing currency. If specified, customer
+    needs to pay this amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountInBillingCurrency (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	The bill to for an item.
+   
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BillTo (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    The ship to for a item.
+	
+	Address: To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the element IdReference should 
+		be set to "buyerLocationID", the identifier to the plantID. The addressIDDomain should be set to 
+		"buyerLocationID" and the addressID to the plantID. Use the name for the description.
+
+	IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer 
+		and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipTo (Address, CarrierIdentifier*, TransportInformation*, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+The BusinessPartner for an item.
+
+Address: Provides a description of the business party. Follow these instructions for each role:
+	<ul>
+	<li>soldTo: The domain attribute of the element IdReference should be set to "buyerAccountID", the identifier 
+		to the sold to party ID. The addressIDDomain should be set to "buyerAccountID". The addressID should be 
+		set to the sold to party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>shipFrom: The addressIDDomain should be set to "shipFromAddressID". The addressID should be set to the 
+		ship from party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	<li>orderingAddress: The addressIDDomain should be set to "supplierCorporate". The addressID should be set 
+		to the ordering address party ID. Use the name for the description.</li>
+	</ul>
+
+IdReference: ID reference is within the application context (for example, a certain pair of buyer and
+         supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair should be unique.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BusinessPartner (Address, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr type Identifies the type of business partner. Only possible value is organization.
+    @attr role Indicates the role the partner plays in the procurement process.
+          Possible values are soldTo, shipFrom, orderingAddress, or logistics.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BusinessPartner
+type             (organization)                         			#REQUIRED
+role             (soldTo | shipFrom | orderingAddress | logistics)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a cXML Shipping item. Represents a shipping cost in the
+    shopping basket (PunchOutOrderMessage) or an order to the supplier
+    (OrderRequest). There could be one of these for the entire order, or one
+    per line item.
+
+    The Modifications element (if present) represents any changes to
+    the shipping cost.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Shipping (Money, Description, Modifications?)>
+<!--
+	@attr trackingDomain Represents the logistics supplier, for example, "FedEx", "UPS", and so on.
+
+	@attr trackingId An optional element value that represents the logistics supplier tracking number.
+
+	@attr tracking Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Shipping
+    trackingDomain  %string;  #IMPLIED
+    trackingId      %string;  #IMPLIED
+    tracking        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the payment terms in a PaymentProposalRequest document.
+	
+    Description: A general description on payment terms.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment terms.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerms (PaymentTerm*, Description?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr paymentTermCode This is the payment term code defined by buyers in ERP.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerms
+    paymentTermCode        %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a payment term in an invoice or order. This deprecates the
+	InvoiceDetailPaymentTerm previously defined. Payment term can be the 
+	net term (without discount) or discount term (with discount).
+		
+    Discount: The percentage or amount of the discount term. This element should be omitted
+	 	if the payment term is a net term.
+ 
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this payment term.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentTerm (Discount?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr payInNumberOfDays The number of days after invoice effective date for the invoice to be paid.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentTerm
+    payInNumberOfDays        %uint;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PCard">
+
+
+<!--
+    The list of valid payment types.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.payment  "PaymentToken">
+
+
+<!--
+	Describes the payment instrument used to pay for the items requested. The Payment element 
+	contains a PCard element, which encodes a standard purchasing card into the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Payment (%cxml.payment;)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. Segment is an older, deprecated way to
+    transport this information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Segment EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr type The accounting type of this segment.
+
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+
+	@attr description Textual description of the Segment. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Segment
+    type         %string;  #REQUIRED
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+    description  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an accounting segment. AccountingSegment is the newer, better
+    way to transport this information. Name corresponds to the type
+    attribute of Segment; Description corresponds to description. Both add
+    required locale attributes to the strings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AccountingSegment ( Name, Description )>
+<!--
+	@attr id The unique key of this Segment against the type.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AccountingSegment
+    id           %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Accounting entity.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.accounting  "( Segment+ | AccountingSegment+ )">
+<!--
+    An accounting object. Use of the Segment element here is deprecated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Accounting (%cxml.accounting;)>
+<!--
+	@attr name The name of the object containing the specified accounting segments.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Accounting
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A charge against an Accounting element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Charge (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The combination of a Charge against an Accounting Element. A distribution
+    represents the breakdown of one overall amount into sub-amounts.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Distribution (Accounting, Charge)>
+
+
+
+<!-- Item Elements -->
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier. The item can refer to a MasterAgreement in itself.
+	
+    ScheduleLine: Schedule Line(s) listed for the specific line item.
+    
+    ItemOutIndustry: Industry specific item information.
+	
+    Packaging: Specify the packaging information for a line item. 
+	
+    Batch: Batch information of goods or material produced in a single manufacturing run. 
+		The information includes ID, characteristic, date, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOut (ItemID, Path?, (ItemDetail|BlanketItemDetail)?, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*, Contact*, TermsOfDelivery?, Comments*, Indicator*, Tolerances?, ControlKeys?,
+				   ScheduleLine*,(MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)?,  ItemOutIndustry?, Packaging*, ReleaseInfo?,  Batch?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired. Supplier and Commodity level items in an order of type "blanket" will use a 
+		default value of "1". The quantity in this case will not be used to compute 	the sub total. The MaxAmount in the 
+		BlanketItemDetail will be used to indicate any line level amounts.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items in 
+		create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this line item. It might be the same as orderID, and it might 
+	not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in the OrderRequestHeader.
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+
+	@attr isAdHoc Indicates the item does not exist in the reference document or contract master agreement.
+
+	@attr agreementItemNumber The corresponding Item Number of the Item in the Master Agreement if this is a "release" order item.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber lineNumber of the parent line item in the order.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requiresServiceEntry This is a flag to indicate if a service entry request is required for this item.
+
+	@attr confirmationDueDate Specifies the date by which the supplier has to respond with a Confirmation to the Purchase Order.
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory It is for defining how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier is withheld 
+			until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr subcontractingType The buyer's ERP system determines the subcontracting type based on the material provision indicator 
+		determined to support the regular subcontracting, Refurbishments or Replacements. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>regular - Standard subcontracting scenario.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithoutchange - For refurbishment without unchanged material.</li>
+		<li>refurbWithChange - For refurbishment with changed material.</li>
+		<li>replacement - For replacement of the materials.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+     @attr stockTransferType The buyer's ERP system sends the following stock transfer types based on the stock transport order or stock transport release.
+	    Possible values:
+		<ul>
+        <li>intra - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant with in the same Company code.</li>
+        <li>inter - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another plant  in different company codes.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the item
+
+	@attr isReturn A value of yes indicates that this item is for return process. Return Items are subject to Order confirmation 
+		optionally and also do not support the supplier ASN’s and Goods receipts from Buyers. Return Items is not included in the 
+		total of the PO amount of the PO as they are excluded in the case of Mixed line items in single PO.
+
+	@attr returnAuthorizationNumber Return Authorization Number information for a line item.
+
+	@attr isDeliveryCompleted A value of yes indicates that this item is considered closed, it means that no more deliveries are 
+		expected for this item. This flag is set by the buyer for informative purposes.
+	
+	@attr unlimitedDelivery Set to yes to indicate if the line item supports unlimited quantity deliveries. 
+	    Corresponding unlimited delivery tolerance is flagged on the ERP.
+		
+	@attr isItemChanged Indicate if item has changed.
+
+	@attr isKanban The Kanban Indicator indicates the source of the purchase order item, which is, in case if the Kanban Indicator
+        is flagged in the purchase order, the Kanban process. If this is the case the buying company wants to indicate the supplier
+        that the Kanban related POs require an in time and 100 % delivery quality.
+        
+    @attr stoDelivery The delivery options possible for stock transport order item.
+        <ul>
+        <li>full (default) - Only full delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        <li>partial - Partial delivery allowed for the order. This is specific to stock transport order or stock transport release.</li>
+        </ul>
+
+    @attr stoOrderCombination When the attribute itemCategory has value "stockTransfer" and the attribute stoOrderCombination is set to "yes", 
+		then it is possible to combine items from different stock transport orders with the flag set during ship notice creation. 
+		A corresponding flag for order combination is set in the buyer's ERP. This setting is relevant for 
+		stock transport orders or stock transport releases.
+
+    @attr stoFinalDelivery When the attribute itemCategory has value 'stockTransfer' and the attribute stoFinalDelivery is set to 'yes',
+	    then further ship notice creation is not possible. This setting is relevant for stock transport orders or stock transport releases. 
+
+	@attr operation Defines the action associated with the line item. There is only one possible value:
+	<ul>
+		<li>delete - Removes the line item.</li>
+		<li>block - Blocks the line item.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOut
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID          %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementItemNumber	   %string;       #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %date;         #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType               %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    requiresServiceEntry    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    confirmationDueDate    %date;         #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+	itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+    subcontractingType (regular | refurbWithoutChange | refurbWithChange | replacement) #IMPLIED
+	stockTransferType      (intra | inter)  #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+    isReturn               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    returnAuthorizationNumber %string;    #IMPLIED
+    isDeliveryCompleted    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	unlimitedDelivery      (yes)          #IMPLIED   
+	isItemChanged          (yes)          #IMPLIED
+	isKanban               (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoDelivery        	   (full | partial) #IMPLIED
+    stoOrderCombination    (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    stoFinalDelivery       (yes)          #IMPLIED
+    operation              (delete | block) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+   Contains information about the indicator of a line item and if it is a warning or an error.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Indicator (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!-- 
+    @attr type Name given to indicator. 
+
+    @attr level Defines if the indicator is a warning or error message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Indicator
+    type    %string;         #IMPLIED
+    level   (warning | error)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the release information of a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure, ShipNoticeReleaseInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr releaseType A string value to identify the type of release. Possible values are "jit" (Just-In-Time)
+		or "forecast".
+
+	@attr cumulativeReceivedQuantity A number value to identify the cumulative quantity of all goods 
+		receipts against the scheduling agreement over a period up to a certain date
+
+	@attr releaseNumber A string value to identify the release.
+
+	@attr productionGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the production go-ahead period
+
+	@attr materialGoAheadEndDate Date denoting the end of the material go-ahead period (go-ahead for 
+		purchase of input materials)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReleaseInfo
+    releaseType                 (forecast | jit)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeReceivedQuantity  %r8;              #REQUIRED
+    releaseNumber               %string;          #IMPLIED
+    productionGoAheadEndDate    %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    materialGoAheadEndDate      %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReleaseInfo will be used to reference a ship notice created from a scheduling agreement release. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReleaseInfo ((ShipNoticeReference|ShipNoticeIDInfo), UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr receivedQuantity Quantity received by the buyer for the referenced ship notice.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReleaseInfo
+    receivedQuantity            %r8;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    buyer.
+    Period: The period during which the service item can be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemIn (ItemID, Path?, ItemDetail, (SupplierID | SupplierList)?,
+                  ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SpendDetail?, Distribution*,
+                  Contact*, Comments?, ScheduleLine*, BillTo?, Batch?, Period?,
+                  DateInfo*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity How many items are desired.
+
+	@attr openQuantity The quantity pending to be fulfilled by the seller to ship to the buyer. Example: for an Order 
+		Quantity of 100, if 50 was delivered, the open quantity is set to 50. The quantity is recorded as undelivered 
+		quantity by the buyer.
+
+	@attr promisedQuantity The quantity that has been promised by the selling party. The promised quantity, also 
+		called confirmed quantity, will be computed in the seller’s ERP based on ATP functionality. ATP is a function 
+		that enables customers’ orders to be confirmed based on available inventory or based on incoming commitments 
+		from the suppliers. This quantity will be used to indicate if the Order has been confirmed by the ERP system.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in an order. Used to maintain a reference between items 
+		in create and update OrderRequest documents.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position of the parent line item. Used to create a nesting structure for line items.
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr compositeItemType Specify type of parent line item(lot/box).
+
+	@attr itemClassification Specifies whether the current line item is material or service. Valid values are 
+		material and service.
+
+	@attr itemCategory Defines how a component or material is procured. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>materialUnknown - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the material number.</li>
+		<li>text - Refers to procuring a free-form text item.</li>
+		<li>stockTransfer - Refers to transfer of stock from one plant to another.</li>
+		<li>materialGroup - Refers to procuring a material without specifying the value or quantity.</li>
+		<li>subcontract - Refers to process of procuring a material by providing component information that makes the 
+			finished product.</li>
+		<li>consignment - Refers to process of managing a material through a special process where the payment to supplier 
+			is withheld until the material or service is consumed by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>thirdParty - Refers to vendor from which a material is ordered.</li>
+		<li>limit - Indicates that there is an expected limit for unplanned services or material covered by this item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemIn
+    quantity         %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    openQuantity     %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    promisedQuantity %r8;           #IMPLIED
+    lineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    parentLineNumber %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    itemType         %lineItemType; #IMPLIED
+    compositeItemType      %compositeItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType;	#IMPLIED
+    itemCategory           (materialUnknown | text | stockTransfer | materialGroup | subcontract | consignment | thirdParty | limit )       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines SubcontractingComponent information.
+	
+	ComponentID: An identifier for a subcontracting component within the procurement process
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+
+	Description: Description of subcontracting component
+
+	Product: It contains product information of subcontracting component (such as buyer product ID, supplier product ID, 
+		standard product ID, internal product ID, and so on)
+
+	ProductRevisionID: An identifier that is assigned when changes are made to component
+
+	Batch: An element carrying a batch information for material or goods  produced in a single manufacturing run 
+		(such as buyer/supplier batch ID, production date, property valuation, and so on.)
+
+	SubcontractingComponentIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponent (ComponentID, UnitOfMeasure, Description?, Product?, ProductRevisionID?, Batch?, SubcontractingComponentIndustry?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of the subcontracting component required to produce the finished goods in a unit of measurement.
+
+	@attr requirementDate Specifies the date on which the requested quantity of subcontracting component is required.
+
+	@attr materialProvisionIndicator The material provision indicator (MPI) is used to identify the subcontracting 
+		type of a part for the components.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubcontractingComponent
+	quantity          	%r8;           		#REQUIRED
+	requirementDate  	%datetime.tz;  		#IMPLIED
+	materialProvisionIndicator (reworkTo | reworkFrom | regular) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines Schedule Line information.
+	
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of Measure for specified quantity.
+		
+	deliveryWindow: Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+    SubcontractingComponent: Contains detailed information about a subcontracting component which is used to manufacture 
+		the finished goods
+
+    ScheduleLineIndustry: Contains industry-specific information for the schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLine (UnitOfMeasure, ScheduleLineReleaseInfo?, SubcontractingComponent*, ShipTo?, ScheduleLineIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Quantity of items to be shipped for this schedule line. 
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+
+	@attr lineNumber Line identifier for a specific schedule line.
+
+	@attr deliveryWindow Duration of time in which the quantity is expected to be delivered.
+
+	@attr requestedShipmentDate The ship date requested by the buyer for the schedule line
+
+	@attr originalRequestedDeliveryDate The Original Date that the specified quantity is expected to be delivered. 
+		This Date is not subject to changes
+	
+	@attr type Defines the schedule line type when the OrderRequest is a Schedule Agreement Release. Informative only. Possible values:
+	<ul>
+	<li>backlog - means that the schedule line has a delivery date that lies in the past.</li>
+	<li>immediate - means that the schedule line has the delivery date 'today'.</li>
+	<li>forecast - means that the schedule line has a delivery date in the future.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLine
+    quantity               %r8;           #REQUIRED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+	lineNumber  		   %uint;  		  #IMPLIED
+	deliveryWindow         %duration;     #IMPLIED
+	requestedShipmentDate  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	originalRequestedDeliveryDate    %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+	type                   (backlog | immediate | forecast) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--   
+    Schedule line industry-specific information. 
+    
+    ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense: schedule line-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineIndustry (ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this schedule line in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this schedule line
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines release information on schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScheduleLineReleaseInfo (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+	@attr commitmentCode String value to identify the type of the delivery. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>firm - Go ahead for production. Vendor can ship against the schedule line and customer is responsible 
+			for cost of production as well as cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>tradeoff - Go ahead for material procurement. Vendor can ship against the schedule line if rule is enabled. 
+			Buyer is responsible for cost of material procurement.</li>
+		<li>forecast - Informational. Customer can change the schedule line without incurring any liabilities with the 
+			vendor.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr cumulativeScheduledQuantity Total quantity to be shipped for a particular line item up through the schedule line.
+
+	@attr receivedQuantity Received Quantity is the Quantity Received against the Schedule line of the PO or Scheduling 
+		Agreement line item based on the Goods Receipt posted in ERP. The quantity is informational and will be only used 
+		as visibility for suppliers and will not be validated for Invoice or Shipment processing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScheduleLineReleaseInfo
+    commitmentCode              (firm | tradeoff | forecast)  #REQUIRED
+    cumulativeScheduledQuantity %r8;                          #REQUIRED
+    receivedQuantity %r8;                                     #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    StatusUpdate for Confirmation (type=RequestToPay) request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentStatus (PCard, Total, Shipping?, Tax?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID Identifies the referenced order. It is copied from the ConfirmationRequest or the OrderRequest.
+
+	@attr transactionTimestamp Time when the XMLPay transaction was submitted.
+
+	@attr type Specifies the type of PCard transaction (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Authorization - Authorizes the PCard. No charge is made. There is one authorization per order.</li>
+		<li>Settlement - Transfers the funds secured by a previous authorization transaction.</li>
+		<li>Sale - Initiates a charge to the PCard.</li>
+		<li>Credit - Initiates a credit against the original charge. Compensates for an order that did not meet 
+			buyer expectations, to make adjustments to an account that was overcharged, or to credit an 
+			account for items returned by a buyer.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr transactionID An identifier assigned to the transaction by the payment processing gateway.
+
+	@attr authorizationID The authorization code for the transaction provided by the bank.
+
+	@attr isFailed Set to "yes" to indicate a failed transaction.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentStatus
+    orderID    %string;    #REQUIRED
+    transactionTimestamp    %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED
+    type    (Authorization| Settlement| Sale| Credit)    #REQUIRED
+    isFailed   (yes)    #IMPLIED
+    transactionID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+    authorizationID    %string;    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Partial amount paid against an InvoiceDetail request. Used in InvoiceStatus.
+	If this element exists in an InvoiceStatus element, it should mean that the buyer
+	does not pay the full amount as the InvoiceDetail request specified. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PartialAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	StatusUpdate for InvoiceDetail request.
+	
+	InvoiceIDInfo: ID of an invoice known to the supplier system. This attribute is used to reference an 
+		invoice in StatusUpdateRequest when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+	PartialAmount: The partial amount paid against the InvoiceDetail document. This attribute is
+		only relevant when the status type is "paid".
+
+	Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceStatus (InvoiceIDInfo?, PartialAmount?, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of the invoice status (enumeration). Possible values: 
+		<ul>
+		<li>processing - The invoice is received and being processed.</li>
+		<li>canceled - The invoice has been canceled.</li>
+		<li>reconciled - The invoice is reconciled.</li> 
+		<li>rejected - The invoice is rejected.</li>
+		<li>paying - The invoice is being paid.</li> 
+		<li>paid - The InvoiceDetail request is paid.</li>
+		</ul>
+	@attr paymentNetDueDate The Date after which the invoice has to be paid without any discount.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceStatus
+	type	(processing | canceled | reconciled | rejected | paying | paid) #REQUIRED
+	paymentNetDueDate  		  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+	
+<!-- OrderRequest* Elements -->
+<!--  
+	Specifies the earliest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods or when the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments, 
+	and  the latest date when either the supplier can deliver the goods OR until the receiver is able to handle incoming shipments. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeliveryPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. The new
+    world order equivalent of a PO.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequest (OrderRequestHeader, ItemOut+)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of an order. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them place an order in their order management system. Money
+    represents the total amount of this order.
+	
+    Total: If the Order is of type "blanket", the Total element is not used to compute
+		the sum of the item level subtotals. The total is used to indicate the maximum
+		commitment with the supplier. The total will not add up to the individual item
+		level sub total or MaxAmounts. The item level MaxAmounts should not exceed the
+		header level total. If the item level MaxAmount is not specified it is assumed
+		that the Item level maximum amount is the same as the Total.
+    
+	LegalEntity and OrganizationalUnit: Intended to include
+		the company code and purchasing organization, respectively.
+	
+    DeliveryPeriod: Start and end date for the delivery.
+     	
+    IdReference: ID reference is Within the application context (for example,
+		a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair 
+		should be unique.
+ 
+	OrderRequestHeaderIndustry: Industry specific header information.
+
+    DocumentReference: Only needed when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, 
+		the DocumentReference would reference the most recent OrderRequest document
+		for the order. For example when an order is created, updated and then
+		deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+		referring to the OrderRequest with type="update". That document would,
+		in turn, refer to the original (type="new") OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeader (Total, ShipTo?, BillTo, BusinessPartner*, LegalEntity?,
+                              OrganizationalUnit*, Shipping?, Tax?,
+                              Payment?, PaymentTerm*, Contact*, Comments*, Followup?, ControlKeys?,
+                              DocumentReference?, SupplierOrderInfo?,  TermsOfDelivery?,
+                              DeliveryPeriod?, IdReference*, OrderRequestHeaderIndustry?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. This is an internal Buyer unique number.
+
+	@attr orderVersion The buyer system order version number for this request. Relevant when the OrderRequest 
+		represents a change order request. The version number for the original document should be 1 and should 
+		be incremented by 1 for each subsequent version (2,3,4...).
+
+	@attr isInternalVersion A value of yes indicates that this OrderRequest is a version whose changes from the 
+		previous version are deemed internal to the buyer system. Relevant when the version being sent to the supplier 
+		is not the first version.
+
+	@attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created.
+
+	@attr type The type of the order request. Defaults to "new".
+
+	@attr requisitionID The buyers system requisition id for this entire order. It might be the same as orderID, 
+		and it might not be included at all. Must not be included if requisitionID is specified in any ItemOut elements.
+
+	@attr shipComplete Optional preference for "hold until complete" processing. Defaults to shipping when available 
+		if not specified. Future versions of the protocol may extend the datatype of this attribute to include additional 
+		possible values (such as "unlessGreatlyBackOrdered"?).
+
+	@attr orderType A "release" order type indicates that this is a Release Order from an existing Master Agreement/Contract. 
+		Default is regular. Type "blanket" indicate that this order is a Blanket Order. Type "stockTransport" indicates
+		that this order is a stock transport order. Type "stockTransportRelease" indicates that this order is a stock transport 
+		schedule agreement release (SAR).
+
+	@attr releaseRequired Set to "yes" if the blanket order allows released. Currently used only if orderType is "blanket".
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the order is available for ordering. If orderType is "blanket", effectiveDate is required. 
+		Otherwise, it is optional. Currently only used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the order is no longer available. If not defined, end date is open ended. Currently only 
+		used with blanket orders.
+
+	@attr agreementID Identifies associated agreement corresponding to the Release Order. At an implementation level it 
+		has to be validated that if the orderType is "release" then the appropriate agreementID is also provided.
+
+	@attr agreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementID Used only in the context of a Order of type "blanket". This identifies the parent blanket 
+		order if the current order is part of an hierarchy.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID Optional PayloadID for the corresponding Master Agreement.
+
+	@attr pickUpDate Specifies the date when the goods can be/will be provided for picking up and delivery
+
+	@attr requestedDeliveryDate The requested delivery date reflects the time when the buyer is willing to receive the goods.
+    
+    @attr isSTOOutbound Set to "yes" to indicate that this OrderRequest is used to send the stock to the supplier. 
+		The goods are sent from the buyer plant to the supplier plant. This is currently relevant only for the stock transport order scenario.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeader
+    orderID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    orderDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    orderType  (release| regular | blanket | stockTransport | stockTransportRelease) "regular"
+    releaseRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+    type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+    orderVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+    isInternalVersion  (yes)   #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    agreementID %string;       #IMPLIED
+    agreementPayloadID %string; #IMPLIED
+    requisitionID   %string;   #IMPLIED
+    shipComplete    (yes)      #IMPLIED
+    pickUpDate    %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate     %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+    isSTOOutbound  	(yes)      #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    Definition of a Master Agreement. This is the electronic document representing the 
+    Master Agreement that was created and agreed upon in the Buying organizations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementRequest (MasterAgreementRequestHeader, AgreementItemOut*)>
+
+<!--
+   Header of an Agreement. This is the header level information in the Agreement.
+
+   Note: Use "Contact" element to supply any additional Address or Location information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  MasterAgreementRequestHeader (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, 
+					 MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, 
+					 Contact*,Comments?, DocumentReference?,  Extrinsic*)> 
+<!--
+	@attr agreementID The buyer system agreementID for this request. the Master Agreement Number in Buyer.
+
+	@attr agreementDate The date and time the agreement request was created. This is different from the 
+		effective and expiry date of the agreement.
+
+	@attr type Identifies the type of agreement (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>value (default) - Value-based agreement.</li>
+		<li>quantity - Quantity-based agreement.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr effectiveDate Date the Master Agreement is available for ordering/releases.
+
+	@attr expirationDate Date the Master Agreement is no longer available.
+
+	@attr parentAgreementPayloadID PayloadID for the corresponding parent document that this agreement is derived from.
+
+	@attr operation Type of operation to perform (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>delete - Cancels an existing Master Agreement, the assumption here is that the 
+			delete request will be an exact replica of the original request.</li>
+		<li>new - Identifies a new MasterAgreement transaction.</li>
+		<li>update - Identifies an update to an existing transaction. The DocumentReference 
+			attribute should be used to indicate the Original Document information.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementRequestHeader
+    agreementID    %string;		   #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    type	   (value | quantity)	   "value"
+    effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz;	   #REQUIRED
+    parentAgreementPayloadID %string;      #IMPLIED
+    operation      (new | update | delete) "new"
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a  agreement line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier.
+
+    Notes:
+		<ul>
+		<li>The #lineNumber attribute in the ItemOut will be used to specify the corresponding 
+			lineNumber on the Master Agreement in the Procurement Application.
+			At an implementation, level checks should be made to validate this.</li>
+		<li>The quantity attribute in the ItemOut tag should be set to one and ignored at 
+			the Master Agreement implementation processing stage.</li>
+		<li>The MaxReleaseAmount/Quantity and MinReleaseAmount/Quantity at an item level 
+			indicate the ItemLevel amounts and quantities per release.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AgreementItemOut (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?, ItemOut)>
+<!--
+    @attr maxQuantity Maximum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minQuantity Minimum quantity for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr maxReleaseQuantity Maximum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+	
+    @attr minReleaseQuantity Minimum quantity per release for this particular line item.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AgreementItemOut
+   maxQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minQuantity		%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   maxReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+   minReleaseQuantity	%r8;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The minimum amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum amount per Release of this Master Agreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+ The contractual minimum amount per Release of this Master Agreement
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The Overall Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OverallLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+     The Expected Limit amount for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpectedLimit (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The maximum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The minimum quantity for something.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual maximum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaxReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!--
+    The contractual minimum quantity per Release of a contract.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinReleaseQuantity (#PCDATA)> <!-- number -->
+
+<!-- 
+	Location to which future StatusUpdateRequest documents should be
+    posted. In general, this is the input location for any later
+    documents which reference the current OrderRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Followup (URL)>
+
+<!-- PunchOut* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Setup Request. This is the data that is sent
+    to the external system that the procurement application is going to
+    extract catalog data from.
+
+    The BrowserFormPost element contains the URL we would like the browser
+    re-directed to when the PunchOut shopping experience is finished (where
+    the PunchOutOrder message should be returned).
+-->
+<!-- PurchaseRequisitionRequest* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a purchase requisition. This is the data that is sent from the buyer
+    to another buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionRequest (PurchaseRequisition)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains details of a purchase requisition.
+	
+	PurchaseRequistionHeader: Header element for the purchase requisition.
+	
+	ItemIn: Represents an item added from a shopping basket to a requisition 
+		in the procurement application.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisition (PurchaseRequisitionHeader, ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a purchase requisition. 
+       
+    The contained DocumentReference element would appear in a document only
+    when the type is "update" or "delete". In that case, the
+    DocumentReference would reference the most recent PurchaseRequisitionRequest document
+    for the order. For example when an requisition is created, updated and then
+    deleted, the final document should contain a DocumentReference
+    referring to the PurchaseRequisitionRequest with type="update". That document would,
+    in turn, refer to the original (type="new") PurchaseRequisitionRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PurchaseRequisitionHeader (Shipping?, Tax?, Total?, ShipTo?, BillTo?, Contact*, Comments?,
+                                     DocumentReference?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requisitionID The buyer system requisitionID for this request. This is an internal
+        Buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr requisitionDate The date and time the Requisition request was created.
+
+    @attr type The type of the requisition request (enumeration). Defaults to "new".
+
+    @attr requisitionVersion The buyer system requisition version number for this request. Relevant when
+        the PurchaseRequisitionRequest represents a change Requisition request. The version 
+        number for the original document should be 1 and should be incremented by 1 for
+        each subsequent version (2,3,4, and so on).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PurchaseRequisitionHeader
+   requisitionID %string;        #IMPLIED
+   requisitionDate %datetime.tz;   #IMPLIED
+   type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+   requisitionVersion %number;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	To initiate a PunchOut session, the user selects the supplier's PunchOut item. The procurement application generates a
+	PunchOutSetupRequest document and sends it to a network hub, which forwards it to the supplier's PunchOut website.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupRequest (BuyerCookie, Extrinsic*, BrowserFormPost?,
+                                Contact*, SupplierSetup?, ShipTo?,
+                                SelectedItem?, ItemOut*)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Specifies the type of session the buyer initiates (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>create - Generate new shopping carts, which correspond to new purchase requisitions.</li>
+		<li>inspect - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for viewing only. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. However, after 
+			re-instantiating the shopping cart, the PunchOut website does not allow modification 
+			of its contents.</li>
+		<li>edit - Reopen previously created shopping carts or RFQs for modification. The procurement 
+			application sends line-item data as part of the PunchOutSetupRequest. The PunchOut website 
+			can use this data to re-instantiate the shopping cart created during the original session.</li>
+		<li>source - Generate a RFQ for a sourcing application.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutSetupRequest
+    operation  (create | inspect | edit | source)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Transmits information that is opaque to the remote website, but it must be returned to the originator for all subsequent 
+	PunchOut operations. This element allows the procurement application to match multiple outstanding PunchOut requests. 
+	BuyerCookie is unique per PunchOut session.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BuyerCookie ANY> <!-- any valid XML data -->
+
+<!--
+	Allows suppliers to specify PunchOut for an entire store or any subset of product offerings. Suppliers can create their 
+	catalogs so that SelectedItem leads to store-, aisle-, or product-level PunchOut. Procurement applications can include 
+	the SelectedItem element in PunchOutSetupRequest documents, and PunchOut sites can use it to determine which products to 
+	display to users. The more specific the item is in the catalog, the less searching users have to do at the supplier's 
+	website. If there is no SelectedItem, suppliers should present their entire (store-level) product offerings.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SelectedItem (ItemID)>
+
+<!--
+	Specifies the URL to which to post the PunchOutSetupRequest. This element is not needed if the network hub 
+	knows the supplier’s PunchOut URL.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierSetup (URL)>
+
+<!--
+	After receiving a PunchOutSetupRequest, the supplier’s website sends a PunchOutSetupResponse. The PunchOutSetupResponse 
+	document serves two functions:
+	<ul>
+	<li>It indicates that the PunchOutSetupRequest was successful.</li>
+	<li>It provides the procurement application with a redirect URL to the supplier’s Start Page.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutSetupResponse (StartPage)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a PunchOut Order Message. This is the data that is sent
+    back to the procurement application from the external system that the
+    PunchOut Request was targeted at.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessage (BuyerCookie, PunchOutOrderMessageHeader,
+                                ItemIn*)>
+
+<!--
+     Header of a PunchOut Order Request. This is the data that is sent from
+     the supplier to transfer the supplier acquired shopping basket back to
+     the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchOutOrderMessageHeader (SourcingStatus?, Total, ShipTo?, Shipping?, Tax?, SupplierOrderInfo?)>
+<!--
+     @attr operationAllowed Highest operation allowed on the PunchOut shopping basket.
+          "create" allows only later OrderRequest operations on these items.
+          "inspect" adds a PunchOutSetupRequest with operation="inspect".
+          And, "edit" allows operation="edit" in that later Setup request.
+
+     @attr quoteStatus "pending"  - Identifies that the transaction is still pending
+	  "final" - Identifies that the transaction is complete
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchOutOrderMessageHeader
+    operationAllowed  (create | inspect | edit)  #REQUIRED
+    quoteStatus (pending|final) "final"
+>
+
+<!-- ====
+    Other small Request elements.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+    cXML statuses
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.statuses  "(PaymentStatus |
+			    SourcingStatus | InvoiceStatus | DocumentStatus | IntegrationStatus)">
+
+<!--
+    Request to update the status of an earlier transaction.
+
+    DocumentReference: A reference by payloadID to a cXML document to be updated. This 
+		element can be omitted only when InvoiceStatus is specified and
+		the InvoiceStatus contains InvoiceIDInfo.
+	
+	Status: Status of the Response or Message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StatusUpdateRequest  (DocumentReference?, Status, (%cxml.statuses;)?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Status update for document status.
+
+    DocumentInfo: ID of a document entry known to the system. This attribute is used to reference a document in StatusUpdateRequest 
+	when DocumentReference is omitted.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentStatus (DocumentInfo?, ItemStatus*, Comments*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of the document status. The possible values depend on the network hub and the type of document being updated.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentStatus
+        type              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+  When a StatusUpdateRequest is send with a DocumentStatus, then you could send more detailed information about the original item.
+
+  ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of referenced document.
+		
+  Comments: May be used to have a more user readable description of the code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemStatus (ReferenceDocumentInfo, Comments*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Specifies which kind of status that item should have. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>rejected - The item was not accepted.</li>
+		<li>accepted - Original ConfirmationItem is accepted as it was sent.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+  @attr code Optional code from the backend ERP system.
+  
+  @attr parentLineNumber Represents the line number of its parent line number to identify this 
+		item's hierarchical parent item in a response message. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemStatus
+	type        %string;  #REQUIRED
+	code        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a document known to the system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DocumentInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr documentID The id of a document known to the system.
+
+    @attr documentType The document type.
+
+    @attr documentDate The document date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DocumentInfo
+        documentID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentType            %string;               #REQUIRED
+        documentDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    A hint to the way to follow up on a QuoteMessage or ContractRequest. The type and category could be set to anything.
+    But, they should be well known strings that can be understood by the ERP system.
+	
+    For example, the type could be set to "Contract" and the category could be set to "WK" or "value".
+    This would give a hint to the ERP system that the next step should be to create a WK Contract.
+    Furthermore, this element can also be specified in the header section. This allows the UI of Sourcing 
+	to be set appropriately.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FollowUpDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr type Follow up type such as "Contract", "Scheduling Agreement", and so on.
+
+    @attr category Follow up category such as "WK", "value", and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FollowUpDocument
+    type          %string;  #IMPLIED
+    category      %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A reference to an attachment containing cXML document. 
+
+    Attachment: A reference to the attachment containing a cXML document. The 
+		attachment must be either a single, complete cXML document or another 
+		MIME envelope containing a single, complete cXML document with 
+		attachments.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLAttachment (Attachment)>
+
+<!--
+    Request to forward a cXML document to another party. This Request
+    occurs in multiple DTD files and is used depending on where (in which
+    DTD) the forwarded message resides.
+
+    cXMLAttachment: A reference to the attachment containing the cXML document being 
+		forwarded. Refer to cXMLAttachment for more details.
+
+    cXML: Deprecated. Do Not Use.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CopyRequest (cXMLAttachment | cXML)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr processingMode Specifies whether the cXML document is meant for processing, 
+		information only, or copy:
+	<ul>
+    <li>info - The cXML document is for information only.</li>
+    <li>process - The recipient of the cXML document should process the document.</li>
+    <li>copy - The cXML document is a copy as a result of Path element with copy type 
+		in the source document.</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CopyRequest
+    processingMode (info | process | copy)  #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Status for a pre-existing sourcing transaction. The textual content indicates
+    the display information. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SourcingStatus (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr action Defines the context of this message based on the value. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>approve - Approve the pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>deny - Deny pending transaction.</li>
+		<li>cancel - Cancel any preexisting transaction.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The locale used for all free text sent within this document. The receiver 
+		should reply or display information in the same or a similar locale.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SourcingStatus
+	action    (approve | cancel | deny )  #IMPLIED
+	xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationStatus is used to allow external parties to provide document status visibility
+	after the document is processed and delivered by AN.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationStatus (IntegrationMessage?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentStatus Indicates document status (enumeration). Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>deliverySuccessful - The document was successfully delivered to the customer (but 
+			no processing confirmation has been issued yet).</li>
+		<li>deliveryDelayed - The document is experiencing delays while trying to reach the 
+			customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryFailed - The document could not be sent to the customer due to a failure 
+			between the gateway and the customer.</li>
+		<li>deliveryReady - When sending to the buyer, the document has been queued and is 
+			ready for pick-up.</li>
+		<li>customerConfirmed - The customer has confirmed that the document has been processed 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerReceived - The customer has confirmed that the document has been received 
+			successfully.</li>
+		<li>customerFailed - The customer has received the document and is reporting a failure 
+			in the content.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationStatus
+	documentStatus     (deliverySuccessful | deliveryDelayed | deliveryFailed | deliveryReady
+	| customerConfirmed | customerReceived | customerFailed)        #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	IntegrationMessage indicates the type/result of the message used by
+	external parties.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntegrationMessage (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr isSuccessful Indicates whether the message result is successful or not.
+	
+	@attr type Indicates the message type, for example, 997/824/MDN.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntegrationMessage
+	isSuccessful	(yes | no)	#REQUIRED
+	type	%string;	#REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+    How the shipment will travel on this segment. Each carrier within a
+    segment controlled by a third party logistics provider provides
+    tracking information to that provider externally. The
+    ShipNoticeRequest includes tracking information at the ShipControl
+    level only.
+
+    One Route element may describe only a single mode of travel. If
+    described at all, each mode of a multi-modal route must be described by
+    a separate Route element. It is not necessary to describe every leg of
+    the journey to the buyer's ShipTo location.
+
+    The only Contact roles likely to be sensible in this element are
+    "carrierCorporate" (details the contact information the supplier has
+    about the carrier organization), "shipFrom" and "shipTo". The
+    "carrierCorporate" role would be relevant at this level only when a
+    third party is providing tracking information across multiple carriers.
+    A Contact element with role "shipFrom" must appear in all Route
+    elements after the first. Route elements are not required to describe
+    the entire travel under a specific carrier's control. They may
+    describe a discontinuous stream of events, starting and ending at
+    different times and locations.
+
+    Elements in the Contact list may appear in any order. A contact role
+    (Contact&#064;role attribute value) must not appear more than once within a
+    Route element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Route (#PCDATA | Contact)* >
+<!--
+    @attr method Qualifier identifying the transportation type code:
+		<ul>
+		<li>ship - transportation by boat (ocean).</li>
+		<li>rail - transportation by rail</li>
+		<li>motor - transportation by land motor craft (common carrier)</li>
+		<li>air - transportation by flight</li>
+		<li>mail - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite the
+			fact that mail is not a genuine mode of transport. In many
+			countries, the value of merchandise exported and imported
+			by mail is considerable, but the exporter or importer concerned
+			would be unable to state by which mode postal items had passed
+			the national border</li>
+		<li>multimodal - This code is provided for practical reasons, despite
+			the fact that multimodal transport is not a genuine mode of
+			transport. It can be used when goods are carried by at least
+			two different modes from a place at which the goods are taken
+			in charge by a transport operator to a place designated for
+			delivery, on the basis of one transport contract. (Operations
+			of pick-up and delivery of goods carried out in the performance
+			of a unimodal transport, as defined in such a contract, shall
+			not be considered as multimodal transport.)</li>
+		<li>fixedTransport - This code applies to installations for continuous
+			transport such as pipelines, ropeways and electric power lines.</li>
+		<li>inlandWater - This code is used only in such cases where the
+			application of waterborne transport is reported separately
+			than maritime transport.</li>
+		<li>unknown - This code can be used when the mode is not known or when
+			information on it is not available at the time of issuing the
+			document concerned.</li>
+		<li>custom - This code can be used whenever a custom code is used for
+			the method. You can put the actual custom code as a text child
+			this element.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr means Particular vessel, vehicle or other device used for transport of goods.
+		The value of means depends on the value of method. Examples include:
+		
+		When the value of method is "ship", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>cargoVessel - Vessel designed to carry general cargo.</li>
+		<li>unitCarrier - Vessel designed to carry unit loads.</li>
+		<li>bulkCarrier - Vessel designed to carry bulk cargo.</li>
+		<li>tanker - Vessel solely equipped with tanks to carry cargo.</li>
+		<li>liquefiedGasTanker - Tanker designed to carry liquefied gas.</li>
+		<li>otherSpecialTanker - Tanker designed to carry other special liquids.</li>
+		<li>cargoAndPassengerVessel - Vessel designed to carry cargo and passengers.</li>
+		<li>otherVessel - Sea-going vessel, not otherwise specified.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>floatingStructure - Any floating structure.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "rail", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>train - One or more rail wagons pulled or pushed by one or more
+				locomotive units, or self-propelled, that move over rail tracks.</li>
+		<li>freightTrain - Train for carrying freight.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "motor", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>truck - Automotive vehicle designed for hauling loads.</li>
+		<li>tractor - Automotive vehicle with an engine designed for pulling.</li>
+		<li>van - Closed automotive vehicle designed for carrying freight.</li>
+		<li>carCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying motorcars.</li>
+		<li>shovelLoader - Automotive vehicle designed for shoveling sand and other bulk material.</li>
+		<li>straddleCarrier - Automotive vehicle designed for lifting and transporting containers.</li>
+		<li>mobileCrane - Automotive vehicle with cargo crane.</li>
+		<li>bus - Automotive vehicle designed for carrying more than 8 passengers including the
+				driver.</li>
+		<li>car - Automotive vehicle designed to carry a small number of passengers.</li>
+		<li>taxi - Automotive vehicle licensed to ply for hire.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+		When the value of method is "air, the values for means are specified in the
+		IATA (International Air Transport Association) publication Standard Schedules
+		Information Manual (SSIM) under the section "ATA/IATA Aircraft Types". The
+		referenced codes cover all aircraft that are flown, or are soon to be flown,
+		for commercial scheduled or chartered services only, or have been announced
+		by the manufacturer and for which airline orders have been placed.
+
+		When the value of method is "multimodal": as this includes multiple segments,
+		each of which may have different mode and means, the only possible value
+		for means is "unknown".
+		
+		When the value of method is "fixedTransport", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknown - Fixed transport installation of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>pipeline - A line of one or more pipes for continuous transport of
+				liquid or gas commodity.</li>
+		<li>powerline - A line of one or more cables or wires for continuous
+				transport of electricity.</li>
+		</ul>
+				
+		When the value of method is "inlandWater", the possible values of means are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>unknownVessel - Vessel of unknown type.</li>
+		<li>motorFreighter - Motorized vessel designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>motorTanker - Motorized vessel designed for carrying liquid cargo.</li>
+		<li>containerVessel - Vessel designed for carrying containers.</li>
+		<li>gasTanker - Vessel with tanks designed for carrying gas</li>
+		<li>tug - Vessel designed to push or pull another vessel.</li>
+		<li>barge - Lighter designed for carrying general cargo.</li>
+		<li>pushTow - Vessel designed for pushing/towing, facilitating the movement
+				of one or more cargo barges.</li>
+		<li>fishingBoat - Vessel designed for fishing.</li>
+		<li>bunkerShip - Vessel designed for carrying and delivering bunkers.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		When the value of method is either "mail" or "unknown", there are no
+		specific values of means defined.
+		
+    @attr startDate The date and time this shipment started this part of the trip.
+        Required in all Route elements after the first.
+
+    @attr endDate The date and time this shipment ended this part of the trip. Must
+        be after startDate. If any Route elements follow, the startDate of
+        that element must not precede this value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Route
+    method         (air | motor | rail | ship | mail | multimodal |
+					fixedTransport | inlandWater | unknown | custom) 
+											   #REQUIRED
+	means				 NMTOKEN			   #IMPLIED
+    startDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    endDate              %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Additional information for transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    Description: Free text description of shipment instructions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingInstructions (Description?)>
+
+<!--
+    The shipping contract number specified for the transportation of the shipment.
+    
+    #PCDATA: The contract number specified by the buyer or seller for the transport. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContractNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller
+    the title, risk and insurance cost will pass to.
+    
+    #PCDATA:  Free text description of means of transportation. The text desription must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportTerms (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The terms of transportation. Typically this may be "Free-Carrier", "CostAndFreight", "DeliveredAtFrontier", 
+		and so on, or an option to specify a free text. If the value of this attribute is specified as "other", specifying
+        a description is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportTerms
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The transport information for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. This information comes from the order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. This information
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    Route: The method or type of transportation of the shipment.
+
+    ShippingContractNumber: Contract number for the transport specified by the buyer or seller.
+
+    ShippingInstructions: Optional instructions for the shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportInformation (Route?, ShippingContractNumber?, ShippingInstructions?)>
+
+<!--
+    The mode of payment for order items shipped. This element is required for 
+    specifying terms of delivery.
+
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of shipping payment method. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingPaymentMethod (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The shipping payment method used for the order. Possible values:
+        Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShippingPaymentMethod
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element specifies the terms of delivery code. The free text description is optional
+    for an order or a ship notice except for the case when "Other" is specified for value.
+    
+    #PCDATA: Free text description of terms of delivery code. The text description must be
+        provided if the value "Other" is specified.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDeliveryCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr value The value of the code that specifies terms of delivery. 
+        Indicates whether the terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, 
+        transport conditions, or a combination of these, or any other.
+        If the value of this attribute is specified as other, specifying
+        a description is required. Possible values include the following -
+        PriceCondition, DespatchCondition, PriceandDespatchCondition, CollectedByCustomer, 
+        TransportCondition, DeliveryCondition, Other, and so on.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TermsOfDeliveryCode
+    value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+ 
+<!--
+    The terms of delivery for the shipment described by the order 
+    and ship notice. These terms come from the Purchase Order 
+    specified by the buyer and have to be presented in the ship notice
+    so that these can be edited by supplier, if required. These terms
+    and possible changes have to be carried back to the buyer.
+
+    TermsOfDeliveryCode: The code that specifies terms of delivery. Indicates whether the 
+		terms relate to price conditions, delivery conditions, transport conditions, or a 
+		combination of these, or any other. One must specify description for this if "Other" 
+		is specified as the value.
+
+    ShippingPaymentMethod: The mode of payment for order items shipped. Specifying a mode of 
+		payment is a must. Examples include: Account, AdvanceCollect, AdvancePrepaid, and so on.
+
+    TransportTerms: This specifies that to whom amongst the buyer and seller the title, risk 
+		and insurance cost will pass to.
+
+    Address: Location and city specified with the terms.
+
+    Comments: Optional structured comments can be specified here for multiple types:
+		<ul>
+        <li>Type "Transport" - Additional description of the transport. Examples include:
+            "Delivered To Site / Stores", "OVERNIGHT FIRST CLASS", "To Be Collected by Courier",
+			and so on.</li>
+		<li>Type "TermsOfDelivery" - Additional delivery instructions can be provided along with
+            the other terms.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfDelivery (TermsOfDeliveryCode, ShippingPaymentMethod, TransportTerms?, Address?, Comments*)>
+
+<!--
+	A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different versions and 
+	technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or the responsible party. 
+	The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other cargo property along the route.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealID (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	The company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner of the goods or the 
+	freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SealingPartyCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is or will be marked with unique 
+	codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding can be temporarily or permanent 
+	(with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EquipmentIdentificationCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    The terms for transportation of the shipment. 
+
+	SealID: A seal is used to preserve integrity of a transport or cargo shipment. Seals come in different 
+		versions and technical approaches with one common characteristic: a unique ID given by the owner or 
+		the responsible party. The SealID is used to internationally track a container, truck, vessel or other 
+		cargo property along the route.
+	
+	SealingPartyCode: Is the company code for the party that has given the seal in its ID (usually the owner 
+		of the goods or the freight forwarder that loaded the cargo.
+	
+	EquipmentIdentificationCode: Mainly for internal transport and storage purposes the packing equipment is 
+		or will be marked with unique codes in order to monitor and manage movement and storage location. Coding 
+		can be temporarily or permanent (with GUID-like codes or RFID coding, but unique within the local addressing 
+		scheme.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TermsOfTransport (SealID?, SealingPartyCode?, EquipmentIdentificationCode?, TransportTerms?, Dimension*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	For information of referenced document.
+
+	DocumentInfo: The element provides info (such id, type and date) about a document. Following are the 
+		possible document types:
+		<ul>
+		<li>salesOrder - Refers to sales order triggering the PO.</li>
+		<li>customerOrder - Refers to the customer order maintained in sales order.</li>
+		<li>freightOrder - Refers to order for transportation.</li>
+		<li>productionOrder - Refers to order that specifies  which material is to be produced, where it is 
+			to be produced, which operations are required to do this  and on which date production is to 
+			take place. It also defines how the order costs are to be settled.</li>
+		<li>purchaseOrder - Refers to Orders used to replenish based on Supplier Managed Inventory process.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier document (for example, OrderRequest). 
+
+	DateInfo: Information of date associated with the document/item. Following are the possible dates:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectecDeliveryDate - Refers to the expected delivery date for the material to be received at the 
+			partner location.
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - Refers to the expected ship date for the material is used to determine when 
+			the supplier is expected to ship the material from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - Refers to the production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - Refers to the production finish date.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Contact: It is used for contact information for the referenced document
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReferenceDocumentInfo ((DocumentInfo | DocumentReference)?, DateInfo*, Contact*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber Line number of an item in the referenced document.
+
+    @attr scheduleLineNumber Schedule line number of a schedule item in the referenced lineNumber, if this 
+		attribute has a value, the lineNumber attribute is required. 
+
+	@attr status Status used to refer to the referenced document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReferenceDocumentInfo
+	lineNumber          %uint;      #IMPLIED
+    scheduleLineNumber  %uint;      #IMPLIED
+	status (created | released | open | completed | closed | cancelled )     #IMPLIED                       
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains date information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DateInfo (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Date type. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>expectedShipmentDate - The expected ship date for the material is
+			used to determine when the supplier is expected to ship the material
+			from their location.</li>
+		<li>productionStartDate - The production start date.</li>
+		<li>productionFinishDate - The production finish date.</li>
+		<li>requestedPickUpDate - The pick up date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedPickUpDate - The date when the logistic provider expects to
+			pick up the materials.</li>
+		<li>actualPickUpDate - The actual pick up date, as it has occurred.</li>		
+		<li>requestedDeliveryDate - The delivery date as requested by the party
+			arranging the transport.</li>
+		<li>expectedDeliveryDate - The expected delivery date for the material
+			to be received at the partner location.</li>
+		<li>actualDeliveryDate - The actual delivery date of the goods..</li>
+		<li>confirmedDeliveryDate - The delivery date that has been confirmed
+			to be delivered by the seller.</li>
+		<li>confirmedShipmentDate - The shipment date that has been confirmed by
+			to be shipped by seller.</li>
+		</ul>
+	
+	@attr date Date value.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DateInfo
+	type	(expectedShipmentDate | productionStartDate | productionFinishDate |
+				requestedPickUpDate | expectedPickUpDate | actualPickUpDate | 
+				requestedDeliveryDate | expectedDeliveryDate | actualDeliveryDate |
+				confirmedShipmentDate | confirmedDeliveryDate)	#REQUIRED
+	date	%datetime.tz;				#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Priority indicator, used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers.
+		Example:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Level 1 is Very High Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 2 is High Priority</li> 
+		<li>Level 3 is Medium Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 4 is Medium Low Priority</li>
+		<li>Level 5 is Low Priority</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	Description: Description for priority (such as very high, high, medium, medium low, low).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Priority (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr level There are 5 levels (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Level 1 has the highest priority. Level 5 has the lowest priority.
+	 
+	@attr sequence An unique secondary order number for prioritizing items with the same priority level. 
+		Two items with the same priority level are not allowed to have the same sequence number.
+	
+	@attr inventory_level Inventory level shows the \% inventory (buffer) level with respect to target. 
+		Possible values: 0.0\% - 100.0\%.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Priority
+  level           ( 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5  )  #REQUIRED
+  sequence        %ui8;                   #IMPLIED
+  inventory_level %r8;                    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains information about a document managed in an external system, such as an ERP. It can be sent with an 
+	order to distinguish different business transactions uniquely.
+
+    For example,
+	%
+    <ExternalDocumentType documentType="ZNB">
+        <Description xml:lang="en">Standard Purchase Order</Description>
+    </ExternalDocumentType>
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExternalDocumentType (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr documentType Specifies the document type from the external system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExternalDocumentType        
+	documentType    %string;    #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Industry specific header information  
+
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Details of referenced document 
+
+	Priority: Priority indicator, it is used to drive the priority of the orders for the suppliers
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information for the entire OrderRequest.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+	
+	LifeSciences: Provides life sciences industry specific detail.
+	
+	DPAS: Header-level DPAS-rating info for this order, if applicable.
+	
+	AuthorizationLabels: ABAC labels for configuring access to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderRequestHeaderIndustry (ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, ExternalDocumentType?, QualityInfo?, AssetInfo*, LifeSciences?, DPAS?, AuthorizationLabels?)>
+<!--  
+    @attr industryType is used to identify the industry for which the document is being sent.
+    <ul>
+    	<li>lifeSciences</li>
+    	<li>aerospaceAndDefense</li>
+    </ul>	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderRequestHeaderIndustry
+    industryType	 (lifeSciences | aerospaceAndDefense)	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+
+	Life sciences industry header information.
+
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT LifeSciences EMPTY >
+
+<!--
+	@attr orderCategory To specify different order categories for clinical trials. Following are possible order categories:
+	<ul>
+		<li>clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder – Order for clinical finished goods</li>
+		<li>labelPrintingOrder – Order for label printing</li>
+		<li>reworkOrder – Order for rework</li>
+		<li>shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder – Order for shelf-life extension relabeling</li>
+		<li>additionalLabelPrintingOrder – Order for printing additional labels</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+
+<!ATTLIST LifeSciences
+
+orderCategory ( clinicalFinishedGoodsOrder | labelPrintingOrder | reworkOrder | shelfLifeExtensionRelabelOrder | additionalLabelPrintingOrder ) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--   
+	Industry specific item information. 
+	
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains the details of referenced document
+
+	Priority: Priority Indicator used to drive the priority of the item ordered by the buyer.
+
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+    
+    SerialNumberInfo: The representation of the required serial number information of a line item.
+	
+	AssetInfo: Provides detailed per-unit asset information for a line item.
+    
+    PackagingDistribution: Provides packaging distribution information between stores.
+    
+    ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense: Item-level Aerospace & Defense industry information, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutIndustry (ItemOutRetail?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Priority?, QualityInfo?, SerialNumberInfo?, BatchInfo?, 
+AssetInfo*, PackagingDistribution*, ItemOutLifeSciences?, ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense?)>
+<!--
+	@attr planningType To specify different production planning strategies. Following are possible strategies:
+	<ul>
+	<li>MTO - Make to Order</li>
+	<li>MTS - Make to Stock</li>
+	<li>ATO - Assemble to Order</li>
+	<li>CTO - Configure to Order</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	@attr requiresRealTimeConsumption Set to "yes" to indicate that a real time consumption is required for this item. 
+    
+    @attr isHUMandatory Set to "yes" to indicate that a handling unit is required for this item. A handling unit is 
+		a physical unit consisting of packaging materials (load carriers/packing material) and the goods contained 
+		on or in it.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutIndustry
+    planningType	 ( MTO | MTS | ATO | CTO )	#IMPLIED
+    requiresRealTimeConsumption   (yes)         #IMPLIED
+    isHUMandatory                 (yes)		    #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Aerospace and Defense industry item information
+
+    DPAS: Detailed allocation information of this line item in a DPAS-rated order.
+          This includes: rating, contract, and quantity information for this line item.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense (DPAS*)>
+<!--
+    @attr dpasRating    Top-level DPAS rating for this item
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutAerospaceAndDefense
+    dpasRating  (DO | DX)       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!--  
+	Retail industry item information.
+	
+	PromotionVariantID: Used when only one or some variants of an article are promoted.
+
+	PromotionDealID: Number assigned by a supplier to a special promotion activity. Promotions affect the forward 
+		planning/ordering process (and the related pricing).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutRetail (PromotionVariantID?, PromotionDealID?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Details about the packaging of this line item.
+
+    Zero or more PackagingCode elements may appear in the Packaging
+    element. Each PackagingCode must contain a single string corresponding
+    to the packaging for this item. When multiple PackagingCode elements
+    appear, all must describe the same packaging in different languages or
+    locales. (No two PackagingCode elements may have the same xml:lang
+    attribute.) Elements in such a list may appear in any order.
+
+    The dimensions mentioned in the Dimension element list may appear in
+    any order. A particular dimension (Dimension&#064;type attribute value)
+    must not appear more than once in a Packaging element.
+    
+    Description: The Package description.
+
+	PackagingLevelCode: Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages.
+	
+	PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode: Unique ID of packaging material. This helps receiving side for 
+		unloading and storage.
+	
+	ShippingContainerSerialCode: Serial number of a package that helps to identify package during 
+		transportation and inventory.
+    
+    ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference: Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping 
+		code of the next higher package level. It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+	
+	PackageID: Package related IDs.
+	
+	ShippingMark: Information about packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy.
+	
+	OrderedQuantity: The quantity ordered in purchase order.
+	
+	DispatchQuantity: The dispatch quantity in package.
+	
+	FreeGoodsQuantity: Quantities delivered but not charged. 
+	
+	QuantityVarianceNote: Quantity Variance Note gives detailed information about partial delivery.
+	
+	BestBeforeDate: Gives the best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals 
+		and others.
+	
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the packaging.
+
+	PackagingIndustry: An element for industry relevant information.
+    
+    StoreCode: The code of the store assigned for this packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Packaging (((PackagingCode+, Dimension*) | Dimension+), Description?, 
+				PackagingLevelCode?, PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode?, ShippingContainerSerialCode?, 
+                ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference?,
+				PackageID?, ShippingMark*, OrderedQuantity?, DispatchQuantity?, 
+				FreeGoodsQuantity?, QuantityVarianceNote?, BestBeforeDate?, AssetInfo*, PackagingIndustry?, StoreCode?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific code for the packaging of this item. Values such
+    as "pallet", "skid" and "truck load" may be appropriate (for an
+    English-based locale).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingCode (#PCDATA)>             <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the PackagingCode content (the
+        value of the code) is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingCode
+    xml:lang             %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A single dimension for the packaging. It also can be used to define item dimensions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Dimension (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Size in this dimension. Expressed in the units given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+
+    @attr type Type of dimension. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>length - The length of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>width - The width of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>height - The height of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>weight - The weight  or net weight of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>volume - The volume or net volume of the packaging or item.</li>
+        <li>stackHeight - The stack height of packaging. This indicates total height of the stacked packages.</li> 
+        <li>grossWeight - The gross weight is the total weight including packaging.</li>
+        <li>grossVolume - The gross volume is the total volume including packaging. </li>
+        <li>unitGrossWeight - The unit gross weight of the item.</li>
+        <li>unitNetWeight - The unit net weight of the item.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Dimension
+    quantity             %r8;                        #REQUIRED
+    type (length | width | height | weight | volume | stackHeight | grossWeight | grossVolume | unitGrossWeight | unitNetWeight ) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Describes the level (inner, outer, intermediate) for packages. It is used in logistics for loading 
+	and unloading information. This information qualifies the packing level within the packing hierarchy. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLevelCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Provides a unique ID of packaging materials like box, container, pallet and rack. This helps 
+	receiving side for unloading and storage. This also defines the maximum load or weight of articles. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTypeCodeIdentifierCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Identifies a package during transport and in inventory. Serial number of a packaging unit like 
+	container, box, and rack.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Reference from a package with shipping code to the shipping code of the next higher package level. 
+	It references the parent ShippingContainerSerialCode.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingContainerSerialCodeReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Unique ID for a package. GIAI, numbering scheme of GS1 specifying the ownership of an asset.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GlobalIndividualAssetID (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	The ID that helps supplier with handling of any returned package.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReturnablePackageID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The information to track packages based on an internal numbering scheme of the supplier. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageTrackingID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Packaging related IDs.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageID (GlobalIndividualAssetID?,ReturnablePackageID?,PackageTrackingID?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains codes for packaging proposals and packaging hierarchy. Also can contain marking 
+	for containers/packages that need special signing or handling (hazardous goods, 
+	explosives and maximum stack size)
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingMark (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the number of items/products for a given line item in a purchase order. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderedQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?) >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items ordered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderedQuantity
+    quantity	%r8;	#IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Specifies the delivered quantity (compared to the ordered quantity). This is useful in 
+	determining the correctness of any shipment. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DispatchQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of items delivered.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DispatchQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--  
+	Specifies the quantity that will be delivered without any cost to the buyer. For example, 
+	samples, redemptions, promotions, fill-ups, and so on. These do not appear on the commercial 
+	invoice or marked with value 0.00.  
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FreeGoodsQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity The number of free items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FreeGoodsQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Detailed information about partial delivery. Used for different measurements (1 lot = 500 pieces) 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuantityVarianceNote (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- 
+	The best before date helps with in FDA-related deliveries for go/no-go criteria. This can be 
+	used to indicate best before date for all goods related to food, drugs, chemicals, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BestBeforeDate EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr date Best before date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BestBeforeDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+      
+<!-- 
+	The expiry date  can be used to indicate expiry date for all goods related to food, drugs, 
+	chemicals, and so on. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpiryDate EMPTY>
+<!-- 
+	@attr date Expiration date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExpiryDate
+      date         %datetime.tz;    #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	References a specific item and its relationship with a PO, Invoice and Ship Notice.   
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemInfo (ItemID?, Description?, Classification*,
+						(ManufacturerPartID, ManufacturerName)?,
+						Country?, SupplierBatchID?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*,
+						UnitOfMeasure, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+ 	@attr quantity The quantity included in the document. For example, in TransportRequest, this is the 
+		quantity contained of this item in a package.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemInfo
+	quantity		%r8;		#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType".
+ 
+    CertificateInfo: Use this element to send a certificate information, here you can declare a certificate as 
+		optional or required. Each element supports one certificate. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInfo (IdReference* | CertificateInfo*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresQualityProcess A value of yes indicates that this item requires quality process.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInfo
+	requiresQualityProcess         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Control whether the batch information is required or not for an item when Supplier
+	creates an order response.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BatchInfo EMPTY >
+<!--
+    @attr requiresBatch A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires Batch number to be provided by 
+		the supplier in Batch element in ShipNoticeItem/ConfirmationStatus element of the corresponding 
+		ShipNoticeRequest/ConfirmationRequest documents.     
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BatchInfo
+	requiresBatch        (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a certificate information.
+    
+    IdReference: Use this element to send Quality Material Control Code and Inspection Certificate type information.
+		For Quality Material Control Code, domain is "controlCode".
+        For Inspection Certificate type, domain is "certificateType". 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CertificateInfo (IdReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr isRequired A value of "yes" indicates that this certificate is required.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CertificateInfo
+	isRequired         (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeLineItemReference element provides a clear 
+    reference to the line item  in a prior ShipNoticeRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeLineItemReference EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr shipNoticeLineNumber The line number of current line item, copied from ShipNoticeRequest. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeLineItemReference
+    shipNoticeLineNumber      %uint;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of the serial number information of a line item.
+
+    SerialNumber: List of serial numbers, this is required when SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "list".
+
+    PropertyValue: When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+        limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+
+        When SerialNumberInfo&#064;type is "profile" a serial number format should be
+        provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+        should be "profile" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the format.
+        Characteristic&#064;domain supports "type", "minLength" and "maxLength" as domains to 
+		provide these values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "type", Characteristic&#064;value supports "numeric", 
+		"text" and "numericAndText" to provide the serial number format.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "minLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		minimum acceptable length of the serial number.
+		
+        When Characteristic&#064;domain is "maxLength", Characteristic&#064;value provides the 
+		maximum acceptable length of the serial number.       
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumberInfo (SerialNumber*, PropertyValue*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requiresSerialNumber A value of "yes" indicates that this item requires serial number to be provided 
+		by the supplier in AssetInfo tags in ShipNoticeItem element of the corresponding Advanced Ship Notice.
+    
+	@attr type Specifies the required serial number. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>list - A list of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+        <li>range - A range of acceptable serial numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+		<li>profile - A format of acceptable serial numbers.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SerialNumberInfo
+	requiresSerialNumber    (yes)                      #IMPLIED
+    type                    (list | profile | range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines one or more serial numbers for accountable items that are
+    being invoiced.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SerialNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Code for the Store, used on the shipping process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StoreCode (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--   
+	Packaging distribution information. 
+	
+	StoreCode: Code for the store of this packaging distribution information.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure code.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingDistribution (StoreCode, UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of this packaging distribution information. Expressed in the units
+        given in the UnitOfMeasure element.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackagingDistribution
+    quantity             %r8;                 #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production facilities and their production 
+    facility roles.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityAssociation: Each ProductionFacilityAssociation element defines a 
+        relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+        A production facility is a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing 
+        process. A production facility role is the stage of a manufacturing process 
+        for which a production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierProductionFacilityRelations (ProductionFacilityAssociation+)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a relationship between a production facility and a production facility role.
+	
+    ProductionFacility: A supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    OrganizationalUnit: Purchasing organization of the buyer.
+	
+    ShipTo: Optional Ship-To addressing information for the buyer's plant.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityAssociation (ProductionFacility, OrganizationalUnit, ShipTo?)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values are:
+        <ul>
+        <li><code>new</code> - Represents a new production facility association sent to the external system.</li>
+        <li><code>update</code> - Represents an update to an existing production facility association.</li>
+        <li><code>delete</code> - Represents an instruction to delete this production facility association in the external system.</li>
+        </ul>
+        <p>The <code>operation</code> attribute does not create or delete objects such as <code>ProductionFacility</code>, 
+            <code>ProductionFacilityRole</code>, <code>OrganizationalUnit</code>, or <code>ShipTo</code>. It is used only
+            to define relationships between existing production facilities and production facility roles.</p>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityAssociation 
+    operation    (new | update | delete)   "new" >
+
+<!--
+    Defines a supplier unit used for a particular manufacturing process.
+	
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility.
+	
+    ProductionFacilityRole: The stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacility (IdReference, ProductionFacilityRole)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityName Name of the production facility.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacility 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the stage of a manufacturing process for which a supplier production facility is used.
+    For example, an apparel manufacturing process could have separate production facility 
+    roles for cutting, sewing, pressing and folding, finishing and detailing, dyeing, and washing.
+
+    IdReference: Defines an ID reference that identifies a production facility role.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductionFacilityRole (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    @attr productionFacilityRole Name of the production facility role.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductionFacilityRole 
+    name             %string;             #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Unique identifier used to identify group of studies.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PoolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+
+<!--  
+    Life sciences industry item information.
+ 	
+    Study: Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    KitType: Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+		keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements.
+
+    ProtocolD: Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+
+    PackageControlNumber: Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an 
+		active drug and a placebo.
+
+    PoolID: Contains an alternative to StudyID when several clinical studies are pooled or grouped together. This value 
+		is passed only when several clinical studies are pooled.
+
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a range of medication numbers.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to the ItemOutLifeSciences element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemOutLifeSciences (Study, KitType?, ProtocolID, PackageControlNumber?, PoolID?,  MedicationListInfo*, Extrinsic*)> 
+
+<!--
+    @attr isCFGPooled Identifies whether clinical finished goods are pooled, that is, used in a pool of studies. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemOutLifeSciences
+    isCFGPooled         (yes)              #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains information about a clinical study. 
+
+    StudyID: Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study. 
+
+    Description: Description identifying a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Study (StudyID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique identification number of a clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StudyID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--  
+    Contains a unique identifier for a group of clinical finished goods (CFG) that represents the generalization of the stock 
+	keeping unit of a specific clinical supply, regardless of country-specific packaging and labeling requirements. 
+
+    KitTypeID: Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+
+    Description: Description identifying a kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitType (KitTypeID, Description?)> 
+
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number of the kit type.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT KitTypeID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains a unique external identifier assigned to the protocol. The protocol is the detailed plan of the clinical study.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProtocolID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--   
+    Contains an identification number used for blinding the individual batch numbers for an active drug and a placebo.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackageControlNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    @attr packageControlNumberExpiryDate Expiration date of the PackageControlNumber. 
+    @attr isPackageControlNumberReleased Set to "yes" when the PackageControlNumber is released. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PackageControlNumber
+    packageControlNumberExpiryDate         %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    isPackageControlNumberReleased         (yes)               #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+	
+    PropertyValue: When MedictionListInfo&#064;type is "range" a minimum and maximum acceptable
+		limits should be provided in PropertyValue element, in this case PropertyValue&#064;name 
+		should be "range" and PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic should provide the minimum and maximum 
+		values in Characteristic&#064;value attribute with "minimum" and "maximum" as domains in 
+		Characteristic&#064;domain attribute.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MedicationListInfo (PropertyValue*)>
+
+<!--  
+    @attr type Specifies the available medication sequence numbers. Possible value:
+    <ul>
+    <li>range - A range of sequence numbers, only valid for numeric ranges.</li>
+    </ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MedicationListInfo
+    type                    (range)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    LabelID: Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences (LabelID?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for SubcontractingComponent.
+    BatchInfo provides information on whether a batch number is required while reporting component consumption.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingComponentIndustry (SubcontractingComponentLifeSciences?, BatchInfo?)>
+<!--
+    Contains an identification number used in the BOM for artwork of a label.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LabelID (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Defines industry specific information for packaging.
+    PackagingLifeSciences: Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingIndustry (PackagingLifeSciences?)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines life sciences industry specific information for Packaging.
+    MedicationListInfo: Contains a set of medication sequence number ranges.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PackagingLifeSciences (MedicationListInfo*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!-- Basic financial elements used throughout -->
+
+<!--
+	The amount of deposit or prepayment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DepositAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the subtotal amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubtotalAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the special handling amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpecialHandlingAmount (Money, Description?, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the shipping amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShippingAmount (Money, Distribution*)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the gross amount, before discounts and adjustments have been applied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GrossAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the net amount, the amount remaining after discounts and adjustments have 
+	been applied to the gross amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NetAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the total amount due.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DueAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the discount amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DiscountAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the fixed amount.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FixedAmount (Money)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines gross amount of the fee associated with a purchase in original currency.
+    
+	Money: The fee amount.
+	
+    Fee: Different types of individual fees, for example, service provider fee.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeAmount (Money, Fee*)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Defines different types of individual fees.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Fee (Money)>
+<!--
+    @attr type The type of fee.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Fee
+    type     %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the deduction amount available for an item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductionAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the final price of the item. This price overrides the price of the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeductedPrice (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Purchasing Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PCard (PostalAddress?)>
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Purchasing Card.
+	
+	@attr name Name of the Purchasing Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PCard
+    number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+    expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+    name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a Virtual Payment Token Card element used for payment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentToken EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+	@attr number Number of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr expiration Expiration date of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr name Name of the Virtual Card.
+	@attr token Token of the Virtual Card.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentToken
+	number      %number;  #REQUIRED
+	expiration  %date;    #REQUIRED
+	name        %string;  #IMPLIED
+	token	%string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the charges  applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalCharges (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the total sum of all the allowances applied on the goods and 
+    services. This can appear at the line item and summary in an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAllowances (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    Represents the sum of the SubTotal, Charges (including special handling 
+    charges and shipping charges), and Allowances (including discounts). This 
+	does not include taxes. This can appear at the line item and summary in 
+	an invoice.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TotalAmountWithoutTax (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id$
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Captures spend detail information. SpendDetail can
+    be used in the ItemIn and ItemOut and for the following types of
+    messages:
+
+        <ul>
+		<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+        <li>PunchOutOrderMessage</li>
+        <li>OrderRequest</li>
+        <li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+		<p>But not for:</p>
+		<ul>
+		<li>MasterAgreementRequest</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    TravelDetail: Travel details for the current travel line item.
+
+    LaborDetail: Labor details for the current temporary labor line item.
+
+    FeeDetail: Fee details for the current fee line item.
+        
+    Extrinsic: Detail information for the any undefined spend category. The name
+    	attribute of the Extrinsic element should specify the type of the
+    	spend category (for example, (PrintDetail, ProjectLaborDetail)).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SpendDetail (TravelDetail | FeeDetail | LaborDetail | Extrinsic)>
+
+<!--
+    FeeDetail contains additional information about a line item for a fee, 
+    which may or may not be recurring.
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the fee is charged, if applicable.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT FeeDetail (UnitRate+, Period?) >
+<!--
+    @attr isRecurring Indicates that the fee is recurring (charged more than once).
+
+-->
+<!ATTLIST FeeDetail
+	isRecurring (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    LaborDetail contains information about an item for a temporary
+    labor engagement. 
+
+    UnitRate: The amount(s) to be paid per unit (of time or other measure).
+        In the case of multiple UnitRates (that is, a "rate schedule"), it is
+        customary and expected that each UnitRate will include a
+        TermReference to distinguish them.
+
+    Period: The Period of time over which the service occurs.
+
+    Contractor: Identifies the contractor being engaged
+
+    JobDescription: Description of the job or work to be performed.
+
+    Supervisor: The person who is expected to supervise the contractor.
+
+    WorkLocation: Place where the work is expected to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LaborDetail (UnitRate+, Period, Contractor?, JobDescription?, Supervisor?, WorkLocation?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr supplierReferenceCode The supplier's quote or proposal id, for cross-reference.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LaborDetail
+	supplierReferenceCode %string; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--    
+	Text description of a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT JobDescription (Description)>
+
+<!--    
+	Contact information for the person supervising a job (service).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Supervisor (Contact)>
+
+<!--  
+	Address of the location where a service is to be performed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT WorkLocation (Address)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a Contractor used in the context of temp labor. 
+	The contractor is uniquely identified by a contractor identifier. 
+	The piece of identification for a contractor is exchanged between 
+	the buyer and the supplier prior to sending out order/timecards.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contractor (ContractorIdentifier, Contact)>
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a ContractorIdentifier. Uniquely identifies a contractor.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractorIdentifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Domain in which the identity is represented. This is for the
+		end systems to know who assigned the id. buyerReferenceID 
+		implies that it is something generated by the buyer system 
+		and supplierReferenceID implies that it is something generated 
+		by the supplier system/entered by the supplier.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractorIdentifier
+        domain     	(supplierReferenceID|buyerReferenceID) #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Reference.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    The OrderReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    OrderRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    OrderReference may allow the ConfirmationRequest and ShipNoticeRequest
+    to be viewed independently.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The buyer system orderID for this request. Basically, what the PO
+        number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced OrderRequest document's OrderRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced OrderRequest document's
+        OrderRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderReference
+    orderID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID The id of an order known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the PO number is today.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderIDInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to an order.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the order being paid.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order id of the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderInfo (OrderReference | OrderIDInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    The InvoiceReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    InvoiceDetailRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The supplier system invoiceID for this request. Basically, what
+        the Invoice number is today. If present, must be copied directly from the
+		referenced InvoiceDetailRequest document's InvoiceDetailRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceReference
+    invoiceID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InvoiceIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr invoiceID The id of an invoice known to the supplier system.
+
+    @attr invoiceDate The invoice date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InvoiceIDInfo
+    invoiceID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    invoiceDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the supplier and buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentProposalIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr paymentProposalID The ID of a PaymentProposalRequest known to the buyer and supplier system.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentProposalIDInfo
+    paymentProposalID      %string;               #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a master agreement known to the buyer system.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for MasterAgreement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementIDInfo
+    agreementID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+    In InvoiceDetailRequest, this element identifies the master agreement
+    of the release order to be invoiced.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier MasterAgreementRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MasterAgreementReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr agreementID The id of a master agreement known to the buyer system. Basically,
+        what the master agreement number is today.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the master agreement request was created.
+
+    @attr agreementType The type of the master agreement being referenced, for example: Scheduling Agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MasterAgreementReference
+    agreementID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    agreementDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+    agreementType            (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines a reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+
+	DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier TransportRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+	@attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportReference
+	requestID	%string;		#IMPLIED
+	requestDate	%datetime.tz;	#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a transport request known to the system of the party
+    that created the TransportRequest.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for TransportRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TransportIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The id of a transport request known to the system of the party that
+        created the TransportRequest. Basically, what the transport request
+        number is today.
+
+    @attr requestDate The date and time the transport request was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TransportIDInfo
+    requestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    requestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the carrier who will transport a shipment.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CarrierIdentifier (#PCDATA)>         <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    domain
+        Domain in which this value has meaning. Recognized domains
+        include:
+        <ul>
+		<li>companyName - The legal name for this company. In some cases, this
+            could also be provided in a Contact element with role
+            "carrierCorporate". That option should be reserved for cases
+            in which additional detail about the carrier appears in this
+            element.</li>
+		<li>SCAC - Standard Carrier Alpha Code (see
+            http://users.erols.com/nmfta/Codes.htm).</li>
+        <li>IATA - International Air Transport Association (see
+            http://www.iata.org).</li>
+        <li>AAR - Association of American Railroads (see http://www.aar.org/).</li>
+        <li>UIC - International Union of Railways (see
+            http://www.uic.asso.fr/).</li>
+        <li>EAN - European Article Numbering (see http://www.ean-ucc.org/).</li>
+        <li>DUNS - D&B's Data Universal Numbering System (see
+            http://www.dnb.com/dnbhome.htm).</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CarrierIdentifier
+    domain               %string;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifier that appears on a shipment and through which additional
+    detail about the shipment may be retrieved. Defined by the carrier.
+    Has meaning in the domain described by the CarrierIdentifier values.
+    Therefore, CarrierIdentifier and ShipmentIdentifier should normally
+    be used together.
+
+    Conceptually, this is a tracking number. Different carriers have
+    different names for shipment identifiers. Some call it a way bill
+    number, others call it a pro number, and still others call it a bill of
+    lading. They all represent tracking numbers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipmentIdentifier (#PCDATA)>        <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr domain Specifies more precisely what kind of identifier this is.
+        Likely values include trackingNumber, billOfLading.
+
+    @attr trackingNumberDate The date when the logistics provider intimates the tracking number
+        for this shipment. This date is used to find out the efficiency of the
+        supply chain process.
+
+    @attr trackingURL Carrier URL that can be used to track the shipment in conjunction
+		with the tracking number
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipmentIdentifier
+    domain                %string;              #IMPLIED
+    trackingNumberDate    %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    trackingURL           %URL;                 #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    One language-specific string for the creator of an IdReference,
+    for example, IRS, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Creator (#PCDATA)>              <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the name of the creator is written.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Creator
+   xml:lang              %xmlLangCode;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines an ID reference. Within the application context (for example,
+    a certain pair of buyer and supplier), the (identifier, domain) pair
+    should be unique.
+
+    Creator: The creator of this IdReference, for example, BofA, UPS, Cisco, and so on.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the IdReference. For human readability.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IdReference (Creator?, Description?)>
+<!--
+    @attr identifier The unique identifier of the IdReference within the domain.
+
+    @attr domain The domain of the IdReference. Supported values depend on your procurement application. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>1099ID</li>
+		<li>abaRoutingNumber</li>
+		<li>accountID</li>
+		<li>accountPayableID</li>
+		<li>accountReceivableID</li>
+		<li>bankAccountID</li>
+		<li>bankBranchID</li>
+		<li>bankNationalID</li>
+		<li>bankRoutingID</li>
+		<li>buyerLocationID</li>
+		<li>companyRegistrationNumber</li>
+		<li>courtRegisterID</li>
+		<li>creditorRefID</li>
+		<li>documentName</li>
+		<li>federalTaxID</li>
+		<li>governmentNumber</li>
+		<li>gstID</li>
+		<li>ibanID</li>
+		<li>isoBicID</li>
+		<li>iso6523</li>
+		<li>provincialTaxID</li>
+		<li>stateTaxID</li>
+		<li>storageLocationID</li>
+		<li>supplierReference</li>
+		<li>swiftID</li>
+		<li>taxExemptionID</li>
+		<li>unloadingPointID</li>
+		<li>vatID</li>
+        <li>ID</li>
+		</ul>
+
+		Note: supplierTaxID is deprecated and will be treated as federalTaxID.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IdReference
+    identifier      %string;                         #REQUIRED
+    domain          %string;                         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines supplier sales order information related to an order.
+
+    This is also used in PunchOutOrderMessage to indicate that the
+    supplier has created an order associated with the punchout order message.
+    The buyer can later cancel the sales order by sending an OrderRequest
+    of type "delete" that refers to the sales order by including the
+    SupplierOrderInfo element in the OrderRequestHeader
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierOrderInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr orderID Supplier sales order id of this order.
+
+    @attr orderDate The date and time the sales order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierOrderInfo
+    orderID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderDate          %datetime.tz;      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ShipNoticeReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ShipNoticeRequest document. While the contained DocumentReference provides
+    an unambiguous reference, the additional attributes of the
+    ShipNoticeReference may allow the ReceiptRequest to be viewed independently.
+
+    DocumentReference: The reference to an earlier ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeReference
+	shipNoticeID %string; #IMPLIED
+	shipNoticeDate %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines ID of a Ship Notice known to the Buyer system.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for shipment related IDs, for example,
+		DispatchAdviceID, ReceivingAdviceID, DeliveryNoteId, ProofOfDeliveryID.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ShipNoticeIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr shipNoticeID Unique identifier of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+
+    @attr shipNoticeDate Date and time of the referenced ShipNoticeRequest.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ShipNoticeIDInfo
+    shipNoticeID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    shipNoticeDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides a clear reference to a prior OrderStatusRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestReference (DocumentReference)>
+<!--
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The buyer system orderStatusRequestID for this request. If present, must be copied
+        directly from the referenced OrderStatusRequest document's
+        OrderStatusRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestReference
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderStatusRequestIDInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestID The id of an order status request known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr orderStatusRequestDate The order status request date.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderStatusRequestIDInfo
+    orderStatusRequestID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    orderStatusRequestDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The ReceiptReference element provides a clear reference to a prior
+    ReceiptRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptReference (DocumentReference) >
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The buyer system receiptID for this request.
+        If present, must be copied directly from the
+        referenced ReceiptRequest document's ReceiptRequestHeader.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the receipt request was created. If present, must
+        be copied directly from the referenced ReceiptRequest document's
+        RequestRequestHeader.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptReference
+    receiptID              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a receipt known to the buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReceiptIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr receiptID The id of an receipt known to the buyer system.
+
+    @attr receiptDate The date and time the order was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReceiptIDInfo
+    receiptID              %string;               #REQUIRED
+    receiptDate            %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection request document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection request document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection request document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionRequestReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a quality inspection result document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+    @attr inspectionID The id of a quality inspection result document.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate The date and time the quality inspection result document was created.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionResultReference
+    inspectionID              %string;               #IMPLIED
+    inspectionDate           %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies legal entity in the external system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegalEntity (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies Purchase Unit or Purchase Group in the external system.
+
+    IdReference: Contains a unique identification reference for the Purchase
+		Unit or Purchase Group.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationalUnit (IdReference)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the correspondent routing destination.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT Routing EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+    @attr destination Name of the destination. Possible values are peppol or fieldglass
+ -->
+
+<!ATTLIST Routing
+    destination      (peppol | fieldglass)    #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Entities.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     Top-level entities used in Transport.mod.  Defined here to allow easy
+     extention of the cXML specification (using additional DTDs) without
+     redefining these entities.
+-->
+
+<!-- cxml.messages
+     Possible elements (for particular situations) within Message.  These
+     are all of the messages defined in the base cXML protocol.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.messages ",(PunchOutOrderMessage |
+                           ProviderDoneMessage |
+                           SubscriptionChangeMessage |
+                           DataAvailableMessage |
+                           SupplierChangeMessage |
+                           OrganizationChangeMessage |
+                           ProductActivityMessage)"
+>
+
+<!-- cxml.requests
+     Possible elements (for particular situations) within Request.  These
+     are all of the requests defined in the base cXML protocol.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.requests "(ProfileRequest |
+                           OrderRequest |
+                           MasterAgreementRequest|
+                           PurchaseRequisitionRequest|
+                           PunchOutSetupRequest |
+                           ProviderSetupRequest |
+                           StatusUpdateRequest |
+                           GetPendingRequest |
+                           SubscriptionListRequest |
+                           SubscriptionContentRequest |
+                           SupplierListRequest |
+                           SupplierDataRequest |
+                           SubscriptionStatusUpdateRequest |
+                           CopyRequest |
+                           CatalogUploadRequest |
+                           AuthRequest |
+                           DataRequest |
+                           OrganizationDataRequest | 
+						   ApprovalRequest |
+                           QualityNotificationRequest |
+                           QualityInspectionRequest |
+                           QualityInspectionResultRequest |
+                           QualityInspectionDecisionRequest
+                           )"
+>
+
+<!-- cxml.responses
+     Possible elements (for particular situations) within Response.  These
+     are all of the responses (corresponding to a subset of the possible
+     requests) defined in the base cXML protocol.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.responses ",(ProfileResponse |
+                            PunchOutSetupResponse |
+                            ProviderSetupResponse |
+                            GetPendingResponse |
+                            SubscriptionListResponse |
+                            SubscriptionContentResponse |
+                            SupplierListResponse |
+                            SupplierDataResponse |
+                            AuthResponse |
+                            DataResponse |
+                            OrganizationDataResponse)?"
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Profile.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Request for the latest profile from the server. May also be used as
+    a 'ping' transaction (to check if the server is available).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProfileRequest EMPTY >
+
+<!--
+    Static profile response describing the transactions supported by this
+    server. The content should not change frequently.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProfileResponse ( Option*, Transaction+ )>
+<!--
+    @attr effectiveDate When these services were first available. Should not be in the
+		future since new clients may need to interact with a server.
+
+    @attr lastRefresh When service information was last received from the end server.
+
+    @attr a-dtype Datatype enumeration for the attributes of this element. May be
+		ignored by most XML parsers (used for documentation purposes).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProfileResponse
+    effectiveDate %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+    lastRefresh %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+    a-dtype NMTOKENS #FIXED 'effectiveDate dateTime.tz
+                             lastRefresh dateTime.tz'
+>
+
+<!--
+    Value for a defined option (either for the overall service or a
+    specific transaction. At this time, no options are defined at either
+    level.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Option ( #PCDATA )>   <!-- string -->
+<!--
+    @attr name The name of this option. Future versions of cXML will define
+		values for this attribute. This is not intended to be viewed
+		directly (the profile is intended mostly for machine consumption).
+
+    @attr a-dtype Datatype enumeration for the attributes of this element. May be
+		ignored by most XML parsers (used for documentation purposes).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Option
+    name          %string;      #REQUIRED
+    a-dtype       NMTOKENS      #FIXED 'name string'
+>
+
+<!--
+    A transaction supported by this server.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Transaction ( URL, Option* )>
+<!--
+    @attr requestName A specific request this server accepts at the given URL. Possible values:
+		ProfileRequest | OrderRequest | MasterAgreementRequest| PurchaseRequisitionRequest |
+		PunchOutSetupRequest | ProviderSetupRequest | StatusUpdateRequest | GetPendingRequest |
+		SubscriptionListRequest | SubscriptionContentRequest | SupplierListRequest |
+		SupplierDataRequest | SubscriptionStatusUpdateRequest | CopyRequest |
+		CatalogUploadRequest | AuthRequest | DataRequest | OrganizationDataRequest | 
+		ApprovalRequest | QualityNotificationRequest | QualityInspectionRequest |
+		QualityInspectionResultRequest | QualityInspectionDecisionRequest.
+
+		Note: Request names in the base cXML protocol are contained in the 
+		%cxml.requests entity.
+
+    @attr a-dtype Datatype enumeration for the attributes of this element. May be
+		ignored by most XML parsers (used for documentation purposes).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Transaction
+    requestName   %nmtoken;     #REQUIRED
+    a-dtype       NMTOKENS      #FIXED 'requestName NMTOKEN'
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Transport.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Defines the set of known valid cXML digital signature versions.
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.signatureVersions "(1.0)">
+
+<!--
+    cXML envelope.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXML (((Header, (Message | Request)) | Response), ds:Signature*)>
+<!--
+    @attr version Version of this cXML transmission. Should be less than or equal
+		to the version portion of the SYSTEM identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr payloadID A unique identifier for this document.
+
+    @attr timestamp The date and time at which this document was originally created.
+
+    @attr signatureVersion If present, specifies the cXML digital signature version to
+        which this document conforms. This implies that the
+        ds:Signature element must be present. It is an error if this
+        attribute is present and the document does not conform to the
+        specified signature version. If absent, the document is not
+        signed.
+
+    @attr xml:lang The default locale for all strings (not formatted items such as
+        dates, times and numbers) in this document. This attribute will be
+        required in a future version of cXML. (Leaving it out is
+        deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXML
+    version    %string;       "&cxml.version;"
+    payloadID  %string;       #REQUIRED
+    timestamp  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+    signatureVersion %cxml.signatureVersions; #IMPLIED
+    xml:lang   %xmlLangCode;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the cXML header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Header (From, To, Sender, (Path, OriginalDocument)?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical source party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT From (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the logical destination party of the cXML document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT To (Credential+, Correspondent?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the party that opens the HTTP connection and sends the cXML document.
+	When the document is initially sent, Sender and From are the same, However, if the cXML document travels
+	through network hubs, the Sender element changes to indicate current sending party.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Sender (Credential+, UserAgent)>
+
+<!--
+    Path. A list of nodes that records the path taken by a user through
+    a punchout chaining scenario.
+
+    If no route node is included then punchout chaining scenario is not executed and only copies are processed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Path (Node+)>
+
+<!--
+    A Node is any entity connected to a network.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Node (Credential+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type A node can define itself as a router node or a copy node. Routers
+        assume responsibility for the transaction. Copy Nodes request to only
+        be aware of the transaction.
+
+    @attr itemDetailsRequired Intermediary Nodes may want to support special operations without
+        having to store specific information required to fulfill that operation.
+        This attribute tells the previous node to send ItemDetail information
+        when performing a PunchOutSetupRequest edit/inspect operation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Node
+    type (copy | route) #REQUIRED
+    itemDetailsRequired (yes) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Identifies the previous document in the situation that a router node
+    forwards a message or request on to a more distant node.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OriginalDocument EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr payloadID The payloadId of the original document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OriginalDocument
+    payloadID %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A textual string representing who the UserAgent is conducting the cXML
+    conversation. Analogous to UserAgent for HTTP conversations.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UserAgent (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+    DEPRECATED. Do not use this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DigitalSignature ANY>
+<!--
+	@attr type DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+
+	@attr encoding DEPRECATED. Do not use.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DigitalSignature
+    type      %string;  "PK7 self-contained"
+    encoding  %string;  "Base64"
+>
+
+<!--
+    A shared secret. Typically, this is a username/password type of secret
+    exchanged through a secure transport before communication takes place.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SharedSecret ANY>
+
+<!--
+    Represents an identity for a credential.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Identity ANY>
+<!--
+    @attr lastChangedTimestamp When the underlying object last changed in the
+		originating system. This is used in cases where the same object (for
+		example, a buyer organization) is replicated, and kept synchronized,
+		across two systems.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Identity
+    lastChangedTimestamp  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A Credential Message Authentication Code (MAC). This is used in
+    situations where one party (the sender) must prove to another (the
+    receiver) that it is authenticated by a shared secret with a third
+    party trusted by both.
+
+    The MAC should be computed by the trusted third party and
+    transferred to the sender. The MAC should be opaque to the sender
+    (that is, it should be secure and non-reversible). The MAC should
+    use as its inputs enough information to accomplish the following
+    goals:
+
+    (1) The MAC must prove to the receiver that it really originated
+    with the trusted third party. For example, the MAC could use a shared
+    secret between the receiver and the trusted third party as its
+    secret key.
+
+    (2) The MAC should be usable only by a certain sender. For example, the
+    MAC could authenticate an identifier for the sending organization.
+
+    (3) The MAC should prove that the sender is authorized to send on
+    behalf of the From organization. For example, the MAC could authenticate
+    an identifier for the From organization.
+
+    (4) The MAC should limit the risk of the MAC being compromised and
+    used to impersonate the sender by another party communicating with
+    the receiver. For example, the MAC could authenticate an expiration date
+    or sequence number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CredentialMac (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr type An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact data
+        being authenticated and the method in which it is formatted
+        for authentication. Currently the only supported value is
+        "FromSenderCredentials".
+
+    @attr algorithm An implementation-dependent identifier for the exact MAC
+        algorithm used on the data. Currently the only supported
+        value is "HMAC-SHA1-96".
+
+    @attr creationDate The time at which this MAC was issued. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC before this time.
+
+    @attr expirationDate The time at which this MAC expires. The receiver must not
+        accept the MAC after this time.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CredentialMac
+    type           %string;      #REQUIRED
+    algorithm      %string;      #REQUIRED
+    creationDate   %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Authentical elements
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.authentication  "SharedSecret |
+                                 DigitalSignature |
+                                 CredentialMac"
+>
+<!--
+    A combination of an Identity and authentication element. If the
+    authentication element is present, it strongly authenticates who/what
+    someone is. The authentication element should not be sent within Message
+    documents transported via an end user's browser. One-way communication
+    must be authenticated in the transport layer.
+
+	Allows the receiving party to authenticate the sending party. This credential
+	allows strong authentication without requiring a public-key end-to-end digital
+	certificate infrastructure. Only a user name and password need to be issued
+	by the receiving party to allow the sending party to perform Requests.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Credential (Identity, (%cxml.authentication;)?)>
+<!--
+    @attr domain In what domain is this Credential represented?
+
+    @attr type Does this Credential identify a marketplace or one of its member
+        companies? A Credential without this attribute describes a member
+        company or unaffiliated buying organization.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Credential
+    domain  %string;      #REQUIRED
+    type    (marketplace) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Status of a Response or Message. If present, the element content
+    describes specifics of a problem.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Status (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+    @attr code HTTP or cXML-specific status code.
+
+    @attr text Textual version of the status code (not specific issue).
+
+    @attr xml:lang The language in which the text attribute and element content are
+		written. This attribute will be required in a future version of
+		cXML. (Leaving it out is deprecated.)
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Status
+    code     %uint;        #REQUIRED
+    text     %string;      #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang %xmlLangCode; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines a message.
+
+    When Status not present, '<Status code="200" text="OK" />' is implied.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Message (Status? %cxml.messages;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr inReplyTo Specifies to which Message this Message responds. The contents of the inReplyTo
+		attribute would be the payloadID of a Message that was received earlier. This would be used
+		to construct a two-way conversation with many messages.
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Message
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    inReplyTo       %string;  #IMPLIED
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Clients send requests for operations. Only one Request element is allowed for each cXML envelope element, which
+	simplifies the server implementations, because no de-multiplexing needs to occur when reading cXML documents.
+	The Request element can contain virtually any type of XML data.
+
+	The typical Request elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>OrderRequest</li>
+	<li>ProfileRequest</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>StatusUpdateRequest</li>
+	<li>GetPendingRequest</li>
+	<li>ConfirmationRequest</li>
+	<li>ShipNoticeRequest</li>
+	<li>ProviderSetupRequest</li>
+	<li>PaymentRemittanceRequest</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Request (%cxml.requests;)>
+<!--
+	@attr deploymentMode Indicates whether the request is a test request or a production request.
+		Allowed values are "production" (default) or "test".
+
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Request
+    deploymentMode  (production | test)  "production"
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Servers send responses to inform clients of the results of operations. Because the result of some requests
+	might not have any data, the Response element can optionally contain nothing but a Status element. A Response
+	element can also contain any application-level data. During PunchOut for example, the application-level
+	data is contained in a PunchOutSetupResponse element.
+
+	The typical Response elements are:
+	<ul>
+	<li>ProfileResponse</li>
+	<li>PunchOutSetupResponse</li>
+	<li>GetPendingResponse</li>
+	</ul>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Response (Status %cxml.responses;)>
+<!--
+	@attr Id This attribute can be used to call out an element and all its children as a target for
+		a digital signing.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Response
+    Id              ID        #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes signed cXML-specific details about the
+    document being signed. When a cXML document is signed, this
+    element must appear inside the first ds:Object element in the
+    ds:Signature element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT cXMLSignedInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr signatureVersion This specifies the cXML signature version to
+		which this document conforms. It is an error if this attribute value
+        does not exactly match the value of the signatureVersion
+        attribute from the top-level cXML element. It is an error if
+        the document does not conform to the specified cXML signature
+        version.
+
+    @attr payloadID Specifies the payloadID of the document. It is an error if
+        the value of this attribute does not exactly match the value
+        of the payloadID attribute from the top-level cXML element.
+
+    @attr Id This identifies this cXMLSignedInfo element for purposes of
+        the signature. This attribute must always be present and
+        should always have the value "cXMLSignedInfo".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST cXMLSignedInfo
+    signatureVersion    %cxml.signatureVersions;        #REQUIRED
+    payloadID           %string;                        #REQUIRED
+    Id                  ID                              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This element includes the contact information of the organisation
+    to/from whom the document is sent/received.
+
+    Routing element includes the document destination system name.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Correspondent (Contact+, Routing?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr preferredLanguage Optional language which the organization, identified
+		by this element, would prefer to use. Refer to the definition of
+        xmlLangCode entity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Correspondent
+    preferredLanguage     %xmlLangCode;        #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item as it needs to be for sending to a
+    supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteItemOut (ItemID?, ItemDetail, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Total?, TermsOfDelivery?, ReferenceDocumentInfo?, Contact*, Comments?, Alternative?, SupplierSelector?)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity How many items are desired. 
+
+    @attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in a QuoteRequest. Used to
+        maintain a reference between items in create and update documents.
+
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item's parent in a QuoteRequest. 
+		Used to maintain a hierarchical reference between items in documents.
+
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+
+    @attr agreementItemNumber The corresponding Item Number of the Item in the Master Agreement if this 
+		is a "release" order item.
+
+    @attr itemClassification The service item type. It could either be "material" or "service".
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard (default) - Standard service.</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteItemOut
+    quantity               %r8;      #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;    #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType; #IMPLIED
+	itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED   
+	serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of quote items associated with the header.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteHeaderInfo (LegalEntity?, OrganizationalUnit*, PaymentTerms*, FollowUpDocument?, DocumentReference?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a line item in a quote.
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteItemIn (ItemID?, ItemDetail, ShipTo?, Shipping?,
+                   Tax?, SpendDetail?, Total?, TermsOfDelivery?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Contact*, Comments?, Alternative?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Supplier action type.
+	
+    @attr quantity How many items are quoted.
+	
+    @attr lineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item in a QuoteRequest. Used to maintain a 
+		reference between items in create and update documents. 
+	
+	@attr parentLineNumber Position (counting from 1) of this item's parent in a QuoteRequest. Used to
+        maintain a hierarchical reference between items in documents.
+		
+    @attr requestedDeliveryDate The date this item was requested for delivery.
+	
+    @attr rank The rank of the bid.
+	
+    @attr itemClassification The service item type. It could either be "material" or "service".
+	
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard - Standard service (default).</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteItemIn
+    type  (accept | reject | update | final | award) #REQUIRED
+    quantity               %r8;      #REQUIRED
+    lineNumber             %uint;    #IMPLIED
+	parentLineNumber       %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    requestedDeliveryDate  %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    rank                   %r8;      #IMPLIED
+    itemClassification     %serviceItemType; #IMPLIED
+	itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED   
+	serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Header of an QuoteMessage. This is the quote data that is sent to the buyer. 
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteMessageHeader (OrganizationID, Total, ShipTo?, Contact*, QuoteRequestReference?, Comments?, QuoteHeaderInfo?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Supplier action type (enumeration).
+    
+	@attr quoteID Unique identifier for a quote. 
+    
+	@attr quoteDate The date when the quote is submitted.
+	
+	@attr currency Currency for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage. Must be a three-letter ISO currency code.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteMessageHeader
+    type  (accept | reject | update | final | award)	#REQUIRED
+    quoteID    %string;          #REQUIRED
+    quoteDate  %datetime.tz;     #REQUIRED
+    currency  %isoCurrencyCode;	 #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;      #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Reference to a quote request originated in the external system. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequestReference (DocumentReference?)>
+<!--
+	@attr requestID Unique internal number from the buyer’s system for the request for quotations.
+	
+	@attr requestDate The date and time of the quoteRequest document.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteRequestReference
+    requestID		%number;		#REQUIRED
+    requestDate	%datetime.tz;	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Definition for a quote. This is the data that is sent to the buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteMessage (QuoteMessageHeader, QuoteItemIn*)>
+
+<!-- QuoteRequest* Elements -->
+<!--
+    Definition of a request for quote. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them submit a quote.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequest (QuoteRequestHeader, QuoteItemOut*)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a QuoteRequest. This is the data that is sent to the supplier
+    to have them submit a quote. 
+	
+	Total: The total amount of this QuoteRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QuoteRequestHeader (Name?, SupplierSelector?, Total?, Description?, ShipTo?, Contact*, Comments?, QuoteHeaderInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The buyer system ID for this request. This is an internal
+        Buyer unique number.
+
+    @attr requestDate The date and time the QuoteRequest request was created.
+
+    @attr type The type of the QuoteRequest request. Defaults to "new".
+
+    @attr openDate The date when a QuoteRequest is open for supplier responses.
+	
+    @attr closeDate The date when a QuoteRequest is closed for supplier responses.
+	
+    @attr previewDate The date when a QuoteRequest is viewable by suppliers.
+	
+	@attr templateName The template used by the sourcing application. The template can outline the terms 
+		and conditions regarding the details for a request for quotation sent between the buyer and 
+		sourcing application.
+		
+	@attr currency Currency for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage. Must be a three-letter ISO currency code.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language for the QuoteRequest and QuoteMessage.
+
+    @attr quoteReceivingPreference Used by the buyer system to identify the preference for
+        receiving QuoteMessage back from the sourcing system. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+		<li>winningOnly - should result in only the winning supplier quotes being sent to the buyer.</li>
+		<li>finalBidsFromAll - should result in  quotes from suppliers being sent after event closes.</li>
+		<li>all - quotes are sent to the buyer system as soon as supplier submits the bid. It does not wait 
+			for event closing.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QuoteRequestHeader
+    requestID    %string;        #REQUIRED
+    requestDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+    type       (new | update | delete)  "new"
+    openDate  %datetime.tz;      #REQUIRED
+    closeDate %datetime.tz;      #REQUIRED
+    previewDate %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    templateName %string;        #IMPLIED
+    currency  %isoCurrencyCode;  #REQUIRED
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;      #REQUIRED
+    quoteReceivingPreference   (winningOnly | finalBidsFromAll | all)   #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the way suppliers are selected for responding to RFQ.
+
+    The field is optional. Administrator can configure the default matching type for a given category 
+	of commodity. Hence, If no value is provided here, the matching type will be picked up from 
+	administrator's configuration. If the value is provided here, then administrator configuration 
+	will be ignored. To know more talk to your administrator.
+
+    OrganizationID is used to select explicit suppliers to be invited for bidding.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierSelector (SupplierInvitation*)>
+<!--
+    @attr matchingType Specifies how suppliers are invited for a quoteRequest. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>invitationOnly - Only invited suppliers. Suppliers that can join the event are specified in the 
+			OrganizationID element.</li>
+		<li>approvedVendorOnly - Suppliers from the approved supplier list. However, the sourcing application 
+			may filter the suppliers that can bid based on the commodity and territory matching rules.</li>
+		<li>public - Any public supplier. The supplier can also exist in the approved supplier list. However, 
+			the sourcing application may filter the suppliers that can bid based on the commodity and 
+			territory matching rules.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierSelector
+    matchingType (invitationOnly|approvedVendorOnly|public) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Represents explicit invitation for a supplier.
+
+	Correspondent is used to supplier's contact information from ERP to network or sourcing system. 
+	If the supplier does not already exists in the receiving system this information can be used 
+	to create the supplier and contact the supplier.
+
+	OrganizationID will have credential information that can uniquely identify the supplier in the ERP.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierInvitation (OrganizationID, Correspondent?, MasterAgreementIDInfo?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr supplierStatus Status of supplier in the buyer's system. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>approved (default) - The supplier exists in the buyer's system and is approved by the buyer.</li>
+		<li>contracted - The supplier is an approved supplier in the buyer's system and has an associated 
+			master agreement of a contract. The buyer can specify the MasterAgreementIDInfo.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierInvitation
+    supplierStatus       (approved | contracted )  "approved"
+>
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Contract.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Definition of a contract. This is the data that is sent from the Buyer to an external buyer system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractRequest (ContractRequestHeader, ContractItemIn+)>
+
+<!--
+    Header of a Contract. This is the header level information in the Contract.
+
+    LegalEntity: Legal entity defined in the external system. Smallest organizational unit of external accounting for which a complete,
+        self-contained set of accounts can be created. This includes the entry of all transactions that must be posted and
+        the creation of all items for legal individual financial statements, such as the balance sheet and the profit and loss statement.
+        For example, Company Code for SAP.
+
+    OrganizationalUnit: Purchase Unit or Purchase group defined in the external system.
+        Purchase Unit is an organizational unit within Logistics. Almost all business transactions related to
+        procurement are carried out in a purchase unit.
+        A purchasing group corresponds to a buyer or group of buyers who perform the following
+        purchasing activities:
+		<ul>
+		<li>Procuring certain articles or merchandise categories</li>
+		<li>Acting as the contact for vendors</li>
+		</ul>
+        For example, Purchasing Organization or Purchasing Group.
+			%
+            <OrganizationalUnit domain="PurchasingOrganization">
+                 1001
+            </OrganizationalUnit>
+            <OrganizationalUnit domain="PurchasingGroup">
+                 10101
+            </OrganizationalUnit>
+			%
+    DocumentInfo: Contract Id managed in the external system. This would be sent for "update" operation.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <DocumentInfo documentID="55000000" documentType="Contract"/>
+		%
+
+    ParentContractInfo: Parent contract Id if the current contract is a part of an hierarchy.
+
+    FollowUpDocument: This would give a hint to the ERP system that the next step should be to create "value" Contract or "quantity" contract etc.
+        Example 1: 
+		%
+		<FollowUpDocument type="value" category="Contract"/>
+		%
+        Example 2: 
+		%
+		<FollowUpDocument type="LP" category="Scheduling Agreement"/>
+		%
+
+    QuoteRequestReference: If the contract is referencing to QuoteRequest originated from the external system, send requestId and requestDate.
+
+    TermsOfDelivery: Optional shipping terms (incoTerms) as defined by the International Chamber of
+        Commerce. These terms inform the buyer which portion of the shipping charges are their responsibility.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <TermsOfDelivery>
+            <TermsOfDeliveryCode value="TransportCondition"/>
+            <ShippingPaymentMethod value ="Other"/>
+            <TransportTerms value="FOB">Free on board vessel</TransportTerms>
+        </TermsOfDelivery>
+		%
+
+    SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+
+    Note: Use "Contact" element to supply any additional Address or Location information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT  ContractRequestHeader (LegalEntity, OrganizationID, OrganizationalUnit*, PaymentTerm*,
+        QuoteRequestReference?, MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?,
+        Contact*, Comments?, DocumentInfo?, ParentContractInfo?, FollowUpDocument?, TermsOfDelivery?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr contractID The source buyer system contractID for this request.
+        For example, Contract ID in the sourcing system.
+
+    @attr type Identifies if this is a Value based contract or quantity based Contract.
+
+    @attr createDate The date and time the contract was created/published.
+
+    @attr agreementDate The date and time the contract was created.
+        This is different from the effective and expiry date of the Contract.
+
+    @attr effectiveDate Date the contract is available for ordering/releases.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date the contract is no longer available.
+	
+	@attr xml:lang The language or locale in which the ContractRequest content is written.
+
+    @attr operation The operational mode of the ContractRequest. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - operation identifies a new Contract transaction.</li>
+		<li>update - operation identified an update to an existing transaction.
+			the DocumentInfo attribute can be used to indicate the Document information
+			in the external system.</li>
+        <li>delete - operation will be used to cancel an existing Contract, the
+			assumption here is that the delete request will be an exact replica of the
+			original request.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractRequestHeader
+        contractID     %string;            #REQUIRED
+        type       (value | quantity)      "value"
+        createDate     %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        agreementDate  %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        effectiveDate  %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+        expirationDate %datetime.tz;       #IMPLIED
+        xml:lang       %xmlLangCode;       #REQUIRED
+        operation  (new | update | delete) "new"
+        >
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a contract line item to be sent to external system.
+
+    TermsOfDelivery: Optional item level incoTerms.
+
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Optional reference document info for this line item.
+        For example, Requisition or RFQ in the external system.
+		%
+        <ReferenceDocumentInfo lineNumber = "1">
+            <DocumentInfo documentID = "RFQ12345"
+                          documentType = "RFQ"
+                          documentDate = "2005-11-07T07:03:34-05:00">
+            </DocumentInfo>
+        </ReferenceDocumentInfo>
+		%
+        The lineNumber attribute in the <ItemIn> will be used to specify the corresponding
+        lineNumber on the contract in the source buyer system.
+        At an implementation, level checks should be made to validate this.
+
+        itemClassification attribute in the <ItemIn> will be used to specify whether the current line item is material or service.
+
+        The external system Id of PaymentTerm can be sent as an extrinsic inside of <PaymentTerm>
+        For example,
+		%
+        <PaymentTerm payInNumberOfDays="30">
+			<Extrinsic name="Id">Net30</Extrinsic>
+        </PaymentTerm>
+		%
+        Address in ShipTo will be used specify Location (Plant or StorageLocation for SAP) of the line item.
+        For example,
+		% 
+        <ShipTo>
+			<Address
+				addressID="3000"
+				addressIDDomain="buyerLocationID"
+				isoCountryCode="US">
+				<Name xml:lang="en">Plant 3000</Name>
+			</Address>
+        </ShipTo>
+		%
+
+        <IdReference> in <ItemID> will be used to send the corresponding line number of the
+        contract in the external system. For example, domain = "SAPLineNumber", identifier="0100"
+
+        The quantity attribute in the ItemIn tag should be set to target quantity. If the line item is amount based,
+        it could be set to one.
+
+        The UnitsOfMeasure of Min/MaxQuantity and Min/MaxReleaseQuantity is same as the one in ItemDetail.
+
+        The MaxReleaseAmount/Quantity and MinReleaseAmount/Quantity at an item level
+        indicate the item level amounts and quantities per release (purchase order).
+
+        <Modifications> in <UnitPrice> will be used to send Discount amount/percent, Surcharges, Tax, etc.
+        For example,
+		%
+        <UnitPrice>
+            <Money currency="USD">1000.00</Money>
+            <Modifications>
+                 <Modification>
+                     <AdditionalDeduction type="DISCOUNT">
+                         <DeductionAmount>
+                             <Money currency="USD">10.00</Money>
+                         </DeductionAmount>
+                     </AdditionalDeduction>
+                 </Modification>
+            </Modifications>
+        </UnitPrice>
+		%
+        The Alternative at an item level indicates if this is a service line, if there are any alternatives for 
+		this line. Alternative line in contracts is used in case of customer doing negotiation to get pricing on 
+		alternate lines with a supplier. 
+
+        SupplierProductionFacilityRelations: Defines the relationships that exist between suppliers' production 
+        facilities and their production facility roles.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItemIn (MaxAmount?, MinAmount?, MaxReleaseAmount?, MinReleaseAmount?,
+        MaxQuantity?, MinQuantity?, MaxReleaseQuantity?, MinReleaseQuantity?,
+        TermsOfDelivery?, ItemIn, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Alternative?, SupplierProductionFacilityRelations?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Represents the state of the Contract line item that is being sent to the external system. 
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - Represents new contract line item sent to External system.</li>
+		<li>update - Represents update to an existing contract line item.</li>
+		<li>delete - Represents instruction to delete this contract line item in external system.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+	@attr itemType Specifies the type of item. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>composite - Identifies an item group.</li>
+		<li>item - Identifies an independent line item.</li>
+		<li>lean - Indicates that no child item is expected for the line.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr serviceLineType Represents the type of the service line. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>standard - Standard service (default).</li>
+		<li>blanket - Blanket service for which you don't specify a quantity. It is settled as a lump sum.</li>
+		<li>contingency - A service that is not absolutely necessary to perform the order.</li>
+		<li>openquantity - A service for which the sold-to party requires that the bidder offer the quantity 
+			for a specific partial service.</li>
+		<li>information - The line type does not describe a service and is for information purposes only.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractItemIn
+        operation  (new | update | delete) #IMPLIED
+        itemType       %lineItemType;    #IMPLIED
+ 		serviceLineType     %serviceLineType; #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Identifies Parent contract Id if the current contract is a part of an hierarchy.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ParentContractInfo (DocumentInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a contract status including line items.
+
+    Status: The status whether a contract is created/updated successfully. It contains code and text.
+        code: 200 - succeeded, 406 - failed. For example,
+		%
+        <Status xml:lang="en-US" code="200" text="OK">Succeeded</Status>
+        <Status code="406" text="Not Acceptable">Failed. Invalid Plant 1234.</Status>
+		%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractStatusUpdateRequest (Status, ContractStatus?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Status update for Contract Status.
+
+    ContractIDInfo: The ID info of a contract created/updated in the source buyer system.
+        For example, Contract Id in the sourcing system.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with the status update.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractStatus (ContractIDInfo, ContractItemStatus*, Comments*)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of the contract status, for example, "created".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractStatus
+        type              %string;               #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Defines the ID of a contract known to the source buyer system.
+
+    IdReference: Additional reference ID for Contract. For example, SAP AgreementId.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractIDInfo (IdReference*)>
+<!--
+    @attr contractID The ID of a contract known to the source buyer system.
+
+    @attr contractDate The date and time the contract request was created or updated.
+
+    @attr contractType The type of the contract being referenced, for example, Scheduling Agreement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ContractIDInfo
+        contractID        %string;               #REQUIRED
+        contractDate      %datetime.tz;          #IMPLIED
+        contractType      (scheduling_agreement) #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+  The representation of a line item in a contract status update request.
+
+  Note: "type" attribute in <ItemStatus> specifies which kind of status that item should have. For example "created"
+     "lineNumber" attribute in <ItemInfo> specifies the line number of current line item in the source buyer system.
+     For example, item number in a sourcing contract.
+
+  IdReference: The reference to a line item of the contract in the external system.
+      For example, domain = "SAPLineNumber", identifier="0100"
+
+  Comments: May be used to have a more user readable description of the code
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItemStatus (ItemStatus, IdReference?, Comments*)>
+
+
+
+<!--
+    Use of the Contract element is deprecated
+
+    A  mechanism for sending static contract pricing information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Contract (SupplierID+, Comments?, ItemSegment+)>
+<!--
+    @attr effectiveDate Date the contract is available for ordering/releases.
+
+    @attr expirationDate Date the contract is no longer available.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Contract
+        effectiveDate   %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+        expirationDate  %datetime.tz;  #REQUIRED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Use of the ItemSegment element is deprecated.
+
+    Defines an item segment for the index. An item segment is an
+    overlay for index items, allowing suppliers to override certain
+    item attributes on a per-contract basis.
+
+    Items may be segmented by some agreed-upon user-specific key that
+    is used to determine who is eligible for these particular overlaid
+    attributes (such as reduced or different prices). Omitting the
+    segmentKey indicates that the supplier wishes to set the given
+    contract price system wide (for all users).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ItemSegment (ContractItem+)>
+<!--
+    @attr segmentKey Optional agreed-upon string used to segment custom prices.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ItemSegment
+        segmentKey  %string;  #IMPLIED
+        >
+
+<!--
+    Use of the ContractItem element is deprecated.
+
+    A particular (custom) item overlay for a index item. The item is
+    referenced by the supplierPartID.
+
+    ItemID: ID for the part to be overlaid.
+	
+    UnitPrice: Contract price for item
+	
+    Extrinsic: Named overlay. The Extrinsic should be named with the
+		item field name it is to overlay. The Extrinsic must contain a
+		<value> element which supplies the replacement value for the item
+		field. For example:
+	%
+    <ContractItem>
+      <ItemID>
+           <SupplierPartID>123456</SupplierPartID>
+      </ItemID>
+      <Extrinsic name="URL">http://www.newaddress.com</Extrinsic>
+    </ContractItem>
+	%
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ContractItem (ItemID, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Index.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+     IndexItemAdd is the element used to insert an item in an index.
+
+     ItemID: Uniquely identifies the item.
+	 
+     ItemDetail: General information about the item.
+	 
+     IndexItemDetail: Index specific item detail.
+
+     Note: For historical reasons there is a LeadTime element in
+     both ItemDetail and IndexItemDetail. For interoperability, it is
+     recommended to specify the same value in both LeadTime elements.
+     If different values are specified in the different LeadTime
+     elements for the same IndexItemAdd, the meaning of this is
+     undefined.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IndexItemAdd (ItemID, ItemDetail, IndexItemDetail)>
+<!--
+     IndexItemDelete is the element used to remove an item from the
+     index.
+
+     ItemID: Uniquely identifies the item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IndexItemDelete (ItemID) >
+
+<!--
+     IndexItemPunchout is the element used to dynamically connect an
+     index item to the supplier's resource for that item.
+
+     ItemID: Uniquely identifies the item.
+	 
+     PunchoutDetail: Describes the item being accessed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IndexItemPunchout (ItemID, PunchoutDetail)>
+
+<!--
+     IndexItem is the general element for the list of items in an
+     index.
+
+     IndexItemAdd: Item(s) to be added to the index.
+	 
+     IndexItemDelete: Item(s) to be removed from the index.
+	 
+     IndexItemPunchout: PunchOut Item(s) to be added to the index.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IndexItem (IndexItemAdd+ | IndexItemDelete+ | IndexItemPunchout+)>
+
+<!--
+     PunchoutDetail is the description of an item which is referenced
+     in the index.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PunchoutDetail (Description+, URL, Classification+,
+                          UnitPrice?, UnitOfMeasure?, PriceBasisQuantity?,
+                          ManufacturerName?, ManufacturerPartID?,
+                          LeadTime?, ExpirationDate?, EffectiveDate?,
+                          SearchGroupData*, TerritoryAvailable*,
+                          Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+	@attr punchoutLevel Specifies how the procurement application should present the PunchOut item to users. 
+		This attribute can have the value store, aisle, shelf, or product.
+
+		Procurement applications might display these items differently, depending on how they are tagged by 
+		suppliers. For example, they might display store-level items differently than product-level items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PunchoutDetail
+    punchoutLevel (store | aisle | shelf | product) "store"
+>
+
+<!--
+     Index is the element used to update the list of goods and/or
+     services which are being handled by the system.
+
+     SupplierID: One or more identities by which this supplier is known. 
+	 
+	 Note: These are to be considered synonyms for the same Supplier.
+		
+     SearchGroup: Description(s) of parametric search(es) for this
+        index.  Use of the SearchGroup element is
+        deprecated.
+		
+     IndexItem: The list of items with which to modify the index.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Index (SupplierID+, Comments?, SearchGroup*, IndexItem+)>
+<!--
+     @attr loadmode The mode in which the Index is loaded, either Full
+		or Incremental. A full index load completely replace a previously 
+		loaded index. The recommended application default is incremental.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Index
+    loadmode (Full | Incremental) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+     Use of the SearchGroup element is deprecated. Parametric search
+     shapes should be defined using TypeDefinition and its child
+     elements.
+
+     SearchGroup is a grouping of attributes which constitute a search
+     which can be performed against an index.
+
+     Name: Name of the search.
+	 
+     SearchAttribute: List of searchable index fields.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SearchGroup (Name, SearchAttribute+)>
+
+<!--
+     DEPRECATED. Do not use. 
+	 
+	 Parametric search shapes should be defined using TypeDefinition and its
+     child elements.
+
+     An attribute that can searched parametrically.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SearchAttribute EMPTY>
+<!--
+     @attr name Name of the attribute.
+	 
+     @attr type The type of the attribute.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SearchAttribute
+    name  %string;  #REQUIRED
+    type  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+     ExpirationDate is the date and time after which the element is no longer
+     valid.  Must be specified in ISO 8601 format.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpirationDate (#PCDATA)>   <!-- datetime.tz -->
+<!--
+     EffectiveDate date and time at which the element becomes valid.
+     Must be specified in ISO 8601 format.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT EffectiveDate (#PCDATA)>    <!-- datetime.tz -->
+<!--
+     Contains various index specific elements that help to define an 
+	 index item.
+	 
+     LeadTime: Time in days to receive the item.
+	 
+     ExpirationDate: Expiration date and time for the item in this index.
+	 
+     EffectiveDate: Effective date and time for the item in this index.
+	 
+     SearchGroupData: Parametric search data.
+	 
+     TerritoryAvailable: Country codes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IndexItemDetail (LeadTime, ExpirationDate?, EffectiveDate?,
+                           SearchGroupData*, TerritoryAvailable*)>
+
+<!--
+     Specification of a territory (using ISO country and/or region codes)
+     in which the particular index item is available.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TerritoryAvailable (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+     SearchGroupData specifies the data which should be used to identify
+     this item in a search.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SearchGroupData (Name, SearchDataElement*)>
+
+<!--
+     SearchDataElement is a field and value which are used to provide the
+     parametric data to a search.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SearchDataElement EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr name Element to search.
+
+	@attr value Value to search.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SearchDataElement
+     name  %string; #REQUIRED
+     value %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/modules/Pending.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about these elements/entities, see the 
+    cXML Reference Guide and related documents.
+-->
+
+<!--
+    A request used for polling for waiting messages. A waiting message, if
+    any, will be included in the returned stream. The lastReceivedTimestamp
+    attribute, if present, provides the timestamp of the last received
+    message. When the Receiver sees this, it can remove messages with earlier
+    timestamps from the pending queue.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GetPendingRequest (MessageType+)>
+<!--
+	@attr maxMessages Maximum number of pending messages that can be included in the response.
+	
+	@attr lastReceivedTimestamp The timestamp of the most recent document received.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST GetPendingRequest
+    maxMessages            %uint;         #IMPLIED
+    lastReceivedTimestamp  %datetime.tz;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Indicates the type of message(s) being polled for. The valid values are
+    the corresponding element names, for example, SubscriptionChangeMessage.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MessageType (#PCDATA)> <!-- nmtoken -->
+
+
+<!--
+    The data elements being carried back in the response. These are fully
+    formed cXML messages being carried through the Request/Response channel.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT GetPendingResponse (cXML+)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Subscription.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Indicates that something changed in a buyer's content subscription.
+    Since this is a Message, it can come at any time. No explicit Request
+    needs to be sent first.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionChangeMessage (Subscription+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type The type of change message (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubscriptionChangeMessage
+    type  (new | update | delete)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    A content subscription.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Subscription (InternalID, SubscriptionVersion?, Name, Changetime, SupplierID+, Format?,
+                        Description?)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the date and time when any aspect of the subscription last changed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Changetime (#PCDATA)> <!-- datetime.tz -->
+<!--
+	Contains the format of the catalog.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Format (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr version The version of the catalog format.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST Format
+    version  %string;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Requests a complete list of catalog subscriptions for a buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionListRequest EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+    The list of Subscriptions for the given buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionListResponse (Subscription+)>
+
+<!--
+    Requests the contents of a catalog that the buyer is subscribed to.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionContentRequest (InternalID, SubscriptionVersion?, SupplierID+)>
+
+<!--
+    The data associated with a particular subscription.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionContentResponse (Subscription, SubscriptionContent+)>
+
+<!--
+    The actual content associated with a particular subscription.
+
+    Use of the Contract element is deprecated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionContent (CIFContent | Index | Contract)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr filename Filename for the subscription content.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubscriptionContent
+    filename  %string;  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contents of CIF file in base64 encoding.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CIFContent (#PCDATA)> <!-- bin.base64 -->
+
+<!--
+    Indicates that something has changed in the supplier data for a supplier 
+	the buyer has a relationship with. Since this is a message, no request 
+	needs to be sent to receive this message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierChangeMessage (Supplier+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type The type of change message.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SupplierChangeMessage
+    type  (new | update | delete)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Requests for a complete list of suppliers the buyer currently has
+    relationships with.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierListRequest EMPTY>
+
+<!--
+    The list of suppliers requested by SupplierListRequest.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierListResponse (Supplier+)>
+
+<!--
+    Requests for a data associated with a particular supplier identified by
+    SupplierID.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierDataRequest (SupplierID+)>
+
+<!--
+    The data associated with the desired supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierDataResponse (Supplier)>
+
+<!--
+	When a supplier edits a catalog, the network hub creates a new version of the catalog and assigns a 
+	version number. This version number is used with the InternalID in all messages sent from the buyer to the 
+	network hub. This is an optional attribute. When it is not defined, the network hub uses the last published 
+	version of the catalog as the InternalID.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionVersion EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr versionNumber The requested version number of the catalog to fetch. If versionNumber is not provided, 
+		the latest available version of the catalog is fetched.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubscriptionVersion
+    versionNumber   %uint;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Catalog subscription status from the buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionStatus (Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr status The status of the catalog.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubscriptionStatus
+      status    (received | validation_error | validated | approved | rejected | activated | deactivated | deleted | changed)  #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+	A request to update the subscription status of a Catalog. 
+
+	InternalID: ID of the catalog.
+	
+	SubscriptionVersion: Contains the version number of the catalog.
+
+	SubscriptionStatus: Contains the catalog subscription status from the buyer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubscriptionStatusUpdateRequest (InternalID, SubscriptionVersion?, SubscriptionStatus)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Provider.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    Provider* transaction is used to visually integrate an application with
+    a UI provided by a service provider.
+==== -->
+
+<!--
+     The originating application would provide the BrowserFormPost location
+     only if it wished the provider site to display a "Done" button or
+     would like information (at least Status) returned at the end of the
+     interactive session. Inclusion should lead to a ProviderDoneMessage
+     from the provider at the end of a session.
+
+     The originating application would provide the Followup location if it
+     wished the provider to provide information about later status changes
+     in the service (after the end of a particular Provider session). This
+     applies only when the initial status (transmitted via a
+     ProviderDoneMessage) was an interim value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProviderSetupRequest (OriginatorCookie,
+                                (BrowserFormPost, Followup?)?,
+                                SelectedService, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+     Notifies the originating application of the results of the request. 
+	 Start page information is included.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProviderSetupResponse (StartPage)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains any information the originating application must know about the 
+	completed operation at the provider site.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProviderDoneMessage (OriginatorCookie, ReturnData*)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/DataAvailable.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+
+<!--
+    Notifies any organization about waiting documents that can be retrieved using the data download transaction.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DataAvailableMessage (InternalID)>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/DataRequest.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+
+<!--
+    Contains a data request. After you obtain a DataAvailableMessage, use its internal 
+	ID value to download the waiting documents by sending a DataRequest document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DataRequest (InternalID)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the attachments if any for this response. Only a successful response to 
+	a download attempt would include this element
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DataResponse (Attachment+)>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/CatalogUpload.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Contain all the information related to the catalog upload, the same
+    functionality as the catalog upload provided by supplier.ariba.com
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CatalogUploadRequest (CatalogName, Description, Attachment,
+                                Commodities?, AutoPublish?, Notification)>
+<!--
+	@attr operation Specifies the type of upload to perform. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - Uploads a new catalog. A catalog with the same name must not exist.</li>
+		<li>update - Overwrites an exiting catalog. A catalog with the same name must exist.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CatalogUploadRequest
+    operation  (new | update)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    CatalogName is the name of the uploaded/published catalog. The
+    name is unique per supplier, and it can be defined in the
+    different languages
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CatalogName ( #PCDATA )> <!-- string -->
+<!--
+	@attr xml:lang Specifies the language or locale used for the catalog name.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CatalogName
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The list of the commodity codes.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Commodities (CommodityCode+)>
+
+<!--
+    The two-digit code
+-->
+<!ELEMENT CommodityCode ( #PCDATA )> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    AutoPublishAutoPublish automatically publishes the catalog to buyers after upload.
+	
+	You can automatically publish only if both of the following requirements are met:
+	<ol>
+	<li>A previous version of the catalog exists in your account and you are performing an update operation.</li>
+	<li>The previous version is in the "published" state. It must have been published private (with a list 
+		of buyers) or public.</li>
+	</ol>
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AutoPublish EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr enabled Specifies whether to automatically publish the catalog. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>true - Publishes the catalog. It must be an update to a previously published catalog.</li>
+		<li>false - Does not publish the catalog. You can log on to your account and manually publish the catalog.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AutoPublish
+    enabled       %string;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The information used by the network hub to send the notification (the
+    status of the catalog upload) to the suppliers.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Notification (Email?, URLPost?)>
+
+<!--
+    The URL to receive the StatusUpdateRequest, which describes the
+    status of the catalog upload, such as "success" (meaning the
+    catalog is validated or published) or "failed" (meaning the 
+	catalog has errors).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT URLPost EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr enabled Specifies whether the network sends catalog-status notifications through StatusUpdateRequest. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>true - Enables the feature.</li>
+		<li>false - Disables the feature.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST URLPost
+    enabled       %string;       #REQUIRED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    An AuthRequest is used when one party (the "receiver") receives
+    credentials from another party (the "principal") and the receiver
+    needs a trusted third party to validate the credentials.  The
+    receiver should enclose the credentials in an AuthRequest and send
+    them to the trusted third party for validation.
+
+    If the principal attempts to authenticate by revealing the shared
+    secret between itself and the trusted third party (not
+    recommended), the receiver should forward the credentials as they
+    were received, including the shared secret.
+
+    If the principal attempts to authenticate through a client
+    certificate (recommended), the receiver should forward the
+    credentials as well as an X509Data element containing an
+    X509IssuerSerial element describing the certificate used by the
+    principal (the receiver normally obtains this information from its
+    web server or SSL/TLS implementation).
+
+    If the supplied credential is invalid, the trusted third party
+    should respond with an empty cXML response of status 403
+    (Forbidden).  If the supplied credential is valid, the trusted
+    third party should respond with an AuthResponse that contains the
+    valid credentials.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AuthRequest (Credential+, X509Data?)>
+
+<!--
+    An X509Data element is constructed to describe an X.509 client
+    certificate being used for authentication. This element (and its
+    children) are derived from the XML Digital Signature standard 
+	(http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509Data ((X509IssuerSerial |
+                     X509SKI |
+                     X509SubjectName |
+                     X509Certificate)+ |
+                     X509CRL)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the serial number and issuer name
+    of the X.509 certificate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509IssuerSerial (X509IssuerName, X509SerialNumber) >
+
+<!--
+    Contains the distinguished name of the issuer of the
+    X.509 certificate. The distinguished name should be a string 
+    representation of an LDAP Distinguished Name, as described in RFC 
+    2253. For example,
+
+    C=US, O="John Doe Data Security, Inc.", OU=Secure Server
+    Certification Authority
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509IssuerName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains the distinguished name of the subject of the
+    X.509 certificate. This should be a string representation of an 
+    LDAP distinguished name, as described in RFC 2253.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509SubjectName (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains the serial number of the X.509 certificate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains the Subject Key Identifier of the X.509
+    certificate.
+ -->
+<!ELEMENT X509SKI (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains a Base 64-encoded X.509v3 certificate.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509Certificate (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    Contains a Base 64-encoded X.509v3 Certificate Revocation List.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT X509CRL (#PCDATA)> <!-- string -->
+
+<!--
+    This response returns a list of valid credentials of the person
+    entity in the AuthRequest. An AuthResponse is returned only for a
+    successful authentication. For failed authentications, an empty
+    response with status 403 (Forbidden) is returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AuthResponse (Credential)+>
+<!--
+	@attr expirationDate Specifies the time beyond which the information 
+		contained in the AuthResponse must be discarded. In other words, 
+		the inclusion of the expirationDate attribute specifies that the
+        receiver of the AuthResponse may cache the information therein
+        until the expirationDate.
+
+        If expirationDate is not specified, it is assumed that caching of 
+		AuthResponse information is not allowed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AuthResponse
+    expirationDate %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+>
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/Payment.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    This file contains all the payment related elements
+-->
+
+<!--
+    Defines different payment methods
+-->
+<!ENTITY % cxml.paymentMethod  "(ach | cash | check |
+                                creditCard | debitCard |
+                                draft | wire |
+                                other)">
+
+<!--
+    Defines a payment method
+
+    Description: The description of the payment method. Description is
+        mandatory if the type is set to "other". The ShortName
+		element in Description must indicate the name of the payment
+		method.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentMethod (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr type The payment method type. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>ach</li>
+		<li>cash</li>
+		<li>check</li>
+		<li>creditCard</li>
+		<li>debitCard</li>
+		<li>draft</li>
+		<li>wire</li>
+		<li>other</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentMethod
+    type %cxml.paymentMethod; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines payable information related to a invoice.
+
+    InvoiceReference: The reference to invoice being paid. Copied from the InvoiceDetailRequest message.
+
+    InvoiceIDInfo: The reference to invoice in the Supplier system being paid.
+
+    PayableOrderInfo: Supplementary information related to the invoice. For example,
+        if you are making a payment against a consolidated invoice,
+        you may also include associated order information.
+
+    PayableMasterAgreementInfo: Supplementary information related to the invoice. For example,
+        if you are making a payment against a Consolidated Invoice,
+        you may also include associated master agreement information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PayableInvoiceInfo ((InvoiceReference | InvoiceIDInfo),
+                              (PayableOrderInfo | PayableMasterAgreementInfo)?)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines payable information related to an order.
+
+    OrderReference: The reference to the order being paid.
+
+    OrderIDInfo: The buyer system order id of the order.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PayableOrderInfo (OrderReference | OrderIDInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines payable information related to a master agreement.
+
+    MasterAgreementReference: The reference to master agreement in the Buyer system being paid.
+        Copied from the InvoiceDetailRequest message.
+
+    MasterAgreementIDInfo: The reference to master agreement in the Buyer system being paid.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PayableMasterAgreementInfo (MasterAgreementReference | MasterAgreementIDInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines information related to a payable such as an invoice,
+    order, masteragreement, receipt, etc. More than one payable
+    information can be included.
+
+    PayableInvoiceInfo: The info about the invoice being paid.
+
+    PayableOrderInfo: The info about the order being paid.
+
+    PayableMasterAgreeementInfo: The info about the master agreement being paid.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PayableInfo ( PayableInvoiceInfo | PayableOrderInfo |
+                        PayableMasterAgreementInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the party involved in the payment, including Payer of this
+    payment (payer), Payee of this payment (payee),
+    Payer's bank (originatingBank), Payee's bank (receivingBank),
+    Payer's Correspondent Bank, Payee's Correspondent Bank, Intermediary Bank, and 
+	so on.
+
+    Contact: Contact information of the payment partner. Allowed contact
+        roles include payer, payee, originatingBank, receivingBank,
+        originatingCorrespondentBank, receivingCorrespondent, 
+        receivingCorrespondentBank, intermediaryBank, payeeContact, and 
+		remitTo.
+
+        Contact elements with role "payer" and "payee" are always
+        required. If the payment method indicates a bank transfer,
+        then Contact elements with role "originatingBank" and
+        "receivingBank" are required.
+
+        If the contact role is "remitTo", it would contain contact
+        information of the remittance address. For this role, the
+        IdReference and PCard elements may be absent.
+		
+		If the contact role is payee, the name under the contact is the supplier 
+		organization name. If the contact role is payeeContact, the name under 
+		the contact is the supplier contact name.
+
+    IdReference: Partner reference ID, including bank account identification,
+        bank identification, and optionally bank branch identification.
+
+        IdReference is mandatory for all transactions that involve
+        electronic payments. It is optional only for non-electronic
+        forms of payments, such as, "check", "draft", and so on.
+
+        The bank account identification is specified as follows:
+		<ul>
+            <li>bankAccountID - Domestic account number.</li>
+			<li>ibanID - IBAN ID (International Bank Account Number) as
+				specified in ISO 13616.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+        The bank identification is specified as follows:
+		<ul>
+            <li>abaRoutingNumber - ABA (American Banking Association) Routing Number).</li>
+            <li>swiftID - SWIFT ID (Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications).</li>
+            <li>chipsID - CHIPS ID (Clearing House Interbank Payment System).</li>
+            <li>isoBicID - ISO BIC ID (Bank Identifier Code) as specified in ISO 9362.
+				The Bank Identifier Code (BIC) is a universal method of identifying
+                financial institutions. The BIC consists of 8 or 11 characters, comprising a bank
+                code (4 characters), a country code (2 characters), a location code (2
+                characters) and an optional branch code (3 characters).</li>
+            <li>bankNationalID - If none of the above bank identification
+				methods are applicable, then use this to specify national clearing codes that are
+                specific to a country. This identification if used, should uniquely identify
+                the bank within the country specified in the Contact.</li>
+		</ul>
+	    
+        The bank branch identification, if necessary, is specified as follows:
+            <ul>
+			<li>bankBranchID - The bank branch ID.</li>
+			</ul>
+
+        The following table illustrates some valid combinations of
+        Contact and IdReference domains:
+		<table colsep="1" rowsep="1">
+			<thead>
+				<tr>
+					<th>Contact.role</th>
+					<th>IdReference.domain</th>
+				</tr>
+			</thead>
+			<tbody>
+				<tr>
+					<td>payer</td>
+					<td>bankAccountID, ibanID</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>payee</td>
+					<td>bankAccountID, ibanID</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>receivingCorrespondent</td>
+					<td>bankAccountId, swiftID</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>originatingBank</td>
+					<td>abaRoutingNumber, bankNationalID, isoBicID, swiftID, bankBranchID (optional)</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>receivingBank</td>
+					<td>abaRoutingNumber, bankNationalID, isoBicID, swiftID, bankBranchID (optional)</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>originatingCorrespondentBank</td>
+					<td>abaRoutingNumber, isoBicID, swiftID</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>receivingCorrespondentBank</td>
+					<td>abaRoutingNumber, isoBicID, swiftID</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td>intermediaryBank</td>
+					<td>abaRoutingNumber, isoBicID, swiftID</td>
+				</tr>
+			</tbody>
+		</table>
+
+	The IDReference can only appear for the Contact with payer role. This is used
+    when the payment is done through a PCard.
+
+    PCard: PCard information including PCard number, PCard expiration date,
+		PCard name.
+		
+	NatureOfBusiness: Specifies the sector or industry to which a company belongs. 
+		It describes what the company does. The data type is a string and can be 
+		any characters with max 255 characters.
+
+    AccountCurrency: Refers to the account currency for the current PaymentPartner
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentPartner (Contact, IdReference*, (PCard? | PaymentToken?)? , NatureOfBusiness?, IncorporationType?, AccountCurrency?)>
+
+<!-- 
+   The nature of business refers to the sector or industry to which a company belongs. 
+   It describes what the company does. The data type is string and can be any characters 
+   with max 255 characters.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NatureOfBusiness (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+   The IncorporationType refers to the company type. The data type is string and can be any
+   characters with max 255 characters.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IncorporationType (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+   Refers to the account currency for a PaymentPartner.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AccountCurrency EMPTY>
+
+<!-- 
+    @attr code Specifies a three-letter ISO 4217 currency code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AccountCurrency
+    code   %isoCurrencyCode;   #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/release/schema/1.2.63.1+/Modules/Organization.mod#1 $
+-->
+<!--
+     Defines a supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Organization (Name, Credential+, OrganizationRole*, Address, CorporateInformation?, TaxInformation?, RelationshipInformation?, Description*,  Person*, Industry*, Commodity*, Territory*, PaymentInformation*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!-- 
+    Requests profile information for suppliers with which the buyer has relationships.
+
+    The OrganizationID wrapper is used to distinguish between requests
+    about multiple organizations and requests including alias Credentials
+    for the same organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationDataRequest
+         (OrganizationID+)>
+
+<!--
+    Returns supplier profile information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationDataResponse (Organization+)>
+
+<!--
+	Used to push organization information to another system.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationChangeMessage (Organization+)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of organization change (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrganizationChangeMessage
+    type  (new | update | delete)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains corporate information for a supplier.
+-->	
+<!ELEMENT CorporateInformation (AnnualRevenue?, StateOfIncorporation?, OwnershipType*)>
+<!--
+	@attr yearFounded Year the supplier organization was founded.
+	
+	@attr numberOfEmployees Number of employees in the supplier organization.
+	
+	@attr organizationType Type of supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST CorporateInformation
+    yearFounded        %uint; #IMPLIED
+    numberOfEmployees  %uint; #IMPLIED
+    organizationType  NMTOKEN #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	State in which the supplier organization was incorporated.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StateOfIncorporation (State)>
+
+<!--
+	Annual revenue of the supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AnnualRevenue (MinAmount, MaxAmount?)>
+
+<!--
+	Ownership type of the supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OwnershipType (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr name Name of ownership type. For United States companies, can be either "minorityOwned", "womanOwned", 
+		"veteranOwned", "disabledVeteranOwned", or "vietnamVeteranOwned". The list is not enumerated since it can be 
+		different for different countries.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OwnershipType
+    name  NMTOKEN #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains associated tax information for an organization that can be
+    used for 1099 purposes.
+-->	
+<!ELEMENT TaxInformation (LegalName?, TaxID*)>
+<!--
+	@attr isExemptFromBackupWithholding Indicates whether the organization is exempt from backup withholding.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TaxInformation
+    isExemptFromBackupWithholding  (yes | no) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Legal name of the owner of the Social Security Number or Tax Identification Number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT LegalName (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr xml:lang Language or locale in which the LegalName is written. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST LegalName
+    xml:lang  %xmlLangCode;  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the Tax Identification Number (TIN) or Social Security Number.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TaxID (#PCDATA)>
+<!--
+	@attr domain Specifies the type of tax ID (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST  TaxID
+    domain  (usSSN | usTIN | stateTIN | regionalTIN | vatID)  #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains anything that is specific between the
+    requester and requestee.
+--> 
+<!ELEMENT RelationshipInformation (PaymentRelationshipInformation?)>
+		
+<!--
+	Contains payment information between requester and requestee. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentRelationshipInformation (PaymentProviderInformation+, Extrinsic*)>
+                      
+<!--
+	Contains information about the payment provider who is 
+    going to execute payment between the requester and the requestee. 
+    It has the ID of the payment provider payment service as well as 
+    the payment methods that the payment provider supports. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentProviderInformation (Description?, PaymentMethod+, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr paymentProviderID ID of the payment provider payment service.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentProviderInformation
+     paymentProviderID %string; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Associates a particular individual with the (many) roles they may
+    play on behalf of an organization.
+
+    Note: The Contact element in this context would not include a role
+    attribute since this does not describe a person acting in any particular
+    fashion.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Person (Contact, PersonRole+, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the possible values the Contact&#064;role attribute may take
+    when the associated Contact appears in a cXML Request (such as
+    ProviderSetupRequest).
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PersonRole EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr name Name of the role of a supplier user.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PersonRole
+    name NMTOKEN #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the industry to which a supplier organization belongs.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Industry (Classification)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the principle commodity of a supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Commodity (Classification)>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the territory of a supplier organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Territory (Classification)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains payment information for the organization.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentInformation (PaymentMethodRemittanceInformation+)>
+
+<!--
+	Contains payment remittance information for the organization, including payment methods and payment method partners.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentMethodRemittanceInformation (Contact, PaymentMethod*, PaymentMethodPartner*)>
+<!--
+	@attr isDefault Set to "yes" to indicate whether this is the default payment method remittance information.
+	
+	@attr preferredPaymentMethod Specifies the preferred payment method.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PaymentMethodRemittanceInformation
+    isDefault (yes) #IMPLIED
+    preferredPaymentMethod %cxml.paymentMethod; #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Includes the financial information of an organization into the 
+    PaymentMethodRemittance tag.
+
+	Also, for IdReference tag, we add a new domain receivingCorrspondent. This new role 
+    behaves as the payee for receiving correspondent bank. We need this new role because 
+    in the wire transfer case, the receiving party could have up to two banks: beneficiary 
+    and corresponding banks. Hence, payee role is needed to contain the information about 
+    beneficiary bank account and receivingBank role is needed to contain the information 
+    about the beneficiary bank. Similarly, for the receiving correspondent bank, we have the 
+    roles receivingCorresondent and receivingCorrespondentBank
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PaymentMethodPartner (PaymentMethod, PaymentPartner+) >
+
+ 
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/OrganizationID.mod#1 $
+-->
+<!--
+     The unique identification of the supplier. This element is used by 
+	 the buyer to specify suppliers that are invited for bidding.
+
+     Credentials listed here describe the same organization. May include
+     type="marketplace" Credential elements if that context is necessary.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationID (Credential+)>
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/OrganizationPrivate.mod#1 $
+-->
+
+
+<!--
+    Identifies one of the roles this (new) organization
+    is playing.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrganizationRole EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr name Name of the role played by the organization. Common values
+        include "supplier" and "buyer".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrganizationRole
+    name NMTOKEN #REQUIRED
+>
+<!-- 
+	Inventory that is in the possession of the customer, and is owned and managed by the customer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Inventory (SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity?, UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, 
+BlockedQuantity?, QualityInspectionQuantity?, PromotionQuantity?,
+StockInTransferQuantity?, IncrementQuantity?, RequiredMinimumQuantity?,
+RequiredMaximumQuantity?,
+StockOnHandQuantity?, WorkInProcessQuantity?, IntransitQuantity?, ScrapQuantity?,
+OrderQuantity?, DaysOfSupply?)>
+
+<!-- 
+	Consignment Inventory is inventory that is in the possession of the customer, but is still owned by the supplier.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConsignmentInventory (SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity?,
+UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, BlockedQuantity?, 
+QualityInspectionQuantity?, PromotionQuantity?, StockInTransferQuantity?, 
+IncrementQuantity?, RequiredMinimumQuantity?, RequiredMaximumQuantity?)>
+
+<!--
+	SubcontractingStockInTransfer is the transfer of stock to a vendor of type subcontracting using a special movement type. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items in transfer.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SubcontractingStockInTransferQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Unrestricted Stock is the physical stock that is always available at a plant/storage location that can be 
+	consumed for stock movements and available for Material requirements planning.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UnrestrictedUseQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of unrestricted stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST UnrestrictedUseQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Blocked stock is not counted as unrestricted stock .You can have Plant level configuration to consider 
+	the stock for MRP.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT BlockedQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of blocked stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST BlockedQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	QualityInspectionQuantity is the stock type where the received stock is under quality inspection.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items under quality inspection.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	PromotionQuanity is the stock quantity that is reserved for promotions.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PromotionQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items reserved for promotions.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PromotionQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+<!--
+	When there is a movement of stock between plant to plant, company code to company code then 
+	such movement of stock is called as Stock transfer.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StockInTransferQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items in transfer from plant to plant.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST StockInTransferQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!-- 
+	Quantity used to increment (add to) stock.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IncrementQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items to increment.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IncrementQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Minimum stock level above which the stock has to be maintained.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequiredMinimumQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of minimum stock items to maintain in inventory.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RequiredMinimumQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Maximum stock level above which the stock has to be maintained.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequiredMaximumQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of maximum stock items to maintain in inventory.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST RequiredMaximumQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	Forecast represents the forecast quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT Forecast (Period, ForecastQuantity, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)  >
+
+<!--
+	Forecast quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ForecastQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of forecast items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ForecastQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity withdrawn in a consignment movement.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MovementQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of stock items withdrawn in a consignment movement.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST MovementQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+    
+<!--
+	The minimum/maximum order quantity refers to the minimum/maximum quantity the customer must order. The trading 
+	partners are alerted if the order quantity is not within the required quantity range during order entry.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OrderQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+    @attr minimum Minimum order quantity.
+	
+    @attr maximum Maximum order quantity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OrderQuantity
+    minimum        %r8;    #IMPLIED
+    maximum        %r8;    #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	DaysOfSupply is used to determine for how long stocks and receipts will cover the requirements, to avoid 
+	product shortages or stock levels that are too high. Minimum and Maximum Days of Supply in days can be 
+	specified. The system then issues replenishment proposals when the days’ supply falls above or Below the 
+	threshold.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DaysOfSupply EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr minimum Minimum days of supply quantity.
+	
+    @attr maximum Maximum days of supply quantity.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DaysOfSupply
+    minimum        %r8;    #IMPLIED
+    maximum        %r8;    #IMPLIED >
+
+<!--
+	Represents the calculated value of different Stock types dependent on the customer, location, and material.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT StockOnHandQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items on hand depending on the customer, location, and material.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST StockOnHandQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+
+<!--
+	Work in progress (WIP), also called work in process, is inventory that has begun the manufacturing process and 
+	is no longer included in raw materials inventory, but is not yet a completed product. On a balance sheet, work 
+	in progress is considered to be an asset because money has been spent towards a completed product.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT WorkInProcessQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of work in progress stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST WorkInProcessQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+	The stock in transit is the quantity of a material that was withdrawn from the stock of the issuing plant 
+	but has not yet arrived at the receiving plant.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT IntransitQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items in transit.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST IntransitQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+	The quantity represents the Scrap of a material that is expected to occur during production if the material is a component.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ScrapQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of scrapped stock items.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ScrapQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+    
+<!--
+    TimeSeriesDetails carries product activity or product replenishment information regarding the quantity of a product for a specific time period.
+
+    Period: The start date and end date for the forecast response.
+
+    TimeSeriesQuantity: The generic quantity associated with the given type of inventory timeseries or replenishment timeseries.
+
+    TimeSeriesValue: The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used for non-numeric values like priority. 
+		It is tightly coupled with the keyfigure type specified in the enclosing TimeSeries Element. 
+
+    TimeSeriesAmount: The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any Amount or price based timeseries.
+
+    UpsideQuantity: The quantity of inventory that the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+		This quantity should only be specified when the type of ReplenishmentTimeSeries is forecastConrimation.
+
+    Note: Priority Element is removed and hence please use TimeSeriesValue going forward to map non-numeric values for TimeSeries
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesDetails (Period, (TimeSeriesQuantity| TimeSeriesValue | TimeSeriesAmount)?, UpsideQuantity?, IdReference*, Extrinsic*)>
+
+<!--
+    The generic quantity associated with the given type of inventory timeseries or replenishment timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items in the given timeseries.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeSeriesQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;    #REQUIRED>
+    
+<!--
+    The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any non-numeric values associated with timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesValue (Description?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used for non-numeric values like priority. 
+		It is tightly coupled with the keyfigure specified in the TimeSeries.type attribute.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeSeriesValue
+    value        %string;    #REQUIRED>
+
+<!--
+    The generic value associated with the timeseries. This can be used to hold any Amount or price based timeseries.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeriesAmount (Money)>
+
+<!--
+    The Forecast Upside quantity. The quantity of inventory that the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+    This quantity should only be specified when the type of ReplenishmentTimeSeries is forecastConrimation.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT UpsideQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)  >
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of stock items the supplier can provide above and beyond the request demand.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST UpsideQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #REQUIRED >
+
+<!--
+	Defines a quality notification for one or more defects associated with a line item on a purchase order or a ship 
+	notice. Buyers or suppliers can send a quality notification to each other. You use a code to classify each item 
+	according to the type of problem or defect. The details of the problem or defect can contain causes, tasks, 
+	activities, codes, code groups, and descriptions.
+	
+    Quality Notification Header: The quality notification header contains data that is relevant for the entire 
+		quality notification. This includes data about the partners, locations, reference documents, the subject, 
+		task, activity, affected product and quantity.
+
+    Defect items: A quality notification can contain one or more defect items. A defect item provides details 
+		about a specific problem or defect. You use a code to classify each item according to the type of problem or 
+		defect (codes).
+
+    Details of Defect Item: A defect item can contain causes, tasks, activities, including codes, code groups, 
+		and description.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequest (QualityNotificationRequestHeader, QualityNotificationRequestItem*)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains information about this quality notification that is common to all contained QualityNotificationRequestItem.
+    
+    DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier QualityNotificationRequest. If the attribute QualityNotificationRequestHeader&#064;operation 
+		is "update", the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the original QualityNotificationRequest document (with 
+		value "new" for its attribute QualityNotificationRequest&#064;operation) during the same notification process.
+    
+	QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or 
+		DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request. This is used in the case when quality inspection results 
+		are not met successfully and a Quality Notification is created with reference to the Quality Inspection Request.
+
+    QNCode: These codes define the quality notification in four domains:
+		<ul>
+        <li>"type" of quality notification without code group.</li>
+        <li>"subject" (category) group and code.</li>
+        <li>"reason" of this quality notification.</li>
+        <li>"revision" quality notification revision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    ShipTo, BillTo, Shipping: Optional. Addresses related to item if it is not related to referenced purchase order or ship notice.
+	
+    Contact: Related contacts like buyerParty, sellerParty, senderBusinessSystemID, senderParty, receipientParty or componentSupplier.
+	
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Priority: Priority for quality notification.
+	
+    RequestedProcessingPeriod: The time period during which the processing is required.
+	
+    MalfunctionPeriod: The time period during which item presented this defect.
+	
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Optional. Reference to purchase order or ship notice on which the quality notification is reported. 
+		Notifications are only addressed to a single item. It is possible send a Quality Notification without a referenced document in which case 
+		relevant information should be send in the other elements.
+	 
+    ItemInfo: To get the goods information.
+	
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    ComplainQuantity: Quantity that was complained.
+	
+    ReturnQuantity: Quantity that was returned.
+	
+    QualityNotificationTask: Structure to capture task detail at quality notification level: Task Number (Auto Generated 1 to n), 
+		Code Group (Task type), Code Group description, Task Code, Task Code Description, Description,  Comments for Task Section,
+		Status, start end datetime, Processor and Completion detail.
+	
+    QualityNotificationActivity: Structure to capture Activity detail at Quality Notification level: Activity Number, Code Group (Activity type)
+		Code Group description, Activity Code, Code Description, Description, Comments for activity Section,
+		Status, start end datetime.
+	
+    AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequestHeader (
+    DocumentReference?,
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference?,
+    QNCode*,
+    ShipTo?,
+    BillTo?,
+    Shipping?,
+    Contact*,
+    QNNotes+,
+    Priority,
+    RequestedProcessingPeriod?,
+    MalfunctionPeriod?,
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo?,
+    ItemInfo,
+    Batch?,
+    ComplainQuantity?,
+    ReturnQuantity?,
+    QualityNotificationTask*,
+    QualityNotificationActivity*,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID The network hub document number for the quality notification.
+	
+    @attr externalRequestID ERP document number for the quality notification.
+	
+    @attr requestDate Quality notification request date and time.
+	
+    @attr requestVersion Version number of this document if the current operation is "update".
+	
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>new - Creates a new quality notification.</li>
+		<li>update - Updates an existing quality notification. The DocumentReference element references 
+			the original quality notification.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr status Current status of the document. Possible values: draft, new (default), in-process, completed, 
+		postponed, canceled, and closed.
+		
+    @attr discoveryDate Date and time when the defect was discovered.
+	
+    @attr serialNumber Serial number of the defective goods.
+	
+    @attr returnDate Date on which the defective goods were returned.
+	
+    @attr returnAuthorizationNumber Return Authorization Number information for a line item.
+	
+    @attr itemCategory Set to "subcontract" if the defect originated with a subcontract supplier.
+	
+    @attr minimumRequiredTasks Number of minimum required tasks to close this quality notification. Evaluated only 
+		when the status is "closed".
+		
+    @attr minimumRequiredActivities Number of minimum required activities to close this quality notification. 
+		Evaluated only when the status is "closed".
+		
+    @attr minimumRequiredCauses Number of minimum required causes to complete a defect. Evaluated only when this 
+		attribute is not present at the defect level.	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationRequestHeader
+    requestID                 %string;              #REQUIRED
+    externalRequestID         %string;              #IMPLIED
+    requestDate               %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    requestVersion            %number;              #IMPLIED
+    operation                (new | update)         "new"
+    status                   (draft | new | in-process | completed | postponed | canceled | closed)  "new"
+    discoveryDate             %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    serialNumber              %string;              #IMPLIED
+    returnDate                %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+    returnAuthorizationNumber %string;              #IMPLIED
+    itemCategory             (subcontract)          #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredTasks	  %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredActivities %uint;                #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredCauses     %uint;                #IMPLIED  
+>
+
+<!--
+    Contains defect item detail for a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Code with domain "defect" represents the defect's category/subcategory.
+		Code with domain "defectLocation" represents the area where the defect occurs.
+    
+	OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this defect.
+    
+	Description: Explanatory text describing this defect.
+
+	QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Period: Start and end time period during which the processing of this defect is required.
+    
+	AdditionalQNInfo: Structure to add additional batch and part numbers to this defect.
+    
+	QualityNotificationTask: Tasks required to process this item.
+    
+	QualityNotificationActivity: Activities required to process this item.
+    
+	QualityNotificationCause: Causes of defects in this item.
+    
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this defect.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationRequestItem (
+    QNCode*,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    AdditionalQNInfo*,
+    QualityNotificationTask*, 
+    QualityNotificationActivity*, 
+    QualityNotificationCause*,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr defectId Number of the defect.
+
+    @attr defectCount Quantity of defects in this quality notification item.
+
+    @attr isCompleted Set to "yes" if all activities and tasks were completed.
+
+    @attr completedDate Date and time when quality notification item was completed.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredTasks Number of minimum required tasks to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the isCompleted is true.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredActivities Number of minimum required activities to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the 
+		isCompleted is true.
+
+    @attr minimumRequiredCauses Number of minimum required tasks to complete this defect. Evaluated only when the isCompleted is true.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationRequestItem
+    defectId                     %string;         #REQUIRED
+    defectCount                  %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    isCompleted                  (yes)            #IMPLIED
+    completedDate                %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredTasks	     %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredActivities    %uint;           #IMPLIED
+    minimumRequiredCauses        %uint;           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Provides additional information about a quality notification, such as part numbers (customer or supplier), batch information, or other information.
+
+    ItemID: Represents the supplier part number and customer part number. To provide a plant location description, the domain attribute of the 
+		element IdReference should be set to "buyerLocationID", "supplierLocationID" or "storageLocation" and the identifier to the plantID.
+
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this element.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AdditionalQNInfo (
+    ItemID?,
+    Batch?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr lineNumber Represents the AdditionalQNInfo line number.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AdditionalQNInfo
+    lineNumber              %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quality notification task.
+
+    QNCode: Codes for task with domain "task".
+
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this task.
+
+    Description: Explanatory text describing this task.
+
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+
+    Period: Planned start and end time period during which the processing of this task is required.
+
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this task.
+-->
+
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationTask (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr taskId Number of the task.
+	
+    @attr status Current state of execution of this task. "Close" status is the final step when a task 
+		is considered closed. 
+		
+    @attr completedDate Date time when task was completed.
+	
+    @attr completedBy User ID of the person who completed this task.
+	
+	@attr processorId The ID of the person or organization responsible for this task. In the case of a 
+		supplier, can be the user ID or the network hub ID.
+		
+    @attr processorName The name of the person or organization responsible for this task. In the case of a supplier, 
+		can be the user name or company name.
+		
+    @attr processorType Type of processor.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationTask
+    taskId               %string;         #REQUIRED
+    status               (new | in-process | complete | close)         "new"
+    completedDate        %datetime.tz;    #IMPLIED
+    completedBy          %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorId          %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorName        %string;         #IMPLIED
+    processorType        (customer | supplier | customerUser)  #IMPLIED
+>
+ 
+<!--
+    Quality notification activity.
+
+    QNCode: Codes for activities with domain "activity".
+	
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this activity.
+    
+	Description: Explanatory text describing this activity.
+
+	QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+    
+	Period: Start and end time period during which the processing of this activity is required.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this activity.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationActivity (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Period?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr activityId Number of the activity.
+	
+    @attr isCompleted Set to "yes" if the activity was completed.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationActivity
+    activityId         %string;        #REQUIRED
+    isCompleted        (yes)           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines the cause of a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Group and codes defining the type of cause.
+	
+    OwnerInfo: Contains information about the owner of this cause.
+	
+    Description: Explanatory text describing this cause.
+
+    QNNotes: Structure to define comments and attachments.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Additional information related to this cause.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityNotificationCause (
+    QNCode?,
+    OwnerInfo?,
+    Description?,
+    QNNotes*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr causeId Number of the cause.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityNotificationCause
+    causeId          %string;         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Support for quality notification codes and their descriptions in different domains.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QNCode EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr domain Domain in which this value has meaning. Recognized domains includes:
+		<ul>
+		<li>type - Quality notification type, does not have code group.</li>
+        <li>subject - Quality notification subject (category).</li>
+        <li>reason - Reason of defect.</li>
+        <li>task - Quality notification task.</li>
+        <li>activity - Quality notification activity.</li>
+        <li>defect - Quality notification defect.</li>
+        <li>defectLocation - Area where a quality notification defect occurs (used in 
+			QualityNotificationRequestItem only).</li>
+        <li>cause - Quality notification cause.</li>
+        <li>revision - Quality notification revision.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr codeGroup Name of the code group.
+	
+    @attr codeGroupDescription Description of the code group.
+	
+    @attr code Quality notification code.
+	
+    @attr codeDescription Description of the quality notification code.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QNCode
+    domain               %string;       #REQUIRED
+    codeGroup            %string;       #IMPLIED
+    codeGroupDescription %string;       #IMPLIED
+    code                 %string;       #REQUIRED
+    codeDescription      %string;       #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Defines subject code, description, and attachments of a quality notification.
+
+    QNCode: Code identifying the type message. Its domain is “subject”.
+	
+    Description: Detail of the subject.
+	
+    Attachment: Attached files to this message.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QNNotes (QNCode?, Description, Attachment*)>
+<!--
+    @attr user User name or user ID of the person who created the message.
+	
+    @attr createDate Timestamp of the message.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QNNotes
+    user        %string;        #REQUIRED
+    createDate  %datetime.tz;   #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Quantity that was subject to complaints.
+
+    UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure defined in cXML.dtd.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComplainQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Number of items subject to complaints.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComplainQuantity
+    quantity    %r8;        #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    The time period during which the processing of this defect was required.
+
+    Period: Start and end date time
+-->
+<!ELEMENT RequestedProcessingPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--  
+    The time period during which item presented this defect.
+
+    Period: Start and end date time.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MalfunctionPeriod (Period)>
+
+<!--  
+    Describes the owner information of a defect, task, cause, or activity.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OwnerInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr owner Owner of the element. This attribute should contain the userId
+
+    @attr role Role of the owner. Possible values are customer or supplier.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST OwnerInfo
+    owner   %string;                #REQUIRED
+    role    (customer | supplier)   #REQUIRED 
+>
+
+<!--
+    Request to examine a specific quantity of materials at a plant.
+
+    QualityInspectionRequestHeader: Contains data that is relevant for the entire quality inspection. This 
+	includes data about the partners, locations, reference documents, and item information.
+	
+    QualityInspectionRequestDetail: Detail about quality inspection request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequest (QualityInspectionRequestHeader, QualityInspectionRequestDetail)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains common information about the quality inspection request.
+    
+    DocumentReference: Reference to an earlier QualityInspectionRequest. If the attribute QualityInspectionRequestHeader&#064;operation is "update", 
+		the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the original QualityInspectionRequest document (with value "new" for 
+		its attribute QualityInspectionRequest&#064;operation) during the same quality inspection process.
+	
+		If the attribute QualityInspectionRequestHeader&#064;operation is "delete", the DocumentReference is required and it must reference the 
+		original QualityInspectionRequest document (with value "new" or "update" for its attribute QualityInspectionRequest@operation) during 
+		the same quality inspection process.
+	
+    IdReference: This is the inspection type, composed by code and description.
+		Use IdReference element with domain "inspectionType". 
+
+    ShipTo, BillTo: Optional addresses related to item if it is not related to referenced PO or GRN.
+	
+    Contact: Related contacts like buyerParty, sellerParty, senderBusinessSystemID, senderParty, receipientParty or componentSupplier.
+
+    Period: Start and end date of the quality inspection request.
+	
+    Priority: Priority for Quality Inspection.
+	
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Reference to Purchase Order or Good Receipt on which the quality inspection request is reported. Quality Inspection 
+		request is only addressed to a single item. 
+
+    ItemInfo: To get the good information. Lot quantity for inspection is handled in quantity attribute.
+		Use UnitOfMeasure element for the UOM of lot quantity, samples.
+
+    SampleDefinition: This element contains the sample size, only use sampleSize at header level.
+
+    Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+	
+    QualityInfo: The representation of the quality information of a line item.
+
+    AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the complaint items.
+
+    Comments: Comments associated with Quality Inspection Request. 
+
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to Quality Inspection Request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestHeader (
+    DocumentReference?,
+    IdReference,
+    ShipTo?,
+    BillTo?,
+    Contact*,
+    Period?,
+    Priority?,
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo?,
+    ItemInfo,
+    SampleDefinition?,
+    Batch?,
+    QualityInfo?,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Comments?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr requestID Network hub document number for the quality inspection request.
+
+    @attr requestDate Quality inspection request date and time.
+
+    @attr operation Operation to be performed. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new (default) - Creates a new quality inspection request.</li>
+        <li>update - Updates an existing quality inspection request.</li> 
+        <li>delete - Cancels an existing quality inspection request.</li>
+		</ul>
+        For update and delete operations, the DocumentReference element should indicate the original quality inspection request.
+		
+    @attr version Version number of this document if the current operation is update. The version of a new 
+		QualityInspectionRequest is 1. An update would increment the version to 2, 3, 4, and so on.
+	
+    @attr createdBy User who created the quality inspection request.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionRequestHeader
+    requestID               %string;            #REQUIRED
+    requestDate             %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    operation               (new | update | delete)      "new"
+    version                 %uint;              #IMPLIED
+    createdBy               %string;            #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Details about a quality inspection request.
+
+    QualityInspectionCharacteristic: Represents an inspection characteristic that describes what should be inspected.
+		A quality inspection request can contain one or more characteristics.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionRequestDetail (QualityInspectionCharacteristic+)>
+
+<!--  
+    Represents an inspection characteristic that describes what should be inspected.
+
+    Description: Quality Inspection Request description.
+	
+    IdReference: Describes the code and description of the buyer characteristic, supplier characteristic, inspection 
+		method and additional information.
+        For customer characteristic, the domain is "buyerInspectionCode".
+        For supplier characteristic, the domain is "supplierInspectionCode".
+        For inspection method, the domain is "inspectionMethod". 
+        For additional information, the domain is "additionalInfo".
+			
+    AllowedValues: Allowed values during the valuation.
+	
+    ExpectedResult: Expected result for this characteristic.        
+        This element is necessary because is used in UI to calculate the conformance and non-conformance samples by characteristic.
+		
+    SampleDefinition: This element contains the sample size and sample type.
+	
+    Comments: Additional text.
+	
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to this document.     
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionCharacteristic (
+    Description?,
+    IdReference*,
+    AllowedValues,
+    ExpectedResult?,
+    SampleDefinition?,
+    Comments?,
+    Extrinsic*
+    )>
+<!--
+    @attr characteristicID Number of the characteristic. The combination of this attribute with operationNumber should be unique.
+
+    @attr operationNumber Inspection operation. The combination of this attribute with characteristicID should be unique.
+
+    @attr workCenter Work center number.
+
+    @attr procedure A text value that specifies how the sample size is calculated and how the inspection characteristic is assigned values. 
+
+    @attr isLocked Set to "yes" to indicate that a characteristic is locked and no further valuations are allowed.
+
+    @attr allowDefectRecording Set to "yes" to indicate that defect recording is allowed. If an inspection characteristic is rejected 
+		during results recording, the function for recording defects for a characteristic is automatically invoked.
+
+    @attr characteristicType A buyer uses inspection characteristics to describe the inspection criteria for materials, parts, and 
+		products. This allows the buyer to plan inspections systematically, uniformly, and economically. An inspection request can 
+		contain different types of characteristics, some required, optional, or conditional. Specify one of the following values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>required - The inspection of this characteristic is required to create an inspection decision.</li>
+		<li>optional - The inspection of this characteristic is not required to create an inspection decision.</li>
+		<li>afterAccept - This conditional inspection characteristic must be inspected if the previous required characteristic was accepted.</li>
+		<li>afterRejection - This conditional inspection characteristic must be inspected if the previous required characteristic was rejected.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr isQuantitative Set to "yes" if this characteristic uses a numerical measurement. Otherwise, the characteristic uses a non-numerical, 
+		qualitative measurement.
+
+    @attr recordingType Indicates how the valuation will be sent for this characteristic: 
+        <ul>
+		<li>singleResult - Single values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		<li>summarizedRecording - Summarized values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		<li>noCharacteristicRecording - No characteristic record.</li>
+		<li>classedRecording - Classed values for each inspection characteristic.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+    @attr expirationDate Expiration date of the characteristic.
+
+    @attr inspectionPoint Inspection point types for equipment, functional locations, physical samples, or production. These inspection 
+		point types can be assigned individually in the user specifications, if required.
+
+    @attr version Version of characteristic. If any of the attributes change for the characteristic, the ERP generates another version for it.
+
+    @attr isAdHoc Indicates whether the characteristic does not exist in the reference document and is an additional valuation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionCharacteristic
+    characteristicID         %string;          #REQUIRED
+    operationNumber          %uint;            #REQUIRED   
+    workCenter               %string;          #IMPLIED   
+    procedure                %string;          #IMPLIED   
+    isLocked                 (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    allowDefectRecording     (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    characteristicType       (required | optional | afterAccept | afterRejection)      #IMPLIED  
+    isQuantitative           (yes)             #IMPLIED
+    recordingType            (summarizedRecording | singleResult | noCharacteristicRecording | classedRecording)  #IMPLIED    
+    expirationDate           %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED 
+    inspectionPoint          %string;          #IMPLIED
+    version                  %number;          #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                  (yes)             #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Sample definition.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SampleDefinition EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr sampleSize Number of the samples required.
+
+    @attr sampleType Sample type. Possible values are:
+		<ul>
+        <li>samplingProcedure - A sampling procedure must be assigned when the master inspection characteristic is used in the 
+			task list or in the material specification (optional for an inspection with a material specification).</li>
+        <li>additiveSample - When samples are calculated, the size of the partial sample is increased by the quantity that is 
+			required for the inspection of this characteristic.</li>
+        <li>destructiveSample - The sample should be destroyed after inspection. This means that it is no longer available. 
+			This quantity is used in the usage decision as the proposed quantity for the posting to sample.</li>
+        <li>spcCharacteristic - A statistical process control chart should be run.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SampleDefinition 
+    sampleSize               %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    sampleType               (samplingProcedure | additiveSample | destructiveSample | spcCharacteristic) #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Allowed values during the valuation.
+
+    PropertyValue: List of available values. This is mandatory when "choice" is selected for type attribute.
+		This element is used also to provide the unit of measure of the allowed values by characteristic using 
+		PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AllowedValues (PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr type Type of allowed values. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>numeric - Only numeric values are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		<li>decision - Only "Accept" and "Reject" values are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		<li>choice - The provided values in "PropertyValue" element are allowed during the valuation.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AllowedValues     
+    type         (numeric | decision | choice)      #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Expected result for a measurement.
+
+    MinimumLimit: Minimum acceptable value.
+	
+    MaximumLimit: Maximum acceptable value.
+	
+    PropertyValue: This is used to send the expected result for qualitative valuation.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ExpectedResult (
+    MinimumLimit?,
+    MaximumLimit?,
+    PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr targetValue Target value for the measurement.
+	
+    @attr valuePrecision Integer specifying the number of decimal places to include in the result.
+	
+    @attr qualitativeValue A non-numerical value (a string) to send the expected result for qualitative valuation.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ExpectedResult 
+    targetValue        %r8;              #IMPLIED
+    valuePrecision     %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    qualitativeValue   %string;          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Minimum acceptable value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MinimumLimit (ComparatorInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Maximum acceptable value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT MaximumLimit (ComparatorInfo)>
+
+<!--
+    Structure to support comparison regarding a value.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ComparatorInfo EMPTY>
+<!--
+    @attr comparatorType Type of comparison.
+
+    @attr comparatorValue Reference value to make the comparison.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ComparatorInfo 
+    comparatorType     (greater | less | greaterOrEqual | lessOrEqual)  #REQUIRED
+    comparatorValue    %r8;              #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    This is the supplier result for quality inspection request, it contains all the valuation according characteristic specification in request.
+
+    QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader: Contains common information about this Quality Inspection Result.
+
+    QualityInspectionValuation: To confirm the characteristic inspection results recorded in different inspection operations.      
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequest (QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader, QualityInspectionResultRequestDetail)>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains common information about this Quality Inspection Result.
+
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain 
+		the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request.
+    
+	Batch: Standard element to capture batch information of Customer and Supplier.
+    
+	Comments: Comments associated with Quality Inspection Result, including one by attachment. If a Comments element includes 
+		an attached document, the Comments&#064;type attribute supports only "CertificateOfAnalysis" and "CertificateOfConformance". 
+		For other document types, do not send the type.
+    
+	QualityInspectionQuantity: Inspection lot quantity could be filled by supplier based on the inspected quantity on 
+		QualityInspectionResult. Generally, it is send by the buyer but if not contract manufacturer based on the 
+		inspection lot can provide this quantity.
+    
+	AssetInfo: The list of asset information of the valuated items.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to Quality Inspection Result. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader (
+    QualityInspectionRequestReference,
+    Batch*,
+    Comments*,
+    QualityInspectionQuantity?,
+    AssetInfo*,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr resultID Network hub document number for the quality inspection result.
+
+    @attr resultDate Quality inspection result date and time.
+
+    @attr version Version of the document.
+
+    @attr createdBy User who created the quality inspection result.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionResultRequestHeader
+    resultID              %string;            #REQUIRED
+    resultDate            %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    version               %number;            #IMPLIED
+    createdBy             %string;            #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Details about quality inspection result.
+
+    QualityInspectionValuation: Contains the valuation of a characteristic of an inspection request.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionResultRequestDetail (QualityInspectionValuation+)>
+
+<!--
+    Contains the valuation of a characteristic specified in an inspection request.
+
+    QualitySampleResult: Valuation for each sample inspected. When QualityInspectionCharacteristic&#064;recordingType is "summarizedRecording" 
+	and AllowedValues@type is "decision" or "choice" the summarized valuation is sent in this element. When QualityInspectionCharacteristic&#064;recordingType 
+	is "summarizedRecording" and AllowedValues&#064;type is "numeric" this element is not required.
+
+    ValueGroup: Structure to support codes and code groups for this valuation.
+
+    Description: Valuation description. 
+	
+    Extrinsic: Optional additional information related to this valuation. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionValuation (
+    QualitySampleResult*,
+    ValueGroup*,                  
+    Description?,  
+    Extrinsic*
+    )>
+<!--
+    @attr valuationID Number of the valuation.
+
+    @attr characteristicID Characteristic ID number. The combination of this attribute with operationNumber should be unique.
+
+    @attr operationNumber Inspection operation number. The combination of this attribute with characteristicID should be unique.
+
+    @attr workCenter Work center number.
+
+    @attr meanValue Mean value in the valuation.
+
+    @attr aboveTolerance Number of samples above tolerance limit.
+
+    @attr belowTolerance Number of samples below tolerance limit. 
+
+    @attr inspectedQuantity Number of samples inspected.
+
+    @attr nonConformance Total number of samples above and below tolerance limits. This value is auto-calculated when suppliers 
+		specify the aboveTolerance or belowTolerance values. Otherwise, suppliers can specify the nonConformance value.
+
+    @attr deviation Standard deviation value.
+
+    @attr variance Variance of valid measured values for this characteristic. Applies to calculated characteristics for 
+		which the valuation is based on a formula.
+
+    @attr numberOfDefects Number of the defects in this valuation.
+
+    @attr serialNumber Single unit number for the unit to be inspected.
+
+    @attr inspectionDate Date of the characteristic inspection.
+
+    @attr isAdHoc Indicates whether the characteristic does not exist in the reference document and is an additional valuation..
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionValuation
+    valuationID                 %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    characteristicID            %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    operationNumber             %uint;            #REQUIRED
+    workCenter                  %string;          #IMPLIED
+    meanValue                   %r8;              #IMPLIED   
+    aboveTolerance              %r8;              #IMPLIED 
+    belowTolerance              %r8;              #IMPLIED   
+    inspectedQuantity           %uint;            #IMPLIED
+    nonConformance              %r8;              #IMPLIED     
+    deviation                   %string;          #IMPLIED
+    variance                    %string;          #IMPLIED     
+    numberOfDefects             %r8;              #IMPLIED
+    serialNumber                %string;          #IMPLIED     
+    inspectionDate              %datetime.tz;     #IMPLIED
+    isAdHoc                     (yes)             #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains the sample result after valuation. 
+    
+    PropertyValue: Result of the valuation when AllowedValues&#064;type is "choice" in QualityInspectionCharacteristic.
+		This element is used also to provide the unit of measure of the valuation using PropertyValue&#064;Characteristic.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualitySampleResult (PropertyValue?)>
+<!--
+    @attr sampleID Sample Number in valuation.
+
+    @attr unitValue Value of the sample.
+
+    @attr physicalSampleNumber Unique number for the sample when the sample was taken.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualitySampleResult
+    sampleID                    %uint;              #IMPLIED
+    unitValue                   %string;            #IMPLIED
+    physicalSampleNumber        %uint;              #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--  
+    Represents the posting of stock quantities from an inspection lot within the Quality Management module. An inspection 
+	lot is a formal request to examine a specific quantity of materials at a plant.
+    
+    UnrestrictedUseQuantity: Unrestricted Stock is the physical stock that is always available at a plant/storage location 
+	that can be consumed for stock movements and available for Material requirements planning.
+	
+    ScrapQuantity: The quantity represents the Scrap of a material that is expected to occur during production if the 
+	material is a component.
+	
+    SampleUsageQuantity: Quantity for sampleUsageQuantity.
+	
+    BlockedQuantity: Blocked stock is not counted as unrestricted stock. You can have Plant level configuration to consider 
+	the stock for MRP.
+    
+	NewMaterialQuantity: For new material quantity
+    
+	ReserveQuantity: For reserve quantity.
+	
+    ReturnQuantity: Quantity that was returned.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionLotStock (
+    UnrestrictedUseQuantity?, 
+    ScrapQuantity?,
+    SampleUsageQuantity?,
+    BlockedQuantity?,
+    NewMaterialQuantity?,
+    ReserveQuantity?,
+    ReturnQuantity?
+    )>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of stock to post as sample usage stock.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SampleUsageQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items of sample usage stock.
+-->	
+<!ATTLIST SampleUsageQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of new material. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT NewMaterialQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items of new material.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST NewMaterialQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+	The quantity of items kept in reserve. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ReserveQuantity (UnitOfMeasure?)>
+<!--
+	@attr quantity Number of items kept in reserve.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ReserveQuantity
+    quantity        %r8;       #IMPLIED>
+
+<!--
+    Request to confirm that all physical samples have been valuated and the inspection has been completed.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionDecisionRequest (QualityInspectionDecisionDetail)>
+
+<!--  
+    Contains the information of the quality inspection decision, like inspection result reference, quality quantity details and the decision of the inspection.
+    
+    QualityInspectionResultReference: Reference to the inspection result to confirm that all physical samples have been 
+	valuated and the inspection has been completed. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Inspection Result.
+    
+	QualityInspectionRequestReference: Reference to the Quality Inspection Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or 
+	DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the Quality Inspection Request.
+    
+	ShipNoticeReference: Reference to the Ship Notice Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate 
+	of the Ship Notice Request.
+    
+	ReceiptReference: Reference to the Receipt Request. The reference can contain the payloadId or DocumentNumber and DocumentDate of the 
+	Receipt Request.
+    
+	QualityInspectionLotStock: Contains information about what happened to the stock posting. For example, it could include the scrap 
+	quantity or the unrestricted use quantity from the ERP.
+    
+	ValueGroup: Structure to support codes and code groups for this Inspection Decision.
+    
+	Description: Description for the Usage Decision.
+    
+	Extrinsic: Optional additional information.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT QualityInspectionDecisionDetail (
+    (QualityInspectionResultReference | QualityInspectionRequestReference | ShipNoticeReference | ReceiptReference),  
+    QualityInspectionLotStock, 
+    ValueGroup*, 
+    Description?,
+    Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr decisionID Network hub document number for the quality inspection decision request.
+
+    @attr decisionDate Quality inspection decision request date and time.
+
+    @attr status Usage decision status. Possible values are "accepted" or "rejected".
+
+    @attr qualityScore Quality score for this inspection decision.
+
+    @attr createdBy The user who created the quality inspection decision request.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST QualityInspectionDecisionDetail
+    decisionID               %string;            #REQUIRED
+    decisionDate             %datetime.tz;       #REQUIRED
+    status                   (accepted | rejected)   #IMPLIED
+    qualityScore             %uint;                  #IMPLIED        
+    createdBy                %string;                #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains a unique identification of a production facility leveraged during production, such as a piece of equipment or a production line.
+
+	ResourceType: Identifies the resource category the resourceID belongs to. 
+  
+	InputItemID: Uniquely identifies materials consumed by a resource during production process.
+  
+	OutputItemID: Uniquely identifies materials produced by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ResourceID (SupplierResourceID, ResourceType?, InputItemID?, OutputItemID?, IdReference*)>
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies a plant, piece of equipment, or other production facilities leveraged by the supplier during production. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SupplierResourceID (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!--
+	Identifies the resource category the resourceID belongs to. 
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ResourceType (#PCDATA)>
+
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies materials consumed by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InputItemID ( ItemID*)>
+
+<!--
+	Uniquely identifies materials produced by a resource during production process.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT OutputItemID ( ItemID*)>
+
+
+
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+    
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/schema/Modules/Approval.mod#0 $
+-->
+
+<!-- ====
+    This module is built as part of cXML DTD file.
+==== -->
+
+
+<!--
+	Request that buyers use to send an approval notification for an order confirmation that contains line item values 
+	that exceed the buyer's tolerances. The buyer can Approve, Reject, or Approve and Update the purchase order. The header 
+	includes a reference to the original ConfirmationRequest document, which in turn references the original purchase order.
+
+    ApprovalRequestHeader: The approval request header contains data that is relevant for the entire approval request. 
+	This includes data about type of approval, date, and reference documents.
+    
+	AcceptanceItem: Approval request can contain one or more acceptance items. Acceptance item provides details about 
+	a specific approval of a line item.
+	
+    ApprovalItem (Deprecated. Use AcceptanceItem instead): A approval request can contain one or more approval items. 
+	A approval item provides details about a specific approval of a line item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ApprovalRequest (ApprovalRequestHeader, (AcceptanceItem* | ApprovalItem*))>
+
+<!--
+	Contains data that is relevant for the entire approval request. This includes data about type of approval, date, reference documents.
+	
+    DocumentReference: Contains the payloadId of the underlaying document which is to approved. For example: OrderConfirmation.payloadId.
+	
+	cXMLAttachment: Contains the original (cXML) document which is to be approved, for example, original order confirmation cXML.
+	
+	Contact: Contact information for the document partners.
+	
+	Comments: Top-level comments.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ApprovalRequestHeader (DocumentReference, cXMLAttachment , Contact?, Comments?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr approvalStatus Approval status of the request (enumeration).
+	
+	@attr type The type of document needing approval. The only possible value is "orderConfirmation".
+
+	@attr creationDate Date and time when the document was created.
+
+	@attr approvalStartDate Reserved for future use. The date and time on which the approval is allowed to start.
+
+	@attr approvalEndDate Reserved for future use. The date and time on which the approval is allowed to end.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ApprovalRequestHeader
+    approvalStatus           (approved | awaitingApproval | reject | approvedAndUpdatePO)         #IMPLIED
+	type                   	 (orderConfirmation)  #REQUIRED
+    creationDate              %datetime.tz;         #REQUIRED
+    approvalStartDate         %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+	approvalEndDate           %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Usage of ApprovalItem is deprecated! Use AcceptanceItem instead.
+	Line item that has to approved.
+	
+	UnitOfMeasure: Unit of measure to specify the quantity.
+	
+	Comments: Contains comments associated with this approval item.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ApprovalItem (UnitOfMeasure, Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber Number of the line item.
+
+	@attr quantity Cumulative confirmed quantity of all elements of the same line item in the corresponding order confirmation.
+
+	@attr approvalStatus Approval status of the line item (enumeration).
+
+	@attr reason Reason why the line item is out of tolerance (enumeration).
+
+	@attr startDate Reserved for future use.
+
+	@hidden What shall be the content in case of let's say 100 scheduleLines with different delivery dates? 
+		In such a case it's not common to have just and only ONE time period but up to the number of scheduleLines.
+		Which should be shown/given? Which "startDate" and which "endDate"? Does it make sense in case there are more
+		than one stratDate/endDate?
+
+	@attr endDate Reserved for future use.
+
+	@attr deviatedDate First delivery date of all confirmed elements of the same line item that is out of tolerance.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ApprovalItem
+    lineNumber                %uint;    			#REQUIRED
+	quantity        		  %r8;      			#REQUIRED 
+	approvalStatus           (approved | awaitingApproval | reject | approvedAndUpdatePO) 	#REQUIRED
+	reason					 (quantityDeviation | dateDeviation | quantityAndDateDeviation)    #IMPLIED
+	startDate				  %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+	endDate					  %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+	deviatedDate			  %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Line item that has to approved.
+	
+	DeviationReason: Deviation reason why it is not approved.
+	
+	Comments: Contains comments associated with this acceptance item.
+
+	AcceptanceItemDetail: Contains the information about the deviation approved when the acceptance status is approvedAndUpdatePO.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AcceptanceItem (DeviationReason*, Comments?, AcceptanceItemDetail*, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr lineNumber Number of the line item.
+
+	@attr acceptanceStatus Acceptance status of the line item (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AcceptanceItem
+	lineNumber				%uint;    			#REQUIRED
+	acceptanceStatus		(approved | awaitingApproval | rejected | approvedAndUpdatePO) 	#REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Detail information for the item.
+	
+	AcceptanceScheduleDetail: Contains the information about the deviation approved when the acceptance status is approvedAndUpdatePO.
+	
+	UnitPrice: Unit price of the item. If this element is included, the unit price is updated.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Contains any additional information related to this AcceptanceItem.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AcceptanceItemDetail (AcceptanceScheduleDetail+, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr approvedAction The action generated from the approval process. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>update - Updates an existing item with the lineNumber specified in the AcceptanceItem.</li>
+		<li>replace - Replaces all the schedule information for an existing item with the lineNumber specified in the AcceptanceItem.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AcceptanceItemDetail
+     approvedAction   (update | replace)           #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Detail information for the schedule line.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT AcceptanceScheduleDetail (Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr quantity Quantity approved.
+    
+	@attr deliveryDate Delivery date approved.
+    
+	@attr approvedAction The action generated from the approval process. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>new - Generates a new schedule line.</li>
+		<li>update - Updates the schedule line of the specified lineNumber in the AcceptanceScheduleDetail.</li>
+		<li>delete - The schedule line referenced no longer exists and must be deleted.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+	@attr lineNumber The line number of the schedule line to delete or update.	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST AcceptanceScheduleDetail
+    quantity                 %r8;                       #REQUIRED
+    deliveryDate             %datetime.tz;              #IMPLIED
+    approvedAction           (new | update | delete)    #IMPLIED
+    lineNumber               %uint;                     #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Deviation reason.	
+-->
+<!ELEMENT DeviationReason (Comments?)>
+<!--
+	@attr value Type of deviation (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST DeviationReason
+	value					(dateDeviation | quantityDeviation | priceDeviation)         #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+    Transmits inventory, consignment movement, and forecast information from the buyer’s ERP system. The buyer-provided inventory 
+	summary view includes the issued components to the supplier. The provided information represents a snapshot of the component 
+	inventory and forecast situation at a certain point in time. The consignment movement information represents the movement of 
+	material from the consignment inventory to the customer inventory.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductActivityMessage (ProductActivityHeader, ProductActivityDetails+, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+	@attr subcontractingIndicator Set to "yes" to indicate that the data in the message is related to subcontracting. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductActivityMessage
+    subcontractingIndicator  (yes)          #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Header element for the ProductActivityMessage.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductActivityHeader EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr messageID An identifier for this particular product activity message.
+
+	@attr creationDate The date and time this product activity message was created.
+        
+	@attr processType Identifies the business process supported by the message. Possible values:
+        <ul>
+		<li>SMI - For Supplier Managed Inventory 
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>OEM - For Original Equipment Manufacturer owned Inventory scenarios
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>VMI - For Vendor Managed Inventory
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>3PL - For third party Logistics Inventory Scenarios
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>ManufacturingVisibility - Allow ContractManufacturers to share Inventory Visibility
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, PlanningTimeSeries, InventoryTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>Forecast - For Forecast Collaboration
+         (TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>Consignment - For Consignment Material Movements 
+         (ConsignmentInventory, ConsignmentMovement).</li>
+        <li>Sales - For Sales report Visibility
+         (SalesReport).</li>
+        <li>POC - For PO Collaboration Scenarios
+         (Inventory, ConsignmentInventory, TimeSeries, PlanningTimeSeries)
+         Capacity for Capacity Planning (PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+		<li>Capacity - Capacity planning scenarios (PlanningTimeSeries).</li>
+        <li>StockInventory - For Stock Transport Order Collaboration (Inventory).</li>
+		<li>Other - Other collaboration scenarios.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductActivityHeader
+     messageID           %string;              #REQUIRED
+     creationDate           %datetime.tz;         #IMPLIED
+     processType (SMI|OEM|VMI|3PL|ManufacturingVisibility|Forecast|Consignment|Sales|POC|Capacity|StockInventory|Other )  #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+    The representation of a single component inventory, the product forecast details or a consignment movement for that product. 
+
+    ItemID: A unique identification of a component item in supplier backend system or buyer backend system.
+
+    ResourceID: A unique identification of a production facility leveraged during production, such as a piece of equipment or a production line.
+
+    Description: Textual description of the component.
+
+    Classification: Classification is used to group items into similar categories. This also includes product hierarchy and commodity information.
+	
+    SerialNumberInfo: This is a existing element. The representation of the required serial number information of a line item.
+		Component Inventory will only accept only type="list" or type="range".
+
+    ForecastDetails: Contains the cumulative start and end date of the forecast item.
+
+    LeadTime: Lead time in days.
+
+    PlannedAcceptanceDays: Number of days the buyer schedules for the inspection of goods after receiving them.
+
+    ManufacturerPartID: ID with which the item's manufacturer identifies the item.
+    
+    ManufacturerName: Name of the item's manufacturer.
+
+    ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of referenced document.
+
+    Characteristic: Characteristic contains detailed information about an item that can be used across different industries.
+		Can also be used to send material characteristics to support configurable material process.
+
+    Batch: Batch information of goods or material. The information includes ID and characteristics.
+
+    Contact: The location from and to the product activity is taking place. The only Contact roles (Contact&#064;role attribute value) 
+		likely to be sensible in this element are "locationFrom" and "locationTo". locationFrom can be used by the supplier system 
+		to the determine the buyer notified ERP vendor ID or vendor location. locationTo can be used by the supplier system to 
+		determine the location of the buyer where the product demand originates. To provide a plant location description, the 
+		domain attribute of the element IdReference should be set to "buyerLocationID", "supplierLocationID" or "storageLocation" 
+		and the identifier to the plantID.
+
+    Inventory: Inventory that is in the possession of the buyer, and is owned and managed by the buyer.
+
+    ConsignmentInventory: Inventory that is in the possession of the buyer, but is owned by the supplier.
+
+    TimeSeries: Forecast data, can be of type "demand" or "orderForecast".
+
+    InventoryTimeSeries: Support the transfer of projected stock, safety stock and target stock levels generated by the buyer's planning system 
+		to facilitate supply or demand balance.
+
+    ConsignmentMovement: The consignment movement information for this product.
+
+    SalesReport: It contains all the information about the sales report at item level.
+
+	UnitOfMeasure: The unit of measure for an inventory/forecast/consignment quantity at the Item level. This will be applicable for the entire item 
+		and will be defaulted over the unit of measure maintained across the time series quantities.		
+
+    PlanningTimeSeries: Planning information from buyers ERP system represented as keyfigures to provide visibility of critical business 
+		information to suppliers and other partners.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ProductActivityDetails ( (ItemID| ResourceID),  Description?, Classification*, SerialNumberInfo?, ForecastDetails?, LeadTime?, PlannedAcceptanceDays?, 
+    ManufacturerPartID?, ManufacturerName?, ReferenceDocumentInfo*, Characteristic*, Batch?, Contact*, UnitPrice?, Inventory?, 
+    ConsignmentInventory?, TimeSeries*, PlanningTimeSeries*, InventoryTimeSeries*, ConsignmentMovement*, 
+    SalesReport?, UnitOfMeasure?, Extrinsic*)>
+<!--
+    @attr status Indicates whether the material used in the planning process is "active", "inactive", or "deleted".
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ProductActivityDetails
+	status (active|inactive|deleted)		#IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Defines the start and end dates for the accumulation of the forecast for a part.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ForecastDetails EMPTY>
+<!--
+	@attr cumulativeStartDate The start date at which the cumulative values for forecast and commit will be calculated. 
+		If not provided the accumulation of the forecast for a part will start on the earliest date for which there is forecast data.
+
+	@attr cumulativeEndDate The end date till which the cumulative values for forecast and commit will be calculated. 
+-->
+<!ATTLIST ForecastDetails
+	cumulativeStartDate %date;       #IMPLIED
+	cumulativeEndDate %date;       #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Provides inventory data in time intervals.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT InventoryTimeSeries (TimeSeriesDetails+)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of inventory. Possible values:
+		<ul>
+		<li>targetStock - Quantity required to meet the demand, based on customer service levels.</li>
+		<li>projectedStock - Calculated stock quantity that reflects the demand and supply stock balance.</li>
+		<li>safetyStock - Quantity of stock required to mitigate risk of stockouts.</li>
+		<li>minimumStock - Required minimum quantity of stock supplier must maintain in a given time period.</li>
+		<li>maximumStock - Required maximum quantity of stock supplier must maintain in a given time period.</li>
+		</ul>
+-->
+<!ATTLIST InventoryTimeSeries
+	type	(targetStock | projectedStock | safetyStock | minimumStock | maximumStock )  #REQUIRED >
+
+<!--
+	Contains information about a sales report at the item level.
+
+	Period: Item Sales start and end date
+
+	Comments: It allows to enter multiple comments
+
+	SalesQuantity: Quantity that was sold
+
+	ReturnQuantity: Quantity that was returned
+
+	Total: Line Item Amount
+
+	PromotionVariantID: Promotional Variant Number
+-->
+<!ELEMENT
+  SalesReport (
+        Period,        
+        SalesQuantity,
+        ReturnQuantity?,
+        Total?,
+        PromotionVariantID?,
+	Comments*
+)>
+<!--
+	@attr salesDate Date of the sale.
+
+	@attr lineNumber Line number of the item in the sales report.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SalesReport
+    salesDate      	       %datetime.tz; #IMPLIED
+    lineNumber    		%uint; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!--
+	Contains the quantity that was sold.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT SalesQuantity (UnitOfMeasure)>
+<!-- 
+	@attr quantity Number of units sold.
+-->
+<!ATTLIST SalesQuantity
+    quantity        %r8; #REQUIRED
+>
+
+<!-- 
+	Represents a time series in the forecast data.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT TimeSeries (Forecast+)>
+<!--
+	@attr type Type of time series (enumeration).
+-->
+<!ATTLIST TimeSeries
+    type                 (orderForecast | demand)  #REQUIRED >
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains planning information from the buyers ERP system to provide visibility of critical 
+	business information to suppliers and other partners.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT PlanningTimeSeries (TimeSeriesDetails+)>
+<!--
+    @attr type A string value to identify the type time series. The value can be as follows:
+		<ul>
+		<li>grossdemand - Quantity that is considered as demand without taking inventory and receipts into consideration.</li>
+		<li>netdemand - Quantity determined based on available inventory and receipts derived based on planning output.</li>
+		<li>supplyPlan - Quantity derived to meet the demand based on supply Planning.</li>
+        <li>longtermforecast - Forecast quantity derived based on historical trends.</li>
+		<li>constrainedforecast - Unconstrained forecast when limited by supply constraints results in constrained forecast.</li>
+		<li>capacitydemand - Quantity of production output that is requested from a specific resource.</li>
+        <li>custom - Buyer-specific business values could be represented by the customType string.</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+    @attr customType String to include buyer-defined custom types, for example, "NARegionalForecast".	
+-->
+<!ATTLIST PlanningTimeSeries
+    type (supplyPlan | longtermforecast | constrainedforecast | grossdemand| netdemand | capacitydemand | custom)  #REQUIRED 
+    customType %string;   #IMPLIED >
+
+<!-- 
+	Contains consignment movement information for this product, tracking movement from consignment inventory to customer inventory. 
+
+    ProductMovementItemIDInfo: Provides a reference to the line item in a movement document
+
+    InvoiceItemIDInfo: Line item of a CC Invoice created by the buyer against the movement item
+	
+	ReferenceDocumentInfo: Contains details of a referenced document in the consignment procurement process 
+		such as Purchase Order, Scheduling Agreement, Ship Notice, and Receipt.
+	
+    MovementQuantity: The quantity moved in a consignment movement.
+	
+    SubtotalAmount: The invoice subtotal of the current item.
+	
+    UnitPrice: Represents the price on which the charges are applied. For example, standard price for item is 10, but after being 
+		for 30 days in the consignment inventory the price will increase to 12.
+	
+	Extrinsic: Additional information related to this document.
+-->
+<!ELEMENT ConsignmentMovement (ProductMovementItemIDInfo, InvoiceItemIDInfo?, ReferenceDocumentInfo?, MovementQuantity, SubtotalAmount, UnitPrice?, Extrinsic*)><!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about W3C XML signatures, refer to the
+    following URL. Portions of this DTD are derived from information
+    contained therein.
+    http://www.w3.org/TR/xmldsig-core/
+-->
+
+<!-- DTD for XML Signatures
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    Joseph Reagle $last changed 20001215$
+
+    http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#
+    $Revision: 1.1 $ on $Date: 2002/02/08 20:32:26 $ by $Author: reagle $
+
+    Copyright 2001 The Internet Society and W3C (Massachusetts Institute
+    of Technology, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en
+    Automatique, Keio University). All Rights Reserved.
+    http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/
+
+    This document is governed by the W3C Software License [1] as described
+    in the FAQ [2].
+
+    [1] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-software-19980720
+    [2] http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/IPR-FAQ-20000620.html#DTD
+-->
+
+<!--
+
+The following entity declarations enable external/flexible content in
+the Signature content model.
+
+#PCDATA emulates schema string; when combined with element types it
+emulates schema's mixed content type.
+
+%foo.ANY permits the user to include their own element types from
+other namespaces, for example:
+ <!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY '| ecds:ECDSAKeyValue'>
+ ...
+ <!ELEMENT ecds:ECDSAKeyValue (#PCDATA)  >
+
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Object.ANY '|xades:QualifyingProperties|cXMLSignedInfo|Extrinsic'>
+<!ENTITY % Method.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % Transform.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SignatureProperty.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyInfo.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % KeyValue.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % PGPData.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % X509Data.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % SPKIData.ANY ''>
+
+
+
+<!-- Start Core Signature declarations, these should NOT be altered -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Signature (ds:SignedInfo, ds:SignatureValue, ds:KeyInfo?, ds:Object*)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Signature  
+	xmlns:ds	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#'
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+	Id  		ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureValue (#PCDATA) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureValue  
+         Id  ID      #IMPLIED>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignedInfo (ds:CanonicalizationMethod, 
+	ds:SignatureMethod,  ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignedInfo  
+	Id	 ID 	 #IMPLIED 
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:CanonicalizationMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* > 
+<!ATTLIST ds:CanonicalizationMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureMethod (#PCDATA|ds:HMACOutputLength %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureMethod 
+	Algorithm CDATA #REQUIRED > 
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Reference (ds:Transforms?, ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Reference
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	URI	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Type	CDATA	#IMPLIED>
+
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transforms (ds:Transform+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Transform (#PCDATA|ds:XPath %Transform.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Transform 
+	Algorithm    CDATA    #REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:XPath (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestMethod (#PCDATA %Method.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:DigestMethod  
+	Algorithm		CDATA	#REQUIRED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DigestValue  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyInfo	(#PCDATA|ds:KeyName|ds:KeyValue|ds:RetrievalMethod|
+           ds:X509Data|ds:PGPData|ds:SPKIData|ds:MgmtData %KeyInfo.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:KeyInfo
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED >
+
+<!-- Key Information -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:KeyValue (#PCDATA|ds:DSAKeyValue|ds:RSAKeyValue %KeyValue.ANY;)* >
+<!ELEMENT ds:MgmtData (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RetrievalMethod (ds:Transforms?) >
+<!ATTLIST ds:RetrievalMethod
+  URI	CDATA #REQUIRED 
+  Type	CDATA #IMPLIED > 
+
+<!-- X.509 Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Data ((ds:X509IssuerSerial | ds:X509SKI | ds:X509SubjectName |
+                    ds:X509Certificate | ds:X509CRL )+ %X509Data.ANY;)>
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SubjectName (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509SKI (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509Certificate (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:X509CRL (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!-- PGPData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPData ((ds:PGPKeyID, ds:PGPKeyPacket?) | (ds:PGPKeyPacket) %PGPData.ANY;) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyPacket  (#PCDATA)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PGPKeyID  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- SPKI Data -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKIData (ds:SPKISexp %SPKIData.ANY;)  >
+<!ELEMENT ds:SPKISexp  (#PCDATA)  >
+
+<!-- Extensible Content -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Object (#PCDATA|ds:Signature|ds:SignatureProperties|ds:Manifest %Object.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Object  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED
+	MimeType	CDATA	#IMPLIED
+	Encoding	CDATA	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:Manifest (ds:Reference+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:Manifest  
+	Id	ID	#IMPLIED >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperties (ds:SignatureProperty+)  >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperties  
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:SignatureProperty (#PCDATA %SignatureProperty.ANY;)* >
+<!ATTLIST ds:SignatureProperty  
+	Target 	CDATA	 #REQUIRED
+	Id	ID	 #IMPLIED  >
+
+<!-- Algorithm Parameters -->
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:HMACOutputLength (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:DSAKeyValue ((ds:P, ds:Q)?, ds:G?, ds:Y, ds:J?, (ds:Seed, ds:PgenCounter)?) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:P (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Q (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:G (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Y (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:J (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Seed (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:PgenCounter (#PCDATA) >
+
+<!ELEMENT ds:RSAKeyValue (ds:Modulus, ds:Exponent) > 
+<!ELEMENT ds:Modulus (#PCDATA) >
+<!ELEMENT ds:Exponent (#PCDATA) >
+<!--
+    For cXML license agreement information, please see
+    http://www.cxml.org/home/license.asp
+
+    $Id: //ariba/cxml/Modules/Profile.mod#6 $
+-->
+
+<!--
+    For more information about XAdES, refer to the following URL.
+    Portions of this DTD are derived from information contained therein.
+    http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY % Any.ANY ''>
+<!ENTITY % XMLTimeStamp.ANY ''>
+
+<!-- Start Any -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Any (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End Any -->
+
+<!-- Start ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectIdentifier (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Identifier (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Identifier
+	Qualifier (OIDAsURI | OIDAsURN) #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Description (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReferences (xades:DocumentationReference)+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:DocumentationReference (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End ObjectIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedPKIData (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedPKIData
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End EncapsulatedPKIData -->
+
+<!-- Start time-stamp container types -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Include EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Include
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	referencedData CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ReferenceInfo (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ReferenceInfo
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:XAdESTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:XAdESTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherTimeStamp (xades:ReferenceInfo+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp))>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OtherTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:XMLTimeStamp (#PCDATA  %XMLTimeStamp.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End time-stamp tokens container  -->
+
+<!-- Start container types -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingProperties (xades:SignedProperties?, xades:UnsignedProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingProperties
+	Target CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	xmlns:xades	CDATA	#FIXED 'http://uri.etsi.org/01903/v1.3.2#'
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedProperties (xades:SignedSignatureProperties, 
+xades:SignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedProperties (xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties?, 
+xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedSignatureProperties (xades:SigningTime?, xades:SigningCertificate?, 
+xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier?, xades:SignatureProductionPlace?, xades:SignerRole?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignedDataObjectProperties (xades:DataObjectFormat*, 
+xades:CommitmentTypeIndication*, xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp*, 
+xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties (xades:CounterSignature | xades:SignatureTimeStamp 
+| xades:CompleteCertificateRefs | xades:CompleteRevocationRefs | xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+ | xades:AttributeRevocationRefs | (xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp | xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp) | 
+xades:CertificateValues | xades:RevocationValues | xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues 
+| xades:AttributeRevocationValues | xades:ArchiveTimeStamp)+>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedSignatureProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties (xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty*)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperties
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:UnsignedDataObjectProperty (#PCDATA   %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!-- End SignedSignatureProperties, SignedDataObjectProperties, 
+UnsignedSignatureProperties, UnsignedDataObjectProperties -->
+
+<!-- Start QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference EMPTY>
+<!ATTLIST xades:QualifyingPropertiesReference
+	URI CDATA #REQUIRED
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End QualifyingPropertiesReference -->
+
+<!-- End container types -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningTime -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningTime (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningTime -->
+
+<!-- Start SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigningCertificate (xades:Cert+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Cert (xades:CertDigest, xades:IssuerSerial)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:Cert
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertDigest (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssuerSerial (ds:X509IssuerName, ds:X509SerialNumber)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509IssuerName (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:X509SerialNumber (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SigningCertificate -->
+
+<!-- Start SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyIdentifier (xades:SignaturePolicyId | 
+xades:SignaturePolicyImplied)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyImplied ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignaturePolicyId (xades:SigPolicyId, ds:Transforms?, xades:SigPolicyHash, 
+xades:SigPolicyQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyHash (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifiers (xades:SigPolicyQualifier+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigPolicyQualifier (#PCDATA|xades:SPURI %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End SignaturePolicyIdentifier -->
+
+<!-- Start SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPURI (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:SPUserNotice (xades:NoticeRef?, xades:ExplicitText?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeRef (xades:Organization, xades:NoticeNumbers)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ExplicitText (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Organization (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:NoticeNumbers (xades:int*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:int (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SPURI and SPUserNotice -->
+
+<!-- Start CounterSignature -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CounterSignature (ds:Signature)>
+
+<!-- End CounterSignature -->
+
+<!-- Start DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DataObjectFormat (xades:Description?, xades:ObjectIdentifier?, xades:MimeType?, 
+xades:Encoding?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:DataObjectFormat
+	ObjectReference CDATA #REQUIRED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:MimeType (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Encoding (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End DataObjectFormat -->
+
+<!-- Start CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeIndication (xades:CommitmentTypeId, (xades:ObjectReference+ | 
+xades:AllSignedDataObjects), xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeId (xades:Identifier, xades:Description?, 
+xades:DocumentationReferences?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ObjectReference (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllSignedDataObjects ANY>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifiers (xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier*)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CommitmentTypeQualifier (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!-- End CommitmentTypeIndication -->
+
+<!-- Start SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureProductionPlace (xades:City?, xades:StateOrProvince?, xades:PostalCode?, 
+xades:CountryName?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:City (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:StateOrProvince (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:PostalCode (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CountryName (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End SignatureProductionPlace -->
+
+<!-- Start SignerRole -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignerRole (xades:ClaimedRoles?, xades:CertifiedRoles?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRoles (xades:ClaimedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRoles (xades:CertifiedRole+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ClaimedRole (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertifiedRole (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertifiedRole
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SignerRole -->
+
+<!-- Start AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AllDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp (xades:Include+, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SignatureTimeStamp (ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, (xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp 
+| xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SignatureTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AllDataObjectsTimeStamp, IndividualDataObjectsTimeStamp, 
+SignatureTimeStamp -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertRefs (xades:Cert+)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeCertificateRefs (xades:CertRefs)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeCertificateRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeCertificateRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CompleteRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CompleteRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRefs (xades:CRLRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRefs (xades:OCSPRef+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRefs (xades:OtherRef+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLRef (xades:DigestAlgAndValue, xades:CRLIdentifier?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPRef (xades:OCSPIdentifier, xades:DigestAlgAndValue?)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherRef (#PCDATA %Any.ANY; )*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:DigestAlgAndValue (ds:DigestMethod, ds:DigestValue)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLIdentifier (xades:Issuer, xades:IssueTime, xades:Number?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CRLIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPIdentifier (xades:ResponderID, xades:ProducedAt)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:OCSPIdentifier
+	URI CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:Issuer (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:IssueTime (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:Number (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ResponderID (xades:ByName | xades:ByKey)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByName  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ByKey  (#PCDATA)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:ProducedAt (#PCDATA)>
+
+<!-- End CompleteRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationRefs (xades:CRLRefs?, xades:OCSPRefs?, xades:OtherRefs?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationRefs
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End AttributeRevocationRefs -->
+
+<!-- Start SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:SigAndRefsTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RefsOnlyTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- End SigAndRefsTimeStamp, RefsOnlyTimeStamp  -->
+
+<!-- Start CertificateValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CertificateValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:CertificateValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherCertificate (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;)*>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues (xades:EncapsulatedX509Certificate | 
+xades:OtherCertificate)*>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttrAuthoritiesCertValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!-- Start RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:RevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:RevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:CRLValues (xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OCSPValues (xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue+)>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValues (xades:OtherValue+)>
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedCRLValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue (#PCDATA)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:EncapsulatedOCSPValue
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+	Encoding CDATA #IMPLIED
+>
+<!ELEMENT xades:OtherValue (#PCDATA %Any.ANY;  )*>
+
+<!-- End RevocationValues -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:AttributeRevocationValues (xades:CRLValues?, xades:OCSPValues?, xades:OtherValues?)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:AttributeRevocationValues
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+<!-- Start ArchiveTimeStamp -->
+
+<!ELEMENT xades:ArchiveTimeStamp (xades:Include*, ds:CanonicalizationMethod?, 
+(xades:EncapsulatedTimeStamp | xades:XMLTimeStamp)+)>
+<!ATTLIST xades:ArchiveTimeStamp
+	Id ID #IMPLIED
+>
+
+
+<!-- End ArchiveTimeStamp -->